What Price Our Future: A Bulging Swiss Bank Account?

Global Research and Countercurrents 23/7/2013

Drip and drip again. It’s a walk through Triplicane. It’s a walk through the Triplicane and Royapettah areas of Chennai in July. It’s hot here. It’s always hot here. Watch your back. Watch your front. And, by the way, watch your side as well. Those mopeds, those scooters, those autos, those guided missiles from all directions. Around here, you walk in the road. Around here, city planners didn’t plan for much.  

A rush past half a dozen dimly lit pharmacy shops stacked to the rafters with boxes, bottles and more boxes. A rush past a dozen tiny one room eateries, non-veg, veg, wooden benches, plastic chairs, metal jugs of water on tables and metal mug waiting to be filled. A rush past street side shrines — tridents, Shivas, Nandis, Ganeshes, lingams. Smell the incense, feel the burn, sense the back streets of Triplicane.

It’s dusk. It’s dusk when each minutiae of life, each nuance, becomes more pronounced, more noticeable, in the neon-polluted haze. When traffic roars and darkness gathers. When anticipation prevails. When the aroma of freshly cooked food hangs in the air and women shop and cows munch. When dhabas bustle and chai shops steam. When firecrackers explode and a thousand vehicle horns blast. And through the choking traffic fumes, seated at the roadside, women sell bright yellow marigolds and sweet smelling jasmine.

A sharp left and off into the narrow lanes. Boys play cricket, children fly kites from rooftops. And dogs come to life after a hard day’s sleep in the shade. Intricately drawn kolams on the floor at the entrances to homes fade in the dark. Where art meets ritual, where community meets tradition, where the women who drew them assert their presence. Both young and old stop to offer a prayer at a small shrine, and a child says “hi” and continues with his game.

Look from a distance and see the cityscape. The occasional high rise jostles for space among a million concrete box buildings that spill across the landscape. Triplicane and Royapettah. Splashes in the spill.

The subtle shades of the night, the garish billboards advertising the latest blockbuster. The moustachioed handsome hero of the Tamil movie variety towers tall above the traffic. The hero, who dishes out and is sometimes the recipient of a form of slapstick violence that never really bruises, never really cuts and never really hurts. In make-believe movie-land, the pain is always dulled. Opium for the masses.   

And on the corner, by the cracked concrete entrances to the subways that traverse Anna Salai, the main thoroughfare, a bunch of cycle carts parked up. And a bunch of street stalls beckon. Frying, cooking, heating in the roasting night. A quick bite of dosa held in hand, a mouthful of rice shovelled with fingers. Street food served on the street, fast food eaten fast. It’s the India of roadside stoves, pots and pans. It’s the neighbourhood India of the common man, for the common man. It’s community.

It’s the type of small-scale enterprise India that many a politician would readily wrench from neighbourhoods in return for a pocket full of Walmart gold. India’s education system, healthcare system, infrastructure and welfare system has already been sacrificed for many a burgeoning Swiss bank account. Why not the rest of India too? It’s called accumulation by dispossession. It’s called stolen wealth. And the process has accelerated since the opening up of the economy in ’91 (1). The impact is stark, but it’s not unique to India. A cheap con-trick sold to the masses on the road to some bogus notion of the ‘promised land’, some idiotic secular theology of neo-liberal fast track ‘development’.

A promised land of fortune, mansions and lavish living that the tricksters attained years ago – by cartels, force and duplicity masquerading as ‘neo-liberalism’, masquerading as the ‘free’ market. A global market rigged, bought and paid for courtesy of the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, Warburgs or various other billionaire fraudsters before India’s local mom and pop stores were but a twinkle in their parents’ eyes. No, it’s not unique to India. It’s global. Like some of the pesticide-ridden/engineered crops in the fields, or the protruding bellies of the malnourished, it’s not genuine growth, but abnormal swelling. Like the soil sucked dry, people are left to wilt on the vine. 

The poverty alleviation rate in India is the same as it was 20 years back. Every second child is underweight and stunted (2). Eight of India’s states account for more poor people than in the 26 poorest African countries combined (3). Shopping and consumerism have become the concerns and priorities of India’s misinformed and misled creamy layer. Misinformed by news outlets that pass off infotainment as news. Misinformed by a government that cosies up to western multi-nationals with secretive ‘Memorandums of Understanding’ and then proceeds to target some of the poorest people in the country who resist as ‘the enemy within’ (4).

It’s all a bit of a mad dash this. An insane one. A corrupt one. We need to move to a different beat, to travel in a different direction, to make peace with our future (5).


Notes

Turkey will respond to fire from Syria

0

A Turkish army vehicle takes position at the border with Syria. (file photo)

The Turkish army has announced that it will respond in multiples to fire coming from the Syrian side of their shared border.

Å“In this context, shots that come from Syria to our territory and occasionally result in the loss of life and property are being responded in multiples in accordance with the rules of engagement,” the Turkish military said in a statement on Monday.

The army will take all necessary measures to beef up security along Turkeyâ„¢s borders, the statement added.

On July 19, Turkey deployed military units along its border with Syria following clashes between a Syrian Kurdish armed party and al-Qaeda-linked al-Nusra Front, said a report by Turkeyâ„¢s Hurriyet Daily News.

The report added that Turkish F-16 jets and unmanned aerial vehicles had been scrambled from southeastern Turkey for patrolling over the border.

Fierce clashes continue in northern Syria between Kurdish fighters and Takfiri militants who accuse all other Muslims of being infidels.

On the same day, Turkish Foreign Minister Ahmet Davutoglu said the country would respond to any incident on its borders immediately.

On July 17, two teenagers were killed after stray bullets from Syria hit a police station and several homes in Turkey’s southern province of Sanliurfa near the border with Syria.

According to Turkish media, the teenagers killed in the attack on the border town of Ceylanpinar were identified as Ahmet Gunduz, 15, and Ahmet Ertugrul, 17.

In October 2012, a mortar strike from Syria killed five people in the southeastern Turkish town of Akcakale in Sanliurfa Province.

Following the October attack, the Turkish parliament authorized cross-border military action against Syria Å“when deemed right.”

Ankara has openly voiced support for the militants fighting against Damascus.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since 2011. According to the United Nations, more than 90,000 people have been killed and millions of others displaced in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies — especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey — are supporting the militants.

MAM/PR

Republished with permission from: Press TV

GREENMEDINFO NEWS RELEASE: SCOTT TIPS JOINS GMI ADVISORY BOARD

0

GREENMEDINFO NEWS RELEASE

SCOTT TIPS JOINS GMI ADVISORY BOARD

July 23, 2013

GreenMedInfo (GMI) is excited to announce that Scott Tips, an attorney specializing in FDA law, and President of the National Health Federation (NHF), has accepted an invitation to become part of our Advisory Board.  The NHF is the world’s oldest health-freedom organization, since 1955, and is the only one with the ability to speak at Codex Alimentarius meetings, where Global standards and guidelines for what we eat, drink, and what supplements we have access to are set.

As GMI’s mission is to educate and empower the world with access to the research supporting natural and integrative healing modalities, we could not ask for a more perfect adviser to join our team as Scott has a passionate interest in and commitment to health and nutrition.

Scott’s impeccable reputation as a health-freedom champion is matched only by his deep humility and commitment to service. This year Scott was the second-time recipient of the Health Freedom Congress’ award given, “For his tireless effort at voicing the concerns of members of the human family regarding safe and healthful food supplies in International Codex meetings, especially his voicing the need for removal of toxins from foods, and the protection of foods that are beneficial to health and wellness.  And for being selected to speak on behalf of consumers World-wide at the 50th Anniversary of Codex Alimentarius’ celebration in Moscow on April 10, 2013.”

Scott is known as one of the foremost key players in many of the health and health-freedom battles we are currently waging (Agenda 21, geoengineering (aka Chemtrails), GMOs, water fluoridation, vaccinations, access to supplements, etc.) and NHF has seen many successes on the global stage, winning health and health freedom for you and your family for years.

Scott will be inaugurating the official radio show of the National Health Federation, beginning in mid-August, on the GreenMedInfo.com-sponsored World Health Freedom Forum Network, to help expand global awareness of health freedom and NHF advocacy-related issues.

 

A Brief Biography of Scott Tips, JD

Editor of Health Freedom News

President and Legal Counsel for NHF

Born and reared in Texas, Scott C. Tips moved to California where he earned his Bachelor of Arts degree, Magna Cum Laude, from the University of California at Los Angeles. Scott then went to Paris to study French and history at the Sorbonne (Paris I and Paris IV).


Scott then was admitted into and attended the University of California, Berkeley School of Law (Boalt Hall). At Boalt Hall, he was one of the few law students accepted onto the California Law Review, where he became its Managing Editor and helped to bring that journal back on schedule. After three years of study, Scott obtained his Juris Doctorate degree from Boalt Hall and then quickly took and passed the California Bar Exam.


A California-licensed attorney, he has specialized in food-and-drug law and trademark law, but also engages in business litigation, general business law, and nonprofit organizations, with an international clientele.  Since 1989, Scott has been the General Counsel for the National Health Federation, the World’s oldest health-freedom organization for consumers, as well as the Editor In Chief of its magazine, Health Freedom News.  In 2007, he became NHF President, and has been a frequent speaker for the

organization and for health freedom on several continents.


A legal columnist, Scott writes a monthly column for Whole Foods Magazine called “Legal Tips,” a column he started in 1984.  Currently, he is primarily occupied with health-freedom issues arising from national governments’ and such international organizations as the Codex Alimentarius Commission’s attempts to limit individual freedom of choice in health matters.  In that capacity, he has compiled, edited, and published a book on the subject entitled Codex Alimentarius – Global Food Imperialism. He also attends Codex meetings worldwide and has attended more Codex meetings than all other health-freedom activists combined.

View Scott Tips’ writings on GreenMedInfo.com.

 

 

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Music Video: Rebel Yell

0

Infowars.com
July 23, 2013

Check out this music video:

All the entries for the Operation Paul Revere contest are in. Showcased videos are selected for general interest and their selection does not imply that they are finalists or have met all the contest requirements.

All of the views expressed in the films are not necessarily endorsed by Infowars.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 at 6:00 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Shortage of top guns: Pentagon cashing out to retain fighter pilots

0

As the US presses on with nationwide budget cuts, including defense, the Air Force has found itself short of pilots, forcing the Pentagon to boost salary packages to hopefully attract dozens of fighter aviators.

The Pentagon is hiring “at least 130 veteran military aviators
for a nine-year commitment to fly fighter jets”
with a salary
range from “$34,500 to $97,400” a year, with “good
benefits”
and a guaranteed “$225,000 signing bonus,”
the Los Angeles Times revealed.

If the upgraded Aviator Retention Program proves unsuccessful,
the US Air Force, which has around 3,000 pilots, could be facing
a shortfall of 700 pilots by 2021, which is almost a quarter of
its entire aviation team. This year it is already short 200
pilots, the report said.

The new version of the program, which was originally introduced
in 1989, now offers a $25,000 signing bonus per year for a total
of nine years.

The costs will fall on taxpayers’ shoulders as they will be
paying for the salary boosts, as the Air Force hopes to hire up
to 250 fighter pilots by the end of September.

In the meantime, the military has forked out $400 billion on the
F-35 Joint Strike Fighter jet in what is dubbed as the world’s
most expensive program.

Officials blame the shortage of pilots on the stress that comes
with the job of fighter aviators, higher demand for commercial
pilots that have higher salaries and new remote-controlled
technology.

Moreover, the demand for commercial pilots continues to grow with
jet maker Boeing Co. estimating that 460,000 new commercial
pilots will be needed globally by 2031. 

Reuters/Erik de Castro

Currently only 65 percent of military pilots extend their
contracts past the 11th year compared to 80 percent in 1993.
Fighter pilots earn about $90,000 a year by the end of their
contract, while commercial pilots’ median annual salary is over
$100,000, according to US Bureau of Labor Statistics.

“Were it not for the [Aviator Retention Program], there would
be a greater problem than the one we currently have,”
Lt.
Col. Kurt Konopatzke, who oversees the program, told the LA
Times. “Senior leadership is aware of the problem and is very
concerned.”

Some officials worry that the government will not be able to
compete with commercial airlines for pilots.

“The airlines are going to have more money to pay for pilots
than the government,”
secretary and treasurer for the US
Airline Pilots Association Rob Streble said. 

The salary boosts come as US has introduced cuts across the entire defense field, including
docking one of its nuclear powered aircraft carriers
USS Harry Truman, grounding aircraft, shutting down air traffic control towers,
cutting flying hours and reducing training.

Senior US economists advised that US should be saving money by shifting
spending away from the Pentagon, and ending the trend of dumping
a large chunk of the federal budget on maintaining overseas
military bases and lengthy occupations.

Speaking at a Thomson Reuters Newsmaker event, David Stockman,
who was budget director from 1981 to 1985 under Republican
President Ronald Reagan, said that having one-and-a-half million
service members in the Armed Forces is “ridiculous,” and
that the US could sustain with a military less than one-third of
that.

“Why do we have a million in our reserves in National
Guard?”
he asked. “We are spending a quarter of a trillion
dollars a year just on manpower and benefits just for all of
those people I’ve mentioned, and we have no industrial enemies
anywhere in the world.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Russia Orders Snap Drill of Missile Forces

0

New maneuvers follow largest military exercise since cold war

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
July 23, 2013

Just days after it concluded the biggest military exercise since the cold war, Russia has ordered its missile forces to conduct a snap drill in order to ascertain the readiness of putting intercontinental ballistic missiles on “high-alert” within a short time frame.

Image: Wikimedia Commons

“The headquarters and two missile divisions of the Orenburg Missile Army in Russia’s Urals region have been put on high-alert as part of snap combat readiness drills,” reports RIA Novosti.

The drills, which will run until Saturday, involve the redeployment of missile units which include those armed with nuclear-capable Topol (SS-25 Sickle) intercontinental ballistic missiles and RS-20V Voyevoda (SS-18 Satan) ballistic missile systems.

“The goal of this snap check is to assess the ability of missile units to go on high-alert in required time and to evaluate their readiness to perform the designated tasks,” said Col. Igor Yegorov, a spokesman for the Defense Ministry.

The missile drills follow in the footsteps of a similar “snap order” given by Vladimir Putin which tasked the Russian military to achieve full “combat readiness” as quickly as possible. Last week’s exercise involved 130 combat aircraft, 70 ships, 5,000 tanks, 160,000 troops and 320 tons of equipment, making it the biggest such drill since the Soviet era.

According to Konstantin Sivkov, a retired officer of the Russian military’s General Staff, last week’s exercise “was intended to simulate a response to a hypothetical attack by Japanese and US forces,” although the drill received little attention from the US media.

Russia has dramatically stepped up its military spending, with arms industry expenditure expected to soar nearly 60% over the next two years while the US military budget is cut by 15 per cent.

Back in May, Russian Prime Minister Dmitry Medvedev called on the nation’s defense industry to provide “state-of-the-art weapons superior to their Western analogs.”

Russia is currently engaged in the largest military build-up since the cold war, including the development of a new missile defense radar in southern Russia designed to counter missiles launched from Europe, as part of maneuvers which pose, “a strategic threat to the United States and NATO allies,” according to US military officials.

Russia is also working on a new generation of nuclear intercontinental ballistic missiles called the Yars-M which “Russian officials say will be able to penetrate U.S. missile defenses.”

With two snap drills taking place in the space of little over a week, some are concerned that Russia is gearing up for conflict following the announcement that Israel had bombed Russian-made weapons in Syria earlier this month.

With Barack Obama getting the green light from the House and Senate Intelligence Committees to arm jihadist rebels in Syria, a proxy war is developing as a result of Russia’s staunch support for President Bashar Al-Assad.

*********************

Paul Joseph Watson is the editor and writer for Infowars.com and Prison Planet.com. He is the author of Order Out Of Chaos. Watson is also a host for Infowars Nightly News.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 at 5:50 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

3 US soldiers killed in Afghanistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Afghan officials say three foreign soldiers who were killed in a blast in eastern Afghanistan were American.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Total Failure Of Foreign Intelligence As Spy Agencies Miss Massive Al Qaeda Prison Break

0

Mac Slavo
SHTFPlan.com
July 23, 2013

They’ve spent hundreds of billions of dollars to monitor the activities of every single American by turning their listening networks on purported domestic terrorists operating in the United States.

They know your underwear size. They know where you drove your car today. They know what you put up on Facebook, texted to your wife and emailed to your friends. And they’ve done it all in the supposed interest of “national security.”

If, however, you were an Al Qaeda terrorist coordinating a large-scale prison break to free senior members of your mid-east terror organization, you would have been able to operate with impunity.

As you read the following report from Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq keep in mind that the National Security Agency operates under authorization from Executive Order 12333.The agency was originally tasked not with “acquiring information concerning the domestic activities of United States persons,” but with analyzing information and data of foreign intelligence and counterintelligence value.

Hundreds of convicts, including senior members of al Qaeda, broke out of Iraq’s Abu Ghraib jail as comrades launched a military-style assault to free them, authorities said on Monday.

The deadly raid on the high-security jail happened as Sunni Muslim militants are gaining momentum in their insurgency against the Shi’ite-led government that came to power after the U.S. invasion to oust Saddam Hussein.

Suicide bombers drove cars packed with explosives to the gates of the prison on the outskirts of Baghdad on Sunday night and blasted their way into the compound, while gunmen attacked guards with mortars and rocket-propelled grenades.

Other militants took up positions near the main road, fighting off security reinforcements sent from Baghdad as several militants wearing suicide vests entered the prison on foot to help free the inmates.

Ten policemen and four militants were killed in the ensuing clashes, which continued until Monday morning, when military helicopters arrived, helping to regain control.

…

“The number of escaped inmates has reached 500, most of them were convicted senior members of al Qaeda and had received death sentences,” Hakim Al-Zamili, a senior member of the security and defense committee in parliament, told Reuters.

“The security forces arrested some of them, but the rest are still free.”

One security official told Reuters on condition of anonymity: “It’s obviously a terrorist attack carried out by al Qaeda to free convicted terrorists with al Qaeda.”

Reuters

Two Words: EPIC FAIL.

While our government is supposedly preventing terrorism by searching grandma at airports, arresting kids for making jokes on the internet, deploying thousands of dronesover America’s skies, and looking for lone wolves, they have failed at their absolute top priority: stopping actual terrorists from doing what terrorists do.

The fact that an unknown number of senior members of Al Qaeda, who we as a nation likely spent hundreds of millions of dollars and countless lives to capture, have been freed from prison in what can only be described as a premeditated coordinated attack is a complete failure of our foreign intelligence directives.

The challenge we now face is that senior Al Qaeda leaders who have likely been tortured and spent years in the hellhole of Abu Ghraib are now out in droves and they have one thing on their mind — to kill as many American men, women and children as they can before we catch or kill them.

Perhaps our spy agencies and the highly trained individuals monitoring domestic data streams would better serve the national security of the American people by turning their efforts back to what they were originally intended to do.

Will this be a wake up call for our Chief Executive and his security Czars to focus the attention of our signals intelligence and security community to the real threat facing America?

Or is identifying and stopping foreign terrorists no longer the priority?

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 at 5:21 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

TSA: Give Us Your Fingerprints, Web History and You Can Keep Your Shoes On

0

Anthony Gucciardi
Economic Collapse
July 23, 2013

Now you can keep your shoes on when travelling through the Orwellian TSA ‘security’ checkpoints thanks to a new program that only requires one thing – the complete and utter erosion of your personal privacy.

Instead of cutting the various ‘anti-terrorist’ security functions employed by the TSA that have not caught a single terrorist despite expansive funding and highly invasive techniques that violate our fundamental rights, the TSA is now offering a new ‘quick pass’ system that allows enrolled US citizens through the first few security measures once they are approved by the agency for membership status within the program.

And in order to participate in the ‘PreCheck’ TSA program, you will need to allow them to reach down into the proverbial pants of your personal life as well. Under PreCheck, you are required to not only present your fingerprints to the TSA in person and pay a fee of $85, but the agency is also looking to gather all forms of your data as well – which reports state includes your web history and online data. With the help of a third party organization, the TSA seeks to ‘pre-screen’ (think pre-crime) individuals based on their activity in order to determine if they are worthy of bypassing the most minimal of security checkpoints.

We can find this in a posting made by the TSA on FedBizOpps in relation to the new PreCheck program, which discusses the tactics used to ‘pre-screen’ fliers for the PreCheck program through the use of third party contractors. And according to a report by NextGov, PreCheck members will even be offering up their web history as a part of the qualifications, writing:

“TSA is weighing a contract that would hire private screeners to parse an applicant’s consumer data, such web browsing histories, for signs of danger before admission into express inspection programs.”

So essentially, the largest amount of compliance is rewarded with a bonus given to those who go along with the TSA’s police state tactics with a smile. Rewards are given to those who offer the TSA their fingerprints, their web data (likely using a download from the TSA website that scans your usage and reports everything back to DHS), and of course 85 dollars of their finances. It’s essentially like openly allowing the NSA to come in and mine your data, but this time you’re also handing it over to the DHS.

And you still have to go through the naked body scanners.

In time we will tell how many Americans have surrendered to the TSA and criminal elements of government at large when we see just how many citizens actually give away their privacy to save time in the TSA fondling lines. Coming around fall of this year, it will truly be a sad sight to see Americans flaunting their TSA-approved PreCheck cards in a rush to the naked body scanners.

Instead of sacrificing your privacy on the altar of the TSA and convenience, how about we kick them out instead. The TSA is literally a worthless sector of government that can easily be fooled by any amateur who studies the basic functions of the naked body scanner machines, as we’ve seen in the past with videos explaining how to take anything past the TSA scanners. There’s a reason they never catch all of the test weapons brought through airports.

This post originally appeared at Story Leak

Some non-organic foods contain upwards of 180 times the fluoride level of tap water, says expert

0

Ethan A. Huff
Natural News
July 23, 2013

As a follow-up to our earlier report on fluoridated food crops (http://www.naturalnews.com/036753_fluoride_pesticides_grapes.html), the following report explains a bit more about the true toxicity of the food supply in regards to fluoride chemicals. According to fluoride expert Jeff Green, many non-organic foods contain extremely high levels of fluoride because of the pesticide chemicals sprayed on them – and in some cases, non-organic produce contains up to 180 times the amount of fluoride found in tap water.

Fluoride-based pesticide chemicals such as cryolite (sodium hexafluoroaluminate) are commonly used on non-organic food crops because they are highly effective at both killing pests and protecting crops against pest damage. But these same chemicals tend to persist in, and on, produce, where unsuspecting consumers regularly consume them with their everyday meals. According to Green, about one-third of the average person’s fluoride exposure comes from non-organic food grown using fluoride chemicals.

“Cryolite is actually sodium aluminum fluoride … this sodium aluminum fluoride is especially effective at killing bugs,” says Green. “It’s also very sticky, so when they spray it, it’s more likely to stick on your produce, unless you’re … really working at trying to get it off of it.”

Many common fruits, vegetables loaded with fluoride

Citrus fruits, it turns out, are allowed by law to be contaminated with up to 95 parts per million (ppm) of sodium aluminum fluoride, while potatoes are permitted to have up to 22 ppm on the outside skin, and two ppm on the inside flesh. Raisins are allowed to have 55 ppm of the chemical, while romaine lettuce can have up to 40 ppm. But perhaps the worst offender is iceberg lettuce, which is allowed to have a whopping 180 ppm of sodium aluminum fluoride, or 180 times the amount of fluoride typically added to municipal water supplies.

Conventional cereals, which are often made with pesticide-ridden grains, tend to contain high levels of fluoride as well. According to Green, tests have revealed that the popular breakfast cereal Wheaties, for instance, contains an average 10 ppm of fluoride, while Post Shredded Wheat contains 9.4 ppm. Conventional juices made using highly-fluoridated fruits such as grapes, apples, and cranberries also tend to test high for fluoride as well.

“As a result of fluoride-based pesticide residues on produce, researchers are finding that lettuce, tomatoes, cabbage, raisins and other common foods are also subject to even higher exposure levels than found in fluoridated water,” wrote Green in a piece entitled “Hidden Fluoride in our Food.” “The common pesticide cryolite (sodium aluminum fluoride containing both aluminum and fluoride) is found at alarmingly high rates in foods that easily absorb chemicals, such as potato skins, white grapes and strawberries.”

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Combined fluoride exposures subject the average person to 700 times the maximum government threshold for fluoride

What this all means is that the average person’s cumulative exposure to fluoride from food, beverages, personal care products, and water is up to seven times the recommended maximum level, according to a government-compiled toxicological profile. Fluoride ions are smaller than water molecules, after all, which means they easily pass through the natural filtration mechanisms found in many fruits and vegetables, not to mention water filtration systems, the vast majority of which are incapable of filtering out fluoride ions.

You can read Green’s full fluoride in food paper here: http://elearning.zaou.ac.zm

Sources for this article include:

http://naturalsociety.com

http://www.naturalnews.com/fluoride.html

http://science.naturalnews.com/fluoride.html

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 at 5:19 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

US Intel committees approve arming Syrian rebels, top general warns of costs

0

RT
July 23, 2013

The House and Senate Intelligence Committees have given a green light to arm Syrian rebels, as their concerns were alleviated. But a top US general warned that high costs of military options could reach billions.

Martin Dempsey, the chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff and the highest-ranking American military advisor, wrote that a no-fly zone over Syria would cost the US between $500 million and $1 billion a month to maintain, and may be ineffective because the Syrian army relies on artillery, not air support, to fight the insurrection.

In the meantime, US President Barack Obama will continue with the plan to arm Syrian rebels after several congressional concerns were alleviated, Reuters quoted officials as saying. “We believe we are in a position that the administration can move forward,”House of Representatives Intelligence Committee Chairman Mike Rogers said.

The House and Senate intelligence committees gave a green light to send CIA weapons shipments to opposition fighters in Syria, Washington Post reported, adding that the US will use the money already in the CIA’s budget and transfer it to the Syria operation. The plan was announced last month by the Obama administration and involves giving small arms and ammunition to some of the 1,200 groups of Syrian rebels, some of which have known affiliations with al-Qaeda.

The infrastructure is already in place and arms are expected to start coming in the next several weeks.

Dempsey’s letter, dated July 19 and made public July 22, was written in response to a contentious meeting with Senator John McCain, who accused Dempsey of withholding information during a previous meeting with the Senate Armed Services Committee. McCain has threatened to place a hold on Dempsey’s nomination for another two-year term as the chairman of the Joint Chiefs unless the general provides more details on hypothetical military action.
Scenarios outlined by Dempsey included: Train, Advise and Assist the Opposition; Conduct Limited Stand-off Strikes; Establish a No-Fly Zone; Establish Buffer Zones; Control Chemical Weapons.

The chairman warned that any decision would need to be weighed carefully and treated as “no less than an act of war.”

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

McCain and the other Senate Armed Services Committee members previously pressed Dempsey to consider the “costs, benefits and risks associated with training and arming vetted elements of the Syrian opposition? In your view, could such action alone be sufficient to adequately build the military capability of the moderate opposition in Syria and create the necessary conditions for the administration’s stated policy objective — Bashar Assad’s departure and a negotiated solution to the conflict in Syria — to succeed?”

Dempsey pushed lawmakers to consider the long-term consequences any military action would mean.

“Risks include the loss of US aircraft, which would require us to insert personnel recovery forces,” he replied. “It may also fail to reduce the violence or shift momentum because the regime relies overwhelmingly on surfaces fires — mortars, artillery and missiles.”

He reminded the committee that virtually every scenario “could also average well over one billion dollars a month” and could provide aid to al-Qaeda or other radical groups. Along with this came a warning of no guarantee that Syrian chemical weapons would be put under an American safeguard.

“Should the regime’s institutions collapse in the absence of a viable opposition, we could inadvertently empower extremists or unleash the very chemical weapons we seek to control,” he wrote. “It would be inappropriate for me to try to influence the decision with me rendering an opinion in public about what kind of force we should use.”

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 at 5:13 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

As Cities Crumble The U.S. Celebrates British Royalty

0

Infowars.com.com
July 23, 2013

Alex covers the latest media sideshow circus over the British “royal” family.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Tuesday, July 23, 2013 at 5:16 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

EU move on Hezbollah biased: Iran

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi has slammed a recent decision by the European Union to blacklist Lebanonâ„¢s Hezbollah resistance movement as Å“unprofessional and biased.”

Å“This action is against the noble Lebanese nation, since Hezbollah is part of the countryâ„¢s socio-political fabric and is respected and accepted by the people of Lebanon, the region and the Muslim world and the legitimate resistance of the movement against the Zionist regime (Israel) has been appreciated among the people in the region and the Muslim world,” Araqchi said during his weekly press conference in Tehran on Tuesday.

He further described the EU action as Å“irrational and strange,” likening it to blacklisting anti-Nazi resistance groups during the World War II.

The Iranian official emphasized, however, that the European move would not generate any doubts about the popular character of Hezbollah and Å“would certainly further complicate the crisis in the Middle East.”

He then stressed that the European Union should reconsider the decision.

Iranâ„¢s nuclear energy program

Responding to a question on the possibility of reaching a Å“new consensus” with the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA), Araqchi reiterated that Å“no new agreement” has taken place and that the negotiations that began with the agency within the Å“new cooperation framework” have not been concluded.

He further noted that the Islamic Republic of Iran continues to be prepared for cooperation within the framework of its international commitments and the nuclear Non-Proliferation Treaty (NPT) and does not accept any commitments beyond that.

The Foreign Ministry spokesman also denied reports about the transfer of Iranâ„¢s nuclear case from the Secretariat of the Supreme National Security Council (SNSC) to the Foreign Ministry, saying that no decision has been adopted on the issue, yet.

He further indicated, however, that Iranâ„¢s President-elect Hassan Rohani has the authority to assign the case to any government institution, but the decision-making on the nuclear case and any other significant and security issues would remain in the SNSC, although negotiations can be pursued by either the SNSC or the Foreign Ministry.

Inauguration ceremony of President-elect Rohani

Turning to the upcoming inauguration ceremony for President-elect Rohani, Araqchi said all countries except the Zionist regime and the US have been invited to participate, adding that neighboring and regional countries as well as those nations that have close ties with the Islamic Republic are expected to show stronger presence.

According to the official, the inauguration ceremony will be held at Iranâ„¢s Majlis on August 8 and the list of foreign invitees will soon be announced.

The crisis in Egypt

Responding to another question on the recent events in Egypt and growing calls for the freedom of its ousted President Mohammed Morsi, Araqchi said the Islamic Republic of Iran has always stressed a national unity in Egypt through dialogue among all political blocs.

He further expressed optimism that calm and stability would soon return to Egypt.

Egypt has been the scene of rival rallies, often resulting in deadly clashes, since July 3, when the countryâ„¢s army ousted Morsi in what has been described by his supporters as Å“a military coup.” The military also installed Chief Justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court Adli Mansour as the country’s interim president on July 4.

Iranian diplomat abducted in Yemen

During his press conference, Araqchi also called for the safe return of an Iranian diplomat abducted this week in Yemen, reiterating the responsibility of the Yemeni government to guarantee his safety.

He added that the Iranian embassy in the Yemeni capital of Sanaâ„¢a is in Å“close contact with Yemeni security officials” in pursuit of the case.

Iranian diplomat Nour Ahmad Nikbakht was travelling in the diplomatic quarter in southern Sanaâ„¢a when armed men blocked the road, forced him to get out of his vehicle and took him to an unknown location.

MFB/HSN/HJL

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘3 US-led troops killed in Afghanistan’

0

US-led NATO soldiers secure perimeter before the passage of a convoy, near a village on the road to Naghlu the NATO army base on September 24, 2012.

The International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) has confirmed that three US-led soldiers have been killed in a bomb blast in eastern Afghanistan.

According to Afghan officials, the bomb hit an Afghan and NATO military convoy in eastern province of Wardak on Tuesday, killing three US-led soldiers and their Afghan interpreter.

Four other Afghan soldiers, who were also in the convoy in Sayed Abad district, were wounded.

No groups have claimed responsibilities for the attacks, though Afghan authorities blame Taliban for such incidents.

There has been a surge in militantsâ„¢ assaults against Afghan forces, foreign troops, and civilians in the war-torn country, in recent months.

The Taliban earlier announced the start of their annual “offensive” across Afghanistan and vowed to increase their attacks on US-led troops stationed in the country as well as Afghan forces.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in 2001, as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror. The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but the country is still gripped by insecurity.

MM/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Rajoy says will answer to questions

0

Spanish Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy has bowed to public pressure, saying he will appear in parliament to answer questions about the scandal involving alleged secret payments he received from his party.

After refusing for weeks, Rajoy said Monday that he would give Å“all the explanations” in parliament in late July or early August on the alleged slush fund.

This comes after a poll was published on July 21 showing 89.1 percent of those questioned thought Rajoy should respond to the allegations.

On the same day, the country’s opposition threatened to introduce a motion of censure against Rajoy if he does not face the lawmakersâ„¢ questions.

Luis Barcenas, a former treasurer of the premierâ„¢s Popular Party, told the court on July 16 that he handed Rajoy 25,000 euros (USD 33,000) in cash in 2010.

He has also given an investigating judge accounting document indicating that he channeled about 8 million euros (USD 10 million) to Rajoy and other party leaders from the private sector.

Rajoy has denied any wrongdoing and rejected calls to step down over the issue. He dismissed calls by opposition lawmakers to answer questions on the scandal in parliament.

The scandal has threatened to destabilize the government as it is struggling with a deep recession and record unemployment of 17.16 percent in the first quarter of 2013.

CAH/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

UK peer: MKO ban members from Iran

0

photo shows members of the terrorist MKO.

Former vice president of the EU Committee on Foreign Affairs Baroness Emma Nicholson says the heads of terrorist Mujahedin-e Khalq Organization (MKO) do not allow members in Iraq to return to Iran and rejoin their families there.

The British life peer said in an interview with Iranian NGO the Habilian Association that the terrorist groupsâ„¢ members are not allowed back in Iran by their leaders in the knowledge that they will not face persecution there.

The MKO terrorists, formerly based at Camp Ashraf in Iraq, now face expulsion from the country.

Nicholson said that Å“western European states are not at all wishful of receiving them because of their recent past history” with just two European countries, Germany and Albania, giving a lukewarm response to the UN Secretary General requests for asylum to the members of the terrorist MKO.

The terror cell has, however, turned down the two offers asking to be relocated to the US, where they are most ardently supported.

Last year, Chairman of the Iranian Parliamentâ„¢s Foreign Policy and National Security Commission Alaeddin Boroujerdi said there is space for discussion of some MKO members return to Iran if officials give their approval.

He added that would only be possible if they Å“regret their past mistakes” as many MKO members have been kept at Ashraf Camp against their will.

MKO terrorists are notorious for carrying out terrorist acts and assassinations of lay people and top officials in Iran.

The Habilian Association, which represents part of families of the victims of MKO terrorism, estimates that it has assassinated over 12,000 people in Iran.

AMR/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Two Morsi supporters killed in Cairo

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least two supporters of ousted Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi have been killed in the capital, Cairo, following an attack by armed men on a sit-in by Morsi’s supporters near Cairo University.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Two Morsi supporters killed in Cairo

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least two supporters of ousted Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi have been killed in the capital, Cairo, following an attack by armed men on a sit-in by Morsi’s supporters near Cairo University.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Italian ex-minister sentenced to jail

0

A former Italian finance minister has been sentenced to nine and a half years in prison for his involvement in the exchange of health sector bribes.

Ottoviano Del Turco was convicted by a court in the city Pescara on Monday in connection with a major 15-million-euro (USD 19-million) fraud in the financing of the public health system.

In addition to the jail term, he was ordered to pay more than 3 million euros in damages and given a lifetime ban on holding public office.

During the past five years, Del Turco has been under house arrest after a businessman told prosecutors that he had bribed Del Turco with over six million euros (USD 8 million).

The revelation forced him to resign as governor of the central region of Abruzzo after ruling for three years.

The court also issued guilty rulings for eight other defendants related to the case, including Vincenzo Maria Angelini, the man who confessed to bribing Del Turco. He was sentenced to three years and six months in jail.

Prior to being governor, Del Turco was a member of the European Parliament in 2004.

He was also the countryâ„¢s finance minister from 2000 to 2001 in the cabinet led by then Prime Minister Giuliano Amoto.

Italy has been hit by several corruption scandals involving public officials.

One of them is former conservative premier Silvio Berlusconi, who has been criminally charged several times.

Berlusconi risks receiving his first guilty sentence later this month, when Italyâ„¢s top appeals court is to hear a tax fraud case against him.

CAH/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Afghanistan blasts kill 7 troops

0

Nearly 300 Afghan police and soldiers have been killed by insurgents in June.

At least seven Afghan troops have been killed and dozens wounded in two powerful explosions in Afghanistanâ„¢s southern province of Uruzgan, Press TV reports.

The local officials say the incidents took place on Monday, adding that in the first attack, a motorcycle packed with an Improvised Explosive Device (IED) went off in Khas district of Uruzgan, leaving seven Afghan soldiers dead and two wounded.

Another incident happened in the capital of Tarinkot, after a bomb attached to a bicycle was detonated, wounding three police officers and nine civilians.

No groups have claimed responsibilities for the attacks, though Afghan authorities blame Taliban for such incidents.

The two blasts came after a powerful roadside bomb explosion in the troubled southern Afghanistan, which claimed the lives of at least four members of the Afghan National Army.

There has been a surge in casualties among Afghan local forces in recent months.

Afghanistanâ„¢s interior ministry announced on July 1, that insurgents had killed nearly 300 Afghan local and national police in June.

Roadside bombs and improvised explosive devices are by far the most lethal weapons Taliban militants use against Afghan forces, foreign troops, and civilians.

AZA/MM/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

3 US-led troopers killed in Afghanistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]The International Security Assistance Force (ISAF) has confirmed that three US-led soldiers are killed in a bomb blast in eastern Afghanistan.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

NSA Surveillance Through the Prism of Political Repression

0

July 28th marks the 35th anniversary of the political assassination of two Puerto Rican independence activists, Carlos Soto Arriví and Arnaldo Darío Rosado, in the infamous Cerro Maravillai case. This case, which was widely followed among Puerto Ricans, involved an agent provocateur that led the activists to an ambush that resulted in their brutal murder by paramilitary agents within the colonial police force. The event led to two investigations, the second of which revealed a conspiracy to cover up both the assassination plot as well as the destruction and manipulation of evidence carried out by the colonial police and justice department, and well as the federal justice department and FBI. Cerro Maravilla symbolizes for many the most outstanding recent example of repressive measures, from surveillance to political assassination, unleashed by US imperialism against the anticolonial movement in Puerto Rico.

The recent revelations of NSA spying by Edward Snowden have provoked mass outrage across the globe. Much of the consternation comes from what is commonly understood as a violation of privacy. In the official media, Snowden’s actions have been framed as a debate between ‘national security’ and ‘privacy’. However, framing the question in these terms is pure subterfuge. The Puerto Rican experience shows that the true objectives of surveillance programs by intelligence agencies like the NSA, CIA, and FBI having nothing to do with ‘security’ or ‘protection’ but rather political repression. Systematic surveillance can only be understood as an essential part of state repression, the purpose of which is to intimidate those that question the status quo by promoting a culture of fear. One can never be separated from the other.

The systematic surveillance and repression of Puerto Rico’s anticolonial movement is obviously just one example of many. A brief historical sketch of US imperialism’s repressive efforts against anticolonial forces in Puerto Rico must begin with the political intrigues that preceded the 1898 military invasion as well as the martial law that characterized both military and civilian colonial governments in its immediate aftermath. This history goes on to include the surveillance and repressive attacks against the Puerto Rican Nationalist Party and its followers from the 30s through the 50s, which included massacres of unarmed civilians, political assassinations and imprisonments, the harassment and attacks against labor unions and newly emergent socialist organizations of the same period, as well as COINTELPRO operations against resurgent nationalist and socialist political formations during the 60s and 70s.ii Indeed, in 1987 it was revealed that over 130,000 files on individuals and organizations had been accumulated through systematic surveillance on the island. This history is an integral part of the parallel campaigns of systematic state repression unleashed within the United States against groups such as the Black Liberation Movement, the American Indian Movement, the Chicano Liberation Movement, radical labor organizations, progressive students and antiwar activists, as well as communists.iii As such, what constitutes a scandal for the broader public is in fact part of the daily reality for those that fight for freedom and an end to oppression.

Snowden’s revelation that the United States Security Group Command’s Sabana Seca installation, located in the northern coastal municipality of Toa Baja, is part of an international surveillance network, which includes the Fornstat program, comes to no surprise to Puerto Rican anticolonial activists. From Sabana Seca, US naval intelligence monitors and gathers Internet, phone, and other forms of communication. In 1999, Duncan Campbell and Mark Honigsbaum of The Guardian already highlighted the naval intelligence’s “Echelon” operations from Sabana Seca and other locations both in the US and internationally as part of joint US British surveillance programs.iv

What is critical to highlight about US imperialism in Puerto Rico is the continued military character of colonialism on the island. For the benefit of those that may be unaware or who take the position that US militarism characterized only the past history of colonialism in Puerto Rico, a few contemporary examples serve to illustrate the point. Over the past decade and a half, Puerto Ricans have mobilized en masse to oppose a proposed military radar system intended for the Lajas valley in the southwestern part of the island, to end the practice of using the eastern island of Vieques as a bombing range by the US military and its allies (It should be noted that there was also a successful campaign to end the militarization of Culebra island also off the eastern coast of the main island in the 70s), and in more recent times against a system of potentially toxic and environmentally destructive antennas used both by the military and cellular companies that have proliferated across the island. In an article in the current issue of Claridad, the spokesperson for the grassroots Coalition of Communities Against the Proliferation of Antennas, Wilson Torres, sheds light on the US military’s Full Spectrum Dominance program currently being implemented in Puerto Rico. v

Understood in the context of pervasive unemployment, which serves to ensure an ever present pool of recruits used as cannon fodder in US military campaigns throughout the world as well as the structural dependence of large parts of the colonial economy on the Pentagon, this picture constitutes the modified form of US militarism in Puerto Rico in the present context. One may add the militarization of the colonial police force in the ongoing attacks against residents of public housing and other marginalized communities to this reality.

It would not be difficult to draw parallels between much of what is described immediately above and the realities faced by many North Americans. Heavy-handed policing and economically depressed communities dependent upon military or prison industries are a familiar reality for many. Yet the notion that the United States of America is characterized by a repressive state is much more difficult for the average person to accept. The narrative of 9/11 provides the pretext that results in the conflation of national security and state repression in the minds of many.

Notwithstanding, the revelations about the NSA spying program have provoked the condemnation of all except the most recalcitrant sycophants of US imperialism. Yet, it is absolutely necessary to place these programs in the context of the long history of state repression and militarism. Those on the left must push to extend the public discourse beyond questions of personal privacy to a discussion of systematic political repression within increasingly militarized “liberal” democracies. The experiences of anticolonial activists and militant, class-conscious revolutionaries from Puerto Rico lend valuable insights that add to the discussion around the significance of what Snowden’s leaks reveal: systematic surveillance and state repression are two sides of the same coin.

An insightful comment by Marx, writing in the New York Daily Tribune about British imperialism in India during the mid 1800s and often repeated among Puerto Rican comrades, is a useful starting point for the US left:

“The profound hypocrisy and inherent barbarism of bourgeois civilization lies unveiled before our eyes, moving from its home, where it assumes respectable form, to the colonies, where it goes naked.”

Carlos Borrero is a New York based writer.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

‘Yemen responsible for Iranian's safety’

0

Iran’s Deputy Foreign Minister for Arab and African Affairs Hossein Amir-Abdollahian

An Iranian official has emphasized that the Yemeni government is responsible for the safety of the Iranian diplomat recently abducted in the Arab country.

Iran’s Deputy Foreign Minister for Arab and African Affairs Hossein Amir-Abdollahian underlined on Tuesday the responsibility of the Yemeni government in guaranteeing the safety of Nour Ahmad Nikbakht, an administrative staff member at the Iranian embassy in Yemenâ„¢s capital of Sanaâ„¢a, who was recently abducted in Yemen.

He noted, however, that Yemenâ„¢s Foreign Ministry and relevant authorities have launched intensive efforts to identify those involved in the kidnapping.

While thanking the Yemeni authorities for their efforts in pursuing the case, the Iranian official further expressed hope that the work of Yemeni government would yield results as soon as possible and lead to the freedom of the Iranian diplomat in Sanaâ„¢a.

Following a phone conversation between Iranâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi and his Yemeni counterpart Abu Bakr al-Qirbi on Sunday, Yemenâ„¢s Foreign Ministry has set up a task group to pursue the case, Amir-Abdullahian said earlier.

During the phone conversation, Salehi further reminded al-Qirbi that under international treaties and conventions, the host country is responsible for the safety of diplomats.

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry summoned the Yemeni charge dâ„¢affaires to Tehran on Sunday to convey the Islamic Republic’s serious concern over the fate of the kidnapped Iranian diplomat and to reiterate the responsibility of Sanaâ„¢a in guaranteeing Nikbakhtâ„¢s safety.

Police sources in Yemen reportedly stated on Sunday that unknown gunmen had kidnapped Nikbakht.

The Iranian diplomat was travelling in the diplomatic quarter in southern Sanaâ„¢a when armed men blocked the road, forced him to get out of his vehicle and took him to an unknown location.

MFB/HSN/HJL

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘UN would like Iran in Geneva confab’

0

UN-Arab League Special Representative for Syria Lakhdar Brahimi says the United Nations Å“would like” Iran to attend the next Geneva conference on the crisis in Syria.

Å“The United Nations have made it very clear that we would like all countries… with interests and/or influence (to) attend Geneva, and that includes Iran,” Brahimi told reporters in Washington on Monday, AFP reports.

The UN envoy said that he was pressing on with plans to hold the second conference in Geneva to address the conflict in Syria.

Å“There are still issues that have not been solved. We are hopeful. Thatâ„¢s all we can say.”

Brahimi, however, did not give any exact date for the conference, which had been initially planned to be held late May, but was postponed.

Russia and the United States had agreed in Moscow on May 7 to convene the international conference, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012.

There are speculations that the conference might be held in September.

Iran has repeatedly expressed its opposition to any foreign intervention in the internal affairs of Syria, stressing that inclusive dialogue and national reconciliation as well as free elections are the keys to resolving the turmoil in Syria.

Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi had earlier said that the Geneva meeting on Syria will be successful if it is Å“all-inclusive and involves all countries that can play a constructive role to reach a political approach” in resolving the unrest in Syria.

Brahimi also commented on the debate in Washington over arming the foreign-backed Takfiri militants in Syria, and said, Å“Arms do not make peace. We would like to see the delivery of arms stopped to all sides.”

The unrest in Syria erupted over two years ago and many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed in the violence.

SAB/HSN/HJL

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Israeli/Palestinian Peace: Illusion Substitutes for Reality

0

Israeli/Palestinian Peace: Illusion Substitutes for Reality
by Stephen Lendman
Haaretz editors, correspondents, and contributors know better. Maybe not. Maybe they don’t history. 
Maybe they don’t know it well enough. Maybe they forgot. Maybe they didn’t check. Maybe they have other priorities. It shows in commentaries about announced Israeli/Palestinian peace talks. More on that below.
In his original Animal Farm preface, Orwell observed how media contributors suppress uncomfortable truths. Self-censorship works the same way as what’s imposed top down.
“Unpopular ideas can be silenced, and inconvenient facts kept dark,” said Orwell. 
“At any given moment there is an orthodoxy, a body of ideas which it is assumed that all right-thinking people will accept without question.”
“Anyone who challenges the prevailing orthodoxy finds himself silenced with surprising effectiveness.” 
“A genuinely unfashionable opinion is almost never given a fair hearing, either in the popular press or in the highbrow periodicals.”
It was true in Orwell’s day. It’s true now. Mainstream groupthink predominates. It falls short. It substitutes for independent truth and full disclosure.
Haaretz contributors believe this time’s different. At least they hope so. They know it won’t be easy. They think what never was achieved before can happen now. Why they’ll have to explain.
On July 21, its editors headlined “Netanyahu can end the occupation.” 
Perhaps he can. For sure he won’t. He deplores peace. It shows. Rhetoric belies hardline policies. They speak louder than words.
Haaretz called Kerry’s announcement “good news for both peoples.” (He’s) to be lauded for his persistence.”
“The ball is now in the court of the two parties, and the main responsibility for moving the talks ahead rests on Israel.” 
“Only Israel can put an end to the occupation, which is the key to everything else.”
Netanyahu has a “fateful opportunity.” He can “advance peace, and (make) his third term a stamp of truly historic proportions.”
“The Palestinians come to the table at a point when terror has almost completely ceased, with the most moderate and peace-seeking leadership they have ever had; there will never be a more moderate one than this.” 
“Netanyahu comes to the table with a declared commitment, albeit an unproven one, to work toward a two-state solution.” 
“This should, therefore, be a positive foundation on which to start the talks.”
Fact check
Previous articles explained. They’re based on facts, not wishful thinking.
This time is different nonsense doesn’t wash. Kerry represents hardline US imperial interests. He prioritizes war, not peace. His insincerity shows. His longstanding Senate record leaves no doubt.
He’s a lead player in Washington’s war on Syria. He colludes with rogue Arab League states. They’re run by despots, not democrats. He’s involved with belligerent NATO partners. They’re waging war on humanity. It’s longstanding policy.
Kerry deserves condemnation, not praise. He’s one of many US unindicted war criminals. He belongs in prison, not high office.
The same goes for Netanyahu. He deplores peace. He calls talks “a waste of time.”
Israel doesn’t negotiate. It never did. It won’t now. It demands. It yields nothing. It’s all take and no give. Its promises are made to be broken. Its track record is unblemished.
Hamas is right calling talks a “disaster.” Previous ones resulted in unconditional Palestinian surrender.
Abbas is an illegitimate leader. He’s deplorable. He’s a longtime Israeli collaborator. Don’t Haaretz editors know these things?
Palestinian “terror ceased?” What terror. Self-defense is a fundamental right.
Netanyahu “committed” to peace? He never was before. He’s not now?
Abbas a moderate, peace seeking leader? He spurned it multiple times before. Nothing suggests new policy now.
He bends to the will of his American and Israeli paymasters. He’s well compensated for doing so. He steals lots more besides. He’s done so for decades.
Betrayal pays well. He amassed great wealth. It’s illegitimate money. It’s hidden offshore. He helped his sons become millionaires. 
He betrayed his people for decades. Why Palestinians tolerate him they’ll have to explain.
Haaretz editors are right saying Netanyahu heads an extremist government. They stopped short explaining how extreme. 
It the worst in Israel’s history. It’s hardline. It’s racist. It’s fascist. It’s neoliberally harsh. It’s merciless. It’s too far over-the-top to change.
“(N)othing will stand in (Netanyahu’s) way if he does indeed decide to bring about an agreement,” said Haaretz editors.
“He has no rivals (to) replace him at the moment.” If he wants “a historic agreement,” he’ll find supportive coalition partners, they say. He “can do it. “
“He heads one of the strongest and longest-serving governments Israel has ever had, and he must not fear the baseless, strident threats of some of his partners on the right.” 
“This is the last window of opportunity for an agreement based on a two-state solution. It must not be missed.”
“The question now before us is whether Netanyahu wants to, not whether he can. He will have to provide the answer in the near future. If he wants to, nothing can stand in his way.”
Fact check
Plenty stands in his way. Fascists won January elections. They did so overwhelmingly. Israel’s government is militant. It’s belligerent. 
It’s lawless. It’s hard line. It’s over-the-top. It’s by far the worst in Israel’s history. It’s dominated by right wing extremists. Netanyahu’s the worst of the bunch.
He won’t change. Believing it shows poor judgment. He’ll yield nothing. He never did before. He won’t now. 
Indeed it will be a “pity” to fail. It’s baked in the cake. It’s a fact. It’s a preordained certainty. A previous article said chances for a just peace are ZERO.
On July 21, Haaretz columnist Amira Hass headlined “New EU guidelines on Israeli settlements enabled Abbas to say ‘yes’ to Kerry.”
Hass does wonderful writing. She’s on the right side of history. Her insight’s greatly valued. She supports Palestinian rights. She does so responsibly.
Her latest column missed the mark badly. We’re all entitled to err. No one’s perfect.
Abbas “can tell his skeptical, cynical public that the decision was made from a position of Palestinian strength – not weakness – as the EU measure shook Israel from its complacency,” she claimed.
Fact check
Two previous articles discussed EU guidelines. They reflect old wine in new bottles. They ignore vital unresolved issues.
EU’s so-called “territorial clause” is meaningless. It reflects longstanding EU policy. Weasel wording shows lack of resolve. Measures without teeth lack credibility. They never had them before. They don’t now.
Guidelines are recommendations. They’re not binding policy. EU nations can go their own way. They can pick and choose what they wish, if anything. 
They can ignore measures at their discretion. They can say one thing and do another. Business as usual persists. They exclude EU/Israeli trade. EU-financed military cooperation continues.
Virtually nothing going forward differs from longstanding policy. Palestinians are skeptical and cynical for good reason. Israel terrorized them for decades. It continues unabated now.
Wise observers know Abbas is a self-serving opportunist. He sold out. He did so many times before. He’s doing it again now.
Indeed Washington pressured Abbas. So did key EU leaders. It doesn’t take much to convince him. He’s a longtime Israeli collaborator. He needs enough cover to sell out. He’s well compensated for doing so.
EU states don’t support Palestine. They never did. They don’t now. They profit from occupation. They partner with Washington and Israel doing so. 
Hass is misguided believing “European guidelines have made it clear to Israel that its days of violating international law with impunity are over.”
The proof of the pudding’s in the eating. This brew’s rancid. It’s no Holy Grail. It’s a poisoned chalice.
Kerry didn’t “pressure” Netanyahu. They mutually plotted. They agreed to allude one thing and do another. High-sounding language masks their intentions. 
They’re like all others preceding them. They’re disingenuous to the core. So are EU guidelines. They’re talk without teeth. They lack credibility.
Palestinians remain at square one. They’re stuck with no hope for change. Not with Abbas in charge. Not with hardline US and Israeli governments. Not with complicit EU ones. Not with uncaring Arab states. They’re on their own like always.
Abbas acted for another reason, said Hass. Kerry promised funding to boost Palestine’s economy, she said. A “kind of Marshall Plan.”
A bad analogy. In its entire history, America never did anything benevolently. Roosevelt’s New Deal tried to save capitalism. Giving a little to save a lot was policy.
Lyndon Johnson’s Great Society followed the same pattern. Anger raged for civil rights reform, ending the Vietnam war, and easing inner city deprivation. 
Cities were set ablaze. Something had to give. Johnson declared war on poverty. It was more skirmish than vital commitment. 
He got civil rights legislation passed. He got congressional Medicare and Medicaid approval. It wasn’t enough. It was better than nothing.
Post-WW II, Washington offered devastated European countries aid. Restoring their economies and rebuilding their infrastructure was stressed.
Strategy prioritized benefitting America. It created business opportunities. It helped keep Western European countries from turning East.
Marshall pitched the plan. He delivered canned speeches. He disingenuously claimed it was to relieve “hunger, poverty, desperation, and chaos.” 
It was about saving capitalism from communism and Stalinist influence. None of this gets discussed today. It didn’t then. Myths substitute for facts. It’s no different now. Illusion obscures reality.
Perhaps Kerry’s plan resembles Truman’s for war-torn Europe. He proposed $4 billion to increase Palestine’s economy. He claims it’ll create up to 50% growth in three years.
He said doing so will create jobs and average wages. He stressed proceeding depends on peace talks. He offered few details. 
He acknowledged a chorus of naysayers. They justifiably say he’s proposing fantasy, not reality.
He’s selling crony capitalism. He wants private investment. Palestine’s already a neoliberal disaster. Kerry plans worse. It’s all take and no give. 
Israeli and Western privileged interests will profit. Well-placed Palestinians will be thrown a few bones. Ordinary ones will be exploited for profit. It’s how most Americans and Europeans are treated. It’s easier in Occupied Palestine.
“Encouraging the private sector” is a ruse. Kerry, Netanyahu and Abbas are up to no good. Nothing differs now from earlier. Believing otherwise reflects fool’s gold. 
Change depends on Palestinians themselves. It’s the same thing everywhere. No one helps popular interests. Rare exceptions prove the rule. It’s especially in Palestine. Uncaring illegitimate leadership assures it.
Other Haaretz contributors expressed false hopes. Barak Ravid headlined “EU made Netanyahu go the extra mile, US threats left Abbas with no choice.”
His scenario misconstrues reality. He knows better. It didn’t show.
Michel Waelbroeck taught at NYU, Michigan University Law School, and elsewhere. Willem-Gert Aldershoff held various European Commission positions. He’s now an EU policy advisor on Israel and Palestine.
They headlined “Israel should thank EU for setting guidelines, avoiding sanctions.” New guidelines are same old, same old. No planned sanctions exist. None with teeth will be imposed. 
Suggesting the possibility belies reality. Both contributors know it. Guidelines are recommendations. They’re not binding policy. Israeli/EU relations won’t change.
Both writers admit the “practical impact…on the Israeli economy will” be limited at best. Guidelines reflect sound and bluster. 
Policies remain unchanged. Longstanding relations are hard-wired. They’re fixed. They won’t change.
Aluf Benn is Haaretz’s editor-in-chief. He covered six Israeli prime ministers. He did so since Yitzhak Rabin. He headlined “Resumption of peace talks gives Netanyahu the chance of a lifetime.”
“He can show his mettle as a politician and a diplomat.” He can shape things going forward, said Benn. 
He’s got one objective in mind. He wants business as usual continued.
Benn’s too smart not to know it. His article reflected otherwise. He admits what happens next is “in his hands.” He can advance peace or do nothing. 
The die’s already cast. It bears repeating. Netanyahu deplores peace. He won’t recognize Palestinian sovereignty. He never did before. He won’t now. 
Benn, other Haaretz editors, columnists and contributors didn’t explain. Their readers are denied reality. They’ll have to find it elsewhere.
A Final Comment
Legitimate talks aren’t planned. Washington’s participation alone dooms them. America’s no honest broker. It never has been. It’s not now.
In May 2002, Uber Zionist Haim Saban founded the Brookings Institution’s Saban Center for Middle East Policy. It’s a pro-Israeli front group.
Former US ambassador to Israel Martin Indyk served as Saban’s founding director. He’s Brookings’ Foreign Policy Program vice president and director.
He’s no honest broker. He’s tapped to represent Washington in upcoming talks. He one-sidedly favors Israel. He spurns Palestinian rights. His deplorable record shows it.
According to Israel’s Channel 2 and Channel 10, Kerry and Netanyahu agreed. They want Indyk involved. Palestinians have no say. 
Expect Abbas to agree to anything. Negotiator Saeb Erekat’s a convenient stooge. He’s a prop. He’s a potted plant. His public comments belie his private position. He represents Israel, not Palestine.
Indyk will work closely with Frank Lowenstein. He’s Kerry’s Middle East advisor. They’re up to no good. What’s most important won’t be discussed. All sides agreed.
Resolution’s off the table on Palestinian sovereignty, ending Israel’s occupation, Gaza, borders, air, water and resource rights, East Jerusalem as Palestine’s exclusive capital, diaspora Palestinians right of return, Palestine’s full UN membership, and Israeli accountability for decades of crimes of war and against humanity.
It bears repeating. Upcoming talks are stillborn. They’re dead on arrival. Hamas is right calling them a “disaster.” Around 1.7 million Gazans are entirely left out.
Iranian Foreign Ministry spokesman Abbas Araqchi said Tehran “along with Palestinian groups express their opposition to the proposed plan, and it’s certain that the occupying Zionist regime will utterly not agree to withdraw from the occupied lands.”
“Past experience shows that the occupying Zionist regime is basically not ready to pay the price for peace since war mongering and occupation lie at its very core.”
Abbas is a traitor. So is Erekat. They have no credibility. They have no legitimacy. They have no right to negotiate for millions of long-suffering Palestinians. 
Letting them do so assures betrayal. It guarantees failure. It’s baked in the cake. It’s certain. Believing otherwise ignores reality.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

America and Germany: Longstanding Espionage Partners

0

America and Germany: Longstanding Espionage Partners
by Stephen Lendman
A previous article discussed Stasi. It was East Germany’s secret police. It was one of the most repressive state apparatuses in modern times.
Its infamous reputation speaks for itself. It’s reincarnated in new form. Given today’s state-of-the-art technology. It’s worse now than then. The previous article said the following:
On July 7, Der Spiegel headlined “Snowden claims: NSA Ties Put German Intelligence in Tight Spot.” 
“They’re in bed together,” said Snowden. NSA partners with foreign intelligence in other countries. Its “Foreign Affairs Directorate (BND)” does so.
It’s done in ways to “insulate their political leaders from the backlash.” It’s precautionary in case people learn “how grievously they’re violating global privacy.” 
BND/NSA cooperation is far greater than previously known. At issue are serious violations of Germany’s privacy laws. According to Der Spiegel, NSA provides “analysis tools.”
They’re for “BND’s signals monitoring of foreign data streams that travel through Germany.”
Besides other areas, BND focuses on “the Middle East route through which data packets from crisis regions travel.”  
Der Spiegel said “BND pulls data from five different nodes that are then analyzed at the foreign intelligence service’s headquarters in Pullach near Munich.” 
Gerhard Schindler heads it. He “confirmed the partnership during a meeting with members of the German parliament’s control committee for intelligence issues.”
Snowden told Der Spiegel that German outrage over NSA spying was pretense. Both countries work closely together. Relations are longstanding.
Current operations far exceed Stasi’s. They’re conducted with technological ease. Decades earlier spying was crude compared to today’s.
Modern methods operate in unprecedented ways. Virtually everyone can be monitored everywhere at all times. Nearly everything about targets is known.
Almost nothing’s too secret to escape scrutiny. There’s no way to hide. There’s no place to do it.
On July 20, Der Spiegel headlined ” ‘Prolific Partner:’ German Intelligence Used NSA Spying Program,” saying:
Chancellor Merkel lied. It didn’t surprise. She does it repeatedly. She “and her ministers claim they first learned about the US government’s comprehensive spying programs from press reports.” 
“But SPIEGEL has learned that German intelligence services themselves use one of the NSA’s most valuable tools.”
BND and its Federal Office for the Protection of the Constitution (BfV) intelligence agency collaborated with NSA. Secret documents reveal it.
They show BfV “was equipped with a program called XKeyScore intended to ‘expand their ability to support NSA as we jointly prosecute CT (counterterrorism) targets.’ ” 
“The BND is tasked with instructing the domestic intelligence agency on how to use the program, the documents say.”
It’s a “productive espionage tool.” It’s able to “retroactively reveal any terms” targeted persons type into search engines.
It’s able to receive “full take…unfiltered data…including” communications content. It can do so over a period of days.
Documents show up to “500 million (monthly) data connections from Germany accessed by the NSA.” XKeyScore collects much of it.
German/NSA cooperation “recently intensified.” BND’s Schindler expressed an “eagerness and desire” to do so. According to NSA:
“The BND has been working to influence the German government to relax interpretation of the privacy laws to provide greater opportunities of intelligence sharing.”
In 2012, Germany showed a “willingness to take risks and to pursue new opportunities for cooperation with the US.”
In Afghanistan, BND was NSA’s “most prolific partner.” The relationship is longstanding. It’s hard-wired. Merkel lied. Anger expressed over US spying was fake. 
She knows what’s going on. She’s involved. On September 22, German federal elections are scheduled. Voters will choose Bundestag representatives.
Merkel’s coalition needs up to 300 or more seats to retain power. Until NSA spying and Germany’s involvement were revealed, easy reelection was expected. 
She’s seeking a third term. Perhaps she won’t get it. Earlier polls showed her ahead. Voters may have second thoughts. They’ll  decide if she’s a spent force. In weeks we’ll know.
In the meantime, expect more revelations. On July 19, Der Spiegel headlined “Greenwald: ‘Explosive’ NSA Spying Reports Are Imminent,” saying:
Expect them in a few days. They’ll be the next shoe to drop. They’ll be “more explosive in Germany” than previous reports.
They’ll tell more about BND/NSA cooperation. Greenwald said he’s got around 9,000 to 10,000 top secret documents. He’s had them for weeks. 
He’s been analyzing them. Some documents are “extremely complicated.” He’s living in Rio de Janeiro. CIA has a “robust” presence there.
He’s worried about his safety. He feels “threatened in the sense that there are very prominent American politicians and even American journalists who have called for (his) arrest, who have called (him) a criminal.”
Possession of top secret US documents jeopardizes his safety. He’s got multiple copies. He maintains regular contact with Snowden. They use “encrypted chat technologies.”
German/NSA cooperation isn’t at the same level as Britain, Australia, Canada or New Zealand. It’s the “next tier where they exchange information all the time.”
It’s intensifying. BND’s Schindler’s eager to do so. Perhaps Germany’s heading for joint NSA cooperation matching any other country.
A Final Comment
On July 18, the Electronic Frontier Foundation headlined “House Judiciary Committee Rails Against Domestic Spying,” saying:
House Judiciary Committee members “grilled” government witnesses. It was more show than tell. Obama officials “hid behind secrecy.”
Grilling belies congressional sincerity. Congress, the courts, Obama, and administration officials are co-conspirators. It shows in legislation enacted. 
It shows in court decisions. It shows America’s current state. Washington’s criminal class is bipartisan. It includes High Court justices.
Police state lawlessness replaced constitutional law. Full-blown tyranny’s a hair’s breadth away. America’s no longer safe to live in. Universal monitoring persists. 
It’s official policy. Corporate bosses are complicit. Democracy’s a convenient illusion. So is freedom. It’s on the chopping block for elimination. It’s practically gone already.
Doing the right thing is criminalized. Press freedom’s up for grabs. On July 19, The New York Times headlined “Court Tells Reporter to Testify in Case of Leaked CIA Data,” saying:
The US Fourth Circuit Court of Appeals ruled Times writer James Risen must do so. It said First Amendment protections don’t cover “unauthorized leaks.” 
Federal District court Judge Leonie Brinkema held otherwise. She got it right. She supported press freedom. She called it First Amendment “reporter’s privilege.” Obama’s DOJ claims it doesn’t exist. 
Appeals Court Chief Judge William Byrd Traxler wrote the majority (two/one) ruling, saying:
“Clearly, Risen’s direct, firsthand account of the criminal conduct indicted by the grand jury cannot be obtained by alternative means, as Risen is without dispute the only witness who can offer this critical testimony.”
“There is no First Amendment testimonial privilege, absolute or qualified, that protects a reporter from being compelled to testify by the prosecution or the defense in criminal proceedings about criminal conduct that the reporter personally witnessed or participated in, absent a showing of bad faith, harassment, or other such non-legitimate motive, even though the reporter promised confidentiality to his source.”
Risen vowed to go to prison rather than testify. He may end up there. He’ll appeal to the Supreme Court. Odds of winning are slim. 
The Court’s stacked with right wing extremists. They’re largely comfortable with police state lawlessness. It shows in their rulings.
Risen may first ask for a full Fourth Circuit ruling. His lawyer Joel Kurtzberg said:
“We are disappointed by and disagree with the court’s decision. We are currently evaluating our next steps.”
Fourth Circuit’s Judge Roger Gregory “vigorous(ly) dissent(ed).” He called the ruling a threat to investigative journalism, saying:
“Under the majority’s articulation of the reporter’s privilege, or lack thereof, absent a showing of bad faith by the government, a reporter can always be compelled against her will to reveal her confidential sources in a criminal trial.” 
“Whatever the limits of who may claim reporter’s privilege, it is clear that Risen – a full-time reporter for a national news publication, The New York Times – falls into the category of people who should be eligible to invoke the privilege.”
“The majority exalts the interests of the government while unduly trampling those of the press, and in doing so, severely impinges on the press and the free flow of information in our society.”
Friday’s ruling set a precedent. It applies only to the Fourth Circuit. It’s important. It includes Maryland and Virginia. It’s Pentagon, CIA and NSA headquarters.
Risen’s case pertains to information in his 2006 book, “State of War: The Secret History of the CIA and the Bush Administration.” It’s about Bush era CIA tactics. Clinton also. 
It involves “trick(ing) Iranian scientists by having a Russian defector give them blueprints for a nuclear triggering device that had been altered with an error.” 
It “portrays the operation as reckless and botched in a way that could have helped the Iranians gain accurate information.”
In December 2010, former CIA officer Jeffrey Sterling was called Risen’s source. He was indicted on Espionage Act charges.
According to Reporters Committee for Freedom of the Press, since 1984, 17 journalists were jailed for refusing to testify or disclose sources. 
Police states operate this way. America’s by far the worst. For sure it’s the most reckless, outlandish and dangerous.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/america-and-germany-longstanding-e/

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

NATO supply trucks destroyed in ambush

0

A NATO supply truck (L) crosses a check post in Torkham border on July 12, 2012.(fie photo)

At least seven trucks carrying supplies to NATO bases have been destroyed in an ambush in southern Kandahar province of Afghanistan, Press TV reports.

Local sources in Kandahar province said the incident happened in Maiwand District, located 50 miles northwest of Kandahar on Monday.

One vehicle belonging to Afghan security forces was also destroyed. However, the incident bore no casualties, according to the sources.

Taliban groups have claimed responsibility for the attack, with their spokesman Qari Yousef Ahmadi claiming that eight trucks, along with one vehicle were destroyed and five other trucks were damaged.

Attacks on foreign troops have increased recently as Taliban militants have announced the beginning of their spring offensive across Afghanistan.

The US-led war in Afghanistan removed the Taliban from power in 2001, but insecurity remains in the country, despite the presence of thousands of US-led troops.

AZA/MM/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

How Monsanto Can Be Defeated

0

Photo Credit: Kary1974/ Shutterstock.com

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

“The harder they come the harder they fall, one and all.” — Jimmy Cliff, reggae classic

After enjoying a year of maximum profits, record stock prices, the defeat of a major GMO labeling campaign in California, pro-industry court decisions, and a formidable display of political power in Washington, D.C. — including slipping the controversial Monsanto Protection Act into the Federal Appropriations bill in March — the Biotech Bully from St. Louis now finds itself on the defensive.

It is no exaggeration to say that Monsanto has now become the most hated corporation in the world.

Plagued by a growing army of Roundup-resistant superweeds and Bt-resistant superpests spreading across the country, a full 49 percent of American farmers are now frantically trying to kill these superweeds and pests with ever-larger quantities of toxic pesticides, herbicides and fungicides including glyphosate (Roundup), glufosinate, 2,4D (“Agent Orange’), dicamba, and neonicotinoids (insecticides linked to massive deaths of honey bees).

Reacting to this dangerous escalation of chemical farming, toxic residues on foods and environmental pollution, over a million consumers and organic farmers have pressed the Obama administration to reject a new generation of GE “Agent Orange” and dicamba-resistant crops, forcing the USDA to postpone commercialization of these crops, at least temporarily.

According to the trade press thousands of U.S. farmers, as well as farmers worldwide, are moving away from biotech crops and searching for non-GMO (genetically modified organism) alternatives. At the same time U.S. and global market demand for non-GMO organic foods and crops is steadily increasing.

Compounding Monsanto’s superweed and superpest problems, scientific evidence earthopensource.org continues to mount that GMO feed and foods, laced with Bt toxins and contaminated with ever-increasing residues of Monsanto’s deadly weedkiller, Roundup, are severely damaging animal and human health.

As the June 24, 2013 issue of Green Medical News puts it:

“. . . within the scientific community and educated public alike, there is a growing awareness that Roundup herbicide and its primary ingredient glyphosate, is actually a broad spectrum biocide, in the etymological sense of the word: “bio” (life) and “cide” (kill) — that is, it broadly, without discrimination kills living things, not just plants.  Moreover, it does not rapidly biodegrade as widely claimed, and exceedingly small amounts of this chemical — in concentration ranges found in recently sampled rain, air, groundwater, and human urine samples — have DNA-damaging and cancer cell proliferation stimulating effects.”

On May 25, two million people from 436 cities, in 52 countries, on six continents took to the streets in a global “March Against Monsanto.” From New York to New Delhi, protestors reaffirmed their determination not only to force the labeling of genetically engineered (GE) foods, as has already been accomplished in the European Union, India and at least 36 other nations, but also to drive all GMOs off the market. That includes GMOs in human food, animal feed, cotton, nutritional supplements, body care products, and GMO cotton and biofuels.

The same week as the global March Against Monsanto, the New York Times reported that U.S. food companies, “large and small” are starting to make arrangements to reformulate the ingredients in their processed foods and reorganize their supply lines so to avoid having to admit that their brand name products contain GMOs. Monsanto and its Junk Food allies recognize that if the Washington State ballot initiative on mandatory GMO labeling passes on November 5, which now appears likely, their ability to keep food consumers in the dark will be over.

Large processed food and beverage companies, such as Kellogg’s, General Mills, Nestle, Coca-Cola, Pepsi, Kraft, Unilever, Dean Foods, Wal-Mart and others understand that once labeling is required in one strategic state, such as Washington, they will be forced to label in all 50 states.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

The United States Is Awash in Public Stupidity, and Critical Thought Is Under Assault

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

America has become amnesiac – a country in which forms of historical, political, and moral forgetting are not only willfully practiced but celebrated. The United States has degenerated into a social order that is awash in public stupidity and views critical thought as both a liability and a threat. Not only is this obvious in the presence of a celebrity culture that embraces the banal and idiotic, but also in the prevailing discourses and policies of a range of politicians and anti-public intellectuals who believe that the legacy of the Enlightenment needs to be reversed. Politicians such as Michelle Bachmann, Rick Santorum and Newt Gingrich along with talking heads such as Bill O’Reilly, Glenn Beck and Anne Coulter are not the problem, they are symptomatic of a much more disturbing assault on critical thought, if not rational thinking itself. Under a neoliberal regime, the language of authority, power and command is divorced from ethics, social responsibility, critical analysis and social costs.

These anti-public intellectuals are part of a disimagination machine that solidifies the power of the rich and the structures of the military-industrial-surveillance-academic complex by presenting the ideologies, institutions and relations of the powerful as commonsense. [1] For instance, the historical legacies of resistance to racism, militarism, privatization and panoptical surveillance have long been forgotten and made invisible in the current assumption that Americans now live in a democratic, post-racial society. The cheerleaders for neoliberalism work hard to  normalize dominant institutions and relations of power through a vocabulary and public pedagogy that create market-driven subjects, modes of consciousness, and ways of understanding the world that promote accommodation, quietism and passivity.  Social solidarities are torn apart, furthering the retreat into orbits of the private that undermine those spaces that nurture non-commodified knowledge, values, critical exchange and civic literacy. The pedagogy of authoritarianism is alive and well in the United States, and its repression of public memory takes place not only through the screen culture and institutional apparatuses of conformity, but is also reproduced through a culture of fear and a carceral state that imprisons more people than any other country in the world. [2] What many commentators have missed in the ongoing attack on Edward Snowden is not that he uncovered information that made clear how corrupt and intrusive the American government has become – how willing it is to engage in vast crimes against the American public. His real “crime” is that he demonstrated how knowledge can be used to empower people, to get them to think as critically engaged citizens rather than assume that knowledge and education are merely about the learning of skills – a reductive concept that substitutes training for education and reinforces the flight from reason and the goose-stepping reflexes of an authoritarian mindset. [3] 

Since the late1970s, there has been an intensification in the United States, Canada and Europe of neoliberal modes of governance, ideology and policies – a historical period in which the foundations for democratic public spheres have been dismantled. Schools, public radio, the media and other critical cultural apparatuses have been under siege, viewed as dangerous to a market-driven society that considers critical thought, dialogue, and civic engagement a threat to its basic values, ideologies, and structures of power. This was the beginning of an historical era in which the discourse of democracy, public values, and the common good came crashing to the ground. Margaret Thatcher in Britain and soon after Ronald Reagan in the United States – both hard-line advocates of market fundamentalism – announced that there was no such thing as society and that government was the problem not the solution. Democracy and the political process were all but sacrificed to the power of corporations and the emerging financial service industries, just as hope was appropriated as an advertisement for the whitewashed world, a culture whose capacity to critique oppressive social practices was greatly diminished. Large social movements fragmented into isolated pockets of resistance mostly organized around a form of identity politics that largely ignored a much-needed conversation about the attack on the social and the broader issues affecting society such as the growing inequality in wealth, power and income.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Mind Raped by the Christian Right

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Noel Lyons, a member of the U.S. Ski Team from 1976 to 1981 and once one of the country’s top professional skiers, found herself in a Vail, Colo., hospital in the spring of 2010 after another round of binge drinking. “I had given up on myself,” she would say later. Her boyfriend and sister decided she needed rehabilitative help. Because their resources were limited, they turned to the free Total Freedom Program, a Florida ministry for women and men that identifies itself as Christian.

Cate Iannello, the wife of the leader of Total Freedom Program, “Pastor Guy,” met Lyons in July 2010 at the Orlando airport and drove her to what she called “the girls’ house,” a yellow ranch house in a nondescript neighborhood of nearby Ocoee. Lyons says she arrived “scared out of my mind” and holding a decorative pillow with the image of a buffalo on it. Because the pillow had “past associations” that could evoke demons, she was soon told to put it in the trash.

Lyons walked into the living room with the pastor’s wife. She met a woman there who introduced herself as Connie Prince, “the house mom”–a position Lyons herself would assume eventually. She was introduced to about five other “girls,” all white and ranging in age from the 20s into the 50s, who lived in the house.

The house mom rifled through Lyons’ bag of clothes. She pulled out particular garments and told her, “Well, you won’t be wearing that.” Prince confiscated the small amount of money Lyons had, her Ambien sleeping pills, cellphone and phone card.

“Later on I found out it was inappropriate or had accursed symbols,” Lyons said of the confiscated clothes when we met at the home of a friend outside Philadelphia where she was staying.

Lyons, now 50, toured the group house with a woman named Susan. Susan, in her early 20s, showed Lyons the bedroom the two women would share. It had bare walls and three beds with mismatched sheets, three dilapidated dressers and one closet. Lyons was then taken to the kitchen, where she sat with other women at a table for prayers and dinner. Afterward the women went into the living room for Lyons’ “praying in” ceremony. She was instructed to sit on the floor. The women sat in a circle around her.

“Then they make sure I had no tattoos, which are accursed items,” Lyons said. New arrivals with tattoos had to be specially anointed to excise the demons that the ministry claimed were embedded in tattoos.

The circle of women prayed over her, including in the gibberish of “tongues,” and anointed her with oil. The women walked through the house after the ceremony. They said more prayers in tongues to rid the house of demons. They dipped their fingers in oil and marked the doorjambs with the sign of the cross to drive out evil spirits. “It’s called the Housecleaning Prayer,” Lyons said. “And a lot of times they’ll put a cross over the beds where our heads rest.”

Lyons began to speak to me in a stream of nonsensical sounds to imitate praying in tongues. She instinctively crossed her arms over her chest. “It’s like in chanting,” she said. “I’m holding my heart because I believed that the enemy was trying to get my heart. So I’m always covering my heart.”

She was given a rules handbook and told she had to sign an “intake form” promising to obey the community’s edicts. She read in the handbook that she would be forbidden to contact anyone except her immediate family for nine months, which distressed her because of her relationship with her boyfriend in Vail. The form said she would forfeit the right to sue the ministry, which she found odd. She refused to sign the form without a lawyer. She went to her room distraught and frightened, unsure of what to do. She could not sleep. In the middle of the night she went outside and thought about hotwiring one of the cars in order to leave, but, she said, “I had nowhere to go, and I had no money. I had no contact with anyone.” At 5:30 a.m. she was told it was time for the ritual morning prayers.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

I Hereby Resign in Protest from the Military-Industrial Complex, Effective Immediately

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

I hereby resign in protest effective imediately.

I have served the post-911 Military Industrial complex for 10 years, first as a soldier in Baghdad, and now as a defense contractor.

At the time of my enlistment, I believed in the cause. I was ignorant, naïve, and misled. The narrative, professed by the state, and echoed by the mainstream press, has proven false and criminal. We have become what I thought we were fighting against.

Recent revelations by fearless journalists of war crimes including counterinsurgency “dirty” wars, drone terrorism, the suspension of due process, torture, mass surveillance, and widespread regulatory capture have shed light on the true nature of the current US Government. I encourage you to read more about these topics at the links I have provided below.

Some will say that I am being irresponsible, impractical, and irrational. Others will insist that I am crazy. I have come to believe that the true insanity is doing nothing. As long as we sit in comfort, turning a blind eye to the injustices of the world, nothing will change. It is even worse to play an active part, protesting all along that I am not the true criminal.

I was only a foot soldier, and am now a low level clerk. However, I have always believed that if every foot soldier threw down his rifle war would end. I hereby throw mine down.

Sincerely,

Brandon M. Toy
Stryker Engineering Project Management
General Dynamics Land Systems
Sterling Heights, Michigan

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

5 Reasons It's Just Absurd That America Doesn't Tax Wall St's Transactions

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The logic for the tax is indisputable:

— 1. Financial industry speculation devastated middle-class homeowner wealth.
— 2. U.S. investors pay zero tax on their speculative transactions.
— 3. The tax is easy to implement, and is very successful in other countries.

The emotional appeal reaches most of America:

— Why should the rest of us pay up to 10% on the necessities of life while risky derivative purchases aren’t taxed at all?
— Why should kids around the country lose their arts programs while trillions of dollars flow, untaxed, to Wall Street?

On July 8th, 2013, Chicago Political Economy Group (CPEG) member Bill Barclay and Illinois Green Party Chair Rich Whitney presented arguments for the Financial Transaction Tax (FTT) in front of the Illinois Pension Reform Committee. The video is available here (01:29:40), and the slideshow here. Much of the following derives from their work.

The Tax Works in Countries with the ‘Freest’ Economies

A good place to start is Singapore. Or Hong Kong or Switzerland. These are three of the top five countries on the Heritage Foundation’s Index of Economic Freedom, and they all have FTTs. Critics who might argue that non-FTT taxes are lower in Singapore and Hong Kong should look at World Bank and CIA World Factbook datasets, both of which show the U.S. with lower tax revenues as a percentage of GDP. The U.S. is clearly undertaxed across a wide range of taxes.

Unimaginable Amounts are being Traded in the U.S., with zero tax

Unfortunately, in our country, discussions about pension reform and education and infrastructure usually lead to talk about further cutbacks, as if that were the only solution. But pension funds and schools lost money because of financial industry malfeasance. And yet the financial industry keeps surging ahead. The 2012 trading volume for the Chicago Mercantile Group (CME) alone was $806 trillion, about 12 times more than the entire world GDP. In 2011 it was over $1,000 trillion — that’s a mind-dizzying $1 quadrillion.

There’s no sales tax on all that, just a tiny administrative fee. We’ve had to look elsewhere for our education funds. As Whitney noted, “Our tax system taxes poverty far more than it taxes wealth.”

A Tiny Tax Would Pay the Entire 2013 Federal Education Budget

A bill sponsored by Illinois Representative Mary Flowers would impose a modest .01% tax on CME stock and derivative trades. It would not include transactions involving securities held in retirement or mutual fund accounts. With this little tax, at current trading levels, up to $80 billion would be realized annually. Chicago-area trading alone would pay the entire federal education bill.

It’s Easy to Administer — Especially for One of the Most Profitable Companies in America.

What are the objections? Administrative cost and inconvenience? No, the FTT is easy to administer, and difficult to evade. Clearing houses already review all trades, and serve as collection agencies for transaction fees.

How about the threat of a move to another state or country to avoid new taxes? It’s hard to imagine that from the CME Group, made up of the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and the Chicago Board of Trade. From 2008 to 2010 the company had a profit margin higher than any of the top 100 companies in the nation.

Big Revenues, Little Risk

Objections to the FTT seem superficial in light of the two main benefits: (1) The massive revenue potential; and (2) the likelihood of limiting the speculative trading that contributed to the financial meltdown in 2008. Informed Americans are in agreement on this. The tax is simple and effective and fair and long-overdue, and obvious to everyone except the business-friendly members of Congress.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Are You Addicted to Stress?

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

I’m one of those people who likes stress. I like it a little too much. I think about downtime, but I rarely engage in it. I love to feel busy and active with lots of plates spinning. Oh, I’ll complain about it, sure. But you try to take my stress away from me, and I’ll fight you for it.

It’s not so surprising — you may not admit it, but you like stress, too. Because stress by other names is also: excitement, motivation, energy, pressure. And just the right amount will get you to do amazing things. I wouldn’t accomplish a thing without it. And I know because the projects, both personal and professional, that don’t exert much stress-related pressure on me don’t get done. Period.

A certain degree of stress keep you on our toes, motivated, even focused. In fact, though you may not realize it, you may be feeding your addiction to stress.

“The reality is you can become addicted to the adrenaline rush that stress provides, and addicted to your own body chemistry,” says Andrew Shatté, PhD, Chief Science Officer for meQuilibrium. “Stress entails the activation of the sympathetic nervous system (SNS), the fight or flight response, which releases the adrenalin to get our bodies galvanized to protect our turf or run from a threat.”

The opponent process, the parasympathetic nervous system (PNS) is automatically activated when the SNS abates, fueled by the release of beta endorphins, and relaxes the body. “The PNS clicks on with commensurate intensity to the SNS response it follows,” Shatté explains. “So the bigger the stress response, the bigger the endorphin rush that follows it.” Thus, the addiction. The question is: Are you so addicted to that rush that you may be ratcheting up your stress response on purpose? Because you can see how that could get exhausting.

(Read more about the effect of stress on mind and body.)

To change your stress levels, you have to shift your response to stress (since you can’t exactly force the outside world to change). Sounds easy, right? Not so easy if you’re addicted to even the responses to stress you hate (like saying things you don’t mean, eating things you don’t want to have eaten, etc). Only you can decide to change that.

So it’s time to free yourself from negative, health-eroding stress responses by rewiring, rethinking, and retooling how you react. Here are some ways to start.

  1. Instead of a knee jerk response, take a time out. Instead of giving myself some space after something that happens (a maddening email, a difficult client conversation), I’ve often let my feelings dictate my behavior. I start knee-jerking all over the place, firing off emails and comments and allowing my mood to go off the rails. I end up emotionally flailing. This creates a downward spiral of energy and a steady increase in stress. I have created a rule: I’m not allowed to respond to an email or pick up a phone and call someone until a few hours have passed. No heat-of-the-moment communiqués.
  2. Instead of crying over it, laugh at it. I was rehashing a recent scenario at work that left me feeling bullied and unappreciated, and instead of continuing to pour gasoline on the flame of my frustration, which I normally do, I did the opposite: I looked at my emotional upset and laughed at it. I did for myself what a funny, honest friend would do and said to myself, “So, hold up. You’re mad because someone doesn’t adore you and do everything you want? You want to take your toys and go home now?!” I saw my petty response for what it was — my attempt to have my own self-esteem and emotional needs met in a business setting, which is the wrong place to look for that. When I could see my base need for what it was, I could laugh at it and bring myself back down to earth.
  3. Instead of stewing in it, run for it. You’ve had that feeling — that shaky, nerve-endy, head-on-fire feeling in the wake of a stressful situation. Don’t just sit there. When your body kicks up that heady emotional cocktail of stress hormones, you don’t want to sit and pickle in it. It’ll wrankle your mood and make you feel worse. Get up and go somewhere — anywhere. Leave the room, go for a walk, talk to someone else about something totally different. In other words, change the channel completely. I have the good fortune of working from home. So when I get fired up over something and can’t concentrate, I throw on my running shoes and bang out a few miles around Central Park. Nothing frees you from your brain like pushing your body. After all that panting and sweating, I come back, shower–and it’s like I’m a completely different person. And when you’re free from a stress mindset, you’re free to make better decisions.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Why the Phrase "Black-on-Black Crime" Suggests Inherent Criminality

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

I’ve written here, and elsewhere, that “black-on-black crime” as a specific phenomena isn’t a thing. Yes, the vast majority of crimes against African Americans are committed by other African Americans, and yes, black men face a higher murder rate than any other group in the country. But those facts are easily explained by residential segregation and proximity–people commit crimes against those closest to them–and the particular circumstances of many black communities, which are marred by concentrated poverty and nonexistent economic opportunities.

“But what’s the big deal?”, you might ask. “Why can’t we use ‘black-on-black crime’ as a shorthand for these particular problems?” The answer isn’t difficult. Violent crime in hyper-segregated neighborhoods doesn’t happenbecause the residents are black. Their race isn’t incidental–the whole reason these neighborhoods exist is racial policymaking by white lawmakers–but there is nothing about blackness that makes violence more likely. Focusing on the “black” part of the equation takes this violence out of the realm of policy, and into the world of cultural ills. “Black-on-black crime” describes apathology–a social abnormality–that can’t be fixed by political action. “Those people are just that way,” and as such, we should leave them to their devices, and defend ourselves if necessary.

Indeed, if criminality is inherent to African Americans, then it doesn’t matter who you’re defending yourself against. At any and all times, you’re stopping someone who is, or could become, a criminal. It’s how you get policymakers like Michael Bloomberg and policies like “stop and frisk,” which says, in effect, that if you are black and male, New York City is justified in treating you as a potential offender.

Now, you could try– as Richard Cohen attempts in the Washington Post–to put limits on this suspicion. We only have to worry about urban African Americans, he argues. They are the criminal threat:

I’m tired of politicians and others who have donned hoodies in solidarity with Martin and who essentially suggest that, for recognizing the reality of urban crime in the United States, I am a racist. The hoodie blinds them as much as it did Zimmerman.

But stereotype creep is inevitable, and within a few paragraphs, “urban crime” becomes “crime,” hoodies are the universal uniform of “thugs”, and all black men become justified suspects of either the law, or interested citizens:

Where is the politician who will own up to the painful complexity of the problem and acknowledge the widespread fear of crime committed by young black males?

Again, when black pathology is your frame for understanding crime, any decision to pursue black men is justified, because by definition they are suspects. It’s why Cohen doesn’t have a problem with George Zimmerman’s fateful decision to stop and follow Trayvon Martin. It doesn’t matter that Sanford, Florida is a small town, or that the two were in a gated community–the only important variable, for Cohen, is Martin’s blackness.

American life is already defined by a steady fear of black men. The Monkey Cage, for instance, highlights a study that finds a plurality–40 percent–of white Americans who say that “many or almost all black men were violent,” compared to the less than 20 percent who said the same of black women and white men. The focus on “black-on-black crime” intensifies that, while ignoring the extent to which the things that drive black crime rates—including the hugely disproportionate share of murders committed by African Americans–aren’t particular to blackness.

Of course, if we were to acknowledge that African American crimes rates aren’t just a case of black people being black, then we would have to do something about it. And, in general, white Americans aren’t fond of devoting national resources to fixing racial problems.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

The American Dream Has Turned into a Grueling Quest for Survival for Millions of People

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

On June 12, 2013, Low Pay Is Not Okay, a group fighting to raise wages for fast food workers, released a video criticising a budgeting guide created by McDonald’s. The guide showed that McDonald’s workers cannot survive on a McDonald’s salary. Aside from including dubious figures – $20 a month for health care, $0 for heating – the guide left out essentials like child care, food, and clothing. Low Pay Is Not Okay noted that even by McDonald’s’ own calculations, workers would need at least $15 per hour to make ends meet. The video went viral, and the guide was widely criticised.

But some argued that the guide was reasonable. “When I lived in St. Louis, my roommate and I each paid $425 per month [in rent],” wrote the Washington Post’s Timothy B. Lee, ignoring that St. Louis fast food workers are on strike because they cannot afford to live on their current wages. He praised the guide for “offering practical advice on how to live on a modest income”, a sentiment echoed by Mother Jones’ Kevin Drum, who deemed it “an extremely conventional collection of good financial advice”.

Defenders of the McDonald’s budget use the same word to describe it: realistic. (Both Drum and Lee use this term.) The logic is that if people can literally survive on minimum wage – that is, not drop dead – then their wages are justified. Ignored in the plea for realism is the day-to-day reality of McDonald’s workers – not whether they can live, but how. In one of the wealthiest countries in the world, privation should not come with the job description, and survival should not be an aspiration.

“Worrying about the future is the hardest part, because at $7.25, I don’t have a future,” wrote Stephanie Sanders, a McDonald’s worker, in an essay for the Milwaukee Journal-Sentinel. Like many fast food workers, Sanders is an adult who never thought she would end up in the food service industry. While the unemployment rate in America has remained largely steady in 2013, the underemployment rate has soared, and Sanders, a former saleswoman, has found herself trapped. Her temporary job has become a permanent sentence.

As economic analyst Robert Reich observes, “Being wealthy in America today means not having to come across anyone who isn’t.”  For the last decade, the American media have railed against the “obesity crisis”, blaming fast food outlets for poor public health. That the people who prepare this food lack the money to eat, or feed their children – “We all worry about going hungry or ending up homeless,” writes Sanders — attracts far less outrage.

Journalist Mark Oppenheimer calls the elite Americans obsessed with local and organic food “the new Puritans” – and like the old Puritans, they tend to have a Calvinist take on those less fortunate. “Most of the middle-class ‘liberal’ parents I know have allowed lifestyle decisions about what they wear, eat, and drive to entirely replace a more ambitious program for bettering society,” he writes. The plight of the McDonald’s worker, like McDonald’s itself, is seen as outside their purview.

The myth of upward mobility

This lapse in priorities – in which things we buy are thought to be morally superior to people who sell them – parallels a change in the American perception of employment and social status. Jobs are no longer jobs but symbolic positions, indicative of where you come from and determinative of where you go.

The McDonald’s worker, the argument goes, deserves what she gets because she is a McDonald’s worker. The professional, it is said, deserves her success because she is a professional. But over the last decade, the barriers to entry for white-collar professions have dramatically increased while the pathways out of poverty have eroded. The job you work increasingly reflects the money you already had.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

"Glee" Star Cory Monteith's Death Proves Heroin (Alone) Is Not the Problem

0

Glee actor Cory Monteith was found dead in his hotel room on July 13, and the British Columbia Coroner concluded that his death was the result of a toxic mixture of alcohol and heroin. The actor had an extensive history of drug use dating back to his teens, which he described as being out of control and that at that time he was “doing anything and everything, as much as possible.”

After a stint in rehab at age 19, he went for more than a decade without apparent drug-related problems. Then, this past March Mr. Monteith checked himself into a treatment program. He completed the program after about a month and seemed to be on the road to recovery at the time of his death.

For some observers, Mr. Monteith’s death confirms the pernicious nature of illegal drug use and addiction that eventually ends in tragedy. Certainly, we’ve seen the gut-wrenching portrayals of heroin addicts agonizing, especially when experiencing withdrawal from the drug. This characterization, however, seems to be inconsistent with Mr. Monteith’s behavior and that of most heroin users. According to those close to him, he appeared to be healthy and showed no signs of a substance abuse problem. Despite his brief relapse this past March, he always showed up on the set sober and was a model actor. Indeed, this description is more in line with the behavior of most illegal drug users. Eighty percent or more use drugs without obvious problems.

Still, others speculate that Mr. Monteith was more vulnerable to overdose after recently going through a detox program, because his body was no longer able to tolerate high doses of heroin. There is no evidence indicating he used high doses of heroin in the past or at the time of his death, making this conjecture less plausible. In addition, while it is theoretically possible to die from an overdose of heroin alone, in practical terms this is rare. Only about a quarter of the thousands of heroin-related deaths each year occur as a result of heroin alone. The vast majority of heroin-related deaths — a whopping 70 percent or more — are caused by combining heroin with another sedative, usually alcohol. Regrettably, Mr. Monteith too was a victim of this combination.

As a neuropsychopharmacologist who specializes in substance abuse, I find the focus on factors other than this drug combination distracting and irresponsible. Too often in these tragic cases some “experts” emphasize the failures of rehab, rather than providing the drug-using population with practical information that could prevent countless overdose deaths. We are missing an important public health education opportunity to decrease drug-related accidents.

The Coroner concluded, “there is no evidence to suggest Mr. Monteith’s death was anything other than a most-tragic accident.” What was not said is that this horrible accident, and the thousands of others that occur each year, could have been prevented if our public health education message clearly focused on the potential dangers associated with the alcohol-heroin combination instead of being preoccupied with blaming rehab and vilifying heroin.

Each year there are hundreds of thousands of heroin users in the United States. This number has remained stable for decades — Americans will always use heroin. In order to keep them safe, providing the best available public health information seems the responsible and ethical thing to do.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Rand Paul's White Supremacy Double Game

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Jack Hunter, the Rand Paul social media staffer who wrote columns attacking Abraham Lincoln and defending Southern secession under the name “Southern Avenger,” tells the Daily Caller that he’s leaving the senator’s staff and returning to punditry to clear his name and avoid dimming Paul’s rising star. Even though Paul defended Hunter when the Washington Free Beacon broke the news of his long career of neo-Confederate race-baiting, Hunter says he must leave the senator’s payroll “to avenge his own honor,” the right-wing site reports.

“I’ve long been a conservative, and years ago, a much more politically incorrect (and campy) one,” Hunter told W. James Antle III of the Daily Caller News Foundation in an email (Antle identifies Hunter as a friend). “But there’s a significant difference between being politically incorrect and racist. I’ve also become far more libertarian over the years, a philosophy that encourages a more tolerant worldview, through the lens of which I now look back on some of my older comments with embarrassment.”

News of Hunter’s resignation broke just as the Washington Free Beacon was publishing more samples of his racist commentary, from a CD he once sold on his own website, “Southern Avenger Smash Tracks: 20 Essentials, Vol. 1.” In one, Hunter compares Lincoln to Adolf Hitler and the South’s Civil War defeat to the Holocaust. “The sadistic policies and tactics of Abraham Lincoln destroyed the America of the Founding Fathers,” Hunter declared in one track. “And as I gaze at the picture on my wall of my great grandfather, who fought bravely against that sick bearded bastard, I still dream of what could have been – our glorious Confederate States of America….The reason we Southerners remember the war is because it does matter – just like slavery, just like the Holocaust.” In another track he says whites deserve a “long overdue” thank you from African Americans for ending slavery. “If it weren’t for white people, who knows how long slavery would have lasted?” he asked. “The very fact that slavery still exists today in African countries like Ghana and Sudan really makes one wonder.”

The Daily Caller’s tenderly written tribute to Hunter, composed before the latest Free Beacon revelations, let the former Paul staffer cast his Southern Avenger persona — in which he frequently appeared in a wrestler’s mask emblazoned with the Confederate stars and bars — as mere radio shock-jock pageantry. It also featured testimony to Hunter’s integrity by integrity-impaired GOP leaders like South Carolina Sen. Mark Sanford. “In all my dealings with Jack Hunter, I have found him to be most impressive, most professional and a committed conservative,” Sanford told Antle. “I think a lot of this has less to do with Jack Hunter than Rand Paul and 2016.”

Lucky Rand Paul gets to have it both ways: He stood up to those Northern aggressors and refused to fire Hunter, but he will carry less of Hunter’s baggage into the 2016 GOP presidential primary than if his neo-Confederate staffer fought on.

Still, he will carry some. Hunter’s editor at the Charleston City Paper, Chris Haire, revealed Thursday that his former columnist recently asked him to take down “dozens” of the controversial posts he’d written over the years, after he’d gotten wind of the Washington Free Beacon’s efforts to expose his pro-secession writings. Haire refused, but offered to publish “a column detailing how he’d changed his mind,” an offer Hunter declined. Calling Hunter’s request “cowardly,” Haire offered this assessment of his former writer’s real views:

The Jack Hunter of the Charleston City Paper years was every bit as radical as the Jack Hunter of [radio station] 96 Wave. While a member of the City Paper’s stable of freelancers, Jack wrote in support of racially profiling Hispanics, praised white supremacist Sam Francis, blasted the House of Representatives’ apology for slavery, claimed that black people should apologize to white people for high crime rates, defended former Atlanta Braves pitcher and racist John Rocker and Charleston County School District board member Nancy Cook after she said some mothers should be sterilized, argued that Islam was an innately dangerous threat to the U.S, professed that he would have voted for a member a British neo-Nazi political party if he could have, considered endorsing former Council of Conservative Citizens member Buddy Witherspoon in his bid to unseat Sen. Lindsey Graham, compared Abraham Lincoln to Adolf Hitler and Ike Turner, and continued to profess the erroneous claim that the primary cause of the Civil War was not the fight over slavery, ignoring the decades of American history leading up to war and South Carolina’s very own Declaration of the Immediate Causes for Secession, which clearly note that protecting slavery was the preeminent motivation of state leaders….

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Ahmadinejad launches major gas project

0

Iranâ„¢s President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad has inaugurated a major industrial gas production company in the northern city of Rasht in Gilan Province, where he is expected to launch several other industrial and development projects as well.

During the Tuesday ceremony, President Ahmadinejad launched the new production line of the industrial gas company at Khazar Steel Mill Complex in Rasht.

The newest unit of the industrial complex has the capacity to produce 70,000 cubic meters of variety of gaseous products such as oxygen (O2), nitrogen (N2) and argon.

Nearly 350 billion rials (about USD 280 million) was invested in the new project at Rashtâ„¢s industrial town.

The Iranian president toured different parts of the new production unit on Tuesday and was briefed on its various functions as well as industrial and output capabilities.

Earlier, President Ahmadinejad had also inaugurated a new development project at Khazar Tile Production Company in Rasht.

The new development project at the tile production facility was completed with a 400-billion-rial (USD 320-million) investment, boosting its tile production capacity by 4.5 million square meters.

The new project will bring the total production capacity of Khazar Tile Company to seven million tons.

MFB/HSN/HJL

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Epic Fail: Total Breakdown In Foreign Intelligence As Spy Agencies Miss Massive Al Qaeda Prison Break

0


They’ve spent hundreds of billions of dollars to monitor the activities of every single American by turning their listening networks on purported domestic terrorists operating in the United States.

They know your underwear size. They know where you drove your car today. They know what you put up on Facebook, texted to your wife and emailed to your friends. And they’ve done it all in the supposed interest of “national security.”

If, however, you were an Al Qaeda terrorist coordinating a large-scale prison break to free senior members of your mid-east terror organization, you would have been able to operate with impunity.

As you read the following report from Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq keep in mind that the National Security Agency operates under authorization from Executive Order 12333. The agency was originally tasked not with “acquiring information concerning the domestic activities of United States persons,” but with analyzing information and data of foreign intelligence and counterintelligence value.

Hundreds of convicts, including senior members of al Qaeda, broke out of Iraq’s Abu Ghraib jail as comrades launched a military-style assault to free them, authorities said on Monday.

The deadly raid on the high-security jail happened as Sunni Muslim militants are gaining momentum in their insurgency against the Shi’ite-led government that came to power after the U.S. invasion to oust Saddam Hussein.

Suicide bombers drove cars packed with explosives to the gates of the prison on the outskirts of Baghdad on Sunday night and blasted their way into the compound, while gunmen attacked guards with mortars and rocket-propelled grenades.

Other militants took up positions near the main road, fighting off security reinforcements sent from Baghdad as several militants wearing suicide vests entered the prison on foot to help free the inmates.

Ten policemen and four militants were killed in the ensuing clashes, which continued until Monday morning, when military helicopters arrived, helping to regain control.

…

“The number of escaped inmates has reached 500, most of them were convicted senior members of al Qaeda and had received death sentences,” Hakim Al-Zamili, a senior member of the security and defense committee in parliament, told Reuters.

“The security forces arrested some of them, but the rest are still free.”

One security official told Reuters on condition of anonymity: “It’s obviously a terrorist attack carried out by al Qaeda to free convicted terrorists with al Qaeda.”

Reuters

Two Words: EPIC FAIL.

While our government is supposedly preventing terrorism by searching grandma at airports, arresting kids for making jokes on the internet, deploying thousands of drones over America’s skies, and looking for lone wolves, they have failed at their absolute top priority: stopping actual terrorists from doing what terrorists do.

The fact that an unknown number of senior members of Al Qaeda, who we as a nation likely spent hundreds of millions of dollars and countless lives to capture, have been freed from prison in what can only be described as a premeditated coordinated attack is a complete failure of our foreign intelligence directives.

The challenge we now face is that senior Al Qaeda leaders who have likely been tortured and spent years in the hellhole of Abu Ghraib are now out in droves and they have one thing on their mind — to kill as many American men, women and children as they can before we catch or kill them.

Perhaps our spy agencies and the highly trained individuals monitoring domestic data streams would better serve the national security of the American people by turning their efforts back to what they were originally intended to do.

Will this be a wake up call for our Chief Executive and his security Czars to focus the attention of our signals intelligence and security community to the real threat facing America?

Or is identifying and stopping foreign terrorists no longer the priority?

Please Spread The Word And Share This Post



Author:
Mac Slavo
Views:
Read by 92 people
Date: July 23rd, 2013
Website: www.SHTFplan.com


Copyright Information: Copyright SHTFplan and Mac Slavo. This content may be freely reproduced in full or in part in digital form with full attribution to the author and a link to www.shtfplan.com. Please contact us for permission to reproduce this content in other media formats.

Republished with permission from: SHTF Plan

French MP faces expulsion for remarks

0

A French parliamentarian is facing expulsion from his party after giving racist remarks against the countryâ„¢s travelling community.

Gilles Bourdouleix, a Member of Parliament and mayor of the western city of Cholet, said the remarks on Sunday while overseeing a dismantlement of a temporary camp set up by French Travelers.

During the police action, a journalist recorded Bourdouleix saying, “the law has to be implemented” and added, “Just goes to show that Hitler maybe didn’t kill enough of them (Travelers).”

Bourdouleix, who belongs to the center-right Union of Democrats and Independents (UDI), was condemned by party leader Jean-Louis Borloo.

The party leader said he would convene with the partyâ„¢s executive committee to decide on the Å“inevitable consequences” to be given to Bourdouleix.

Also, Jean-Christophe Lagarde, the secretary general of the party, said “The only possible sanction is his exclusion from the UDI which should be adopted by the executive committee next Wednesday.”

There is a growing hostility in France towards travelling communities – both Å“les gens du voyage” (travelling people) as French nomadic communities are known, and Roma people from Eastern Europe.

On July 7, Nice Mayor Christian Estrosi, urged French mayors to join a Å“revolt” against so-called illegal camps set up by nomadic peoples on public lands.

Meanwhile, France has recently come under fire by the EU, United Nationsâ„¢ human rights arm and other watchdogs, which constantly question the legality of Franceâ„¢s policy of systematically tearing down the camps as well as sending back Roma people to Bulgaria and Romania.

Traveling communities were persecuted by Nazi Germany during the Second World War and at least 200,000 were killed. However, some experts put the death toll as high as 1,500,000.

CAH/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Progressive Radio News Hour Guests for July 26, 27, and 28, 2013

0

Progressive Radio News Hour Guests for July 26, 27, and 28, 2013
Friday, July 26 at 10AM US Central time: Paul Craig Roberts
Roberts was former Assistant Treasury Secretary under Ronald Reagan, a Wall Street Journal Associate Editor, and holder of numerous academic appointments, including at Georgetown University’s Center for Strategic and International Studies.
He now prominently criticizes destructive, repressive state policies, harming people everywhere.
Major world and national issues will be discussed.
Saturday, July 27 at noon US Central time: Denis Rancourt
Rancourt is a distinguished tenured Professor of Physics, a recognized expert in his field, and an Environmental Science Researcher at the University of Ottawa, Canada.
Yet he was persecuted, unfairly fired, and barred from campus. Doing so constituted a gross violation of his academic freedom, tenure, stature, and support for human rights, civil liberties and equal justice.
Major world and national issues will be discussed.
Sunday, July 28 at noon US Central time: Ellen Brown
Brown is a civil litigation attorney, distinguished author, and frequent writer on financial issues. 
She heads the Public Banking Institute (PBI). It’s an initiative to return money power to the people where it belongs.
Her new book is an invaluable Web of Debt sequel. It comes at a critical time. It’s titled “The Public Bank Solution: The Road to Prosperity.”
Privatized money control assures speculation, booms, busts, inflation, deflation, instability, crises, recessions, depressions, deprivation and despair.
Public banks work as intended. Inflation-free prosperity follows. It’s a “practical, proven approach.” It works the same way everywhere. 
It’s the antidote to corrupted, dysfunctional privatized banking.

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

Egypt can weather crisis: Iran's Salehi

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi has expressed optimism that Egypt will weather the ongoing crisis through convergence among the Egyptian people.

Å“Egypt holds an important position in the region, and we hope that all sides [to the Egyptian conflict] and the political elite can, through convergence, take steps toward the strengthening of the countryâ„¢s national unity,” said Salehi in a Tuesday telephone conversation with Egyptâ„¢s interim Foreign Minister Nabil Fahmy.

Egypt has been the scene of rival rallies, often resulting in deadly clashes, since July 3, when the countryâ„¢s army ousted President Mohamed Morsi in what has been described by the supporters of Morsi as Å“a military coup.” The military also installed Chief Justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court Adli Mansour as the country’s interim president on July 4.

The Egyptian military has said that it is holding Morsi Å“preventively.” Meanwhile, Morsiâ„¢s family have said they plan to sue the military for having Å“kidnapped” the ousted president.

The latest clashes in Egypt took the lives of at least seven people on Monday.

In his conversation with Fahmy, the Iranian foreign minister also expressed hope that Iran and Egypt would soon be able to discuss issues of key bilateral concern, including the issue of Palestine and a political solution to the crisis in Syria.

Fahmy, for his part, expressed satisfaction with the conversations held between Iran and Egypt so far, and said, Å“We hope we can exchange views, as soon as possible, on issues of [mutual] interest and important regional matters in an appropriate opportunity.”

The Iranian foreign minister had discussed the latest developments in Egypt with the North African countryâ„¢s interim Vice-President Mohamed ElBaradei on July 13.

HJL/HJL

Republished with permission from: Press TV

UK welcomes Hezbollah ban, woos Lebanon

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]British Foreign Secretary William Hague claims his country is committed to Lebanon’s stability after British-led efforts led to the blacklisting of Hezbollah military wing by the European Union.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘Sudan, S Sudan claims probe opened’

0

Sudanese President Omar Hassan al-Bashir (L) and South Sudanese President Salva Kiir (R).

African nations have opened an investigation into claims by Sudan and its neighbor to the south of supporting rebels operating against the other state, the African Union has said.

The AU, East African Community and the Inter-Governmental Authority on Development (IGAD) launched an ad hoc investigative mechanism in Ethiopian capital Addis Ababa on July 22.

In June, Sudanese President Omar Hassan al-Bashir ordered the stoppage of oil transfer from South Sudan through his country, claiming the government of President Salva Kiir is supporting rebels in Sudan.

Juba however denied Khartoumâ„¢s accusations and in turn accused Sudan of propping up rebels in the southern regions.

The committee, comprised of three senior military officers, will start the six-week mission ahead of Khartoumâ„¢s deadline for the closure of pipeline transferring South Sudanese oil by August 7.

Å“The launch of these mechanisms underscores the seriousness with which the African Union and IGAD regard relations between Sudan and South Sudan,” the AU stated, adding, Å“Since 2010, Africa has been working tirelessly to promote two mutually viable states, and these current allegations threaten this objective, and in fact pose a threat to regional peace and security.”

The developments came after Juba halted its oil production in January 2012, as tensions over transit fees and disputed territory escalated.

South Sudan however resumed its oil production in April, following a deal between the two sides, which lasted only two months.

South Sudan seceded from the Republic of Sudan on July 9, 2011, after decades of conflict with Khartoum.

MM/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

UK must tackle racist terror: Muslims

0

A Somali Islamic center in London was razed by an arson attack in June.

A leading British Muslim body has demanded a concerted national response to the mounting terrorist attacks and violence against the British Muslim community.

Secretary General of the Muslim Council of Britain (MCB) Farooq Murad said in a letter to the Home Secretary that mosques and Islamic centers have been targeted with a Å“spate of terrorist and arson attacks” since May when British soldier Lee Rigby was killed in south east London.

Only over the past month, terrorists have targeted three mosques leaving viable explosive devices at each site while a fourth mosque in Liverpool has had a controlled explosion carried out following reports of a suspicious package at the site.

This follows the arson attack against a mosque in North London in June, which saw the building reduced to ashes. Murad said in the letter that the Å“significant increase” in anti-Muslim hate crimes come despite the umbrella group, which has over 500 Islamic centers as its affiliates, condemning the murder in the strongest terms possible.

Å“There is an urgent need for the government and police to respond with a coordinated national strategy so as to prevent further attacks,” he warned.

Å“While the local police are doing all they could to investigate these incidents, the national response has been far from satisfactory. We sincerely hope you can take this matter up as a matter of urgency and ensure peace and harmony is maintained between our communities,” he added.

Murad also asked the Home Office to clarify what measures they have put in place to ensure such crimes do not lead to Å“graver consequences”.

He also pointed to Home Secretary Theresa Mayâ„¢s declaration in a Pakistani newspaper that Å“no community in this country [Britain] should live in fear because of its faith” saying it is concerning that officials have not Å“properly articulated” such views on the streets of Britain and on the pages of British newspapers.

AMR/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Pope’s visit to Brazil met with protests

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Brazilian police have used tear gas and water cannons to disperse hundreds of protesters in Rio de Janeiro rallying against the vast amount of public funds spent on Pope Francis’ visit to the country.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

US expands global drone warfare

0

 

By
Thomas Gaist

23 July 2013

In what the Washington Post describes as the “next phase of drone warfare,” the Obama administration is set to “extend the Pentagon’s robust surveillance networks far beyond traditional, declared combat zones.” According to the Post, Washington is set to deploy the drone fleet to new areas across the globe, where it will be used to monitor drug runners, pirates and “other targets that worry US officials.”

A Defense Department spokeswoman said the military is “committed to increasing” drone activities throughout Asia and the Pacific. The Post also cites Colombia as a war theater that will likely see increased use of American drones, although US drones have already been engaged in operations against “narco-terrorists” in collaboration with the Colombian military.

“Surveillance drones could really help us out and really take the heat and wear and tear off of some of our manned aviation assets,” Marine Gen. John F. Kelly, head of the US Southern Command, said in March.

While Obama has claimed that “the tide of war is receding,” actually the US government is intensifying military operations worldwide. During the past decade, the Pentagon has assembled a fleet of hundreds of high-altitude, “unmanned aerial vehicles” (UAVs), which now carry out missions on a daily basis in service of the strategic aims of US imperialism. The “Predator” drone series alone has carried out at least 80,000 sorties in conflict areas including Afghanistan, Pakistan, Bosnia, Serbia, Iraq, Yemen, Libya and Somalia.

In their 2013 article, “How Many Wars Is the US Fighting Today?” Linda Bilmes of the Harvard Kennedy School of Government and Michael Intriligator of the University of California, Los Angeles argue that the US is engaged in at least five “unannounced and undeclared” wars fought to a large extent with robotic weapons systems.

As the paper points out, these conflicts are part of a long “tradition of many previous covert US military incursions,” including those in Chile, Cuba, Nicaragua and many other countries. Advanced military technologies have facilitated a massive extension of such covert military incursions, the authors argue, writing that “the emergence of robotic warfare is enabling the US to become involved in more conflicts worldwide.”

The paper states: “Today US military operations are involved in scores of countries across all the five continents. The US military is the world’s largest landlord, with significant military facilities in nations around the world, and with a significant presence in Bahrain, Djibouti, Turkey, Qatar, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Iraq, Afghanistan, Kosovo, and Kyrgyzstan, in addition to long-established bases in Germany, Japan, South Korea, Italy, and the UK.”

Additionally, the US has “some kind of military presence” in Colombia, Egypt, Iran, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Lebanon, Oman, Pakistan, the Philippines, Syria, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, UAE and Yemen.

Bilmes and Intriligator assert that “the invention of precise, remotely controlled robotic aircraft has enabled the US to expand dramatically the number of covert, unofficial attacks it carries out without providing information to the public about where it operates, how it selects targets, or how many people it has killed, including innocent civilian bystanders.”

Statistics from the New America Foundation show that drone strikes have escalated at an exponential rate. Pakistan was hit by only nine drone strikes from 2004 to 2007, increasing to 118 by 2010.

Many smaller US military operations in Africa and the Middle East are increasingly utilizing drones. Former US Africa Command (AFRICOM) commander General Carter Ham stated in February that his forces required a 15-fold increase in surveillance and reconnaissance capacities for the continent. US Air Force drones have already been flying sorties across North Africa, and the US already operates drone bases in Djibouti, Ethiopia and the Seychelles.

As part of “Operation Nomad Shadow,” a secret US military surveillance program, the US military is currently launching drones from the Incirlik air base in Turkey to provide surveillance for the Turkish military in its campaign against the separatist Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK). The drones fly into northern Iraq to gather data, which is then transmitted to a “fusion cell” in Ankara for analysis.

The drone operations are arousing popular hostility in Turkey. Protests erupted in 2012 in response to an airstrike by Turkish pilots, directed by a US drone, which killed 34 civilians. The US drone incorrectly identified the convoying civilians as PKK guerrillas. A study released on Thursday by the Pew Research Center found that 82 percent of Turks oppose the Obama’s administration’s global drone war.

Simultaneous with its operations abroad, the Obama administration is ramping up drone flights in the US. The Office of National Marine Sanctuaries (ONMS), for instance, has purchased Puma drones used by the Navy, which are slated for deployment off the coast of Los Angeles.

ONMS is currently preparing to expand drone flights in other states, including Hawaii, Florida, and Washington. A new $100 million drone hangar is currently planned for Fort Riley, Kansas, along with a new hangar and airfield at Fort Hood, Texas.

The drone war is taking a heavy toll of civilian lives. Last year, the Bureau of Investigative Journalism (BIJ) published information about deliberate targeting of rescuers, mourners, funeral processions, and those who return to the scene of drone strikes after the initial explosions, a tactic known as the “double tap.” So-called signature drone strikes are frequently launched based on analysis of “patterns of behavior,” with individuals engaging in supposedly suspicious gatherings and movements selected for targeting.

According to the BIJ, US drone strikes have been responsible for at least 3,500 deaths, including American citizens, who have been personally selected for assassination by President Obama. The BIJ maintains that at least 555 of the dead are confirmed civilians, in opposition to Senator Dianne Feinstein’s claim that civilian casualties have been in the “single digits.”

Pakistani government estimates featured in a recently leaked internal document, “Details of Attacks by NATO Forces/Predators in FATA,” show that at least 147 of 746 people killed by US drones between 2006 and 2009 were civilians, and 94 of them children. A report issued by Stanford and NYU law schools last year found that 50 civilians are killed for every confirmed “insurgent” who is eliminated by the strikes.

The Obama administration, as the Post observed, has “imposed a broad cone of silence on its drone programs worldwide,” operating on the basis of secrecy and issuing secret laws and fiats to institutionalize worldwide targeted assassination.

In May, Obama gave a speech in staunch defense of his use of drone strikes, and announced the codification of his administrations drone policies in a new “Presidential Policy Guidance” document. Obama said, “For the same human progress that gives us the technology to strike half a world away also demands the discipline to constrain that power–or risk abusing it. That’s why, over the last four years, my administration has worked vigorously to establish a framework that governs our use of force against terrorists–insisting upon clear guidelines, oversight and accountability that is now codified in Presidential Policy Guidance that I signed yesterday.”

The Presidential Policy Guidance (PPG) document is one of more than 20 secret Presidential Policy Directives (PPD) promulgated by the Obama administration and withheld from public view. According to www.allgov.com, a PPD is a “statement by the President directed to the Executive Branch” which “becomes part of the particular legal framework that grows up around any statute or program.”

The PPG institutionalizes and provides a false veneer of legality to the worldwide campaign of targeted killings. What Obama presents as a constraint on power is, in reality, a measure that strips every person on the planet of their right not to be killed arbitrarily on the say-so of US state officials.

The global drone war is a primary instrument of US foreign policy. It is waged, under the fraudulent mantle of the “Global War on Terrorism,” not to defend the US against terrorists, but as part of an expansive militarist agenda aimed at shoring up American imperialism’s eroding position of strategic dominance.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Turkish police crack down on internal opposition

0

 

By
Stefan Steinberg

23 July 2013

As part of an ongoing crackdown on political opposition, the Istanbul police carried out a series of raids last Tuesday.

Early Tuesday morning, police anti-terror units broke into more than 100 homes in Istanbul, including some student dormitories. More than 30 people were detained on charges of being members of terrorist organisations and damaging public property connected to the Gezi Park protests. In separate raids, police also arrested 15 people in the İzmir Balıkesir, Manisa and Bursa provinces.

The draconian action of the Turkish state comes in the wake of a wave of demonstrations and protests in Istanbul and nationwide in the course of the past six weeks. The protests were triggered by the decision of the Istanbul council to bulldoze large parts of one of the city’s central parks in order to rebuild an Ottoman-era military barracks, which in turn was to house a large shopping centre.

The protests spread quickly in June, engulfing a number of major cities, and increasingly assumed the character of demonstrations against the right-wing policies of the Islamic Justice and Development Party government of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

According to the Turkish Interior Ministry, 2.5 million protesters have so far taken part in the protests, with major demonstrations in no fewer than 79 cities. The Ministry reports that around 4,900 protesters were detained and 4,000 people injured in clashes with riot police.

In Istanbul, riot police have repeatedly resorted to tear gas, water cannon and rubber bullets to disperse protesters. In addition to the thousands of injured, five people have been killed in the course of violent clashes with police.

On Saturday, July 20, a young couple who first met in the course of the demonstrations attempted to hold their wedding ceremony in Gezi Park. The couple, accompanied by a crowd of thousands, were met by units of riot police who first blocked any access to nearby Taksim Square and then used water cannon to drive the couple and their supporters out of the area.

Speaking on Sunday, Prime Minister Erdogan repeated his mantra that terrorists groups were behind the protests. At an AKP dinner, he declared: “It was seen that behind the wedding were members of a terrorist organisation, people wearing black masks. Why are you setting the ground for such things?”

Police also clashed with protesters in Hatay, Eskişehir and Ankara last week. Thousands had taken to the streets of Hatay following the announcement that 19-year-old Ali İsmail Korkmaz had died in hospital from his injuries.

During protests in EskiÅŸehir on June 2, Korkmaz was savagely beaten by a group regarded to be either police provocateurs or supporters of the Erdogan government. After the beating, Korkmaz fell into a coma from which he never recovered. Video footage showing the attack has been removed from the Internet.

At the same time, a person allegedly identified in the videos as a key figure in Korkmaz’s beating was released from custody by a court in EskiÅŸehir.

The government has also sought to censor media coverage of anti-government protests. According to a report by the Association of Photographers, a total of 111 photographers were detained, and victims of violence had their photos erased by the police during the demos in Istanbul and Ankara in June and the first week of July. Many photographers complained that their cameras had been broken or pictures erased by the police.

In a series of recent speeches in Turkey and abroad, Erdogan has repeatedly linked the alleged threat of domestic terrorism to recent developments in Egypt. Erdogan is a firm ally of ousted Egyptian president Mohammed Morsi and has criticised Western governments for not directly intervening in Egypt to restore Morsi to power after the July 3 Egyptian military coup.

In his vicious response to the latest protests in Turkey, Erdogan makes clear that he fears his own regime could suffer the same fate of his ally, Morsi.

At the same time, because of his support for US Middle East wars, Erdogan has been able to rely on unconditional support from the US government, and particularly President Barack Obama, in his suppression of dissent inside Turkey.

A report of the Jewish Institute for National Security Affairs entitled “Getting Erdogan Wrong” notes that Obama refrained from criticism during the crackdown on the Turkish protests, concluding: “Erdogan has been legitimised and elevated by the friendship Obama has bestowed on him.”

While mass opposition to Erdogan is fueled by class antagonisms and deep social inequality, combined with growing hostility to Erdogan’s pro-US foreign policy, these issues find no reflection in the perspective of the groups organising the Gezi Park protests.

From the very start, the 127 groups involved in the Taksim Solidarity Platform have sought to ensure that broader social and political questions are kept off the agenda.

In its statement of June 5, the Solidarity Committee restricted its demands to an end to the construction work in the park and an end to police violence.

Following a massive police action authorised by Erdogan in mid-June to clear Gezi Park of protesters, the Committee subsequently entered into talks with government representatives. It accepted assurances from the Istanbul council that a referendum would be held to decide the fate of the park.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Parliamentary intelligence oversight body whitewashes mass surveillance by UK and US

0

 

By
Julie Hyland

23 July 2013

The investigation by the Intelligence and Security Committee (ISC) of the UK parliament into allegations of mass illegal spying operations carried out by the Government Communications Headquarters (GCHQ) spy centre, in tandem with the US National Security Agency (NSA), is a whitewash.

The inquiry was forced by the release of material by former NSA contractor Edward Snowden, which documented how the GCHQ and the US intelligence agency are tapping global electronic communications and sharing information about the world’s population.

According to the civil liberties group Liberty, under its spying Prism network, the “NSA has established an infrastructure enabling it to intercept almost everything. Furthermore, the US Foreign Intelligence Service Act treats all non-US citizens as possible enemy suspects–entitled to none of the basic privacy protections afforded to US nationals.”

The ISC is an appointed body of former ministers from the official parties that meets in secret and reports only to the prime minister. It is headed by former Conservative foreign minister Malcolm Rifkind, who has publicly defended state intrusion into private electronic communications, arguing that a “citizen’s entitlement to privacy has to be balanced with the need to obtain secret intelligence to protect the citizen from terrorist attack”.

Rifkind’s assertions are spurious, given the evidence revealed by Snowden that the actions of the GCHQ and NSA were not directed against potential “terrorists”. Rather, they involved the routine interception and collation of a massive dossier of the electronic communications of UK and US citizens and hundreds of millions of others across the globe.

The ISC’s brief three-page statement acknowledged for the first time that the NSA shared personal intelligence data acquired through its Prism programme with GCHQ. Nonetheless, it concluded that allegations that the GCHQ had “circumvented UK law by using the NSA’s Prism programme to access the content of private communications” were “unfounded”.

Referring to evidence that the GCHQ intercepts, collects and stores all transatlantic electronic traffic for three days, the ISC acknowledged that this would be a “matter of very serious concern” and “would constitute a serious violation of the rights of UK citizens”.

Nonetheless, the ISC proclaimed itself “satisfied” that no such violation had taken place and that the GCHQ was acting in line with its statutory duties.

The token inquiry only concerned information requested from the NSA by the GCHQ regarding electronic communications gathered on named individuals. NSA documents released by Snowden showed that “special programmes for GCHQ exist for Prism processing”. Some 197 intelligence reports were generated for the GCHQ through Prism in the year leading up to May 2012.

The ISC did not answer the question as to whether the GCHQ had specifically requested the information. Nor did it deal with the vast gathering and storage of metadata accumulated about the British population through the Prism programme, which collates records on the location, time, date and intended recipient of an individual’s communications.

The ISC report claimed that this had not violated UK law, on the grounds that measures were taken by the GCHQ to ensure its intelligence sharing complies with the Human Rights Act. The ISC said it received “substantive reports” from the GCHQ, including a list of counter-terrorist operations for which the GCHQ had obtained intelligence from the US, details of all of the UK-based individuals monitored, a list of the warrants and internal authorisations that were in place for each of these individuals being targeted, and a number of the intelligence reports that were produced as a result of this activity.

The committee said it had also discussed the Prism programme with the NSA and its congressional counterparts during a visit to the US, and had “taken oral evidence from the director of GCHQ [Sir Iain Lobban] and questioned him in detail.”

In “each case where GCHQ sought information from the US, a warrant for interception, signed by a Minister, was already in place,” the report stated. This is a reference to the 2000 Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act, which allows the foreign secretary to issue a certificate for the interception of material relating to terrorism or organised crime.

The phrase “already in place” indicates that the supposed system of ministerial oversight is in reality a system whereby a minister, who is accountable to no one, rubber stamps the actions of spy agencies that trample systematically on democratic rights.

The ISC inquiry only considered material relating to the Prism programme and did not touch on the GCHQ’s own mass surveillance programme, Tempora, which gathers information on private citizens in the UK and internationally, including telephone calls, e-mail messages and personal Internet usage history. Tempora stores metadata for up to 30 days, which is sorted and analysed by some 300 GCHQ employees.

Snowden has stated that the UK “has a huge dog in this fight”, insisting that its own surveillance programme is even larger and less regulated than that of the US.

According to the whistleblower’s revelations, “Mastering the Internet” and “Global Telecoms Exploitation” are two principal components of Tempora. Through these efforts, the UK is able to access more online information than any other Western intelligence agency by intercepting the fibre-optic cables in the UK that connect western Europe and the US.

The material is gathered with the cooperation of the various commercial companies involved, which are dubbed “intercept partners” in the documents released by Snowden. This enables the intelligence agency to build up a detailed profile of individuals’ online activities.

Snowden has stated, “If you download something and the CDN (Content Delivery Network) happens to serve from the UK, we [the NSA] get it. If your sick daughter’s medical records get processed at a London call centre…well, you get the idea.”

Liberty, the UK civil liberties group, has issued a claim against Britain’s intelligence services for breaching the Human Rights Act by intruding in the private and family life of citizens. Its director, Shami Chakrabarti, denounced the ICS as a “whitewash” that had done “nothing to allay fears that industrial amounts of personal data are being shared under the Intelligence Services Act, and concerns that all UK citizens are subject to blanket surveillance under GCHQ’s Tempora programme aren’t even mentioned.”

As with the action by UK charity Privacy International, however, the legal claim has had to be submitted to the Investigatory Powers Tribunal (IPT), which meets in secret and is not required to make a determination on a complaint. There is no right to appeal any decision it reaches.

The ISC said that it would consider whether “the current statutory framework governing access to private communications remains adequate.”

It was “examining the complex interaction between the Intelligence Services Act, the Human Rights Act and the Regulation of Investigatory Powers Act, and the policies and procedures that underpin them, further.”

No timetable has been set in place for this. At any rate, no credence can be given to its deliberations. Whatever the outcome, the results will be used to strengthen and legitimise state surveillance.

The mass abuses revealed by Snowden are not the outcome of “inadequate” regulation and “vague” laws that have supposedly fallen behind the “digital age”, as claimed by the Guardian newspaper and others. They show how, under conditions of rising social inequality, the bourgeoisie has abandoned the rule of law and set in place the framework of a police state.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

FISA court renews NSA spying program

0

 

By
Tom Carter

23 July 2013

On Friday, the Obama administration announced that it had sought–and the secret FISA court had granted–a renewed authorization for the NSA spying program that compels US telecommunications companies to turn over their telephone records in bulk.

“Consistent with his prior declassification decision and in light of the significant and continuing public interest in the telephony metadata collection program, the DNI [Director of National Intelligence] has decided to declassify and disclose publicly that the Government filed an application with the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court seeking renewal of the authority to collect telephony metadata in bulk, and that the Court renewed that authority,” the Obama administration press release stated.

In other words, the Obama administration is disclosing the reauthorization this time, but it reserves for itself the power to conceal the program’s continued existence from the public in the future at its own discretion. The particular NSA program that was the subject of Friday’s press release apparently requires “renewal” every 90 days in the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court (FISC), also known as the FISA court after the 1978 Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act that created it.

Contrary to the press release’s characterization of recent events, the Obama administration did not voluntarily “declassify” the NSA program’s existence. Instead, the administration made at best a number of preemptive disclosures designed to soften the impact of ongoing revelations by NSA whistle-blower Edward Snowden. Meanwhile, notwithstanding the “public interest,” the United States is presently waging a desperate international campaign to capture or silence the 30-year-old former employee of Booz Allen Hamilton.

Snowden’s disclosures, among many other things, have highlighted the extent to which in recent years the FISA court has quietly assumed a vastly more significant role in the state apparatus. Within this shadow judiciary, a body of secret law is being promulgated, including secret interpretations of the Constitution, pursuant to which secret rulings are issued purportedly granting legal authority for an array of secret programs and activities. (See “Secret laws, secret government”)

Orders and decisions issued by this secret court purport to authorize the Obama administration to gather up and store the private data of hundreds of millions of individuals around the globe, including telephone calls, SMS messages, internet browsing activity, emails, Facebook activity, photos, videos, and more.

The FISA court is a “court” in name only. A person targeted for surveillance has no right to appear in the courtroom and contest the government’s allegations. The court’s proceedings are kept entirely secret and its records are considered “classified.” There is no right to appeal or to challenge the court’s rulings–except for the government.

The FISA court’s secret proceedings are always ex parte, meaning that only one side–the government side–is represented. The targeted person’s position is argued by an empty chair.

The FISA court issues warrants without any notice or public record of its rulings. Targeted individuals have no way of knowing that they have been targeted. It is authorized to issue “gag orders” against individuals who accidentally become aware that that they have been targeted. These orders prohibit a targeted person from telling anyone else about the activities of the intelligence agencies or of the FISA court.

According to recent statistics, the FISA court has issued 33,942 warrants since the court began operating in 1979. It has denied the government’s request only 11 times. In other words, the government’s requests in this court are granted approximately 99.997 percent of the time and denied 0.003 percent of the time.

Although constituted as a “court,” the FISA court was actually physically located for many years in the federal Department of Justice building, which houses part of the executive branch.

The FISA court was established following the Senate Church Commission hearings in the late 1970s. These hearings uncovered a vast array of criminal activities on the part of the US intelligence agencies, including warrantless spying and murder. The Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 created the FISA court as an ostensible judicial check on the future activities of the intelligence agencies.

The court consists of 11 judges appointed by the Chief Justice of the Supreme Court. Over recent decades, it has been stacked with former prosecutors and other figures closely aligned with the federal law enforcement and intelligence apparatus.

As early as June 2000, the Bush administration began conducting surveillance without even bothering to request authorization from the FISA court. This brazenly illegal spying was the subject of a New York Times exposure in December 2005. In 2008, by a bipartisan majority, Congress passed the “FISA Amendments Act of 2008.” These amendments, which emerged from secret closed-door meetings, retroactively approved the Bush administration’s illegal wiretaps and vastly expanded the government’s surveillance powers.

Other expansions of the surveillance powers of the government and of the FISA court were included in the PATRIOT Act of 2001 and the Protect America Act of 2007.

As constituted in 1978, and in its vastly expanded form today, the secret FISA court is entirely unconstitutional. The Fourth Amendment to the Bill of Rights asserts, “The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

The requirement that the government obtain a warrant before conducting a search and seizure–and the requirement that the warrant be specific–reflected overwhelming hostility at the time of the American Revolution to the colonial authorities’ practice of issuing “general warrants.” General warrants were blank checks for colonial officers to invade homes and carry out arbitrary searches and arrests.

The 1776 Virginia Declaration of Rights, expressly prohibits general warrants: “That general warrants, whereby any officer or messenger may be commanded to search suspected places without evidence of a fact committed, or to seize any person or persons not named, or whose offense is not particularly described and supported by evidence, are grievous and oppressive and ought not to be granted.”

In the recent period the FISA court has shifted from issuing specific surveillance warrants to issuing general authorizations for entire surveillance programs. In other words, instead of issuing a warrant for the government to spy on a particular person for a particular period of time in a particular way, the FISA court is granting general authorizations for the government, for example, to access wholesale the records of telecommunications companies.

Retired U.S. District Judge James Robertson testified before a federal oversight board that, under the 2008 FISA amendments, the court “has turned into something like an administrative agency,” referring to the authorizations the court hands down for entire spying programs. “What FISA does is not adjudication, but approval,” Robertson said.

The FISA court now functions as a pseudo-legal mechanism pursuant to which the government can circumvent the entire system of constitutional and democratic rights and legal precedents established over a period of the last two and a half centuries. It exists as a separate, shadow judicial branch–one commentator described it as a “parallel Supreme Court”–with a key role in the framework of an emerging American police state.

In light of recent revelations regarding the FISA court, it is worth recalling that the New York Times and sections of the political establishment have repeatedly called for the establishment of a FISA-type court that would have the power to authorize assassinations.

In one such article, dated May 3, 2011, the New York Times argued “that a decision to kill an American citizen should have judicial review, perhaps by a special court like the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Court, which authorizes eavesdropping on Americans’ communications.”

In other words, the Times is in favor of the establishment of secret courts with the power to issue death warrants. In these secret death courts, as in the FISA court, all of the basic legal protections in the Bill of Rights and later Civil War amendments would be ignored. There would be no due process, no equal protection of the law, no right to an attorney, no opportunity to present a defense, no right to confront one’s accusers, no jury, no presumption of innocence, no proof beyond a reasonable doubt, and no right even to know about the charges. The death warrants could be directed against individual citizens or perhaps against entire organizations or political parties.

The secret FISA court system constitutes a menace of major proportions to the American and world public. Its trajectory further demonstrates the impossibility of imposing any reforms on the American military-intelligence complex.

Terrified of the possible emergence of mass opposition to its policies of plunder, war, and austerity, the capitalist class is deliberately building a police state. This regime cannot be reformed. It can be abolished and democratic rights secured only through the independent political intervention of the working class.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Demand grows for Spanish prime minister to resign

0

 

By
Alejandro López

23 July 2013

Spain’s Popular Party (PP) Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy faces growing public anger over his alleged involvement in the Bárcenas corruption scandal.

Under these conditions calls for his resignation by the opposition Socialist Party (PSOE) have been joined by ones from Rajoy’s own party, from members concerned that the scandal is detracting from the imposition of austerity measures demanded by the European Union.

So far Rajoy has refused to answer the allegations, declaring last week, “I will defend political stability and I will fulfill the mandate given to me by Spanish voters.”

Thousands took part in demonstrations over the weekend saying he should resign.

Calls for Rajoy’s resignation have grown after fresh evidence emerged last week showing that, despite previous denials, he remained in close contact with Luis Bárcenas, the PP former treasurer, currently on remand in jail charged with tax fraud, bribery and other crimes.

From 1990, Bárcenas worked in the PP’s accounts department, rising to the post of treasurer in 2008. During these years he amassed a fortune worth tens of millions of euros hidden in foreign bank accounts, which were used to channel illegal payments between leading businessmen and PP politicians in return for government contracts.

Secret hand-written ledgers covering the period 1990 to 2008 detail more than 30 donations to the party that were illegal, either because they exceeded the legal limit of €60,000 or because they were made by companies or businessmen in return for public contracts.

The long list of PP politicians who received cash payments include Rajoy, Rodrigo Rato (former minister of the economy, first deputy prime minister and subsequently managing director of the International Monetary Fund), Jaime Mayor Oreja (former interior minister), Francisco Álvarez-Cascos (former first vice president of the government and regional president of Asturias), Javier Arenas (leader of the PP in Andalusia), Ángel Acebes (former minister of the interior) and María Dolores de Cospedal (current PP general secretary and regional president of Castilla-la Mancha).

On Monday, Bárcenas appeared at the High Court in Madrid to answer questions about new revelations published in El Mundo at the weekend, which included an interview between the newspaper director and Bárcenas, who admitted, after months of denials, that he was the author of the secret ledgers published by El País in January. The newspaper also published a series of screen shots of SMS messages between Rajoy and Bárcenas showing that they had been in contact at least up until March 6 this year, contradicting Rajoy’s assertions that he couldn’t remember the last time he “had spoken with that individual.”

After the investigation began in January, Rajoy sent a message to Bárcenas pleading with him to stay calm. He texted, “Luis, that is not true. Why do you want to cause trouble? I spoke to her…. This isn’t an easy situation. Mistakes can’t be made. Keep your composure because that is the last thing that you can lose. Regards.”

“Her” is a reference to De Cospedal, whom Bárcenas blames for his abandonment by the party. Three days later, Rajoy sent Bárcenas another message, “Luis, nothing is easy, but we will do what we can. Keep your chin up.”

The relationship between the two men started to deteriorate in mid-February. The last message by Bárcenas to Rajoy stated, “Mariano, the party lawyer’s behaviour this afternoon was embarrassing. They didn’t allow the people that I sent over to check the contents of the boxes that were inside the office you gave me authorisation to use. Only you know what you are playing with, but I am free from all my commitments with you and the party.”

Indirect contacts between Bárcenas and the PP leadership continued until late May through PP lawyers who attempted to convince him to remain silent. For a while the former treasurer complied, insisting the ledgers were a forgery. This all changed when the party ostracised him and he was imprisoned.

In Monday’s High Court appearance Bárcenas handed over further incriminating documents and declared that he “paid Rajoy and Cospedal in cash in 2008, 2009 and 2010”, including €25,000 to each of them in 2010 in €500 banknotes. He claimed Rajoy was fully aware of the way the party was being illegally financed.

Both Rajoy and Cospedal are denying the allegations. On Monday, Rajoy told a press conference that he was being “blackmailed”. He did not allow the journalist from El Mundo to ask questions and instead skipped to another journalist from the pro-PP ABC who asked an already agreed question. On the same day, Cospedal “emphatically” denied Bárcenas’s accusations in court, describing them as “slander” by a “criminal” who is in jail.

The PP has attempted to silence Bárcenas, with its lawyers allegedly threatening to send his wife to prison if he talked. In the prison where Bárcenas is being held, guards have been ordered to control all communications between him and lawyers, other prisoners and his wife, who has been banned from writing to her husband since the El Mundo revelations.

The slush-fund scandal has caused a crisis within the PP. The most hard-line wing, which has never accepted the Rajoy leadership after it removed the old guard around José María Aznar, who served as prime minister 1996 to 2004, has gone on the offensive. “It is clear there is a battle for power going on, fought out through the media from the right wing of the party,” a leading businessman close to the PP told reporters.

Aznar has publicly criticised the way the PP leadership has dealt with the Bárcenas scandal, but shied away from calling for Rajoy’s resignation. Other PP leaders have not been so reticent.

Esperanza Aguirre, the former premier of the Madrid regional government, stated, “If there have been people who have fallen into corruption, we have to discover and denounce them”, and has called for a recognition of “irregularities” in the party’s finance. Vice President of the European Parliament Alejo Vidal-Quadras and other PP members has asked De Cospedal to convene an extraordinary National Board Committee meeting to discuss changing the leadership. Another unnamed senior PP leader told reporters, “The situation is unbearable. It’s impossible for a government to function with this focus on the scandal. The solution is to elect a new leader in the party.”

The PSOE has announced it will move a motion of censure in Congress against Rajoy and is seeking the support of other opposition parties if he does not answer questions from investigators about the Bárcenas case. PSOE leader Alfredo Pérez Rubalcaba has warned that the political ramifications of the scandal “affect the stability of the country”–in other words, it affects the imposition of austerity, cuts and privatizations that have been imposed by both PSOE and PP governments.

The PSOE’s move is aimed at channelling all the popular anger against the corrupt government towards a parliamentary debate that in all probability will be blocked by the PP’s majority in parliament. The PP has 185 deputies in the 350-member parliament.

Popular anger is to some degree reflected in the growing support for the Communist Party-led United Left, which is polling 16.6 percent compared to 3.8 percent in the 2011 general election. Support for the PP has declined from 40 percent in 2011 to 23 percent, while that for the PSOE has slumped even more precipitously, from 44 percent to 21.6 percent.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Australian Labor Party

0

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘,
‘

‘,
‘‘,
‘

The WSWS needs your support!

‘,
‘

Your donations go directly to financing, improving, and expanding the web site.

‘,
‘

‘,
”,
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Unions impose concessions contract on Portland Daimler Truck workers

1

 

By
Katie Hughes and Hector Cordon

23 July 2013

After three weeks on strike, Daimler workers in Portland, Oregon narrowly voted to accept a substandard contract. The new contract does nothing to recoup the concessions that have been extorted by Daimler over the last 11 years.

The International Association of Machinists (IAM) played the most despicable role in blackmailing workers, using intimidation tactics to sway the vote toward a contract that was virtually unchanged from Daimler’s “best last and final offer.” Prior to the vote many workers expressed confidence that the contract would be voted down. The vote of 225 to 209 showed the immense opposition among the rank and file under conditions in which absolutely no lead was given by the IAM. Several workers voiced suspicion of the validity of the vote count.

IAM Local 1005 and International Union of Painters and Allied Trades Local 1094 (IUPAT) struck Daimler Truck July 1. Two other unions, the International Brotherhood of Teamsters and the Service Employees International Union, forced Daimler’s contract offer onto the rank and file.

Tran Hein said, “They didn’t do anything, the last contract was thirty-six months now they have four months more for an extra twenty-five cents. I didn’t trust them on the vote.”

Brad Rasmussen told WSWS reporters, “Joe Kear said that eight [scab-built] trucks are going out a day, sixteen vans drove in full of strikebreakers. I’m pretty sure it’s going to be voted no, a lot of people are yelling in there. Everyone that’s on stage is against us; they are saying any contract we get after this will be worse. It seems like Daimler management is on the stage.”

Despite reaching a tentative agreement with Daimler on Friday, details of the contract were not released until a posting on the union’s website late Sunday, not even 24 hours before the meeting. That gave Daimler workers minimal time to examine the fine print of the new contract.

Many workers cited IAM Business Manager Joe Kear’s repeated statement that was the ‘best offer’ they’re going to get. Monty Mercer said, “I don’t think we got any representation. I feel that we didn’t get any backing from the union; they didn’t give us any way to fight. We had the right to vote, but in their opinion they felt that this was the best contract we were going to get.”

The new contract adds a measly twenty-five cents to the $1.30 wage increase offer originally rejected and an additional four months added to the term of the three-year contract. This amount is to be reduced by twenty-one cents for employee healthcare costs and will be spread out over the forty months of the contract. Many workers pointed out that the new expiration date of the contract would have a future strike take place during the cold and rainy fall season.

Socialist Equality Party members distributed a statement calling for the rejection of the contract and the election of a rank-and-file committee to appeal to all Daimler workers to expand the strike. It called for the mobilization of Daimler workers nationally and globally behind the fight of the Portland Daimler workers.

John Tesler said, “The vote was split. A lot of people didn’t come and could have made a difference. The company could have given us more. I don’t know if the company put the fear of God in people by threatening to move the plant, but if they wanted to move the plant they would have done so long before now. As far as the reason for the four month extension, Joe [Kear] didn’t have a reason for that.”

The ability of Daimler to impose yet another concessions contract rested on the union’s isolation of the strike. Thousands of Daimler workers–who also contend with inferior wages and onerous productivity demands–continued to produce trucks for the company throughout North and South America as well as in Europe throughout the strike. Not one of the unions at Daimler’s Portland plant made any effort to reach out to these workers for support.

Chris Lemm said, “One of sus going out on strike is not going to stop Daimler. We spent two-and-a-half hours talking about how this is the best contract. When they talk about the plant moving, it’s a scare tactic. America is no longer running lean, it’s running anorexic. I’m a welder getting top wage and I’m still living with my parents. I couldn’t even get a loan for a used car. I have two degrees and I’m paying off the debt for those.”

Tom Evans said, “We all want to go back to work, but that is not the point here. It’s that we gave up two dollars an hour. There are Daimler plants are all over the world. I’m not sure how this struggle will go forward. We are told that this is the best we are going to get.”

The betrayal of the strike by the IAM raises the need for a new program and leadership.

The struggle of Daimler is not only economic, but also political in nature. To move forward, a new way must be forged against the mass attacks on jobs and wages by the Obama administration and the entire capitalist system. The White House policy of “in-sourcing” jobs while, hailed by the unions, is simply the replacement of the low-wage workers employed in Asia, Mexico or South America with low-wage workers in the United States.

The fight to defend jobs as well as education, housing and health care requires the building of an independent political movement of the working class. The banks and big corporations such as Daimler must be nationalized, placed under the democratic ownership and control and run to meet human need not private profit.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Sri Lankan dramatist defends Edward Snowden

0

 

23 July 2013

Acclaimed Sri Lankan dramatist and filmmaker Dharmasiri Bandaranayke has responded to the WSWS campaign indefence of whistle blower Edward Snowden, the former National Security Agency contractor. The Obama administration has unleashed an unprecedented international witch-hunt against Snowden, cancelling his passport, charging him with espionage and pressuring countries to deny him asylum. He currently remains trapped at Sheremetyevo airport in Moscow.

Bandaranayke is a leading Sri Lankan dramatist and best known for his adaptations of plays by Bertolt Brecht, Jean-Paul Sartre, Evgeny Shvarts and others. In 1999, he produced Trojan Kanthavo, a Sinhala version of Euripides’ Trojan Women. The play gave expression to developing anti-militarist sentiments in Sri Lanka and won widespread popular support. Bandaranayke, however, received death threats and members of the production were physically attacked by right-wing thugs backing the then government of President Chandrika Kumaratunga.

Bandaranayke made the following statement in defence of Snowden.

* * *  

Snowden represents the determination of youth

Edward Snowden, who has disclosed that the US government and its National Security Agency had illegally and secretly eavesdropped on the electronic communications of millions of people in the United States of America as well as countries from India to Brazil, is being pursued by the United States government. They want to arrest him, prosecute him for being a traitor and give him the death penalty.

His crime is that he defended the right of millions of people not to live in a global prison camp under surveillance. The verdict on Snowden has been pronounced by the popular polls in the US, which indicate that the majority of the people of all ages consider him not a traitor, but a defender of the people’s rights.

As an artist, filmmaker and dramatist over the last three decades I must say that the type of police state that the US has developed and the global control that it is establishing can only lead to the strangulation of human culture, the burial of art. It brings along with it the threat of global nuclear destruction.

All this surveillance has been made possible because the state and the billionaire multinational corporations control all electronic media. What we are witnessing is a process that makes Orwell’s 1984 mere child’s play.

Will humanity accept this?

The answer given by Snowden is illustrative. Millions of youth who are now entering adulthood are conscious that the enormous development of the productive forces, including the means of communications, can open the doors to a glorious future for mankind truly beyond this planet. They see that the corporations and the regimes controlled by them are trying to make use of the same technique to set up a global concentration camp, imposing a subhuman existence on people.

Snowden’s act has shown that the new generation of working people will not accept such a subhuman existence. They will take collective control of the productive forces and make our planet a safe place for the development of human culture onto the next great phase ending the imperialist police-state system that the US and its collaborators internationally are trying to establish. Snowden is the harbinger of a new dawn!

I add my voice to the millions that demand: stop the prosecution against this courageous whistle-blower!

Dharmasiri Bandaranayake, film director and dramatist



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Peruvian government approves labor counter-reform

0

 

By
Armando Cruz and Luis Arce

23 July 2013

The Civil Service Law, a “reform” of the public sector passed earlier this month by the Peruvian Congress, is the latest attack on the working class by the “left” nationalist government of President Ollanta Humala. The approval of the new law, whose goal is to destroy workers’ rights and justify mass layoffs, had been scheduled for the end of last month, but was postponed because of mass public sector worker demonstrations outside the congress building.

The General Confederation of Workers of Peru (CGTP) launched a nationwide strike on May 29, marching through downtown Lima to the Government Palace, where they confronted tanks mounted with water cannons and police attacks. Thousands also marched in the provinces. In Chiclayo, 2,000 workers carried a coffin bearing a picture of President Humala. In Iquitos, capital of Loreto in the jungle, workers blocked access to the city’s airport. Demonstrations also took place in Piura, Tumbes, Trujillo, Ayacucho, Arequipa, Tacna, Puno and Cuzco. The strike was canceled by the CGTP two days later when the Congress Working Committee decided to postpone the ratification of the law and sit down to negotiate with the union bureaucracy.

However, this “dialogue” with the union bureaucracy had no effect, and the law was adopted on July 3 with the majority support of both Gana Peru (the coalition between the pseudo-left and Humala’s Nationalist Party) and Peru Posible (the party of big capital of former president Alejandro Toledo). Mario Huaman–CGTP leader and former Stalinist–announced a new national strike day.

The macroeconomic statistics indicate that the Peruvian economy is slowing significantly. This, plus the sharp rise in consumer credit and credit card debt, represents serious potential problems for the government and the financial sector in the immediate future.

The financial daily Gestión points to a “lower performance in the areas related to domestic demand and stagnation in the primary sectors”; and this, together with the fall in prices of minerals, whose previous rise boosted Peru’s economy in recent years, has raised fears within the government that it may lose the confidence of investors if it fails to send a clear signal that it is willing to take any measure required to make the state more “flexible.”

This was made clear by the minister of economy, the “orthodox” neo-liberal Luis Miguel Castilla, at an investment forum titled “Invest Peru.” “The Civil Service Act seeks to have a more efficient state that keeps pace with dynamic business sector,” he said, adding that “we have a window of opportunity where this crisis should make us act on those other reforms and changes to bring political gains.” The National Confederation of Private Business, the largest business association in the country, expressed its full support for reform.

What is the Civil Service Law? In Peru, public servants are divided into three different categories of work, which define income and benefits: Private, Public Career and CAS (Contract Administration for Service). The new “reform” aims to unite all three in one state labor regime, which would affect 500,000 workers.

One of the claims that promoters of this anti-reform most frequently make is that it will foster a “meritocracy.” The measure would eliminate years of experience as a factor in promotions, which would be determined instead by workers’ annual evaluations. Workers who fail to pass these evaluations would be fired.

This represents a direct attack on older workers, as it may be the case that the younger ones excel in the tests because of better physical condition or formal education–which does not mean that in situations of danger or difficulty they have the experience required to solve complex problems and save lives. In other words, the law would help force out experienced workers who have dedicated their lives to public service, and allow their replacement with lower-paid younger workers, while further cutting labor costs by reducing the years of service.

Senior government officials have repeatedly stated that the “reform” does not mean “a return to the 1990s,” a reference to the wave of mass layoffs and the destruction of labor rights that came with neo-liberal reforms carried out in that era by the right-wing authoritarian regime of President Alberto Fujimori. However, the CGTP stated that the new law would prohibit “the supervision of the Ministry of Labor, eliminate unions and reduce vacation time by half.”

The explanations that have been given to deny that the law will mean mass layoffs are not sufficient. It is reported that if the government agrees to bring all 150,000 workers under the CAS into a new unified regime, it would have to spend 50 million soles in new state benefits. This at a time when the Humala government aims to demonstrate that it can shrink the state to attract investors.

The law has caught the attention of even the International Labour Organization (ILO), a branch of the UN that is totally submissive to the corporations and international finance. In a statement to the government, the ILO has called the reform “unbalanced” and echoed the main complaints of workers.

While the CGTP has been forced to “fight” the new law with its one-day strikes and fruitless dialogue, a report on one of their marches to Congress by the Lima daily La Primera, which acts as spokesman for the pseudo-left, is revealing: “He [CGTP leader Mario Huaman] was received by the nationalist lawmaker Daniel Abugattás [one of the closest allies of Humala and reportedly a personal friend of Huaman]…after expressing his support for the policies of government, he [Huaman] demanded the fulfillment of social demands and warned that his support [to the government] is no blank check.”

Early last month, the left-wing weekly Hildebrandt en sus trece, reported on the creation of CONSEDE (Coordinator of State Enterprise Unions), a new trade union confederation, formed by the union of air traffic controllers and SEDAPAL, representing workers in the public water utility, which aims to become a rival to the CGTP. Huaman replied by minimizing the size of this new organization, and suggesting that it is the work of right-wing parties that are trying to “split” the labor movement.

In their remarks, the officials of the two unions said that they had “united” the distrust toward the CGTP, which they described as “politicized, old, moth-eaten and close to the government.” While this new organization poses no break with the program or political methods of the CGTP, its emergence is a distorted reflection of the disgust and growing popular opposition toward the official “labor movement.”

Belying the “positive” news promoted by the government, that Peru is one of the main poles of attraction for foreign investment, numerous social conflicts have never ceased since Humala took office. These struggles, related to mining and the environment, have mainly focused on small towns and villages outside the capital, Lima. Now, they are joined by the demands of government workers, who are taking their fight to the streets of Peru’s major cities.

Moreover, the significance of the strike by government workers, including the important health sector, is that Latin America and Peru are not exempt from the impact of the global crisis that began in 2008. Rather, along with recent demonstrations by millions in Brazil against the corrupt Workers Party government of Dilma Rousseff and the massive student movement in Chile last year against right-wing multimillionaire president Sebastian Piñera, the resurgence of strikes in Peru is an integral part of the emerging struggles of the international working class against a bankrupt world capitalist system.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Newark mayor favored in New Jersey Senate race

0

 

By
Fred Mazelis

23 July 2013

Democratic and Republican party primaries will be held in the state of New Jersey on August 13, in preparation for a special election scheduled for October 16 to fill out the remaining 15 months in the term of Democratic Senator Frank Lautenberg, who died last month at the age of 89.

The maneuvers to succeed Lautenberg, a millionaire liberal who served for most of the past three decades, illustrate the continued rightward trajectory of both capitalist parties, and underscore the disenfranchisement of the working class under the existing political setup.

While New Jersey voters will be asked to choose between candidates who faithfully defend the interests of the corporate and financial elite, unemployment in the state remains at 8.7 percent, significantly more than the national average. Newark, Camden and Paterson, to name three of New Jersey’s larger cities, are among the poorest in the US. Newark has a poverty rate of close to one-third, about the same as Philadelphia’s. Paterson’s rate is 37 percent and Camden, with a current population of about 77,000, is by some figures the poorest city in the US, with fully 45 percent of its population below the poverty line.

None of the candidates to succeed Lautenberg have any serious proposals to address this social disaster or any of the crises facing the vast majority, including home foreclosures, the decay of public education or the skyrocketing cost of higher education.

When Lautenberg died the Nation, the leading voice of the decrepit Democratic Party “left,” called him “the last New Deal Senator.” The label is revealing, considering that Lautenberg, far from fighting for social reforms like unemployment insurance and Social Security, was best known for legislation against drunk driving and a few other relatively uncontroversial measures.

The special election will be held only three weeks before Election Day, both in New Jersey and throughout the US. The special vote will cost the state an extra $24 million, but it has been set by sitting Republican Governor Chris Christie in order to avoid a vote on his reelection bid on a day when larger numbers of Democratic voters might endanger his victory or at least cut into his victory margin. Christie has been positioning himself for a run for the Republican presidential nomination in 2016.

The field to replace Lautenberg includes four Democrats–Newark Mayor Cory Booker, Congressmen Frank Pallone and Rush Holt, and State Assembly Speaker Sheila Oliver. On the Republican side, Steve Lonegan, the former mayor of the northern New Jersey town of Bogota and an unabashed extreme right-winger backed by Tea Party groups, is expected to win the nomination easily, but is not given much chance in the succeeding election.

Ever since he announced that he would run, Booker has led in various polls by extremely wide margins. A Monmouth University poll this past week shows Booker with 49 percent of likely Democratic primary voters, compared to 12 percent for Pallone, 8 percent for Holt and 3 percent for Oliver.

Booker’s lead has been ascribed to “celebrity” by the same big business media outlets that have systematically built him up ever since he took over as mayor of Newark seven years ago. In this they have been taking their cue from the ruling elite as a whole. The 44-year-old Booker is a “new-style” African-American politician much favored by big business, in the mold of mayors like Dave Bing in Detroit and Michael Nutter in Philadelphia, and of course Barack Obama in the White House.

These figures are notable for dispensing with the few remaining left phrases used by some of their predecessors to “keep hope alive” (in the words of Jesse Jackson) in the Democratic Party. Instead, politicians like Booker openly sing the praises of Wall Street and base themselves on more privileged layers of the middle class, white as well as black. The fact that Booker is able to raise many millions of dollars also helps him to achieve “celebrity” status.

The Newark mayor raised $4.6 million for his campaign in the second quarter of 2013, bringing his total to $6.5 million. This is many times the amount raised by his rivals put together. Last week Booker made a trip to Washington, DC, where he was expected to add a lot more to his campaign coffers. Among the lobbyists hosting him in Washington was Lanny Davis, the veteran of a number of Democratic administrations who became notorious for his role as a lobbyist for the Honduran military regime that ousted elected president Manuel Zelaya in 2009.

Booker caused something of a stir during the 2012 election campaign when he implicitly criticized Obama on one of the rare occasions that the president, as part of his campaign against Republican candidate Mitt Romney, made some verbal criticisms of the banks and hedge funds. Appearing on the television program “Meet the Press” in May 2012, Booker said the Democrats’ attacks on Romney’s record at the Bain Capital hedge fund were “nauseating to me … [and] to the American public.”

Booker is known for his close friendship with Republican Governor Christie. He appeared together with Christie and Facebook billionaire Mark Zuckerberg on “The Oprah Winfrey Show” a few years ago to announce a donation by Zuckerberg of $100 million to the Newark schools. Booker is an active proponent of school vouchers. He is associated with the Democrats for Education Reform, a group that has actively supported charter schools and other attacks on teachers and public education.

The candidate’s record in Newark rests largely on statistics showing significant declines in the crime rate in recent years, but this has also been the case in most cities and metropolitan areas. Although Newark remains the state’s largest city, it has, like most older industrial cities, lost more than one-third of its population in the past half century.

Newark’s unemployment rate is greater than 13.1 percent, and about one-third of its residents live in poverty. Like some other cities, it has seen its downtown core revive slightly, but the vast majority of the population has seen no improvement in their lives. To avoid discussing his record on jobs, poverty and social conditions, Booker has become adept in public relations techniques, such as living on a food stamp budget for a week, letting victims of Hurricane Sandy stay at his home and saving a woman from a house fire.

Booker’s opponents in the August primary have absolutely no fundamental differences with him. Pallone, who has served in the House of Representatives for 25 years, is the best known of the other candidates, and has received the endorsement of the Lautenberg family.

The Senate campaign and the role of Booker in particular underscores the treachery of all the pseudo-lefts who argue that the Democrats can be pressured to defend the interests of the working class. Voter turnout for the special election is expected to be far below 50 percent.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

German intelligence services work closely with NSA

0

 

By
Christoph Dreier

23 July 2013

Newly revealed NSA documents show that the German intelligence services are among the closest partners, spying on both foreign targets and the German people.

The latest edition of the Der Spiegel published a report based on NSA documents supplied to the magazine by whistleblower Edward Snowden. In the documents, NSA employees stress their close cooperation with the German Federal Intelligence Service (BND), the German Federal Office for Protection of the Constitution (BFV), and the Federal Office for Information Security (BSI). All three intelligence services are referred to as “key partners”.

The documents refer to Germany as the US’s “most prolific partner” in wiretapping operations in Afghanistan. The NSA files also refer positively to German cooperation in North Africa and Iraq. At the start of the Iraq war in 2003, the BND secret service supported American troops and also played a central role in Western alliance preparations for a war against Syria.

Cooperation between German and US intelligence services has systematically intensified in recent years. According to the report, the German side was determined “to consolidate and expand” cooperation. BND President Gerhard Schindler repeatedly expressed his “urgent desire” to work more closely with the NSA.

In 2007, NSA tip-offs led to the arrest in Germany of the so-called Sauerland Islamist group and greater cooperation between the two countries. Since then there has been “regular US-German analytic exchanges and closer cooperation in tracking both German and non-German extremist targets,” the report states.

This collaboration increasingly involved comprehensive monitoring of the German population. BFV officials were repeatedly trained by NSA employees “to obtain, filter and further process local data.” From such an exchange of data, “both Germany and the US would benefit,” the document states.

The NSA documents highlights the year 2012, in which Germany demonstrated great “eagerness” to improve its own monitoring capabilities and even “took risks …to satisfy US needs for information”.

In a passage entitled “Success Stories” dating from January this year, the NSA files report: “The German government modifies its interpretation of the G-10 privacy law … to afford the BND more flexibility in sharing protected information with foreign partners.” The BND was directly involved in ensuring such a political decision.

The extent to which broad layers of the population were subject to monitoring is confirmed by the close cooperation between the German and US intelligence agencies in the recording and indexing of Internet traffic. According to Der Spiegel, the NSA supplied the BFV with the spyware program, Xkeyscore.

This program is able to filter out and evaluate the phone numbers, e-mail addresses and log-ins of individual citizens from the huge amounts of raw metadata tapped. The basis for this operation is the comprehensive monitoring of the entire data stream. There is evidence that the program also maintains a buffer of a few days enabling agents to better monitor and assess the contents of communication. This technology permits the German intelligence agencies to access any mail sent or telephone call made in Germany.

The President of the Federal Office for the Protection of the Constitution (BFV), Hans-Georg Maassen, has now confirmed that his agency tested the program. The NSA reports indicate that members of the BND trained their BFV colleagues. This indicates that they had in-depth knowledge of the software.

The new revelations are highly incriminating for the German Chancellor, Angela Merkel, who has repeatedly denied any knowledge of collusion between German and US intelligence agencies. Just a few days ago, she declared that she had only found out about the Prism program from the press. Merkel is only able to deceive the public so brazenly because she can rely on the support of the opposition parties.

All of the opposition parties are providing political cover for German intelligence agencies. Criticisms of the Chancellor by the Social Democratic Party and the Greens invariably accuse her of insufficiently defending German business interests against US espionage, while seeking to hide the role of the German intelligence services. In a statement to the press on Monday, SPD Secretary-General Andrea Nahles stressed that her party would not seek to make capital out of the affair at the expense of the government, even though a general election is looming in September.

The reason for the opposition’s reticence is its own entanglement with the intelligence services. The SPD-Green coalition that governed Germany from 1998 to 2005 not only introduced the anti-social Agenda 2010 and Hartz 4 programs; it also organized mass spying on the entire population in cooperation with the NSA.

Former NSA Director Michael Hayden told the German ZDF television that an important meeting was held between the intelligence services of the two countries after September 11, 2001 which decided, among other things, to set up a common data pool.

“We were very open to our friends,” Hayden said. “We were very clear about what we were up to. There were no doubts raised about the objectives of the NSA espionage program.”

The German Left Party also has a long tradition of working with the intelligence agencies. It has participated in numerous state governments, thus taking responsibility for the activities of the state BFV agencies. When more and more facts emerged about the links between the German intelligence agencies and far-right terrorist groups, Left Party representatives defended the BFV as a “firewall” that should not be abolished. They even invited Maassen, the BFV chief, to a public meeting to exchange ideas about the future of his agency.

The Left Party’s current representative in the Parliamentary Control Committee (PKG), Steffen Bockshahn, has justified his vow of silence about the proceedings of the PCG regarding “really hot information.” Like his predecessor, he defends the existence of the secret services. “All of the police and intelligence services must be able to do their job properly for once”, Bockshahn commented recently.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

A call to action: Oppose the Detroit bankruptcy!

0

 

23 July 2013

The bankruptcy of Detroit marks a new stage in the offensive of the corporate-financial elite against the working class. Just days after Detroit’s emergency manager filed legal papers to throw the city into bankruptcy, it is clear that the former auto capital of the world is to serve as a test case for ripping up agreements on workers’ pensions and health benefits all over the United States.

In city after city, preparations are underway to impose massive cuts using the mechanism of unelected officials such as Detroit’s emergency manager and the legal framework of the bankruptcy courts. This is to be done even where, as in Michigan, it requires overriding state constitutions that guarantee the pensions of public employees.

There have been countless news articles on the same theme; Detroit is just the tip of the iceberg. Chicago, Los Angeles, Baltimore and scores of other cities have massive unfunded pension and health care liabilities that must be wiped out. Pampered and selfish workers must accept massive cuts in their living standards.

On Sunday, the web site of the New York Times published a commentary by the newspaper’s former executive editor Bill Keller. Under the headline “New York Is Not Detroit. But…” the multimillionaire son of the former CEO of Chevron writes that the problem in Detroit, New York and other US cities is “an immense pile of promises made over the decades to the city’s employees…”

What foul lies! The crisis in Detroit and throughout the country has been created not by “promises” to city employees, but by an uncontrolled looting operation organized by the ruling class. Trillions of dollars have been placed at the disposal of the banks to bail out the Wall Street speculators. Even as Detroit goes into bankruptcy, the banks that hold the city’s debt and are demanding the impoverishment of the city’s workers are reporting staggering profits. The stock market is rocketing to record highs, propelled by more than a trillion dollars a year in free money from the Federal Reserve.

Social inequality is at levels unprecedented in modern history. In New York, 50 cents out of every dollar in salaries is going to the richest 1 percent. Financiers are routinely spending tens of millions of dollars on mansions. The sums available to support the lifestyles of Wall Street parasites are unlimited.

Yet there is no money for basic infrastructure, education, health care or jobs!

The offensive against the social conditions of the working class has been underway for nearly four decades, driven by the decline in the global economic position of American capitalism, the decimation of its industrial infrastructure, and the growth of financial parasitism. This assault has been intensified since the financial crash of 2008, spearheaded first by the Bush and then the Obama administration.

The aim of the ruling class is to eradicate what remains of the social gains won by the working class in the course of the 20th century. Everything from the eight-hour day to child labor laws, pensions, health care, public education, Social Security, Medicare–all of which were obtained as a result of enormous and often bloody struggles–are targeted for destruction. The plan is to restructure American society by turning the clock back to the days before there were any forms of social protection for working people.

This new stage in the social counterrevolution has been possible due to the complicity and active participation of the trade unions. The first response of the unions in Detroit to the bankruptcy filing was to instruct their members to remain on the job and take no action.

The unions support these attacks, working hand in glove with the Obama administration to carry out the wholesale destruction of jobs, wages and social services. Their only concern is to protect their own salaries and perks by collaborating in the dismantling of their own members’ pensions and health care.

In the US as in every other country, the unions are part of the system of class oppression. For three decades they have pursued a policy of compromise and concessions that has produced a catastrophe for the workers. Every cave-in by the unions–the Chrysler bailout of 1979, the destruction of PATCO in 1981, the wave of union-busting in the 1980s, the series of industrial bankruptcies in the ‘80s and ‘90s, Obama’s wage-cutting restructuring of Chrysler and General Motors–has led to even more brutal attacks.

The bankruptcy of Detroit is part of a global policy. In Greece, Spain and across Europe governments are carrying out similar attacks on the working class. Mass poverty and unemployment, the destruction of jobs and the elimination of social services–these are the conditions dictated by the banks in country after country.

The ruling class anticipates social opposition. That is precisely why, as they have been escalating their social attacks on the working class, they have been creating the framework of a police state.

The Obama administration is carrying out a wholesale attack on the US Constitution. Former National Security Agency contractor Edward Snowden has exposed a secret and illegal system of state surveillance of every American and hundreds of millions of people around the world. The response of the US government is to organize an international manhunt to capture or kill Snowden while charging him, as well as whistle-blower Bradley Manning, with espionage.

The working class of the US and the world is at a turning point. The struggle of Detroit workers is of urgent concern to workers nationally and internationally. The entire planet is blighted by criminal syndicates of bankers and speculators, who have on their payroll the political establishment of every country.

It is impossible to reconcile the most basic needs of working people with capitalism. A system that cannot meet basic social needs must be abolished.

Vital steps can and must be taken by workers in Detroit to oppose the bankruptcy and the destruction of jobs, pensions, health care and basic social services. But these steps must be linked to a national and international struggle for socialism.

The Socialist Equality Party calls on workers in Detroit to adopt the following principles as the basis for a struggle in defense of their social and democratic rights:

First, the categorical rejection of the bankruptcy and all demands for cuts, sacrifices or concessions from working people.

A campaign to mobilize all sections of the working class against the emergency manager, the City Council, the mayor, the governor and the bankers who stand behind them.

The organization of independent committees of workers and youth–independent of the Democratic Party and the unions–at work locations, colleges, schools and in neighborhoods throughout the city. These committees should organize demonstrations and prepare the way for a general strike of the working class in Detroit.

The demands of the movement should include the ousting of the emergency manager and the replacement of the City Council with a Council of Workers.

The city’s debts to the bankers must be repudiated and the major bondholders expropriated, so that their ill-gotten wealth can be used to provide jobs at decent pay, rebuild the schools, provide decent housing and medical care, and expand access to recreation, art and culture.

The banks and auto companies must be nationalized and turned into publicly owned entities, under the democratic control of the working population.

Under conditions of growing social anger, the key is for workers to take the offensive and develop a movement completely independent of and opposed to the existing political and economic system. The Socialist Equality Party urges workers to adopt its program and make it the basis of mass struggle.

Barry Grey



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Detroit firefighters protest bankruptcy, pension cuts

0

 

By
our reporters

23 July 2103

Detroit firefighters are picketing fire stations throughout the city this week to protest the emergency manager’s decision to throw the city into bankruptcy and attack the jobs, pensions and other benefits of 31,000 current and retired municipal employees.

An ad hoc organization called the Public Safety Workers Action Group called the protests to highlight the dangers facing Detroit’s citizens because of decades of layoffs, fire station closings and the outsourcing of Emergency Medical Services (EMS).

Veteran firefighter Dennis Hunter said the department had 1,800 firefighters and 77 fire companies in 1983. Twenty years later, the department only operates 42 fire companies with 830 firefighters. During this period, the number of fire-related deaths has more than doubled, with 79 fatalities in 2012-13, he said.

Firefighters are compelled to respond to fires with outmoded and in some cases dysfunctional equipment. Rotating closures, called “brownouts,” often leave the nearest station to a fire closed. This forces firefighters to travel longer distances and delays responses, imperiling the public and increasing the number of firefighter injuries.

A firefighter was hurt on July 6 after rescuers had to pull a water line from several blocks away because of the lack of water pressure in the closest hydrant. Four firefighters were also injured on May 30 by falling debris from a burning building after having trouble with broken equipment and the lack of water pressure.

Now Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr plans to rob retired firefighters of their hard-earned pensions, using the bankruptcy courts to reduce payments into pension trust funds by as much as 90 percent.

“Because firefighters pay into the pension system, we get no Social Security checks, and our pension is the only thing we have to live on,” John told the World Socialist Web Site. “If it is cut and health benefits taken, how will we survive?”

“For many workers,” John continued, “this is the only income for the entire family. For example, if you worked for 30-40 years and have been retired for 10, chances are your wife stayed home to raise the kids, and the family is living on that one income. Also, for many people things are tough and pensioners are helping out their kids and grandkids. I feel what is being done is wrong.”

The Public Safety Workers Action Group organized the protests independently of the Detroit Fire Fighters Association Local 344. The actions are being held throughout the week at several battalions from 8-11:00 am in the morning and then from 4:00-7:00 pm in the evening. Friends, family and workers from other locations who oppose the attacks by Orr are joining firefighters at the protests.

“We have gone from over 80 fire companies down to around 40 in the summer months, while still covering the same 139 square miles,” a firefighter told the WSWS. “Our workloads have basically quadrupled, and we are out here because it is necessary to take a stand in order to hang on to what we have.

“We want to inform the people of Detroit that not only are we suffering and facing additional cuts, but the population is being placed in danger. Every two minutes a fire is left unattended, it doubles in size.

“The other day, we had to respond from this station [located at Fort and Junction in the southwest side of Detroit] to a fire at Telegraph and 5 Mile Road,” across the city on the Northwest side.

“Orr comes in, and he doesn’t see citizens and their needs. It’s all about numbers, and we do not agree with his numbers. They are saying that the [pension] funds are underfunded because they want to take away what workers have fought for.

“Every dollar the rich people get is off the backbone of the workers. The politicians are as bad as the corporations, and this includes the entire Congress. It no longer speaks for the working people.”

The Detroit Fire Fighters Association and other city unions have opposed any serious struggle against Orr. Instead, they have complained the emergency manager has ignored their overtures to work with him in “good faith” to impose further concessions on their members.

Last week, the Police and Fire Retirement System and the General Retirement System–which together covers 21,000 retirees–filed a lawsuit in state court arguing that the bankruptcy filing violated Michigan’s constitution and its prohibition against pension cuts. Judge Rosemarie Aquilina ruled that Orr and Republican Governor Rick Snyder had indeed violated the constitution because they knew the bankruptcy filing would lead to benefit reductions.

On Monday, the Detroit Free Press reported, US Bankruptcy Judge Steven Rhodes declared that his federal court had the authority to rule on the dispute between the city’s pension funds and the City of Detroit–not the state court in Ingham County.

Rhodes will hold a hearing on Wednesday morning to consider the city’s request to put on hold all lawsuits filed before the city filed for bankruptcy. “If Rhodes rules in Detroit’s favor,” the newspaper reported, “it would put an automatic stay in the Ingham County case,” essentially clearing any legal hurdles for the implementation of deep pension cuts.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Hezbollah: EU blacklisting aggressive

0

File photo shows Hezbollah fighters, holding up Lebanese flags and the resistance movement flag, as they parade on the occasion of Martyr’s Day in Beirut.

The Lebanese resistance movement Hezbollah has described the European Unionâ„¢s decision to put the movementâ„¢s military wing on its blacklist as Å“aggressive” and Å“unjust.”

The decision was made unanimously on Monday after hours of discussions by the EU’s 28 foreign ministers at their monthly meeting. It came after prolonged diplomatic pressure from Washington and Israel.

The movement rejected the EU decision in a statement on Tuesday, accusing the bloc of bowing to pressure from the US and the Israeli regime.

Å“It looks as if the decision was written by American hands and with Israeli ink. The EU only had to add its signature in approval,” Hezbollah said.

The movement also said that the hostile measure Å“does not in any way echo the interests of the people of the EU and goes against the principles of the European people which are supportive of freedom and independence.”

It reminded the EU that Washington had made similar decision Å“that only generated further failures and disappointments.”

On Monday, Lebanese President Michel Sleiman also voiced his concern, expressing hope the EU could reconsider its decision.

“We hope the EU reconsiders its decision out of its keenness not to take hasty decisions, to preserve Lebanon’s stability,” he told EU ambassador to Lebanon Angelina Eichhorst.

Lebanonâ„¢s caretaker Prime Minister Najib Mikati also said that he regrets the EU decision and will follow up on the issue through diplomatic channels.

Caretaker Foreign Affairs Minister Adnan Mansour described the decision as hasty.

The blacklisting would mean imposing visa bans on individuals and asset freezes on organizations associated with the group.

The US and Israel, however, both welcomed the European Unionâ„¢s decision, with US Secretary of State John Kerry calling on other countries to follow in the EUâ„¢s footsteps.

SAB/HN/HJL

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘Foreigners fabricate Shia-Sunni conflict’

0

Foreign powers attempt to fabricate and benefit from Shia-Sunni discord in Iraq and elsewhere, seeking to see the Muslim world weakened in the wake of such rifts, an international human rights lawyer tells Press TV.

Å“Who benefits is of course the key issue. Itâ„¢s really not the people of Iraq, itâ„¢s not the Sunnis, itâ„¢s not the Shia[s]. It is external powers that want to exploit and create division. Those are the parties that benefit,” said Canada-based attorney Edward Corrigan during an interview with Press TV.

Å“Itâ„¢s certainly not the people in the region [that benefit from sectarian conflicts]; itâ„¢s not Iran; itâ„¢s not Iraq; itâ„¢s not the people of Syria, which are now witnessing the destruction of their state and where there has been attempts to provoke similar sectarian conflict in Lebanon,” he added.

Further commenting on the persisting wave of bloody bombings and shootings against mostly civilian targets across Iraq, Corrigan pointed to the numerous reports of Å“outside parties trying to pit different people and communities within Iraq against each other” by manufacturing incidents.

He reiterated that, although the prime objective appears to be inciting Shia and Sunni communities against one another, other groups are also targeted.

Corrigan pointed to Å“concerted efforts” by foreign parties such as the Israeli regime, Britain, the US and France to promote Å“a secular sectarian war in Syria,” adding that such malicious efforts could spill the conflict over to Iraq and Lebanon.

He also said that part of the foreign-sponsored efforts in Iraq and Syria are actually Å“targeted against Iran, which is majority-Shia and also supports independent policies for the region.”

It is the Å“external powers who want to see the region weak and destroyed and put into small state-lets and to pit the different communities against each other,” Corrigan concluded.

MFB/HSN/HJL

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘Army kills, injures militants in Homs’

0

Syria foreign-backed militants head to the front-line in the Salaheddine neighborhood of Aleppo, on July 8, 2013.

Syrian army has clashed with foreign-backed militants in the western city of Homs, killing and injuring a number of the militants, Syrian media has reported.

The clashes took place on Monday with the government forces foiling the militantsâ„¢ attempts to detonate three explosive devices near Um al-Tababir village, official SANA news agency said.

An official source told the Syrian news agency that the militants who were planting the devices were killed in the clashes.

Meanwhile, Syrian soldiers also destroyed the foreign-sponsored militantsâ„¢ gatherings in several other districts including Bab Hood, Jouret al-Shayyah, al-Hamidieh and al-Warsheh.

Similar clashes erupted in several areas in the capital, Damascus. The Syrian troops killed and injured a number of militants in Adra and Erbin areas and eliminated terrorists and destroyed their weapons and equipment in Douma area.

A tunnel was discovered in Joubar neighborhood of the capital which was equipped with surveillance camera. The Syrian forces also found a number of explosive devices there.

In Aleppo, the Syrian troops destroyed weapons that were being transported by militants in cars from Turkey to Daret Azza.

Syrian forces also launched attacks against the militants in the governorates of Idlib, Daraya, Lattakia, Homs, Daraa, and Aleppo on Sunday and killed a large number of them.

The Syrian army has conducted successful operations against the Takfiri militants over the past weeks.

Western powers and their regional allies including the Israeli regime, Turkey, Saudi Arabia and Qatar are supporting anti-Syria militant groups, including al-Qaeda-linked terrorists.

Foreign-sponsored militancy has taken its toll on the lives of many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, since March 2011.

SAB/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Violence of Organized Forgetting

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_violence_of_organized_forgetting_20130722/

Posted on Jul 22, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

Exposing the Brutality of Industrial Meat Production a"Crime,"thanks to ALEC model bill

0

As reported on BillMoyers.com: Muckrakers and activists have been working to expose the brutality of industrialized meat production since Upton Sinclair’s writing of The Jungle in 1906. But an ALEC model bill known as “The Animal and Ecological Terrorism Act” would make it a crime to film at animal facilities – such as factory farms or slaughterhouses – with the intent to “defame the facility or its owner.” So-called “ag-gag” laws that appear inspired by the ALEC model have been […]

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Miami looks to criminalize homelessness

0

The city of Miami has stirred controversy after a commissioner floated the idea of reneging on a landmark agreement that instructs police officers not to arrest the homeless for largely minor offenses.

In 1998 Miami enacted an agreement on the heels of Pottinger v. City of Miami, which
instructed law enforcement to take a soft stance on infractions
such as littering, cooking a meal in public using a fire, or
defecating in public without first offering them a bed in a
shelter. While the homeless might be considered a nuisance by
some, in legal terms the city adopted a live-and-let-live
mentality.

The decree, or settlement, adopted by the city came after 6,000
homeless individuals with the support of the American Civil
Liberties Union took on the status of what had been arrestable
offenses in Miami, arguing that police had “criminalized” homelessness,
violating plaintiff’s rights under the Fourth, 14th and Eighth
Amendments.

Miami City Commissioner Marc Sarnoff has now proposed
modifications to city code, describing the homeless situation as
a “chronic problem” for the city.

Current city law defines “life-sustaining activities” as
offenses not warranting arrest. These can include activities such
as blocking sidewalks, sleeping in public or lewd conduct.

In June a majority of the city’s commission voted to appeal a
federal court to alter the terms of the 1998 settlement. At least
some of the city’s commissioners also support hiring the same law
firm that fought against the landmark case of 1998, according to
Florida Watchdog.

Currently there are an estimated 835 homeless people in
Miami-Dade County, of which 351 live on the streets of the city
and routinely turn down offers of shelter, usually either due to
drug addiction and mental conditions.

According to the Miami Herald, there are a number of local
agencies addressing issues faced by the chronically homeless.
Historically, the number of homeless is now far lower than the
estimated 6,000 individuals prior to the 1998 landmark Pottinger
ruling, and that is in large part attributed to the annual $40
million budget of the Miami-Dade Homeless Trust, which now offers
thousands of beds at homeless shelters throughout South Florida.

Benjamin Waxman, a volunteer lawyer for the ACLU, says the city
is now worried about its cosmetic appearance.

“I think what bothers [the
city] is their presence, because they are trying to project the
image of Miami as a center of international travel and business,
and they see the homeless as interfering with their
intentions,
” said Waxman.

Proposals now being considered by the city would give police the
authority to arrest those homeless people who refuse shelter on
three occasions within a 180-day period, as well as confiscate
their belongings.

Beyond the ACLU, there are a number of organizations nationwide
that advocate for cities avoiding what critics call the
“criminalization” of
homelessness through arbitrary law enforcement of city codes.

For example, a 2009 report by The National Law Center on
Homelessness & Poverty and The National Coalition for the
Homeless argued that the cost of permanent housing is less than
that of criminalizing the typical offenses made by homeless
individuals.

The NLCHP / NCH report also highlighted approaches taken by other
municipalities such as Portland, Oregon, which enacted a 10-year
plan through which outreach workers were able to offer people
living on the streets permanent housing.

According to the Miami Herald, the city’s shelters are already at
capacity, and advocates for the homeless argue that the city
commission’s plans to criminalize the homeless rather than
increase funding for additional shelter would be
counterproductive.

Republished with permission from: RT

Seven die in Egypt rival clashes

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least seven people have been killed in clashes between supporters and opponents of Egypt’s ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, in the capital, Cairo.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Top US military advisor warns of massive cost, limited options for Syria involvement

0

In a letter to the Senate Armed Services Committee, Army General Martin Dempsey outlined what limited military options the US has if it decides to increase involvement in the Syrian civil war — warning of costs that could reach $1 billion a month.

Dempsey, the chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff and the
highest-ranking American military advisor, wrote that a no-fly
zone over Syria would cost the US between $500 million and $1
billion a month to maintain, and may be ineffective because the
Syrian army relies on artillery, not air support, to fight the
insurrection.

Congress and US President Barack Obama have yet to decide on how
— or if — they will provide the Syrian rebels with arms to help
them oust Syrian President Bashar Assad. Last month, the Obama
administration announced it would give small arms and ammunition
to some of the 1,200 groups of Syrian rebels, some of which have
known affiliations with al-Qaeda. American lawmakers have since
been unable to agree on whether to increase American involvement
in the war.

Dempsey’s letter, dated July 19 and made public July 22, was
written in response to a contentious meeting with Senator John
McCain, who accused Dempsey of withholding information during a
previous meeting with the Senate Armed Services Committee. McCain
has threatened to place a hold on Dempsey’s nomination for
another two-year term as the chairman of the Joint Chiefs unless
the general provides more details on hypothetical military
action.

Scenarios outlined by Dempsey included: Train, Advise and Assist
the Opposition; Conduct Limited Stand-off Strikes; Establish a
No-Fly Zone; Establish Buffer Zones; Control Chemical Weapons.

The chairman warned that any decision would need to be weighed
carefully and treated as “no less than an act of war.”

McCain and the other Senate Armed Services Committee members
previously pressed Dempsey to consider the “costs, benefits
and risks associated with training and arming vetted elements of
the Syrian opposition
? In your view, could such action
alone be sufficient to adequately build the military capability
of the moderate opposition in Syria and create the necessary
conditions for the administration’s stated policy objective –
Bashar Assad’s departure and a negotiated solution to the
conflict in Syria – to succeed
?”

Dempsey pushed lawmakers to consider the long-term consequences
any military action would mean.

“Risks include the loss of US aircraft, which would require us
to insert personnel recovery forces
,” he replied. “It may
also fail to reduce the violence or shift momentum because the
regime relies overwhelmingly on surfaces fires – mortars,
artillery and missiles
.”

He reminded the committee that virtually every scenario “could
also average well over one billion dollars a month
” and could
provide aid to al-Qaeda or other radical groups. Along with this
came a warning of no guarantee that Syrian chemical weapons would
be put under an American safeguard.

“Should the regime’s institutions collapse in the absence of a
viable opposition, we could inadvertently empower extremists or
unleash the very chemical weapons we seek to control
,” he
wrote. “It would be inappropriate for me to try to influence
the decision with me rendering an opinion in public about what
kind of force we should use
.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Red Flags From an Expert

0

One of the earliest calls placed by The New American in our investigation into the Oklahoma City bombing was to Brigadier General Benton K. Partin (USAF, retired). As one of the world’s foremost experts in both the theoretical and practical applications of explosives technology, General Partin possesses virtually unparalleled qualifications to authoritatively evaluate the public-source information available on the bombing.

From the start, the general expressed very strong misgivings about the “official” story – that the horrendous damage to the federal building had been caused solely by the reported truck bomb. Too many facts, he said, “simply just don’t add up” to support that convenient explanation. For Partin, the reported “facts” contradicted not only the laws of physics, but a lifetime of personal experience as well.

Appeal for Delay

In a letter to Senator Don Nickles (R-Okla.), which he personally delivered to the senator’s Washington office on May 18 of last year, General Partin appealed for action to delay destruction of the Murrah Building until a full, independent forensic examination of the site could be conducted. In that letter, which was also personally delivered to the offices of 23 other senators and some 30 members of the House, the general offered his initial analysis of the bombing evidence and explained:

I am concerned that vital evidence will soon be destroyed with the pending demolition of the Federal Building in Oklahoma City. From all the evidence I have seen in the published material, I can say with a high level of confidence that the damage pattern on the reinforced concrete superstructure could not possibly have been attained from the single truck bomb without supplementing demolition charges at some of the reinforced column bases. The total incompatibility with a single truck bomb lies in the fact that either some of the columns collapsed that should not have collapsed or some of the columns are still standing that should have collapsed and did not.

“To produce the resulting damage pattern on the building,” wrote Partin, “there would have to have been an effort with demolition charges at column bases to compliment or supplement the truck bomb damage. A careful examination of the collapsed column bases would readily reveal a failure mode produced by a demolition charge. This evidence would be so critical, [that] a separate and independent assessment should be made before a building demolition team destroys the evidence forever.”

General Partin was not offering another “wacko conspiracy theory.” He was offering solid, compelling, methodical, scientific analysis backed by a sterling career and impeccable credentials. Twenty-five of his 31 years of active service in the Air Force were involved in intensive research, design, development, testing, and management of weapons at all levels. This included extensive hands-on work at the Ballistic Research Laboratories and field testing of all types of explosives on a broad spectrum of structures and targets. He served as commander of the Air Force Armament Technology Laboratory and was the first chairman of the Office of the Secretary of Defense (OSD) joint service Air Munitions Requirements and Development Committee, responsible for munitions development for the Army, Navy, Air Force, and Marines.

General Partin is recognized as a major guiding force behind our modern precision guided weapons systems. As far back as the late 1950s, he developed the earliest focused energy weapons program, wrote the first contract for laser weapons development, and pushed for deployment of a functional “Star Wars” missile defense system decades before it became the hotly debated issue of the 1980s. General Partin was a Command Pilot and Command Missileman, a Distinguished Graduate of the Air War College, a recipient of the Distinguished Service Medal, and thrice a recipient of the Legion of Merit.

In short, General Benton Partin is an “expert’s expert,” and his carefully reasoned analysis should command a respectful hearing. Unfortunately, he received no hearing whatsoever from political officialdom or from the arbiters of “acceptable” debate in the Establishment media.

Glaring Inconsistencies

General Partin’s analysis focuses on a number of crucially important and glaring inconsistencies in the forensic evidence of the Murrah Building that continue to challenge the official truck bomb scenario. These include:

– Pattern and magnitude of the damage. These were “technically impossible without supplementing demolition charges,” says Partin.

– Demolition charge signatures on columns and header beam. The smooth failure modes and exposed steel rebar are clear signs of contact charges.

– Position of the collapsed columns and header beam. If caused by the truck bomb, they should have been blown at least slightly inward, but instead came straight down.

– Contradictory damage to light and heavy materials. It is “absurd,” says Partin, to hold that the truck bomb blast was powerful enough to take down large, steel-reinforced concrete columns and still leave sheet rock, furring strips, and other light, decorative materials virtually unfazed.

– Structural soundness of the remaining building. If the blast from the truck bomb was sufficient to cause the damage seen at the Murrah Building, much greater structural damage would have been sustained by the remainder of the building which was left standing. However, structural analysis revealed that it was relatively sound.

Evidence of Blast Charges

General Partin has repeatedly emphasized some of the basic physics problems associated with the single-truck-bomb scenario which seem to be lost on most laymen – and even many professional demolitionists – who are unduly impressed with the huge blast wave associated with the Ryder truck explosion. “First, blast through air is a very inefficient energy-coupling mechanism against heavy reinforced concrete beams and columns,” the general points out. “Second, blast-damage potential initially falls off more rapidly than an inverse function of the distance cubed. That is why in conventional weapons development, one seeks accuracy over yield for hard targets. Columns in large buildings are hard targets for blast.”

This principle was very well illustrated, he noted, in the bombing of the World Trade Center. In that case, he told The New American, a similar truck bomb blew a large cavity through several floors above and below the bomb but caused very little lateral damage. “The floor areas directly above and below the bomb were accelerated by the blast force and completely stripped away, but you can see in the published photos that the reinforced concrete column is standing there in the middle of the cavity with no damage.”

“The entire building in Oklahoma City could have been collapsed with relatively small demolition charges against the base of the columns and with even less explosives if linear cavity cutting charges had been used,” General Partin wrote in his letter to Senator Nickles. Partin’s point was dramatically illustrated with the final demolition of the Murrah Building on May 23, 1995. As that event demonstrated, a very small amount of explosives is required to bring down a large building – if the demolition charges are strategically placed within, or in direct contact with, the key structural points of the building. A spokesman for Control Demolition, Inc. informed The New American that less than 150 pounds of explosives placed in 420 locations were used to fell the three-fourths of the building left standing after the April 19 explosion.

Exhaustive Study

On July 13, 1995, General Partin released his 23-page report entitled Bomb Damage Analysis of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. The study includes five full-page color photographs taken of key areas of the crime scene which the general asserts provide “irrefutable evidence that at least four demolition charges were set off at four critical columns of the reinforced concrete structure at the floor level of the third floor.” The report also includes an important aerial-view diagram of the Murrah Building showing the position of the truck bomb in relation to the building damage and a computation by Partin of the damage potential of the blast wave pressure in concentric circles as it radiates out from the blast source.

The New American stands virtually alone in having published not only all of the report’s photographs and the building diagram, but a substantial portion of the text as well, together with interview comments from General Partin. (See our August 7, 1995 issue, “Explosive Evidence of a Cover-up.”) Space does not permit us to duplicate that valuable and extensive coverage here, so we have summarized some of the most compelling points made by General Partin.

It is particularly worth noting that no developments in the ensuing months have impeached or seriously challenged Partin’s compelling analysis. Indeed, quite the contrary. One of the more interesting examples of the general’s vindication can be found in the “official commemorative volume” of the Oklahoma City tragedy, In Their Name. This “officially authorized” book, with an epilogue by Governor and Mrs. Frank Keating, contains many moving photographs and stories, as well as much useful data and many valuable illustrations. In the middle of the book is a large illustration of the Murrah Building spanning two pages (pages 86-87) and detailing the damage caused by the April 19 blast. What is quite striking about the illustration is that the artist has obviously moved the bomb crater to the left so that it is aligned with the deep blast cavity that extends into the building where the B3 column was collapsed, thus “solving” one of the glaring inconsistencies in the crime scene evidence pointed out in the Partin analysis.

That this placement of the crater is clearly wrong can be verified by an examination of almost any aerial photo of the building which shows the crater. In fact, In Their Name provides just such a shot a few pages earlier in the book (pages 82-83) which patently contradicts the illustration. What this episode demonstrates is that – whether consciously or unconsciously – the illustrator (and/or the book’s producers) have attempted to reconcile the conspicuously conflicting data by altering the evidence to fit the official story. However, this only serves to reinforce the trenchant arguments advanced by Partin.

Diagramming the Blast

General Partin’s bomb-damage diagram illustrates the fact that in the first row of columns facing the street where the truck bomb was parked (row A), seven columns (A2, A3, A4, A5, A6, A7, A8) collapsed, while in row B only B3 failed. Unlike rows B and C, where all 11 columns ran from the ground floor to the top of the building, in row A the bases of the even-numbered columns stood on a heavy reinforced horizontal concrete header which was supported by the odd-numbered columns.

“The truck bomb was not in front of column A3,” the general explains, “but instead, as the crater shows, between columns A4 and A5, which means that column B4, which did not come down, would have received about 40 percent more blast pressure than B3 which did come down. If any columns were going to come down in the B row it would have been columns B4 and B5. You don’t have to go any further than that to know that you had a demolition charge on column B3 – unless you believe in magic.”

Additionally, the photographs reveal a number of other troubling dilemmas. “If you look at those B-row columns,” says Partin, “you can see that they still have furring strips and sheetrock on them…. Now, you can’t have the blast reaching clear in to column B3 and bringing down that heavy reinforced column and at the same time not even blowing off this lighter covering from the column.”

Restating his earlier point about the tremendous falloff of blast pressure traveling through air, General Partin makes this important observation:

Using the official estimate usually cited for the amount of explosive in the truck bomb – 4,800 pounds – would yield a sphere of ammonium nitrate about 4 1/2 feet in diameter with a blast pressure of about 1/2 million pounds per square inch at the detonation point. But by the time the blast wave travels through the air to the nearest of the columns in the A row (A5) it dropped off too around 375 pounds of pressure per square inch, and by the time it reaches the B row columns it’s down in the range of 27 to 38 [pounds per square inch]. And out at column A7 it’s down around 25 to 35 pounds per square inch. The yield strength of concrete is around 3,500 pounds per square inch, and yet we’re supposed to believe that this large, reinforced concrete column is going to be brought down by 25 to 35 pounds of pressure? It’s absurd.

According to General Partin’s authoritative analysis, the blast wave from the truck bomb would have carried sufficient force to cause considerable damage to the face of the building and to some of its floors, but would have fallen far short of the force needed to cause the massive structural damage experienced at the Murrah Building.

Other Examples

This opinion is consistent not only with the bomb damage at the World Trade Center cited earlier, but from the results of other terrorist bombings as well. One of those which closely parallels the Oklahoma City incident is the 1989 bombing of the DAS (Colombia’s police intelligence) headquarters in Bogota, Colombia, by drug lords of the Medellin cartel. An estimated 1,300 pounds of dynamite (which is much more powerful, pound-for-pound, than the ammonium nitrate mixture suspected in the Oklahoma City Ryder truck) packed in a bus was detonated in front of the 11-story DAS building. Although witnesses and survivors compared the explosion, which caused damage in a 26-block area and took dozens of lives, to “a mini-atom bomb,” the blast did not cause the kind of severe structural damage seen in Oklahoma City.

Another strike against the single-truck-bomb theory is the structural integrity of the remainder of the Murrah Building after the explosion. A single bomb large enough to cause the devastation seen in that structure would also cause considerable structural damage to the rest of the building. However, architects involved in the structural safety assessments said that this was not the case. Architect Ed Kirkpatrick told The New American that most of the building was structurally sound and worth rebuilding. Jim Loftis, the architect who designed the award-winning building, concurred, stating, “I think technologically we could have removed the damaged part of the building and rebuilt it.”

Republished with permission from: The New American

6 Apocalyptic Technologies That Most People Have Not Even Heard About Yet

0

Technology

Are you ready for the future? We live at a time when technology is advancing at an exponential pace. Today, scientists are rapidly developing bizarre new technologies that most science fiction writers never even would have dreamed of a couple decades ago. For example, would you be willing to get rid of your bank card and start paying for things with only your face? Would you be willing to allow a technology company to put one large computer chip or thousands of really, really small ones (“neural dust”) into your brain? These are some of the technologies that are coming. Our world is changing at an absolutely mind blowing rate, and to be honest none of us really knows what our world is going to look like a decade from now. Remember, ten years ago Facebook did not exist and five years ago the iPad did not exist. Our planet is fundamentally being transformed, and our scientists are rapidly turning the “impossible” into the possible. The following are 6 apocalyptic technologies that most people have not even heard about yet…

#1 Facial Recognition Software That Replaces Bank Cards

Will people soon pay for things by having their faces scanned at the checkout counter? That may sound absurd, but according to the Daily Mail a company from Finland has already launched this technology…

Bank cards are already being replaced by phones and wristbands that have payment technology built-in but the latest threat to the lowly plastic in your pocket could be your face.

A Finnish startup called Uniqul has launched what it calls the first ever payment platform based on facial recognition.

The system doesn’t require a wallet, bank card or phone — instead a camera is positioned at the checkout and takes a photo of a shopper’s face when they are ready to pay.

It then scans a database for the face and matches it to stored payment details in order to complete the transaction.

#2 Facial Recognition Technology Already Being Used In Stores And In Digital Advertising Displays

Do you remember the billboards in the movie “Minority Report” that used facial recognition technology to scan faces and produce appropriate ads? Personally, I never thought that I would see such a thing in my lifetime, but the truth is that a company called Amscreen already has over 6,000 digital screens that use this kind of technology. In fact, their advertising screens are already being viewed by approximately 50 million people…

Advertising network Amscreen recently launched a unique face-detection technology, originally developed by automated audience measurement firm Quividi.

Cameras have been installed in Amscreen’s digital advertising displays that can scan a person’s face and determine their gender, age, date, time and volume of the viewers.

This is so adverts are served to the most appropriate audience.

Amscreen already has over 6,000 digital screens seen by a weekly audience of over 50 million people.

And according to NPR, this kind of facial recognition technology is now being used in some retail stores to identify VIPs…

This lack of recognition is precisely what the VIP-identification technology designed by is supposed to prevent.

The U.K.-based company already supplies similar software to security services to help identify terrorists and criminals. The ID technology works by analyzing footage of people’s faces as they walk through a door, taking measurements to create a numerical code known as a “face template,” and checking it against a database.

In the retail setting, the database of customers’ faces is comprised of celebrities and valued customers, according to London’s . If a face is a match, the program sends an alert to staff via computer, iPad or smartphone, providing details like dress size, favorite buys or shopping history.

#3 Google Wants To Put A Chip In Our Brains?

Would you allow a technology company to put a chip in your brain?

According to a recent article in a major UK newspaper, apparently this is exactly what executives at Google believe will happen someday…

It began, just 15 years ago, as a service that enabled you to type a request into a personal computer and be given links to associated websites. Things have rather moved on. Soon Google hopes to have the ubiquitous presence of a personal assistant that never stops working, capable of conversing naturally in any language. Ultimately, as Page and co-founder Sergey Brin have asserted, the goal is to insert a chip inside your head for the most effortless search engine imaginable.

In fact, on a recent visit to Google the reporter writing the article quoted above was told the following by Google Vice President of Search Ben Gomes…

Where will it end? Gomes agrees that a chip embedded in the brain is far from a sci-fi fantasy. “Already people are beginning to experiment with handicapped people for manoeuvring their wheelchairs,” he says. “They are getting a few senses of direction with the wheelchair but getting from there to actual words is a long ways off. We have to do this in the brain a lot better to make that interaction possible. We have impatience for that to happen but the pieces of technology have to develop.”

#4 The Pentagon Is Developing A “Terminator Robot” Named Atlas

Did you know that the U.S. military is building robots?

Okay, so they aren’t quite like “the Terminator” yet. But apparently they are rapidly becoming very advanced…

ATLAS is 6 ft and 2 inces, it weighs 330 pounds. Its primary purpose is said to be joining in relief efforts particularly in those places where involvement of human beings is lethal or downright impossible. Boston Dynamics, who built the ATLAS body, say that the robot is strong and coordinated enough to climb using its hands and feet, as well as pick its way in congested spaces. The people who have been called in to work on the robot are tasked with programming it to interact in the most efficient way it can be made to. DARPA has released a video which shows ATLAS walking, avoiding obstacles, withstanding brute force applied at its torso and even climbing the stairs.

You can view that video of ATLAS doing those things right here.

So as these robots become more sophisticated, will there be any limits on how the U.S. military will employ them? A recent article in the Washington Post painted a frightening picture…

But what’s to stop the same indestructible robots that can walk over rubble, manipulate complex tools and enter burning buildings from being used in entirely different scenarios by the U.S. military? They might, for example, be able to march through debris-strewn war zones, manipulate weapons and hunt down terrorists, on a house-by-house basis. In other words, the DARPA Robotics Challenge could result in the creation of a real-life Terminator bot.

#5 Using Only Sound Waves To Levitate And Move Small Objects

Did you know that it is possible to levitate and move small objects using only small waves? Just check out what a team of scientists in Switzerland recently discovered…

A team of researchers in Switzerland have developed a way of levitating and transporting small objects using nothing but sound.

Using ultrasonic waves — that is, sound waves whose frequency is too high for humans to hear — scientists at the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology in Zurich have made water droplets, instant coffee crystals, styrofoam flakes, and a toothpick, among other objects, hang in midair, move along a plane, and interact with each other. It is the first time that scientists have been able to use sound to simultaneously levitate several objects next to each other and move them around.

#6 Ultrasonic Neural Dust

This is perhaps the most frightening technology on the list. The advances in the field of nanotechnology that we have seen over the past decade have been absolutely mind blowing. Now, some scientists are talking about actually being able to put thousands of tiny little computer chips inside our heads. The following is from a recent Time Magazine article…

Here’s how it might work: First you pop through the skull and the brain’s dura (the membrane surrounding the brain), dipping into the brain’s neural sea itself, roughly two millimeters down, where you position thousands of low-powered CMOS chips (the “neural dust,” each as tiny as millionths of a meter) to begin capturing neural signals using electrodes and piezoelectric sensors, which convert the data to ultrasonic signals. Those signals are then picked up by a sub-dural transceiver (sitting just above the “dust” chips and simultaneously powering them ultrasonically), which relays the data to an external transceiver resting just outside the skull (ASIC, memory, battery, long-range transmitter), which in turn communicates wirelessly with whatever computing device.

Like most futurist notions, this one hasn’t been tested yet – it’s just a formal proposal – but it’s another fascinating glimpse into where we might be headed, bypassing clumsy literal BMI head-jacks for micro-scale interfaces that would link us, wire-free, to future galaxies of virtual information.

While many of these emerging technologies may sound very exciting, the truth is that it is important to remember that any technology is a two-edged sword.

A technology can be used for good or it can be used for evil.

And we certainly live at a time when the grip of the Big Brother surveillance grid that is being constructed all around us is rapidly getting tighter.

I think that it is important to step back and understand how much life has changed over the past several decades. We used to have much more liberty and much more freedom than we have today. Just consider the following examples from a recent article posted on the Economic Policy Journal…

In 1975:

1. You could buy an airline ticket and fly without ever showing an ID.

2. You could buy cough syrup without showing an ID.

3. You could buy and sell gold coins without showing an ID

4. You could buy a gun without showing an ID

5. You could pull as much cash out of your bank account without the bank filing a report with the government.

6. You could get a job without having to prove you were an American.

7. You could buy cigarettes without showing an ID

8. You could have a phone conversation without the government knowing who you called and who called you.

9. You could open a stock brokerage account without having to explain where the money came from.

10. You could open a Swiss bank account with ease. All Swiss banks were willing and happy to open accounts for Americans.

Yes, facial recognition technology could have some positive uses, but will we eventually be required to have our faces scanned wherever we go?

Yes, robots can be used to do a lot of great things, but will governments around the globe eventually be deploying armies of “killer robots” against all of us and against each other?

Just because technology is advancing does not mean that life will necessarily be better in the future. For example, the video below was recently posted on shtfplan.com and it imagines what ordering a pizza might be like in the year 2015…

Yes, that video is very funny, but it also makes a very serious point.

Technology is increasingly being used to watch, track, monitor and control the things that we do. As this web of technology gets even tighter, we may find that we do not really like how it has changed our lives.

That is why it is important for society to have some very important discussions about privacy, liberty and freedom while we still can.

If we don’t set up limits on the use of these technologies now, someday we might end up bitterly regretting it.

About the author: Michael T. Snyder is a former Washington D.C. attorney who now publishes The Truth. His new novel entitled “The Beginning Of The End” is now available on Amazon.com.

Republished with permission from: The Truth Wins

The Power Elite & George W.

0

In the post-World War II period, the Republican-Democratic rivalry for the Oval Office has been little more than a spectacle of competing summer blockbuster performances long on high-budget, crowd-pleasing special effects and short on differentiating ideology and moral principle. By all indications, this season’s edition of electoral commedia dell’arte promises to be little different.

This year, many conservatives have put their trust in George W. Bush, apparently hoping that this “compassionate conservative” will muzzle special interests, rein in government spending, and put an end to the interventionist foreign policies of the Clinton administration. In truth, it is difficult to conceive of any administration that wouldn’t be an improvement over Clinton’s sordid pageant of sellout and scandal. Yet, as we shall show, Bush is unlikely to pose any serious challenge to the ongoing bipartisan effort to railroad us into socialism and world government.

CFR Surroundings

On May 23, George W. Bush gave a press conference in Washington, D.C., where he spoke at length on contemplated foreign policy measures during his administration. Accompanying him was an entourage of advisors from America’s foreign policy establishment:

– Condoleezza Rice, the head of George W. Bush’s foreign policy team and a former member of President Bush’s National Security Council;

– Brent Scowcroft, former national security advisor to President Bush;

– Donald Rumsfeld, former secretary of defense under President Ford;

– Colin Powell, former chairman of the joint chiefs of staff under Presidents Bush and Clinton;

– Henry Kissinger, former secretary of state under Presidents Nixon and Ford; and

– George Shultz, former secretary of state under President Reagan.

All of these political heavyweights, except Rumsfeld, are members of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), the New York-based organization that is the most visible exponent of America’s Insider establishment. Regular readers of The New American know that this establishment has worked for decades to submerge the United States in a one-world government ruled by (you guessed it!) the elite.

A revealing article in the December 23, 1999 issue of the New York Times listed 10 members of Bush’s foreign policy brain trust. In addition to Rice and Shultz, this list included:

– Richard Armitage, former assistant secretary of defense in the Reagan administration;

– Robert Blackwill, a former member of President Bush’s National Security Council;

– Richard Cheney, former secretary of defense under President Bush;

– Stephen Hadley, former assistant secretary of defense under Cheney;

– Richard Perle, former assistant secretary of defense in the Reagan administration;

– Paul Wolfowitz, former assistant secretary of state in the Reagan administration and former under secretary of defense in the Bush administration

– Dov Zakheim, former under secretary of defense in the Reagan administration; and

– Robert Zoellick, former under secretary of state in the Bush administration.

The Times portrayed the team of foreign policy experts as “conservative” and “hawkish,” thereby casting Governor Bush as a hard-line conservative on foreign policy in contrast to President Clinton and his liberal-left foreign policy team. But the Times failed to point out that nine of the ten Bush advisors it cited are CFR members (the lone exception being Armitage), and that internationalist-minded CFR members have shaped U.S. foreign policy for decades, regardless of whether the president in power happened to be a Republican or a Democrat. Bush’s own connections with this same Insider-Establishment club means that it would not be realistic to hope for a radical change in policy under a Bush administration.

Put simply, in the arena of presidential politics at least, America’s power elite has been very successful in controlling both sides of the street while creating the appearance of competition between opposing political parties. The late history Professor Carroll Quigley of Georgetown University – whom Bill Clinton praised in his acceptance speech at the 1992 Democratic National Convention – outlined the game plan in his monumental work Tragedy and Hope (1966): “The two parties should be almost identical, so that the American people can ‘throw the rascals out’ at any election without leading to any profound or extensive shifts in policy…. But either party in office becomes in time corrupt, tired, unenterprising, and vigorless. Then it should be possible to replace it, every four years if necessary, by the other party, which will have none of these things but will still pursue, with new vigor, approximately the same basic policies.”

In this same book, Quigley described the CFR as an American front for an “international Anglophile network” dedicated to establishing a world government. Quigley said that he had “no aversion” to this network or to “most of its aims” and had, for much of his life, “been close to it and to many of its instruments.” But he disagreed, he said, with this network’s “wishes to remain unknown” in spite of the fact that “its role in history is significant enough to be known.”

History of Control

Insider control of Republican “opposition” is the fundamental reason why no president in a half-century, Republican or Democrat, has tried to return this country to limited, constitutional government. Yet, election after election, the conservative rank and file in Main Street America troop to the polls to vote for a Republican white-horse candidate. Surely this time around, they reason, we will get a president who will stare down the big spenders in Congress and corral Big Government. But it never happens. From Eisenhower to Bush, every supposedly conservative Republican president, including the revered Ronald Reagan, has encouraged growth of the federal leviathan and the erosion of our Constitution.

Regarding this inexorable march toward the new world order from one administration to the next, John Birch Society President John F. McManus observed in 1990:

It was CFR members Owen Lattimore and Dean Acheson who engineered the betrayal of Chiang Kai-shek and the takeover of China by communists.

CFR members Dean Acheson and Dean Rusk arranged for the no-win, undeclared war in Korea, the removal of General MacArthur, and the establishment of Red China as the military power in Asia.

CFR members John Foster Dulles and Allen Dulles, serving in top posts in the administration of CFR member Dwight Eisenhower, betrayed the Hungarian Freedom Fighters and knowingly brought communist Fidel Castro to power in Cuba.

CFR members McGeorge Bundy, Adlai Stevenson, and John J. McCoy saw to it that the Bay of Pigs invasion was a miserable failure, a huge boost for Castro, and a tremendous embarrassment for the United States.

CFR members Dean Rusk, Robert McNamara, and Henry Cabot Lodge pushed the U.S. into Vietnam and then drew up rules making victory impossible. And CFR veterans Richard Nixon and Henry Kissinger continued the disastrous policies that led both to our nation’s defeat and to the communist takeovers of South Vietnam, Laos, and Cambodia.

It was CFR stalwarts Henry Kissinger, Ellsworth Bunker, and Sol Linowitz who arranged (with Senate approval) to give away the U.S. canal in Panama, and to pay the Marxist dictatorship in that country $400 million to take it.

Under the leadership of CFR members Zbigniew Brzezinski, Cyrus Vance, and Warren Christopher, the Carter administration undermined strong allies in Nicaragua and Iran.

During the Reagan years, CFR members George Shultz, William J. Casey, and Malcolm Baldrige saw to it that U.S. aid went to communist Poland, communist Romania, communist China, even communist USSR. At the same time, these same individuals did all they could to impede anti-communists in El Salvador … and after years of forcing the Nicaraguan Contras to fight with “no win” restrictions, they capitulated to CFR members of Congress who have all but dissolved this anti-communist force.

George W. Bush’s father had hundreds of CFR members in his administration, as does Democratic President Bill Clinton. According to the most recent CFR Annual Report, in fact, 492 of the group’s 3,605 members are U.S. government officials.

In October 1993, Washington Post ombudsman Richard Harwood, who depicted the CFR membership as “the nearest thing we have to a ruling establishment in the United States,” described the Clinton administration as a warren of CFR activity:

The President is a member. So is his secretary of state, the deputy secretary of state, all five of the undersecretaries, several of the assistant secretaries and the department’s legal adviser. The president’s national security advisor and his deputy are members. The director of Central Intelligence (like all previous directors) and the chairman of the Foreign Advisory Board are members. The secretary of defense, three undersecretaries and at least four assistant secretaries are members. The secretaries of the departments of housing and urban development, interior, health and human services and the chief White House public relations man … along with the speaker of the House [are members]….

This is not a retinue of people who “look like America,” as the president once put it, but they very definitely look like the people who, for more than half a century, have managed our international affairs and our military-industrial complex.

Hobson’s Choice

Indeed, President Clinton is himself a member. In addition to his CFR membership, he is a “former member in government service” of the Trilateral Commission, another Establishment club greasing the skids for global governance. Clinton’s crass immorality and personal corruption, as well as his flagrant abuses of power and treasonous sellout to Communist China, all of which have been met with but feeble challenges by the congressional “opposition,” have set critically damaging precedents for future Executive abuse. Clinton has also worked openly and diligently to destroy U.S. sovereignty, involving the U.S. in one war after another, all in the name of “world order” under the UN or its NATO surrogate. He has been a courtier to the globalists in the world of international finance and business – using taxpayer money to bail out Wall Street interests in Mexico and, with the complicity of congressional Republicans, foisting a series of sovereignty-compromising “free-trade” agreements on the American people. All of this the Insiders have watched and approved of. Because of Clinton’s consummate skills in advancing their agenda, they have stood by him and his unsavory myrmidons through scandal after scandal.

But wait, say the Republican faithful. Surely conservative George W. Bush, if elected, will head them off at the pass. Won’t a Bush administration, especially in combination with a Republican Congress, finally shake off the fetters of those nasty special interests, insufferable liberal Democrats, and sovereignty-sapping internationalists, and restore America to the small-government, patriotic bliss of yesteryear?

Such notions are likely to prove illusory. George the Younger, like several recent presidents, including Ronald Reagan, is not himself a member of the CFR. But like Reagan, his conservative public posturing has been paralleled by a build-up of Establishment ties. Most of the CFR gnats in Bush’s cloud of advisors will likely end up with prominent posts in any Bush administration, free to continue CFR-sponsored subversion under an innocuous “conservative” banner.

Moreover, Bush has already signaled, in a number of policy speeches, that his “compassionate conservatism” is barely distinguishable from the liberal “centrism” of the Clinton administration. George W., it must be remembered, has spent a lifetime in the nimbus of a father who was not only president, but a consummate Insider as well. Before becoming Reagan’s running mate, George the Elder held membership in both the CFR and the Trilateral Commission. As president, George Bush openly prosecuted the Gulf War in the name of “a new world order,” and hoped that the UN would follow the Gulf War precedent in continuing to play “the role dreamed of by its founders.” Under such a guiding influence, it would be very surprising if George W. were not completely indoctrinated in Establishment ways of thinking.

Internationalist View

In keeping with his Establishment pedigree, George W. Bush is a staunch internationalist. He has, for instance, been supportive of trade measures like NAFTA and GATT. “Bush,” observed The Nation in May 1999, “has been a relentless supporter of NAFTA. Even as the needle-trade industry all but disappeared in Texas, with a final wave of Levis plant closings in January and February … the governor had neither a program nor a word of consolation for displaced workers. ‘NAFTA is good for Texas and good for Mexico,’ Bush said in his January State of the State speech.” Like the rest of the one-world crowd, George W. wants to expand the NAFTA “free trade” zone to include the entire Western Hemisphere. And like Bill Clinton, Bush wants presidential “fast-track” negotiating authority, the easier to foist sovereignty-eroding trade agreements on a suspicious citizenry and a recalcitrant Congress.

The Texas governor has also been one of the most vocal supporters of the recently passed bill in the House granting permanent normal trade status to China. In a May 17 speech at Boeing Corporation in Everett, Washington, Bush explained his “vision of distinctly American internationalism,” in which the Red Chinese will receive the benefit of full, normal trade relations with the United States. The selling point, of course, was the familiar rationalization that access to Western markets will “democratize” China. In short, we may anticipate that, under Bush, the coddling of Chinese Communists will continue apace.

Bush also appears ready to follow Clinton’s lead in further degrading American military capabilities, despite rhetoric to the contrary. In his May 23 speech, while flanked by his CFR puppeteers, Bush startled his audience of journalists by calling for reductions in the American nuclear arsenal to “the lowest possible number consistent with our national security,” and even below levels required by the START II treaty. When queried about whether he would reduce our arsenal unilaterally, Bush affirmed that he was willing to do so, and followed with flaccid assurances to “work closely with the Russians to convince them to do the same.”

On the domestic policy front, Bush has shown no evidence of constitutionalist leanings. To the contrary, he has indicated support for many of the same anti-Constitution, pro-big government agenda items favored by the Clintons. Bush has indicated support for many new pieces of gun legislation, for example; he supports mandatory trigger locks and gun-show registration, and will not push for repeal of the “assault weapons” ban. He favors raising the legal age for handgun ownership from 18 to 21, and supports a ban on the import of high-capacity ammunition clips.

In the area of healthcare, Bush favors a “compassionate conservative” version of socialized medicine. Bush has proposed yet another Fedgov national healthcare boondoggle, the Health Community Innovation Fund, which is intended to be “an extra source of federal support for health care in underserved communities.” On the abortion front, George W. has expressed little interest in restoring protection for the rights of the unborn, though he professes to be pro-life. Signaling clearly that he intends not to make a priority of outlawing infanticide, Bush has conceded that “the United States Supreme Court has settled the abortion issue … the best public policy is to encourage fewer abortions through strong adoption laws and by sending a clear abstinence message to our children.” Moreover, Bush refuses to impose an abortion “litmus test” on Supreme Court nominees or a vice-presidential running mate.

George W. also has ambitious plans, albeit with “conservative” valences, to expand the federal role in education. As Kenneth Cooper of the Washington Post reported:

The centerpiece of Bush’s education plan has become a $5 billion reading program – the most costly of his school proposals, though campaign aides say more are coming. It takes as its model a state program, now in its second year, that Bush created as Texas governor. As a federal program, it would provide school aid in the same way that Democrats traditionally have despite Republican objections. It is narrowly targeted, not just to disadvantaged students, but to children in kindergarten through second grade who have trouble learning to read. And it includes federal mandates: States that accept the grants must give diagnostic reading tests in those grades, must provide tutoring to students having difficulty, must use a “balanced” curriculum that combines phonics and literature, and must train teachers how to teach reading.

On issue after issue, George W. Bush, like almost every Republican presidential nominee before him within living memory, promises less of the same in comparison with a more aggressively liberal Democratic opponent. As his Establishment ties and socialist-lite views both attest, George W. is yet another tiresome entry in a long line of Republican presidential nominees fronting for the “controlled opposition” recommended by Quigley.

Congress Is the Key

What, then, is the remedy? Electing a “conservative” president to right every wrong has all the seductive appeal of a quick fix, which is why the Insiders, using this very ploy, have played the American electorate like a fiddle election after election.

Because the American presidential elections are focused on a handful of individuals, they are easily manipulated by the Insiders, making the election of a constitutionalist reformer to the White House practically impossible. Nor would it be desirable, even if it were possible, to elect and repose all our trust in a single presidential Mr. Fixit. For one man to use executive authority to “clean house” would require expansion of presidential authority that would set a gloomy precedent for eventual dictatorship. No, the solution lies in electing responsible congressmen, especially House members, to rein in executive abuse of power and curb unconstitutional government. The Congress is the most powerful of the three branches of the federal government, since it possesses sole legislative authority and can rein in a corrupt president (through impeachment if necessary).

A constitutionalist majority in the House could wrest back from the Executive branch such congressional prerogatives as declaring war and could use the power of the public purse to defund all unconstitutional federal government appendages. The House of Representatives possesses extraordinary control of the public purse strings since it must originate all bills for raising revenues; and, by virtue of the fact that every representative must face reelection every two years, the House is more accountable to the voting public than the president or the senators. Moreover, because of the sheer number of representatives, CFR Insiders cannot exert over the House the electoral control they enjoy over the president and, to a lesser degree, the Senate.

This prescription is tough medicine, because it means that, in the end, Americans will have to get the job done by informing themselves and others about the Constitution and the conspiracy – yes, conspiracy – that threatens it, and then apply informed pressure on Congress. Regarding the latter step, The New American’s “Freedom Index” is intended to enable the discerning constitutionalist to determine whether his congressmen are honoring their oath to uphold the Constitution, regardless of their party affiliation or claims of conservatism. To rout the conspiracy that threatens our freedoms, we will have to labor with patience, determination, and faith, and stop expecting a “conservative” presidential candidate to save the day. In time, when a constitutional majority has been restored to Congress, there will be opportunity enough to win back the Executive Branch.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Mortar shell kills 3 civilians in Syria

0

Foreign-sponsored militants load a mortar in the Sidi Meqdad suburb of Damascus. (file photo)

A mortar shell fired by foreign-backed militants fighting against the Syrian government has killed three civilians in al-Ghouta in the western province of Homs.

On Monday, the mortar shell, which fell near the directorate of Health in al-Ghouta neighborhood, also injured many people and caused material damages to houses and cars in the vicinity, Syriaâ„¢s official news agency SANA reported.

In another incident on the same day, foreign-backed Takfiri militants assassinated Sheikh Osama Tawfiq al-A’sar, Imam of the mosque of al-Qreir village in the countryside of Banias in Tartous.

Reports say that foreign-sponsored militants opened fire at sheikh al-A’sar in the farms of the village.

Syrian forces also launched attacks against the militants in the governorates of Idlib, Daraya, Lattakia, Homs, Daraa, and Aleppo on Sunday and killed a large number of them.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since 2011. According to the UN, more than 90,000 people have been killed and millions of others displaced in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies — especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey — are supporting the militants.

IA/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Using Outdated Data, FEMA Is Wrongly Placing Homeowners in Flood Zones

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/using_outdated_data_fema_wrongly_placing_homeowners_flood_zones_20130722/

Posted on Jul 22, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

Convictions at risk as NYPD under investigation for warrantless searches

0

A slew of drug- and firearm-related arrests are now in doubt because the New York City police officers that made the initial seizures may have conducted their searches without a warrant, according to a new report.

Four men were arrested in a Brooklyn recording studio on
September 15, 2012 after a group of NYPD officers could plainly
see heroin and marijuana on a table. Ecstasy, crack cocaine and
ammunition were also found after police searched the studio.

But the police, according to an NYPD Internal Affairs Bureau
report seen by the New York Daily News, may have jeopardized the
case by forcing their way into the building and conducting the
search without first obtaining a warrant.

At least seven cops are accused of moving bags of heroin from the
back of the studio to a table within sight of the entrance. They
photographed the drugs there in an effort to justify the search
under the plain view doctrine, which gives police the
authorization to supersede a warrant if evidence of criminal
activity is visible.

“These cops are corrupt. They should be off the streets,”
Reginald Sykes, one of the men arrested ten months ago, told the
Daily News. “They used illegal methods to make arrests. Who’s
to say they wouldn’t do that to a completely innocent
person
?”

The department’s own records indicate the internal investigation
has delayed at least nine criminal cases, spanning four similar
incidents when the Brooklyn police unit is accused of stealing
jewelry and thousands of dollars in cash.

Sykes, 24, has served prison time for burglary and assault but
told the Daily News that Officer David Grieco, one of the
investigators named in the Internal Affairs report, offered to
drop the drug charges if Sykes was able to produce a gun by
midnight on the night in question.

“He was saying, ‘Look, guys, I got 150 guns off the streets
last year. If I can get more this year, I’ll get promoted and can
transfer closer to home. Just get me a gun
,’” Sykes is quoted
as saying from the Manhattan Detention Complex.

Most of the charges have been held up or dropped altogether, but
for an entirely different reason: nearly one year after the
Brooklyn raid, convictions for the four men arrested are still
nonexistent.

“It’s a headache for the prosecutors because every time any of
the cops has to testify, they have to turn over this information,
which will adversely affect their credibility
,” said Dan
Castleman, a former prosecutor in the Manhattan district
attorney’s office.

This news comes one week after a contingent of on-duty police
officers in Queens were photographed wearing shirts adorned with
a select Ernest Hemingway quote.

“There is no hunting like the hunting of man, and those who
have hunted armed men long enough and liked it, never care for
anything else thereafter
.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Notes on Meditation

0

By Richard C. Cook

The Creator is involved in a tremendous work in the formation and sustenance of the universe. The creation works by means of a vast emanation outward from the center into increasing densities of vibration. Sparks of divine consciousness–particles of the Creator–travel along this outward path for a definite purpose–to become co-creators with the Father/Mother of all.

These sparks–including us humans on planet earth–engage in the lower densities through experience, then return intentionally on an upward path back to our source. The experience we take back with us acts as a kind of food which nourishes the whole.

The path back can only be done through exercise of choice. The specific technology for the return is based on spiritual practice through meditation. Meditation can obviously take many forms, but it all involves bathing our sense of ourselves in the higher vibration that comes down from the Divine. This vibration has many names but has been called the Holy Spirit in the Western tradition. It is part of the feminine aspect of the Divine, so may also be viewed as the Mother power, just as the Creator may be seen as the Heavenly Father.

As we bathe frequently in the transformative fire of Spirit, the impurities that we obtained from our sojourn in matter are burnt away. Earth is a particularly difficult place within which to perform this work because of the extreme density of the earthly environment, plus the conscious opposition of a negative force sometimes called Satan.

Through spiritual practice the veil that separates us from knowledge of the Divine is penetrated. This work is done most effectively under the guidance of those who have already experienced Self- and God-Realization and within a community of a like-minded people. But the practice must be done every day with sufficient time set aside to separate oneself in consciousness from the delusions of the sensory world. This separation in consciousness leading to unconditional love of all is the first step toward liberation by which we bring to the Creator the fruits of our engagement with the life we were given to know and transcend.

© 2013 by Richard C. Cook

Pro-Morsi demo held outside High Court

0

Supporters of Muslim Brotherhood and ousted President Mohamed Morsi wave a giant national flag during a rally in Cairo on July 12, 2013.

Supporters of ousted Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi have held a demonstration outside the High Court in Cairo after an apparently false report in state-run media.

Egyptian daily Al-Ahram reported on Monday that Egyptâ„¢s public prosecutor had ordered the arrest of Morsi for 15 days pending an investigation into charges of spying and inciting violence.

Army and judicial sources have denied the report. The prosecutor’s office later summoned the newspaper’s editor-in-chief to investigate what it called a “false report.”

Supporters of deposed president gathered outside the court on Monday to demand the resignation of the public prosecutor.

Tension has intensified in Egypt since July 3 when Egyptian army chief General Abdel Fattah al-Sisi announced that Morsi was no longer in office and declared the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as the new interim president of the country.

Earlier on Monday, Mansour called for national reconciliation, saying it is necessary for the country to move forward.

Å“It’s time for establishing a nation based on reconciliation with the past for the sake of the future,” the interim president said in a televised speech on Monday.

Mansour’s remarks came hours after four people were killed and dozens others injured in clashes between supporters and opponents of Morsi in Cairo.

Over 100 people have been killed in an unrelenting wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents, and security forces since the president was ousted by the military and put under Å“preventive” arrest.

MN/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Iran ups steel production output in June

0

A view of the Mobarakeh Steel Mill situated 75 kilometers (46 miles) southwest of the city of Isfahan in central Iran (file photo)

A recent report says that the Islamic Republic of Iran raised its steel production output in June 2013 compared to the same period a year ago.

The World Steel Association said in its latest report that Iran produced 1.25 million tons of crude steel last month, showing a two-percent increase as compared with June 2012.

The country also produced 7.327 million tons of steel in the first six months of 2013.

Iran produced 3.833 million tons of steel in the first three months of the current Iranian calendar year (started March 21, 2013), which was a 1.2-percent rise compared to the same period in the previous year.

Iranian steel smelters also produced 4.055 million tons of steel products in spring 2013. They produced 1.193 million tons of crude steel in the Iranian calendar month of Khordad (May 22-June 21) as well as 1.295 million tons of steel products during the month.

Iran plans to increase its steel output to more than 24 million tons by the end of the Iranian calendar year.

The countryâ„¢s crude steel production reached 14.89 million tons in the previous Iranian calendar year (ended March 20, 2013).

On June 27, Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad inaugurated the Pasargad Steel Mill in the southern province of Fars.

According to its website, the Pasargad Steel Mill aims to produce high-quality steel products in line with the highest international standards.

Iran plans to increase its annual steel output to 55 million tons by the end of the Fifth Five-Year Development Plan (March 2010-March 2015).

Iran is reportedly the biggest steel producer in the Middle East and North Africa. The countryâ„¢s main steel mills are located in Isfahan and Khuzestan provinces.

Iran’s major raw steel producers are the Mobarakeh Steel Mill, with approximately 47 percent of the market share, the Khuzestan Steel Company, with about 23 percent of the market share, the Isfahan Iron Smelting Complex, with a market share of 20 percent, and the Iran National Steel Industries Group, with approximately 10 percent of the market share.

MP/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Words Obama Had to Say

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_words_obama_had_to_say_20130722/

Posted on Jul 22, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

Iran denounces EU decision on Hezbollah

0

Iranian Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi has censured the European Union over its decision to put the military wing of Lebanese resistance movement Hezbollah on its terrorist blacklist.

Å“This purposeful move, which was made under the pressure of certain EU members, runs contrary to all political and legal principles, and is shocking and unacceptable,” Salehi said late on Monday.

He added, Å“Labeling a resistance group, which has fought against aggression and invasion and has a lawful and popular presence in Lebanonâ„¢s politics and governments, as terrorist indicates the unsound logical basis of the action.”

The Iranian foreign minister went on to say that EU foreign ministers believe they can influence the Middle East developments through their decision despite the fact that they have adopted a wrong approach as a result of incorrect analyses of the crises and their double standards.

Salehi noted that the Islamic Republic of Iran strongly condemns the latest EU decision against Hezbollah, and thinks that such a move will not change the popular and righteous nature of the Lebanese resistance movement.

He underlined that the EU move is certainly in line with the illegitimate interests of Israel, and made under pressure from Tel Avivâ„¢s European allies.

Å“This action is somehow an act against the respectable and resistant Lebanese nation, because Hezbollah is a resistance force, which has its roots in the Lebanese society and is widely respected and honored by various Lebanese tribes,” Salehi said.

On Monday, EU foreign ministers added Hezbollah’s military wing to their list of “terrorist organizations.”

Lebanese President Michel Sleiman expressed hope that EU could reconsider its decision against Hezbollah.

Å“We hope the EU reconsiders its decision out of its keenness not to take hasty decisions, to preserve Lebanon’s stability,” Sleiman told EU Ambassador to Lebanon Angelina Eichhorst.

Prime Minister Najib Mikati said Lebanon regrets the decision to blacklist Hezbollah’s armed wing, but said Beirut will maintain its relations with EU members.

“We will follow up on the issue through diplomatic channels, while we wish the EU countries had carried out a careful reading of the facts and sought out more information,” Mikati said.

MP/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘EU should rethink decision on Hezbollah’

0

Lebanese President Michel Sleiman has expressed hope that the European Union could reconsider its decision to put the military wing of the Lebanese resistance movement, Hezbollah, on its terror blacklist.

“We hope the EU reconsiders its decision out of its keenness not to take hasty decisions, to preserve Lebanon’s stability,” Sleiman told EU Ambassador to Lebanon Angelina Eichhorst on Monday.

The decision to blacklist Hezbollah was made unanimously after hours of discussions by the EU’s 28 foreign ministers at their monthly meeting on Monday. It came after prolonged diplomatic pressure from Washington and Israel.

The blacklisting would mean imposing visa bans on individuals and asset freezes on organizations associated with the group.

Several EU nations also have pointed to Hezbollah’s fighting against foreign-backed militants in Syria as the main reason behind the decision.

Hezbollah television station al-Manar slammed the EU, saying it bowed to Israel by deciding to blacklist Hezbollah.

Top Shia cleric in Lebanon Sheikh Abdel Emir Qablan also condemned the move, saying, The EU decision “shows the subordination of the entire European countries to the Zionist project in the Middle East.”

Meanwhile, the US and Israel both welcomed the European Unionâ„¢s decision, with US Secretary of State John Kerry calling on other countries to follow EUâ„¢s footsteps.

Israeli Justice Minister Tzipi Livni has also weighed in, saying the move erodes Hezbollahâ„¢s legacy as a political party.

However, Lebanonâ„¢s caretaker Prime Minister Najib Mikati has said that he regrets the EU decision and will follow up on the issue through diplomatic channels.

IA/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Tip Of The Iceberg Of The Coming Retirement Crisis That Will Shake America To The Core

0

RetirementThe pension nightmare that is at the heart of the horrific financial crisis in Detroit is just the tip of the iceberg of the coming retirement crisis that will shake America to the core. Right now, more than 10,000 Baby Boomers are hitting the age of 65 every single day, and this will continue to happen every single day until the year 2030. As a society, we have made trillions of dollars of financial promises to these Baby Boomers, and there is no way that we are going to be able to keep those promises. The money simply is not there. Yes, I suppose that we could eventually see a “super devaluation” of the U.S. dollar and keep our promises to the Baby Boomers using currency that is not worth much more than Monopoly money, but as it stands right now we simply do not have the resources to do what we said that we were going to do. The number of senior citizens in the United States is projected to more than double by the middle of the century, and it would have been nearly impossible to support them all even if we weren’t in the midst of a long-term economic decline. Tens of millions of Americans that are eagerly looking forward to retirement are going to be in for a very rude awakening in the years ahead. There is going to be a lot of heartache and a lot of broken promises.

What is going on in Detroit right now is a perfect example of what will soon be happening all over the nation. Many city workers stuck with their jobs for decades because of the promise of a nice pension at the end of the rainbow. But now those promises are going up in smoke. There has even been talk that retirees will only end up getting about 10 cents for every dollar that they were promised.

Needless to say, many pensioners are extremely angry that the promises that were made to them are not going to be kept. The following is from a recent article in the New York Times…

Many retirees see the plan to cut their pensions as a betrayal, saying that they kept their end of a deal but that the city is now reneging. Retired city workers, police officers and 911 operators said in interviews that the promise of reliable retirement income had helped draw them to work for the City of Detroit in the first place, even if they sometimes had to accept smaller salaries or work nights or weekends.

“Does Detroit have a problem?” asked William Shine, 76, a retired police sergeant. “Absolutely. Did I create it? I don’t think so. They made me some promises, and I made them some promises. I kept my promises. They’re not going to keep theirs.”

But Detroit is far from an isolated case. As Detroit Mayor Dave Bing said the other day, many other cities are heading down the exact same path…

“We may be one of the first. We are the largest. But we absolutely will not be the last.”

Yes, Detroit’s financial problems are immense. But other major U.S. cities are facing unfunded pension liabilities that are even worse.

For example, here are the unfunded pension liabilities for four financially-troubled large U.S. cities…

Detroit: $3.5 billion

Baltimore: $680 million

Los Angeles: $9.4 billion

Chicago: $19 billion

When you break it down on a per citizen basis, Detroit is actually in better shape than the others…

Detroit: $7,145

Baltimore: $7,247

Los Angeles: $8,437

Chicago: $13,355

And many state governments are in similar shape. Right now, the state of Illinois has unfunded pension liabilities that total approximately $100 billion.

There are some financial “journalists” out there that are attempting to downplay this problem, but sticking our heads in the sand is not going to make any of this go away.

According to Northwestern University Professor John Rauh, the total amount of unfunded pension and healthcare obligations for retirees that state and local governments across the United States have accumulated is 4.4 trillion dollars.

So where are they going to get that money?

They are going to raise your taxes of course.

Just check out what is happening right now in Scranton, Pennsylvania…

Scranton taxpayers could face a 117 percent increase in taxes next year as the city’s finances continue to spiral out of control.

A new analysis by the Pennsylvania Economy League projects an $18 million deficit for 2014, an amount so massive it outpaces the approximate $17 million the struggling city collects annually

A 117 percent tax increase?

What would Dwight Schrute think of that?

Perhaps you are reading this and you are assuming that your retirement is secure because you work in the private sector.

Well, just remember what happened to your 401k during the financial crisis of 2008. During the next major stock market crash, your 401k will likely get absolutely shredded. Many Americans will probably see the value of their 401k accounts go down by 50 percent or more.

And if you have stashed your retirement funds with the wrong firm, you could end up losing everything. Just ask anyone that had their nest eggs invested with MF Global.

But of course most Americans are woefully behind on saving for retirement anyway. A study conducted by Boston College’s Center for Retirement Research found that American workers are $6.6 trillion short of what they need to retire comfortably.

That certainly isn’t good news.

On top of everything else, the federal government has been recklessly irresponsible as far as planning for the retirement of the Baby Boomers is concerned.

As I noted yesterday, the U.S. government is facing a total of 222 trillion dollars in unfunded liabilities. Social Security and Medicare make up the bulk of that.

At this point, the number of Americans on Medicare is projected to grow from a little bit more than 50 million today to 73.2 million in 2025.

The number of Americans collecting Social Security benefits is projected to grow from about 56 million today to 91 million in 2035.

How is a society with a steadily declining economy going to care for them all adequately?

Yes, we truly are careening toward disaster.

If you are not convinced yet, here are some more numbers. The following stats are from one of my previous articles entitled “Do You Want To Scare A Baby Boomer?“…

1. Right now, there are somewhere around 40 million senior citizens in the United States. By 2050 that number is projected to skyrocket to 89 million.

2. According to one recent poll, 25 percent of all Americans in the 46 to 64-year-old age bracket have no retirement savings at all.

3. 26 percent of all Americans in the 46 to 64-year-old age bracket have no personal savings whatsoever.

4. One survey that covered all American workers found that 46 percent of them have less than $10,000 saved for retirement.

5. According to a survey conducted by the Employee Benefit Research Institute, “60 percent of American workers said the total value of their savings and investments is less than $25,000”.

6. A Pew Research survey found that half of all Baby Boomers say that their household financial situations have deteriorated over the past year.

7. 67 percent of all American workers believe that they “are a little or a lot behind schedule on saving for retirement”.

8. Today, one out of every six elderly Americans lives below the federal poverty line.

9. More elderly Americans than ever are finding that they must continue working once they reach their retirement years. Between 1985 and 2010, the percentage of Americans in the 65 to 69-year-old age bracket that were still working increased from 18 percent to 32 percent.

10. Back in 1991, half of all American workers planned to retire before they reached the age of 65. Today, that number has declined to 23 percent.

11. According to one recent survey, 70 percent of all American workers expect to continue working once they are “retired”.

12. According to a poll conducted by AARP, 40 percent of all Baby Boomers plan to work “until they drop”.

13. A poll conducted by CESI Debt Solutions found that 56 percent of American retirees still had outstanding debts when they retired.

14. Elderly Americans tend to carry much higher balances on their credit cards than younger Americans do. The following is from a recent CNBC article…

New research from the AARP also shows that those ages 50 and over are carrying higher balances on their credit cards — $8,278 in 2012 compared to $6,258 for the under-50 population.

15. A study by a law professor at the University of Michigan found that Americans that are 55 years of age or older now account for 20 percent of all bankruptcies in the United States. Back in 2001, they only accounted for 12 percent of all bankruptcies.

16. Between 1991 and 2007 the number of Americans between the ages of 65 and 74 that filed for bankruptcy rose by a staggering 178 percent.

17. What is causing most of these bankruptcies among the elderly? The number one cause is medical bills. According to a report published in The American Journal of Medicine, medical bills are a major factor in more than 60 percent of the personal bankruptcies in the United States. Of those bankruptcies that were caused by medical bills, approximately 75 percent of them involved individuals that actually did have health insurance.

18. In 1945, there were 42 workers for every retiree receiving Social Security benefits. Today, that number has fallen to 2.5 workers, and if you eliminate all government workers, that leaves only 1.6 private sector workers for every retiree receiving Social Security benefits.

19. Millions of elderly Americans these days are finding it very difficult to survive on just a Social Security check. The truth is that most Social Security checks simply are not that large. The following comes directly from the Social Security Administration website…

The average monthly Social Security benefit for a retired worker was about $1,230 at the beginning of 2012. This amount changes monthly based upon the total amount of all benefits paid and the total number of people receiving benefits.

You can view the rest of the statistics right here.

Sadly, most Americans are not aware of these things.

The mainstream media keeps most of the population entertained with distractions. This week it is the birth of the royal baby, and next week it will be something else.

Meanwhile, our problems just continue to get worse and worse.

There is no way in the world that we are going to be able to keep all of the financial promises that we have made to the Baby Boomers. A lot of them are going to end up bitterly disappointed.

All of this could have been avoided if we would have planned ahead as a society.

But that did not happen, and now we are all going to pay the price for it.

Republished with permission from: The Economic Collapse

Science, Politics, and Death

0

Dr. Arthur B. Robinson, a professor of chemistry, is the founder of the Oregon Institute of Science and Medicine, and editor of the newsletter Access to Energy. Dr. Jane Orient, a specialist in internal medicine, has a private practice and is the executive director of the Association of American Physicians and Surgeons.

Easily usable energy is the currency of human progress. Without it, stagnation, regression and untold human deaths will result.

The lamentations of the popular press notwithstanding, there is no shortage of energy. Scientists define everything that man can perceive in the natural world as forms of “energy,” including all physical objects. These forms of energy differ, however, in how easily mankind can make use of them by means of current technology.

Nuclear power plants convert mass into electrical energy. This converted “nuclear energy” is, by far, the safest, cleanest and least expensive energy source available with current technology. Its use improves the standard of living, increases the quality and length of human life, and maximizes technological progress.

The United States was once the world leader in the production of useful energy. Had that American leadership continued, our country and our world would be very different. Technological miracles that are only dreams today would have already taken place. Moreover, very large portions of the world’s poor and underdeveloped people would have been able to lift themselves from poverty – provided they had a laboratory of liberty in which to do so – and to escape the horrible conditions in which they lead lives of desperation, constantly at the edge of death.

Many people strongly desire to help humanity. They spend their lives in efforts to increase the quantity and quality of human life. Most other people, even though they do not work actively toward these goals, share the same values. They passively support things that improve human life.

Those who understand energy production and its link to technological progress and who have positive humanitarian values support nuclear power. They are also in favor of hydrocarbon power derived from coal, oil and natural gas, and of hydroelectric power. Their interest in solar power, biofuel power, wind power and other alternatives is less because those methods cannot yet generate large quantities of inexpensive useful energy.

Courtesy NASA/TRACE
The real culprit in “global climate change” is the sun: Long-term studies document that fluctuations in the intensity of solar radiation are closely correlated with warming and cooling trends in the Earth’s temperature. These facts are scrupulously ignored by those determined to use the “global warming” myth to destroy industrial civilization.

During the past several decades, mankind should have been making a transition from hydrocarbon power to breeder-reactor-fueled nuclear power. Hydrocarbon power would still be extensively utilized in many applications, but nuclear power would be developing into our primary energy source. Hydroelectric power would continue but would reach a maximum as suitable hydroelectric sites were completely utilized. This transition, however, has been blocked.

Progress stalled because of another force at work in our body politic. This force is led by influential people who understand very well the benefits of abundant usable energy and seek to keep mankind from realizing those benefits – not because they want to save the planet, but because they seek global control. Through the major media and the environmental lobby, the latter heavily funded by huge tax-exempt foundations, they have beguiled millions into believing that too many people and too much technology will cause environmental devastation. Thirty years ago, they demonized nuclear power with false claims about its safety. As a result, nuclear power development in the United States stopped. At that time, America was the world technological leader and therefore the largest user of energy. At present, American leadership is being challenged by Asian nations, which are building nuclear power plants at a rapidly increasing rate.

Although technological progress continued to some extent without progress in energy production, the crippling of nuclear power meant continued heavy dependence on hydrocarbon fuels – including a dangerous dependence on foreign oil, exacerbated by “environmental” regulations impeding drilling in our own country. This ongoing tragedy is also reflected in the decline of American technological superiority and the decline of American living standards. Today, for example, both parents must work to support smaller families in poorer circumstances, with the consequent unraveling of the family as a social institution.

Enemies of Humanity

The enemies of humanity are, however, not content. They want to move technology another step downward and energy production another step backward by diminishing even the use of hydrocarbon energy. To accomplish this, they have contrived three lies. These are the lies of hydrocarbon shortages, human-caused global cooling, and human-caused global warming. Their allies in the press, government, foundations and business have heavily promoted these lies over the past several decades.

The first argument was that the supply of hydrocarbons would soon be exhausted. The vast deposits of coal, natural gas, and oil and oil-bearing minerals on the Earth soon overcame this lie. Expanding regulation of the hydrocarbon industry, however, can still bring about politically contrived shortages and market distortions. These regulations contribute to the artificially high cost of fuel, as do federal and state excise taxes, and (in general) the erosion of the purchasing power of the dollar through inflation.

The second claim, popular during the ’70s, was that a new ice age would be caused by human use of coal, oil and natural gas. (See the quotes on page 27.) This argument was “proved” by the then-decreasing global temperatures that began in about 1940. As temperatures stabilized, however, and resumed their 300-year warming cycle, the lie of “global cooling” faded from the scene.

The latest scare asserts that the Earth is warming as a result of human use of coal, oil, and natural gas. This myth of “human-caused global warming” is promoted by billions of dollars worth of propaganda in the American media today. Its creators are the very same people who demonized nuclear power and once warned about global cooling.

Suppressed alternative: Nuclear energy is clean, safe and efficient. Unlike hydocarbon fuels, the small amount of waste it produces is contained in the reactor core and can be easily disposed of through fuel reprocessing. (A nuclear plant’s cooling towers emit water vapor, not dangerous pollutants.) Yet the same forces promoting the global warming scare have essentially shut down domestic use of nuclear energy – demonstrating that their true agenda is undermining human progress, rather than protecting the environment.

This same cast of characters, in fact, will be found promoting virtually any scheme that would reduce technological progress, thereby increasing human misery and death. One can reliably predict that most hard-core activists in the anti-technology, anti-people environmental lobby will be:

– For “population control” measures such as abortion, which kills millions of pre-born babies per year;

– Against chemical technology and for the ban on DDT that is responsible for millions of malaria deaths every year;

– In favor of high taxation and oppressive regulations that harm or kill untold numbers through the waste of human resources; and

– For world government, which offers the ultimate in tyrannical control over human life and death.

Of course, some hard-core environmentalists believe their own propaganda – they sincerely believe that man is the scourge of the Earth and that his numbers must be reduced and his effect on the environment radically curtailed. But there are others who know better and who are trying to create widespread fear through overblown or manufactured environmental “crises” to justify global, authoritarian controls. Their largest and most ambitious manufactured “crisis” thus far is the myth of human-caused global warming.

If this myth becomes entrenched in world agreements to diminish hydrocarbon fuel use, the cost will be not just hundreds of billions of dollars but countless numbers of human lives. More than two billion of the world’s people live on the very edge of human existence. To them, the rise or fall of world technology is not a matter of “convenience” or “quality of life.” It is instead a matter of human survival. If world economic conditions deteriorate, hundreds of millions of these people are going to die. The remainder, losing their chance to lift themselves from poverty, will slip backward into the dim twilight in which they suffer silently amid poverty, disease and death.

These deaths and this suffering would not be unintended consequences of supposedly well-intentioned proposals. They are the true objectives of many environmental extremists who want to radically reduce the world’s population, and they are means to an end for a global power elite. Both the radical environmentalists and this power elite are joined in this campaign by unprincipled businessmen who expect short-term profits from hydrocarbon controls, political hacks who support flagging political careers with the pseudo-environmental vote, government bureaucrats who expect to expand their empires by additional regulations – and many millions of fearful people who are being frightened into supporting a deadly, coercive agenda they do not understand.

Global Warming Fallacies

Human-caused global warming advocates have based their propaganda campaign on several false premises:

– The planet is already heating up. The historical record shows that global temperatures are not unusually warm today. Figure 1 shows the temperature of a large Atlantic Ocean region known as the Sargasso Sea during the past 3,000 years. This data, which is similar to many other studies of various world locations by means of experiment and of the historical record, shows a period of higher temperatures 1,000 years ago, and a period of lower temperatures 300 years ago.

Source: “Environmental Effects of Increased Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide” by A. B. Robinson, S. L. Baliunas, W. Soon, and Z. W. Robinson
Figure 1: Surface temperatures in the Sargasso Sea, as determined by isotope ratios of marine organism remains at the bottom of the sea, show that today’s temperatures are not unusually warm for the last 3,000 years. This data, which is similar to other studies of various world locations, shows a period of higher temperatures 1,000 years ago (“Medieval Climate Optimum”) and lower temperatures 300 years ago (“Little Ice Age”). The horizontal line is the average temperature for the 3,000-year period.

World climate was so benign in this earlier warm period that it has long been referred to as the “Medieval Climate Optimum.” So, even when the Earth was much warmer than today, none of the predicted catastrophes of the supposed human-caused global warming occurred.

During the past 300 years, the Earth has been recovering from a period of relatively low temperatures known as the “Little Ice Age” and is now back to approximately the 3,000-year average. But even during this period of recovery, the Earth (as already indicated) experienced a cooling trend from about 1940 to about 1975 sufficient to spark fears of catastrophic “global cooling.” In truth, both during and before the industrial age, the temperature has always changed season to season and century to century.

– The increase in temperature is being caused by the increase in atmospheric CO2. If this fallacy were true, then most of the increase in atmospheric CO2 would have occurred before most of the increase in temperature. Yet, as Figure 2 clearly shows, most of the temperature rise from the late 1800s to today (less than 1° C) had already occurred by 1940, before most of the increase in atmospheric CO2 had taken place. Since the cause cannot occur after the presumed effect, this means that the increase in CO2 could not have caused the temperature rise.

Source: See Figure 1
Figure 2: It is true that the amount of CO2 in the atmosphere has been increasing for more than a century (white line). But this increase could not have caused the slight warming that occurred during the same time period (yellow line, based on 11-year moving average). The presumed effect must come after the cause. Yet, as this Figure clearly shows, most of the temperature increase had occurred by 1940, before most of the CO2 increase had occurred.

– CO2 is a pollutant being spewed into the atmosphere by human industry and activity. Atmospheric CO2 is not a pollutant. It is the single most important chemical constituent of the cycles of plant and animal life (see “A Greener Future” on page 25). All plant tissues are built from atmospheric CO2, and all plants and animals produce CO2 in the fundamental respiratory processes that permit them to exist. It has been definitively shown by many hundreds of experimental studies that increases in atmospheric CO2 cause increases in the amounts and the diversity of plant and animal life.

Yes, human activity does release CO2 into the atmosphere, but the amount, including what we exhale, must be kept in perspective. The atmosphere contains about 750 gigatons of CO2, but the oceans contain about 40,000 gigatons. Ordinary rises in world temperature increase atmospheric CO2 through out-gassing from the ocean that has nothing to do with man’s industrialization. In fact, there is not a shred of experimental evidence demonstrating human-caused global warming.

– The computer models reliably show that the Earth’s temperature will increase dramatically over the next century. The entire argument for this long-term forecast of catastrophic global warming is based on flawed computer projections produced and touted by United Nations operatives and their retainers and friends. In science, theory must be verified by experiment. These computer models have had a low level of reliability in the past, and there is no reason to expect that the same models will be any more accurate in the future.

The UN computer models are flawed in several ways: The data are inaccurate; the adjustable parameters are too numerous; the uncertainties in the computed values are large and poorly defined; and, most importantly, key assumptions regarding the “science” of global warming do not conform to experimental observations.

CO2, by itself, is not a significant greenhouse gas, and there is no scientific evidence that it can raise global temperatures significantly. However, the UN computer models assume not only that an increase in CO2 will cause a small increase in temperature, but that this small temperature increase will cause more evaporation from the oceans, and that the increase in water vapor (a highly significant greenhouse gas) will greatly multiply the effect of the CO2. This amplified effect is the basis of human-caused global warming claims. The problem with this is that the Earth has already demonstrated that it does not happen. The historical record shows that the Earth has, in the recent past, been much warmer than could ever be achieved by a CO2 greenhouse effect. Since water evaporation during those warm periods did not cause catastrophic global warming, there is no chance that CO2 could do so.

But why doesn’t the “science” work as global warming alarmists theorize it should? And why can’t any CO2-induced global warming be detected? An important factor is the complexity of the atmosphere, which, experimental evidence shows, is a self-correcting chemical system. It follows the principle of LeChatelier, who discovered this self-correcting property of chemical systems about a century ago. (This principle is explained in most introductory chemistry texts.) In short, LeChatelier’s effect has reduced the consequences of CO2 warming to such a low level that they are below the limits of detection by modern techniques.

– A consensus comprised of nearly all scientists agrees that humans are causing a global warming crisis. Not only is there no such “consensus,” but, if anything, the situation is opposite from what the global warming alarmists claim. When one of the authors of this essay (Dr. Arthur Robinson) briefly circulated a petition opposing the Kyoto treaty among American scientists, he received, by first class mail, about 17,000 signatures. The petition stated:

We urge the United States government to reject the global warming agreement that was written in Kyoto, Japan in December, 1997, and any other similar proposals. The proposed limits on greenhouse gases would harm the environment, hinder the advance of science and technology, and damage the health and welfare of mankind.

There is no convincing scientific evidence that human release of carbon dioxide, methane, or other greenhouse gases is causing or will, in the foreseeable future, cause catastrophic heating of the Earth’s atmosphere and disruption of the Earth’s climate. Moreover, there is substantial scientific evidence that increases in atmospheric carbon dioxide produce many beneficial effects upon the natural plant and animal environments of the Earth.

With more resources for printing and mailing, probably 50,000 signatures could have been obtained from American scientists. The signatories included Dr. Frederick Seitz (past president of the National Academy of Sciences), who wrote a cover letter for the petition, and a long list of America’s most accomplished scientists. (For a complete list of the signatories, two-thirds of whom hold advanced degrees, go to www.oism.org/pproject.)

– The solar energy reaching the Earth from the sun has absolutely nothing to do with the Earth’s temperature! Of course, the global warming alarmists would not say anything so transparently silly. What they do instead is simply pretend the sun does not exist – at least so far as the Earth’s temperature is concerned.

But there really is a relationship between the solar activity of the sun and the Earth’s temperature, and historical measurements bear this out. Figure 3 shows that, from 1750 to the present, the Earth’s temperature oscillations have closely tracked the changes in the intensity of the sun. In short, the data makes quite clear that the ordinary warming and cooling cycle of the sun is the primary controller of global temperatures and that this cycle is currently in an upward trend.

Source: See Figure 1
Figure 3: The Northern Hemisphere surface temperature (white line, based on 11-year moving average) closely tracks the solar intensity of the sun (yellow line), as measured by the solar magnetic cycle length; the shorter the magnetic cycle length, the more active, and hence brighter, the sun. This Figure makes quite clear that the ordinary warming and cooling cycle of the sun is the principal controller of the Earth’s temperature.

An Awesome Responsibility

For those of us who also understand our accountability to our Creator, the myth of human-caused global warming raises a much larger issue. Thomas Jefferson framed this issue more than two centuries ago when he wrote: “Indeed, I tremble for my country when I reflect that God is just; that His justice cannot sleep forever.”

Majestic maelstrom: The elegant violence of a thunderstorm offers a sobering reminder of the abrupt limits of man’s power to affect nature. As stewards of God’s creation, mankind has a responsibility to preserve the Earth – which is best done by expanding human freedom, rather than turning power over to a central governing elite.

Americans today permit the slaughter of millions of children each year by abortion. We are also complicit in the deaths of two to three million children each year in underdeveloped countries by denying them the protection from malaria that DDT provides. Will we now allow an even greater act of technological genocide?

Will we participate in a thinly disguised program of world “population reduction” through United Nations constriction of the use of coal, oil and natural gas? Are we to allow the deaths of tens of millions of people from yet another American-supported genocidal action? How much longer do we think God will stay His hand from administering the justice Jefferson feared – unless we do something to stop this pseudo-environmentalist madness?

Republished with permission from: The New American

Unlike Keystone XL, new tar sands pipeline gets expedited review thanks to State Dept. bypass

0

While the Keystone XL pipeline remains mired in controversy between oil interests and environmental advocacy groups, another tar sands pipeline that will run for hundreds of miles through the American midwest looks to be on the fast track for approval.

With space on pipelines transporting oil sands from producers to
refineries almost at capacity, Canada’s largest pipeline company
Enbridge is looking to build a new 600-mile-long line that will
carry Alberta oil sands from Flanagan, Illinois 100 miles
southwest of Chicago to a terminal in Cushing, Oklahoma and then
onto Gulf Coast refineries, reports the AP.

Enbridge, perhaps hoping to avoid the delays that have hampered
construction of Keystone XL, has sought an expedited permit
review by the US Army Corps of Engineers for the planned Flanagan
South pipeline.

Doug Hayes, a lawyer working on behalf of Sierra Club, the
environmental advocacy group, cites suspicions over Enbridge’s
strategy of seeking regulatory approval for its new pipeline
under the Nationwide 12 permit process, bypassing Clean Water Act
requirements that include public notification and environmental
reviews.

By seeking approval for a pipeline that will ultimately run for
hundreds of miles in smaller portions, the company would thus
avoid regulations that apply to large utility projects with
multiple water crossings.

“This is a 600-mile project
that will clear everything in its path for a 100-foot right of
way, and they’re treating it as thousands of separate, little
projects,”
said Hayes.

Legally, Flanagan South differs from Keystone XL in that the new
extension will originate within US territory, thereby not
requiring the same State Department approval. Environmental
activists are apprehensive about the pipeline regardless,
pointing to the Enbridge Michigan pipeline spill that dumped
hundreds of thousands of gallons of oil into the Kalamazoo river
three years ago.

Mark DuCharme with the Michigan Department of Environmental
Quality says the massive clean up following that spill has been
tough owing to the river’s water levels at the time of the
pipeline’s eruption, which were at flood stage.

“The river flooded up out of
the banks, into the flood plain and extended out into people’s
properties,”
DuCharme told Michigan’s WLNS.

In the hopes of reassuring homeowners and others regarding its
new pipeline, Enbridge has scheduled a number of ‘open houses‘ in Missouri, Kansas
and Illinois in a bid to pitch the project to the public.

The Flanagan South plan has attracted little public attention so
far, with a handful of Sierra Club protesters turning up last
week at one of the town meetings in Marshall, Kansas, 90 miles
east of Kansas City.

The massive pipeline corporation has been touting the number of
short-term construction jobs to be brought in by the new project,
which also resulted in prospective pipefitters showing up at the
Marshall open house.

Still, property owners in the region slated to be impacted by
Enbridge’s new pipeline do not feel the company is being entirely
forthcoming.

Mike Diel of Macon, Missouri, tells the AP he has had no luck
getting Enbridge or the Corps of Engineers to provide specific
details about the pipeline, including a precise map or copies of
emergency response plans.

“We’re all worried about oil
spills and the tar sands getting into the drinking water. Until I
know where the pipeline is going, how am I supposed to know what
I’m supposed to be worried about?”
Diel said.

Under its current course the new Flanagan South pipeline would
cross both the Missouri and Mississippi rivers as well as
hundreds of smaller tributaries before reaching an existing hub
to distribute tar sands oil to refineries throughout the Gulf.

A spokeswoman with the Army Corps’ Kansas City office last
Tuesday referred the AP’s inquiries on the new project’s permit
status to a regulatory colleague who did not respond.

Republished with permission from: RT

‘Tunisia offered asylum to Abu Qatada’

0

A Jordanian lawmaker says Tunisia offered asylum to a cleric known as Abu Qatada before his deportation from Britain to Amman.

On Monday, Mohammad Hjuj said, Å“He (Abu Qatada) told us that Tunisia offered him asylum before he was deported to Jordan,” adding that Å“Abu Qatada said he refused the offer because he wanted to return to Jordan after (receiving) government guarantees related to his trial.”

Hjuj said he was among a group of MPs who met the cleric in jail last Monday.

Å“He told us that all what he cared about was to return home and have a fair trial because he believes he is innocent,” he added.

On July 7, the 53 year-old preacher was charged with Å“conspiracy to carry out terrorist acts,” in Jordan.

The charges were brought against him just hours after he was deported from Britain, following a decade-long battle over his extradition.

On July 21, Abu Qatadaâ„¢s lawyer Taysir Diab said in a statement that Å“The state security court (in Jordan) today refused to release Abu Qatada on bail.”

Å“The court gave no reason for its decision. I will meet with Abu Qatada on Wednesday to look into the issue and decide future steps,” the statement added.

The cleric was sentenced to death in absentia back in 1999 for allegedly attempting to carry out terror attacks, including at a US school, in the Jordanian capital Amman. However, the sentence was commuted to life in prison with hard labor. In 2000, he was sentenced to 15 years in prison.

He is currently staying at the Muwaqqar prison in the desert east of Amman.

MAM/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Pakistanis rap attack on Syria holy shrine

0

A view of the shrine of Hazrat Zaynab (AS) south of the Syrian capital, Damascus (file photo)

Thousands of people have demonstrated in Pakistanâ„¢s southwestern city of Quetta to denounce the recent attack on the holy shrine of Hazrat Zaynab (AS) in Syria, Press TV reports.

Chanting Å“Down with the USA, Down with Israel and Down with Al Saud,” the angry demonstrators protested against the attack on the shrine of the granddaughter of Prophet Muhammad (peace be upon him).

The protesters blamed the US, Israel, and Saudi Arabia for fanning the flames of unrest in Syria and sowing seeds of discord among Muslims.

On Sunday, similar rallies and protests against the attack were held in several cities across Pakistan, including Islamabad, Karachi, Peshawar, Tando Allahyar, Multan, Jhelum, and Mandi Bahauddin.

Protesters in Karachi demanded that the United Nations and Muslim countries take notice of the attack and condemn it as an act of terrorism.

On Friday, mortar shells hit the shrine, which is located in the suburbs of the Syrian capital Damascus. The shells were fired by the foreign-backed militants operating inside Syria.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since 2011. According to the UN, more than 90,000 people have been killed and millions of others displaced in the violence.

Damascus says the chaos is being orchestrated from outside the country, and there are reports that a very large number of the militants are foreign nationals.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies — especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey — are supporting the militants.

MN/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Grace Lee Boggs: 'We Are Shaking the World With a New Dream'

0

As Detroit faces possible bankruptcy and more calls for safety-net shredding austerity, 98-year-old activist, author and visionary organizer Grace Lee Boggs offers a powerful counter-narrative to the system that rewards banks with bailouts and discards residents of the nation’s cities as victims of free market ideology.

Speaking with PBS’s Tavis Smiley, the six-decade Detroit resident said that the poverty-stricken city was not a hopeless cause but a place that is “providing a model for change in the world.”Grace Lee Boggs speaking with Tavis Smiley. (Screengrab)

The vacant lots lots left by behind by outsourced industry, seen by some as “the end of everything,” also brought opportunity, said Boggs, “opportunity to grow food for the community and give city kids a different sense of time and change,” and the opportunity to create a healthier, more sustainable city.

Even more, she said, “we’re creating a whole new society which is post-industrial. And that turning point, the evolution of humanity, is a great privilege.”

Boggs sees this turning point as crucial, being “culturally as important as the transition from hunting and gathering to agriculture and from agriculture to industry.”

People are hungry for change, said Boggs, and they know that “that there’s something unsustainable and really invalid humanly about the way we’re living.” People are “just recognizing that all the contradictions of an industrial society are coming home to roost and we have to create something new, and we are.”

The re-think that has been catalyzed delves deep into what economic crises really mean.

And the crises won’t be solved, as the Detroit’s emergency manager Kevyn Orr has attempted, by privatizing or chopping public services, because, as Boggs said, they may “have seemed like economic crises, but there are more crises of our humanity,” and therefore prompt questions like, “How do we think of ourselves? What do we do? Are we just interested in jobs so that we can buy a lot of goods and become materialists? Or are we living a life that violates human values?”

Detroit was an symbol of the mindset that fostered the idea that “producing more, faster, even at the expense of the human beings on the line, was progress.” But the “dreams of the 20th century are dead,” said Boggs.

“And we are shaking the world with a new dream.”

* * *

Watch the full interview between Grace Lee Boggs and Tavis Smiley below:

Watch Writer-activist Grace Lee Boggs on PBS. See more from Tavis Smiley.

_______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Video Shows Symbolic Vision of Western Civilization

0

Infowars.com
July 23, 2013

Check out this artist’s vision of the future of western civilization:

All the entries for the Operation Paul Revere contest are in. Showcased videos are selected for general interest and their selection does not imply that they are finalists or have met all the contest requirements.

All of the views expressed in the films are not necessarily endorsed by Infowars.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:39 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

UAE buys French surveillance satellites

0

The United Arab Emirates has signed a 700-million-euro deal with France to buy two military surveillance satellites.

The Falcon Eye deal, which is worth more than 700 million euros ($913.2 million), was signed in Abu Dhabi on Monday.

Reports say that the deal includes the supply and launch of two high-resolution Helios surveillance satellites, a control station, and training for 20 UAE engineers.

The agreement also stipulates that French military personnel will help Emiratis in interpreting images and sharing received intelligence.

According to the agreement, Astrium, the space division of the European Aeronautic Defence and Space Company (EADS), and Thales Alenia Space, a joint venture between French Thales and Italian Finmeccanica, will build the two satellites.

“This evening, we reached a milestone, which is the building of trust,” said French Defence Minister Jean-Yves Le Drian during his flight to Abu Dhabi.

The last significant military order received by Paris from the UAE — a traditional customer of France — date back to 2007, when the Yahsat contract was signed. It included the delivery of two communication satellites, and the purchase of three Airbus Military MRTT tanker aircraft.

On June 23, French President Francois Hollande also made proposals for supplying military equipment to Qatar.

Å“I made new proposals for air, land, and naval defense. I am quite confident that we will make progress in each of these areas,” Hollande said in an interview with Qatar’s state news agency QNA. Å“We supply light and modern arms to the Qatari army,” he added.

IA/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

LaGuardia closed as Southwest flight's landing gear collapses on impact

0
 
 

 Keep up with the news by installing RT’s extension for . Never miss a story with this clean and simple app that delivers the latest headlines to you.

 


New York’s LaGuardia Airport has closed Monday after a Southwest Airlines flight lost its wheels on landing. The landing gear under the nose of the plane, which was arriving from Nashville, Tennessee, collapsed as the aircraft was pulling into the gate.

Republished with permission from: RT

Helen Thomas: The Lady Was a "Watchdog"

0

“I’m not a lady, I’m a reporter” was the Helen Thomas (shown with President Obama) retort at being told ladies were not allowed at President Jimmy Carter’s Bible class. Thomas, the tough and wizened White House reporter who died Saturday at 92, grew up in a world where “ladies” and reporters were two very separate, even mutually exclusive, categories. As a pioneer in the world of journalism, Thomas achieved a number of “firsts,” becoming the first woman assigned to the White House full time by a news service; the first woman to be elected an officer of the White House Correspondents’ Association and the first to serve as its president; the first woman elected to the Gridiron Club, a bastion of male journalists for 90 years; the first female officer of the National Press Club.

But throughout her career until its controversial end in 2010 when she was still a working columnist at age 89, Thomas stood out from among her press corps colleagues in ways more significant than age or gender. During times when many reporters and most major news organizations were content to receive and report the official line on current events, Thomas demanded to know the truth behind facile White House explanations. In Watchdogs of Democracy?, one of the four books she authored, Thomas took many of her fellow journalists to task for their willingness to accept the rationale offered by President George W. Bush and members of his administration for the war in Iraq that began in 2003 and lasted for nearly nine years. She was not noticeably bashful about confronting President Bush with the fact that the reasons given for the invasion of the country and the overthrow of the Saddam Hussein regime – primarily the claim that Iraq possessed and was further developing “weapons of mass destruction” – had proved untrue. 

After she told another reporter in 2003 she was covering “the worst president in American history,” Thomas apologized for the indiscretion. Bush accepted the apology but did not recognize her for a question at presidential press conferences for the next three years, despite her front-row prominence and her status as the unofficial “dean” of the White House press corps. When he did finally call on her, he probably wished he hadn’t, as her words were as much an indictment as a question.  

I’d like to ask you, Mr. President, your decision to invade Iraq has caused the deaths of thousands of Americans and Iraqis, wounds of Americans and Iraqis for a lifetime. Every reason given, publicly at least, has turned out not to be true. My question is: Why did you really want to go to war? From the moment you stepped into the White House, from your Cabinet – your Cabinet officers, intelligence people and so forth – what was your real reason? You have said it wasn’t oil – quest for oil – it hasn’t been Israel or anything else. What was it?

As the Sydney Morning Herald recalled, “She and Bush went toe to toe, interrupting each other as the president attempted to respond.” Bush insisted Iraq under Hussein was a threat to American security. “I’m never going to forget the vow I made to the American people,” he said, “that we will do everything in our power to protect our people.”

A White House correspondent for half a century, Thomas challenged Presidents Kennedy and Johnson over “news management” and locked horns with spokesmen for both the George W. Bush and Barack Obama administrations. She argued tenaciously with Bush press secretary Dana Perino when Perino insisted at a White House press briefing that the United States had not used torture in interrogating terror suspects. In July 2009, Thomas vented her anger at Robert Gibbs, then the White House press secretary, after learning the administration had planted questions among reporters for Obama press conferences.

“We have never had that in the White House,” she said, confronting Gibbs at a press briefing. “I’m amazed at you people who call for openness and transparency,” she said. “What the hell do they think we are, puppets?” she said after the briefing. “They’re supposed to stay out of our business. They are our public servants. We pay them.”

“Michelle and I were saddened to learn of the passing of Helen Thomas,” Obama said in a statement released over the weekend. “Helen was a true pioneer, opening doors and breaking down barriers for generations of women in journalism. She never failed to keep presidents – myself included – on their toes.” 

Ironically, the reporter who began the tradition of saying “Thank you, Mr. President” at the end of every presidential press conference was often accused of rudeness for her aggressive confrontational style in questioning presidents and their spokesmen. Asked in a 2006 New York Times interview to define the difference between “a probing question and a rude one,” Thomas replied, “I don’t think there are any rude questions.”

Her stern visage and frequently aggressive tone masked the joy she expressed at covering news from the nation’s capital. “I love my work,” she said in a speech to a women’s group in 1999, “and I think that I was so lucky to pick a profession where it’s a joy to go to work every day.”

After a decades-long career of reporting for United Press International, Thomas left the news agency in 2000, shortly after it was acquired by News World Communications, an organization founded by Unification Church leader Rev. Sun Myung Moon. “United Press International is a great news agency,” she said in announcing her departure. “It has made a remarkable mark in the annals of American journalism and has left a superb legacy for future journalists. I wish the new owners all the best, great stories and happy landings.”

For the next decade she was a columnist for the Hearst News Service, retiring in 2010 in the midst of an uproar she created by saying, in a statement captured in a video and posted on You Tube, that Jewish settlers should “get the hell out of Palestine” and go back to “Poland, Germany, America, and everywhere else.” She issued an apology, but it did little to quiet the controversy. Obama spokesman Gibbs called the comments “offensive and reprehensible,” and the White House Correspondents’ Association issued a statement calling her remarks “indefensible.”

The daughter of Lebanese immigrants, Thomas often questioned U.S. policy in the Middle East and was regarded by some White House officials as overly sympathetic to Arab views of Israel. Tony Snow, a press secretary during part of the George W. Bush administration, once responded to one of her questions with, “Thank you for the Hezbollah view.”

Her long career and her willingness to cultivate unlikely sources kept Thomas at or near the center of many of the major events of the past half-century. When Attorney General John Mitchell was dismissing the 1972 break-in at Democratic headquarter at the Watergate hotel as a “third-rate burglary,” his wife Martha was telling Thomas that the planning of the crime involved officials higher up than the perpetrators arrested, an account proved accurate when a number of high-ranking administration officials, including Attorney General Mitchell, were convicted and sent to prison for their roles in the scheme and its coverup. Thomas was also credited for breaking the news that Nixon was writing his resignation speech the day before he announced to the nation that he was resigning as president over the Watergate scandal.

Though at home in the world of politics and “hard news,” Thomas did not neglect human-interest stories involving public figures. President Lyndon Johnson was said to be irate at learning from a Thomas UPI report that his daughter Lucy was engaged. “You announced Luci’s engagement, you announced Luci’s marriage, you announced when Luci was going to have a baby, and I resented it,” he once told her. On at least one occasion, however, Thomas was the subject rather than the reporter of a White House “scoop.” At a 1971 White House farewell party for retiring Associated Press reporter Douglass Cornell, Pat Nixon broke the news that Cornell and Thomas were engaged.

 “At last,” the first lady said with a tables-turned note of triumph, “I scooped Helen Thomas.” 

Republished with permission from: The New American

IKCO to introduce 6 new cars by yearend

0

Iranian automaker Iran Khodro Company (IKCO) has announced plans to produce six new cars by the end of the current Iranian calendar year, which ends on March 20, 2014.

IKCO Managing Director Javad Najmeddin said in a press briefing on Monday that the company plans to manufacture Tondar 90 (Renault Logan) sedan with automatic transmission, a luxurious version of the third indigenously-manufactured car Runna, the fourth domestically-built car Dena, a sport utility vehicle (SUV), Tondar 90 pickup truck, a medium-duty pickup truck, and Samand Soren equipped with turbocharged engine by the yearend.

He added that IKCO aims to produce 550,000 units of car in the current Iranian calendar year (started March 21, 2013), out of which 50,000 will be exported to international markets.

Najmeddin further noted that Iran Khodro Company plans to introduce a new sedan, Samand pickup truck, and Runna equipped with diesel engine in 2014.

IKCO will also produce a sedan built on an indigenously designed and manufactured platform in 2015, and a compact car built on an indigenous platform in 2016, he stated.

Founded in 1962, IKCO is currently regarded as one the biggest automakers in the Middle East.

The Iranian company won an award from Tehran’s Third International Nanotechnology Festival in 2010 as the leading company in nano-related auto industry.

In its five-year future growth prospective, the company envisions reaching an annual manufacturing capacity of three million units, with exports of one million units per year.

MP/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Operation Paul Revere Finalists Make the Grade

0

Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

oprevOperation Paul Revere finalists have been chosen after a broad consensus.  We picked the films out of our personal favorites that were common to many of us in a process we feel reflected the broadest appeal.

As some have observed about the Oscars, it’s too bad that we can’t just leave recognition with the nominees, but there has to be a winner.

That’s not to say that your work hasn’t had an impact on others and a beneficial effect on your filmmaking.

We hope that the Operation Paul Revere site will emerge as a source of constructive criticism and even as a means for future collaboration amongst like minded people pooling their talents for new projects.’

Now, here are the videos…

American Drone

Haunted by a mission gone wrong, U.S. drone sensor operator Calvin Williams begins to feel suspicious about drone warfare and the implications it could have on domestic freedom.

Disarmed: A history of gun control

A videos representing a challenge to the mainstream media’s manipulation and disinformation surrounding the ‘gun control debate’ – an issue that is truly not about the control of guns, but people.

Purge

The DHS conducts psychological evaluations throughout the agency to determine who will be loyal to the the purge agenda and to discharge those who will not.

State O’Masochist & Lady Liberty

A surreal depiction of the abuse and manipulation of the individual by the government using striking live action visuals and metaphors

2nd Chance

A couple is given a second chance to rethink gun control.

Freedom Diaries

A couple decides to record their lives without realizing they’re documenting the demise of liberty.

George Washington’s Revenge

Anti-Constitutionalists Michael Moore and Piers Morgan are abducted from the future and brought to the past to answer to George Washington himself.

JoyCamp

Hilarious Comedy Awareness.

I Love Gun Control

Dramatic enactment of what could happen if the public gives away their right to defend themselves.

Political Earth

A satirical mockumentary animation exploring the behavior of our world’s “political animals”, all presented in the grand, sweeping, epic style of a BBC nature documentary.

A Drop of Water

Follows a group of missionaries in Cambodia fighting against corruption and the destructive and genocidal legacy of Pol Pot and the Khmer Rouge.

Clandestine

A sci-fi short film taking place on Earth in the year 2020.

Portrait of a Soldier

After the 10th anniversary of the invasion of Iraq, this film depicts the epidemic of suicide our returning veterans face.

Denali

Live Free or Die Ft. Ron Paul – Performed by ‘Denali’ from the album, “Topic of Discussion”.

Game Over

A story about a family suddenly facing a massive joint military gun confiscation operation after the U.N. arms treaty passes

Illuminati in Modern Music

Music as mind control for the masses.

It Can’t Happen Here

A documentary exposing the political tyranny America is already under.

Monopolize New World Order

There comes a time in every American’s life when they can either drink the Liber-Tea… or swallow the kool-aid.

The Death of John Doe

The Death of John Doe” is a short film about the end of personal privacy.

Thank you Michelle?

This short film is a wake up call to America to the fact that citizens of United States of America are losing freedom that patriots stood up for.

The Indoor Chemtrailer

The Indoor Chemtrailer is a brand new product developed by the Pentagon with Nano bot technology that allows you to enjoy Chemtrails from inside your own home.

The Free State Solution

This short documentary explores possible solutions in resisting tyranny.

Concentration Camp

A music video.

Dear Giabo

Imprisoned by the New World Order, a father writes a letter to his son about his fight for liberty.

A Dream Revered

An epic semi-fictional docu-drama about a retired auto worker who finds courage to take a stand when he has a phenomenal experience with a Real American Hero.

Knight Trials

Travelers (a la star wars) discuss the peculiarities of the American paradigm.

Bloc Heads

As Gaddafi observed, the African Union is not alone in its pursuit of regional integration.7 to 10 super-nations are now emerging on the world scene.

Beta Test (2027)

In a dystopic future, 2027, the United States has fallen into a dangerous, technocratic existence.

Horsemeat & Babies

Re-edited film about the post abortion industry.

John Cabal vs Alex Jones

This short film finally answers the question, if Chief was against the New World Order and an advocate for national sovereignty, wouldn’t he be the hero?

Surveillance State

Christopher Greene of AMTV examines the influence of technology on the human condition and what it means for the future of humanity.

In Sickness & in Hell

What are the roots of Modern Medicine. It’s anything but health “care.”

The Patriot: Fictional Tale of Tyranny

The Patriot is an animated sci-fi comedy set in a dystopian future America.

A Healthy Distrust

What is the nature of government? What is the proper role of government? Are they really coming for the guns? Why is the government arming to the teeth? Do elections really matter?

An End To US

A man in a dystopic future looks back at the warning signs signalling what lie ahead.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:05 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Criminals Want Your Guns: Art

0

Patrick
Planet Infowars
July 22, 2013

uploaded to Planet Infowars by Patrick

uploaded to Planet Infowars by Patrick

This image appeared in the Info(graphic)war! group.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:07 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Animated Film: The Animal in Man

0

Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

With pugs representing the public, this animation shows the key areas of globalist control from gun confiscation to fluoride plants.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:11 pm

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Egypt president calls for reconciliation

0

Egyptian interim President Adly Mansour has called for national reconciliation, saying it is necessary for the North African country to move forward.

Å“It’s time for establishing a nation based on reconciliation with the past for the sake of the future,” Mansour said in a televised speech on Monday.

Å“We want to open a new page, free of prejudice, hatred and division,” he added.

Mansour’s remarks came hours after four people were killed and dozens others injured in clashes between supporters and opponents of Egyptâ„¢s ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, in the capital Cairo.

On July 20, Egyptian interim Prime Minister Hazem el-Beblawi also called for national reconciliation to end divisions in the country, saying, Å“It’s time for agreement and consensus as the country is divided.”

Beblawi said that Egypt is undergoing a stage of infighting and confrontation following the ouster of Morsi, adding that reconciliation is the only way to get out of this situation.

In a televised speech late on the night of July 3, Egyptian army chief General Abdel Fattah al-Sisi announced that Morsi was no longer in office and declared that the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, had been appointed as the new interim president of Egypt. The army also suspended the constitution.

Army officials said Morsi, who took office in June 2012, was being held Å“preventively” by the military. On July 4, Mansour was sworn in as interim president.

The Muslim Brotherhood has declined to negotiate with the new administration, saying they can only hold talks after Morsi is reinstated as president.

On July 5, Muslim Brotherhood supreme leader Mohammed Badie said the coup against Morsi was illegal and millions would remain on the street until he is reinstated.

Badie vowed to “complete the revolution” that toppled the Western-backed regime of former Egyptian dictator Hosni Mubarak in 2011.

The Egyptians launched a revolution against the pro-Israeli regime on January 25, 2011, which eventually brought an end to the 30-year dictatorship of Mubarak on February 11, 2011

MAM/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Following Government Sugar Guidelines Increases Heart Risk In Just Two Weeks

0

Following Government Sugar Guidelines Increases Heart Risk In Just Two Weeks

The American Heart Association recommends that you consume only five percent of your calories as added sugar. The most recent AHA sugar guidelines recommend that Americans limit their sugar intake to between 100 and 150 calories per day.

That equates to a maximum of 6 to 9 teaspoons daily, at 16 calories per teaspoon. And that adds up to less than 15% of your calories every day.

On the other hand, the federal government’s Dietary Guidelines for Americans 2010 are much more generous when it comes to sugar.  The government guidelines suggest an upper limit of 25% of daily calories consumed as added sugar.

Which guideline should an American follow? To address this discrepancy in recommended sugar levels, researchers from the University of California, Davis conducted a study. They examined what happened when young overweight and normal weight adults consumed fructose, high fructose corn syrup or glucose at the government’s 25% upper limit.

Their results were published in The Endocrine Society’s Journal of Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism. The researchers found that adults who consumed high fructose corn syrup for just two weeks as 25% of their daily calorie requirement significantly increased their measures for heart disease risk.

High fructose corn syrup, a major ingredient in most soft drinks and processed sweets, is often accused of being a contributing factor in the great American obesity epidemic, as well as cancer. This research finds the sweetener might also be a suspect in the increased rates of heart disease.

The researchers noted that there is already evidence that people who consume sugar are more likely to have heart disease or diabetes. The controversy revolves around whether high sugar diets may actually promote these diseases, and dietary guidelines are conflicting. 

According to the study’s senior author, Kimber Stanhope, Ph.D., the findings demonstrate that several factors associated with an elevated risk for cardiovascular disease were increased in individuals consuming 25% of their calories as fructose or high fructose corn syrup. But consumption of glucose did not have the same effect.

In the study, researchers examined 48 adults between the ages of 18 and 40 years. They compared the effects of consuming 25% of one’s daily calorie requirement as glucose, fructose or high fructose corn syrup on risk factors for cardiovascular disease.

Within two weeks, study participants consuming fructose or high fructose corn syrup, but not glucose, showed increased concentrations of LDL cholesterol and triglycerides. They also increased their levels of apolipoprotein-B, a protein which can lead to plaques that cause vascular disease. Apolipoprotein-B has been shown to be a better predictor of cardiac events than LDL cholesterol. 

Stanhope said the study results “suggest that consumption of sugar may promote heart disease.” He also called for a re-evaluation of The Dietary Guidelines’ upper limit of 25% of daily calories consumed as added sugar.

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Fema Camps; Home For Globalists!

0

Save you, Mr. Jefferson…

Have you ever had a “Globalist” (Interrupt you to) look you in the eye and open their mouth? I have, and the slime the exudes is beyond belief… The next one that interrupts my conversation to tell me how it is going to be, will have committed “Aggravated Assault” and the Self Defense mechanism will have taken its very exacting toll! This $#!t has got to be STOPPED!

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Congo army, M23 rebels resume fighting

0

The army of the Democratic Republic of Congo says fighting has resumed between government forces and the March 23 movement (M23) rebels in the eastern province of North Kivu.

Congolese army spokesman Colonel Olivier Hamuli said on Monday that Congoâ„¢s forces attacked M23 positions north of the flashpoint city of Goma, the capital of North Kivu, The Associated Press reported.

Monday clashes broke out after a three-day lull in the fighting between the two sides.

There were no immediate reports of any casualties.

The latest round of fighting between the Congolese armed forces and M23 rebels began on July 14. Hundreds of people have been forced to flee their homes since then.

Human Rights Watch said on Monday that M23 rebels have summarily executed at least 44 people and raped at least 61 women and girls since March 2013 in the countryâ„¢s east.

The report also accused Rwanda of backing the abusive M23 forces.

Å“Not only is Rwanda allowing its territory to be used by the abusive M23 to get recruits and equipment, but the Rwandan military is still directly supporting the M23,” said Daniel Bekele, Africa director at Human Rights Watch.

Å“This support is sustaining an armed group responsible for numerous killings, rapes and other serious abuses,” he added.

The M23 rebels seized Goma on November 20, 2012 after UN peacekeepers gave up the battle for the frontier city, which is home to about one million people. The rebels withdrew from the city on December 1 under a ceasefire accord.

Several armed groups, including the M23 rebels, are active in the eastern Congo and are fighting for control of the countryâ„¢s vast mineral resources, such as gold, the main tin ore cassiterite, and coltan (columbite-tantalite), which is used to make many electronic devices, including cell phones.

The M23 rebels defected from the Congolese army in April 2012 in protest over alleged mistreatment in the Armed Forces of the Democratic Republic of Congo (FARDC). They had previously been integrated into the Congolese army under a peace deal signed in 2009.

Since early May 2012, more than three million people have fled their homes in the eastern Congo. About 2.5 million have resettled in Congo, but some 500,000 have crossed into neighboring Rwanda and Uganda.

Congo has faced numerous problems over the past few decades, such as grinding poverty, crumbling infrastructure, and a war in the east of the country that has dragged on since 1998 and left over 5.5 million people dead.

MN/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Raven Room

0

Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

In this amazing film, producer Sarah Rogers tells the story of a man who broadcasts a radio show promoting liberty from his basement, struggling to make ends meet.

The film depicts the trials and tribulations of trying to support a family while simultaneously promoting liberty.

He struggles with protecting his children from public school indoctrination while debating whether or not to pull them out.

Visit www.infowars.com/paul to view more contest entries.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 4:19 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Steht Washington hinter der Machtübernahme in Ägypten?

0

„[US-Verteidigungsminister] Hagel und [US-Generalstabschef] Dempsey bewegten sich auf einem schmalen Grat … während sie Bedenken äußerten und gleichzeitig versuchten, den Eindruck zu vermieden, dass die USA die Geschehenisse im Hintergrund manipulierte.“ (Military.com 3.7.2013)

Die Proteste sind gegen die USA und ihre Stellvertreterregierung unter der Muslim-Bruderschaft gerichtet.

Die Muslim-Bruderschaft wurden mit Unterstützung aus Washington eher als „Ersatz“ denn als „Alternative“ zu Hosni Mubarak in die Regierung gebracht. Dieser hatte seit Anbeginn seiner Präsidentschaft die Befehle aus Washington gewissenhaft ausgeführt.

Während die bewaffneten Streitkräfte die Muslim-Bruderschaft zu Fall gebracht haben, ist der Machtwechsel in letzter Instanz dazu da, die Protestbewegung in eine Richtung hin zu lenken, die das Entstehen einer „echten Volksregierung“ verhindert. Der Sturz von Präsident Mohamed Mursi wurde nicht entgegen US-amerikanischen Interessen ausgeführt, er war initiiert, um die „Kontinuität“ zugunsten Washingtons zu garantieren.

„Die Demonstranten trugen handgemachte Poster mit sich, die Obama und seine zur Muslim-Bruderschaft positiv eingestellte Botschafterin in Kairo, Anne Patterson, denunzierten.“ (F. William Engdahl, Global Research, 4.7.2013)

Die Muslim-Bruderschaft und die CIA

Westliche Geheimdienste haben eine lange gemeinsame Geschichte mit der Bruderschaft. Großbritaniens Unterstützung der Bruderschaft durch den britischen Secret Service reicht bis in die 1940er Jahre zurück. Seit 1950er Jahren floss dem ehemaligen Geheimdienstbeamten William Bear zufolge „von der CIA Unterstützung zur Muslim-Bruderschaft“, undzwar „aufgrund ihrer lobenswerten Fähigkeit, Nasser zu stürzen.“ (1954-1970: CIA und die Muslim-Bruderschaft verbünden sich, um sich dem ägyptischen Präsidenten Nasser entgegenzustellen)

Diese verdeckten Verbindungen zur CIA wurden während Hosni Mubaraks Regierung aufrechterhalten.

Seit dem Beginn des „arabischen Frühlings“ war es das Ziel der Obama-Regierung, sekulare Regierungen im Nahen Osten und Nordafrika zu unterminieren und „islamische Staaten“ zu installieren, die den geopolitischen und wirtschaftlichen Interessen der USA dienen sollen.

„Bittere ökonomische Medizin“

Die Protestbewegung gegen Mubarak Anfang 2011 war eine Antwort auf die zerstörerischen Folgen der IWF-Reformen. Auf der Höhe des Golkrieges Anfang 1991 initiiert haben diese Reformen — die sich über eine Periode von über 20 Jahren erstrecken — dazu gedient, das ägyptische Volk zu verarmen und die ägyptische Wirtschaft „dem Einstrom ausländischer Investoren zu öffnen“.

Das Niltal, über 3000 Jahre lang die Kornkammer Ägyptens, wurde zerstört, um Nahrungsimporte aus den USA und der Europäischen Union zu stärken.

Die resultierende Deregulation von Nahrungspreisen und massenhafte Privatisierung sowie Austeritätsmaßnahmenhaben zu Armut und Massenarbeitslosigkeit geführt. Im Gegenzug kollabierten Sozialprogramme, Ägyptens Wirtschafts- und Finanzsystem wurde destabilisiert.

Kontinuität im Sinne neoliberaler ökonomischer Reformen ist ein zentraler Punkt des US-gesponserten Regimewechsels. Mursis Zugang zur Präsidentschaft war an die Einwilligung in die „ökonomische Medizin“ des IWF geknüpft.

Im August 2012 sagte die IWF-Geschäftsleiterin Christine Lagarde offen: „Der IWF wird Ägypten bei dieser herausfordernden Reise begleiten … Es ist eine ägyptische Reise und der IWF ist ein Partner auf dieser Reise.“

„Wir sind von der Strategie, die Präsident Mursi und Premierminister Kandil bei unserem heutigen Meeting vorgeschlagen haben, beeindruckt“, sagte Lagarde bei einer Pressekonferenz mit Kandil. (IWF, 22.8.2012)

Ein neues IWF-Paket voller (tödlicher) makroökonomischer Reformen wurde mit dem Ausblick darauf, „Ägyptens politischen und ökonomischen Übergang zu bewältigen“, erlassen. Der daraus resultierende IWF-gesponserte „Übergang“, von Ägyptens äußeren Kreditgebern aufgenötigt, hat die ökonomische und soziale Krise verschlimmert anstatt sie abzuschwächen.

Die soziale Lage hat sich seit dem Ende Hosni Mubaraks drastisch verschlechtert. Die Massenproteste gegen Mursi war zu großen Teilen dadurch motiviert, dass die von Washington und der Wall Street aufgezwungenen makroökonomischen Reformen aus der Mubarak-Ära unter ihm weiterliefen und sich der Prozess der Verarmung weiter zuspitzte.

Die Rolle der bewaffneten Streitkräfte: „Grünes Licht“ vom Pentagon?

In den Medien wurden die ägyptischen Streitkräfte als „Unterstützer“ der Proteste dargestellt, ohne dass ihre enge Verbindung zwischen den Anführern des Militärputsches und ihren US-amerikanischen Partnern erwähnt worden wäre.

Die Tatsache, dass Teile der Massenbewegung danach riefen, das Militär solle eine „unterstützende Rolle“ einnehmen, ist ein offensichtlicher Trick:

„Das ist die Nachricht, die das Militär aus dem ganzen städtischen Ägypten, den Städten und den Dörfern, erhielt; Es nahm die Einladung wahr, verstand ihre Intention, akzeptierte ihre Notwendigkeit und näherte sich der nationalen Szenerie, sich an alle Grenzen der Pflicht, der Verantwortung und der Ehrlichkeit haltend.“

Bekanntermaßen und dokumentierterweise wurde die Massenbewegung infiltriert. Teile der Mursi-Opposition sind von NED (National Endowment for Democracy) und Freedom House unterstützt (Episteme-Notiz: NED ist eine Nicht-Regierungs-Organisation, die auf der ganzen Welt unter dem Deckmantel, Demokratie zu fördern, US-amerikanische Interessen durchsetzt. Weitere Infos findest du hier). Die Kifaya-Bewegung für Zivilgesellschaft ist vom in den USA ansässigen International Center for Non-Violent Conflict gefördert.

Die Rolle der Streitkräfte ist es nicht, eine Graswurzelbewegung zu schützen. Ganz im Gegenteil: Das Ziel ist es, den Aufstand zu manipulieren und Ablehnung gegenüber Washington zu unterdrücken.

Ziel des Militärputsches ist es, zu versichern, dass der Fall der Muslim-Bruderschafts-Regierung nicht in einem politischen Übergang resultiert, der die Kontrolle der USA über den ägyptischen Staat und dessen Militär unterminiert.

Lasst uns alle Illusionen ablegen. Während es nennenswerte Konflikte und Entzweiungen innerhalb des Militärs gibt, nimmt die oberste Führungsschicht ihre Befehle vom Pentagon entgegen.

Verteidigungsminister Abdul Fatah Al-Sisi (auf der Linken), der die Machtübernahme gegen Mursi geführt hat, hat seinen Abschluss auf dem US-Kriegscollege in Carlisle, Pennsylvania gemacht.

General Al Sisi stand seit Anbeginn der Proteste in ständigem telefonischem Kontakt mit US-Verteidigungsminister Chuck Hagel (auf der rechten zusammen mit Al Sisi). Presseberichte bestätigen, dass er ihn in den Tagen vor der Machtübernahme mehrere Male konsultierte. Es ist unwahrscheinlich, dass General Al Sisi ohne „grünes Licht“ aus dem Pentagon gehandelt hätte.

„Hagel rief Al-Sisi letzten Donnerstag (30.6.2013) an, als die Proteste einen zunehmend anti-amerikanischen Ton annahmen und sprach am Dienstag (2.7.2013) noch einmal mit ihm, nachdem Al-Sisi ein Ultimatum gestellt hatte und davor warnte, dass das Militär handeln würde, wenn Mursi keine Zugeständnisse macht.“ (Military.com)

Im Gegenzug war General Martin Dempsey, Vorsitzender des Generalstab, in ständigem Kontakt mit General Sedki Sobhi, Stabschef des Obersten Gremiums der Streitkräfte (SCAF):

„Pentagon-Mitarbeiter lehnten es ab, spezifische Informationen über die Konversationen zwischen Hagel und Al-Sisi, aber Hauptpressesprecher des Pentagon George Little sagte, dass ‚US-Mitarbeiter auf allen Ebenen des Militärs haben klar gemacht, dass wir den demokratischen Prozess in Ägypten unterstützen und dass wir hoffen, diese Periode der Spannung kann in einer friedlichen Weise aufgelöst werden und dass Gewalt verhindert werden kann.‘ (Military.com)

Military.com zufolge bewegten sich Hagel und Dempsey „auf einem schmalen Grat“ … „während sie Bedenken äußerten und gleichzeitig versuchten, den Eindruck zu vermieden, dass die USA die Geschehenisse im Hintergrund manipulierte.“

Ägypten ist der größte Rezipient von US-Militärhilfen hinter Israel.

Das ägyptische Militär ist vom Pentagon kontrolliert.

In den Worten von General Anthony Zinni, ehemaliger Kommandant des US Central Command (CENTCOM):

„Ägypten ist das wichtigste Land in meinem Zuständigkeitsbereich undzwar wegen des Zugangs, den es mir zur Region gibt.“

Übersetzung Mr. Mitgefühl

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Arrest warrant out for India school head

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A court in India’s northeastern state of Bihar has issued an arrest warrant for the headmistress of a primary school where nearly two dozen children died from food poisoning earlier this month.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Owner of small Utah ISP describes how the NSA got him to install surveillance equipment

0

Madison Ruppert
End the Lie
July 22, 2013

For the first time since Edward Snowden leaked information on the National Security Agency’s surveillance programs, the owner of an ISP has publicly discussed how the NSA got him to install equipment to directly spy on one of his customers.

Pete Ashdown, the CEO of XMission, detailed his experience when he received a Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) warrant in 2010 which forced him to allow the federal government to monitor a customer of his.

Of course, like all FISA orders, it also contained a broad gag order, which still prevents him from telling all the details.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 3:55 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Planet Infowarriors Unite!

0

Courtney
Planet Infowars
July 22, 2013

Dear fellow Infowarriors!

Here’s the power of positivity and networking unleashed in part from the Operation Paul Revere Contest and Planet Infowars as a whole!

Checkout myself @Flipthistweet ( Courtney ) and my live interview with the AMAZING PEEPS over @TheMediaSpeaks (Dlake 4 Prez (The MediaSPeaks.com,Anthony Kort (Constant Injustice-Youtube Channel) Sam DiGandi (The Correct Views- Youtube Channel) , Matt Winkeljohn (ResistTheTyranny.com)!
We talk about it all from the contest…NO HOLDS BARRED..from Obama to drones to Zimmerman to KE$HA….nothing is left unsaid!

Get the inside scoop about our entries the lowdown on the positive and negative experiences regarding the level of intensity the contest has reached and everything in between!

There’s also some pretty groovy shoutouts to everybody holding it down at INFOWARS!!!

Hope you enjoy!

Also Don’t Forget to Click the Videos if you’d like to support our efforts and HIT THE STARS IN THE TOP RIGHT CORNER TO BE TRUE ROCKSTARS FOR FREEDOM!!!!!!!!!!!

Operation Paul Revere- Courtney Driver
http://www.infowars.com/paulrevere/music/operation-paul-revere-contest-2/

Becoming Paul Revere — The Media Speaks
http://www.infowars.com/paulrevere/arms/becoming-paul-revere/

Passing Time “War On For Your Mind” — Sam DiGandi
http://www.infowars.com/paulrevere/music/passing-time-war-on-for-your-mind/

Thanks Again Infowarriors! It’s not possible without each of us standing together and UNITED!

Sincerely, Courtney

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 3:50 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Israel to Sign Guns for Refugees Deal With African States

0

Writing this blog as long as I have, I’ve seen some pretty low blows from the Israeli government. But this one ranks right up there. Those of you old enough remember Ronald Reagan’s arms for hostages deal with the Iranians—now, Israel proposes an arms for refugees exchange. And it stinks to high heaven.

Ynet reports that the government is close to inking a deal with three African states (who are likely Ethiopia, South Sudan, and Uganda) who will take “tens of thousands” of ‘undesirable’ African refugees from Israel in return to Israeli weapons and training. Isn’t that neat and tidy!? Israel gets rids of what MK Miri Regev called a “cancer in its midst” and contributes to the rising tide of mayhem and violence in countries like South Sudan and Eritrea, already beset by instability and civil war.

There was a time back in the 1960s when Israel actually offered aid that was constructive to newly independent African states. Of course, this aid wasn’t done for purely altruistic reasons. Israel also wanted to cozy up to these states because they insulated it from the charge that Israel was oppressing similar types of states in the Middle East. Africa also offered a rich field for Israel’s intelligence operations and satisfied some of its need for raw materials for its military-industrial complex.

This story should be linked to another important one reported yesterday. The Israeli government revealed there are 7,000 registered arms merchants plying Israeli weapons to precisely these sorts of unstable states, making Israel the sixth largest arms merchant in the world. What the government refused to do in response to a court case, was reveal the names of these merchants of death. It claimed that doing so would endanger them and expose them to potential terrorist attacks.

While this possibility is remote, it’s much more likely that these arms dealers would be exposed to the shame and obloquy of the world community. And they should have to face such exposure. Israel and the nations where they ply their trade have the right to know who these people are. While the U.S. goes after the Victor Bout’s of the world, it does little or nothing to reduce the proliferation of Israel’s stable of sophisticated, lethal weaponry. These 7,000 go scott free because Israel is an ally, which Russia isn’t.

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Anti-Iran article in Afghan daily slammed

0

The Iranian Embassy in Kabul has strongly condemned the recent publication of an anti-Iran article in an Afghan newspaper, stressing that the Islamic Republic backs the stability and security of Afghanistan.

In a statement released on Monday, the Embassy denounced the move by the Kabul-based 8 Sobh daily, and emphasized that Tehranâ„¢s principled policy is to support stability, security, and territorial integrity of Afghanistan, and it has spared no effort to cooperate with the Afghan government in this respect.

The statement further noted that the Islamic Republic of Iran pursues a very clear and transparent policy towards extremist and terrorist groups, like the Taliban, and denounces acts of violence and sabotage in Afghanistan.

It also pointed to the 1998 assassination of 11 Iranians during the takeover of the northern Afghan city of Mazar-i-Sharif by Taliban forces, and described it as a clear proof of extremist groupsâ„¢ hostility towards Iran.

Å“Trans-regional powers have fueled the flames of war in Afghanistan through creating and supporting the Taliban and al-Qaeda. Secret and direct talks between trans-regional powers and extremist groups are underway at the same time as their subservient journalists are either keeping mum or misleading the public opinion to curry favor with their Western masters,” the statement read.

The Afghan daily alleged in its Monday edition that Iran is fanning flames of insecurity in Afghanistan, and has financially and militarily assisted Taliban militants over the past few years.

The United States and its allies invaded Afghanistan in October 2001 as part of Washingtonâ„¢s so-called war on terror.

The offensive removed the Taliban from power, but insecurity continues to rise across the country, despite the presence of thousands of US-led troops.

MP/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Secret Link Between Germany and the NSA

0

Spiegel
July 22, 2013

It was a busy two days for the surveillance specialists of the Bundesnachrichtendienst (BND), Germany’s foreign intelligence agency. At the end of April, a team of 12 senior BND officials flew to the United States, where they visited the heart of the global American surveillance empire: the National Security Agency (NSA). The purpose of their mission can be read in a “top secret” NSA document which SPIEGEL has seen – one of the trove of files in the possession of whistleblower Edward Snowden.

According to the document, BND President Gerhard Schindler repeatedly expressed an “eagerness” to cooperate more closely with the NSA. The Germans, the document reads, were looking for “guidance and advice.”

Their wish was fulfilled. Senior employees with the NSA’s Foreign Affairs Directorate were assigned to look after the German delegation. The Americans organized a “strategic planning conference” to bring their German partners up to speed. In the afternoon, following several presentations on current methods of data acquisition, senior members of a division known as Special Source Operations, or SSO, spoke to their German guests. The SSO, one of the most secretive groups within the intelligence community, is the division that forms alliances with US companies, especially in the IT sector, for data mining purposes. Snowden describes this elite unit as the NSA’s “crown jewels”.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 3:23 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Police Taser Man to Death and Cost City $1 Million

2

Sylvia Hsieh
Lawyers.com
July 22, 2013

The city of San Jose must pay $1 million to the family of a truck driver who was Tasered to death by four police officers.

Steve Salinas, 47, was naked and high on PCP when police confronted him at a motel in 2007. He weighed 260 pounds and was grunting unintelligibly but was unarmed. Three of the officers admitted they urged a fourth officer, Barry Chickayasu, to zap Salinas. Chichayasu Tasered him 10 times in 93 seconds.

The city started using Tasers in 2004 thinking it would cut down on police shootings; since then there have been at least five deaths of people shocked by Taser guns.

This is the first time the city has lost a lawsuit over Taser deaths.

At trial, the city argued the police had to use the Taser against Salinas repeatedly so that they could handcuff him.

But Dale Galipo, who represented Salinas’ four adult children at trial, told the jury that his client was naked, unarmed and did not put up a fight. He also argued that the officers violated their own guidelines that say they should avoid multiple Taser stuns, that prolonged Taser shocks can kill, and that drug users face higher risk of bad reactions to Taser shocks.

The jury may have also been struck by the fact that Chickayasu, who is no longer a police officer, did not show up to defend his use of the Taser.

The jury found that the police used unreasonable force and awarded $1 million.

After the verdict, Noreen Salinas, 35, one of the victim’s four children, said she was grateful the jury saw the truth. “It’s justice for my father.”

Evangelical Leaders Call On Non-Latino Pastors To Push For Immigration Reform

0

Elizabeth Llorente
latino.foxnews.com
July 22, 2013

The leader of a national Latino evangelical organization says non-Latino faith leaders must make a greater effort to push for comprehensive immigration reform.

In a written public appeal to evangelical faith leaders, Rev. Miguel Rivera, chairman of the National Coalition of Latino Clergy & Christian Leaders (CONLAMIC), said: “Even though today we see a proactive reaction from our Anglo evangelical brethren, the truth is that there will be no comprehensive immigration reform passed in Congress, unless those most conservative members of the House of Representatives will be compelled to vote in favor of [it].”

Rivera’s call to his fellow pastors comes as the role of evangelical leaders grows more critical amid discussions in the House of Representatives over how to handle illegal immigration. The U.S. Senate passed a bipartisan immigration reform bill in late June that, among other things, tightens enforcement, provides a path to legal status for many of the nation’s 11 million undocumented immigrants, and expands visas for foreign workers.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 3:24 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

UK's Scheme to Block Pornography a Threat to Open Internet: Critics

0

Britain’s conservative Prime Minister David Cameron announced sweeping proposals on Monday that would force all internet users in the UK to “opt-in” if they want to view online content categorized as “pornographic” by the government.

In a public address Cameron said that the new rules are driven by a “moral” duty to save the “corroding childhood” impacts of sexual internet material, but critics say that the plan is a misguided and unworkable solution that simply opens the door to a further erosion of the guiding principles that have made an “open internet” possible.

“By the end of this year, when someone sets up a new broadband account,” explained Cameron in his address, “the settings to install family-friendly filters will be automatically selected. If you just click ‘next’ or ‘enter’, then the filters are automatically on.”

But the UK-based Open Rights Group, which advocates for online freedoms, argues the controls will mostly punish people who are harmlessly surfing the internet or looking for materials that would not otherwise be restricted, while more sophisticated internet users–whether criminally active pedophiles or just curious teenagers–would easily sidestep the protections. The group stated:

This places too much faith in technical tools that have historically proved flawed in achieving their goals.

Teenagers are usually sexually curious, and the forbidden has its own cachet. This may motivate them to try to bypass filters. It is poor advice to suggest that they will not succeed.

The filtering being suggested is only likely to work for those not actively looking for adult content, and even then no filter is perfect.

For instance devices, left unchecked, could be used to bypass filtering with extreme ease. Filtering can often be bypassed by anyone with an admin password, by using a VPN or proxy. This may sound technical, but is trivial. Many children learn how to do this to access Facebook at school.

According to Danny O’Brien, international policy director for the Electronic Frontier Foundation, the implications of Cameron’s proposal exceed even these concerns. Amid the recent revelations surrounding the behavior of the US National Security Agency and growing public concern about online privacy, this is just the most recent example of government interference with the idea of an open internet.

“To have internet censorship, you also need surveillance,” O’Brien told Common Dreams by phone. “In order to block content you need to know what people are looking at.”

One of the most troubling aspects of Cameron’s proposals, he said, is that private internet companies–both search engines and ISPs (internet service providers)–are being asked by government to “turn their algorithms into instruments of law enforcement.”

“And that’s a really harsh step,” he continued, “because as everyone realizes, these companies have an enormous amount of background information on end-users.”

Once this precedent is set, O’Brien warned, you begin to betray the tenants of a healthy and democratic media system, which are transparency, oversight and proportionality.

“But you can’t have transparency when you maintain a secret blacklist. You can’t have oversight when there’s no clear regulatory authority guiding the program. And you can’t have proportionality when you apply it to the whole of the internet,” he said.

Lastly, say critics, the realities of the scheme do little or nothing to address whatever real concerns there are about the impact of pornography on children or the wider society.

Many observers note that Cameron’s new proposal does little more than create the illusion of addressing a problem, while in many ways scuttling the real problem that online porn may present to society.

“We — children and adults alike — need to learn about the damaging psychological, social and physical effects of online porn,” writes British citizen Tom Meltzer in a commentary for The Guardian. However, he says, a mandatory “default-on” approach to the internet “would be an error.”

“It would be buck-passing on our part, asking our internet providers to somehow stem the unending tide,” he said, “rather than face the need for some frank and very un-British conversations. But the worst of all possible worlds is one in which the prime minister announces he has solved the problem when he’s only pretending to have brushed it under the carpet.”

And the Open Rights Group agreed:

Children will not necessarily be any less likely to be able to access whatever they like as the result of network filters, even if they are deterred. That may be a reasonable objective — but it is wrong to suggest that a magic bullet has solved the problem he talks about.

Education and parents talking to their children remain the only way for children to be helped. Cameron today should have been heavily caveating his claims, and by failing to do so, many parents will think the technologies ISPs are about to provide do a much better job than they will.

__________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Thousands flee S Sudan conflict: UN

0

Refugees from South Kordofan gather in the shade of trees at dusk at the Yida Refugee Camp in South Sudan. (file photo)

The United Nations Refugee Agency says thousands of people living in South Sudan have fled deadly fighting raging in the countryâ„¢s Jonglei State and sought refuge in neighboring Ethiopia.

The United Nations High Commissioner for Refugees (UNHCR) said in a Sunday statement that Å“Since last May, some 5,000 South Sudanese arrived in western Ethiopia and sought refuge.”

Clashes between the (South) Sudan People’s Liberation Army (SPLA) and militants led by David Yau Yau in the eastern state erupted in March.

In May, the head of the UN mission in South Sudan said due to lack of troops and aircraft, the United Nations peacekeepers in the African country are not able to protect civilians affected by the fighting.

On May 19, in a battle between the army and militants in Jonglei, nearly 25 people, including four government troops, were killed.

The UN humanitarian coordinator in South Sudan, Toby Lanzer, said in a statement released on July 14 that nearly 200 civilians were injured in violent clashes between rival tribes in Jonglei state.

South Sudan seceded from the Republic of Sudan on July 9, 2011, after decades of conflict with Khartoum. The new oil-rich nation is one of the least-developed countries in the world with one in seven children dying before the age of five.

Yau Yau rebelled against the government in Juba after he was defeated in the elections in April 2010. However, he accepted amnesty in June 2011, a month before South Sudan gained independence.

MAM/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

NSA locates cell phones even when they are turned off

0

Never mind the non-stop collection of metadata and other sneaky surveillance tools being implemented by the NSA: a new report has revealed that the National Security Agency’s spy powers allow the government to grab location data on just about anyone.

In an article published by the Washington Post over the weekend,
journalist Dana Priest detailed how one of the most secretive
agencies administered by the United States government has
expanded drastically in the decade-plus since the terrorist
attacks of September 11, 2001. An increased demand for
intelligence encouraged the development and implementation of
surveillance tactics previous confined to the pages of science
fiction, she wrote, and those tools today rival even what has
already been unearthed by the NSA’s undercover operations.

“Lacking a strong informant network to provide details about
al-Qaeda, US intelligence and the military turned to the NSA’s
technology to fill the void
,” Priest wrote.

According to Priest, policies enacted in a post-9/11 intelligence
community involved a pivotal role played by the National
Geospatial-Intelligence Agency, a Department of Defense office
that was created to collect battlefield intelligence using the
most sophisticated of means available. In the wake of 9/11, that
involved being able to pinpoint the location of a suspected
adversary using only a cell phone number, and agents with that
kind of access quickly were on-demand outside of the walls of the
NGIA and NSA.

In one incident reported by Priest, a Navy SEAL working within a
makeshift Central Intelligence Agency operations center in one
part of the US called up an agent in the basement of the NSA’s
base in Augusta, Georgia and insisted a team of geolocation
specialists identify the exact location of an insurgent in
Afghanistan using only the suspect’s telephone number.

Once all parties were properly coordinated, Priest wrote “they
aimed the NSA’s many sensors toward individual targets while
tactical units aimed their weaponry against them
.”

Priest went on to call that moment and others like it
revolutionary with regards to what was to come for the NSA. The
intelligence tools once used to track and spy on the leaders of
competing countries and adversaries around the world had been
deployed to target a single suspected terrorists 8,000 miles away
using the resources utilized by an ever-expanding agency still
only in its infancy.

Thanks to a bevy of whistleblowers who exposed the agency’s use
of domestic surveillance years before the name Edward Snowden was
known, today it’s common knowledge that the communications of
American citizens can be inadvertently collected by the NSA.
Leaked documents attributed to Snowden during the last several
weeks have shined further light on how the Foreign Intelligence
Surveillance Act, the PATRIOT Act and an array of tactics take
conversations sent over telephone wires, fiber optic cables and
Wi-Fi signals and send them to Uncle Sam. In her article for the
Post, though, Priest wrote that these tools are coupled with
military agencies at times to create a quick and coordinated
action that often ends in the execution of an alleged enemy.

“By September 2004, a new NSA technique enabled the agency to
find cellphones even when they were turned off
,” Priest
wrote. The tactic was called “The Find,” and reportedly it gave
the Joint Special Operations Command the tools to track down
members of al-Qaeda and other extremist group and then order a
hit. Combining it with another new system, the Real Time Regional
Gateway, both intelligence and military officers could access any
type of surveillance in a given region under which a target could
be tracked.

“We Track ’Em, You Whack ’Em,” was a motto that the
Augusta, Georgia geolocation agents quickly adopted, Priest
wrote.

But 12 years after the September 11 attack – and more than three
since al-Qaeda leader Osama bin Laden was executed thanks to
tactics employed by the NSA, CIA and others – these operations
have not been scaled back. Instead, rather, the NSA has expanded
around the globe and is currently in the midst of building what
will be one of the largest intelligence facilities in America.

That structure, a million-square-foot data storage facility in
Bluffdale, Utah, when all is said and done will collect domestic
intelligence that one former NSA worker said isn’t necessarily
relevant to anything.

Bill Binney, a former NSA agent that resigned after 9/11 with
more than three decades of experience under his belt, said the
government is collecting data before even figuring out what to do
with it.

“They would have plenty of space with five zettabytes to store
at least something on the order of 100 years’ worth of the
worldwide communications, phones and emails and stuff like
that
,” Binney told Wired last year, “and then have plenty
of space left over to do any kind of parallel processing to try
to break codes
.”

“It’s everything – phones, emails, twitter, any kind of
digital communications that they’ve had. I think it’s into
banking as well, but I don’t know that for sure. I do believe
they’re doing
it,” he added to Libertas Institute in an
interview last month. “My estimate is that there’s a little
over 280 million Americans in the database, several times because
one person can have a work phone, home phone, mobile phone,
online banking, multiple email addresses. Two-hundred-and-eighty
million people are in there at least, and the ones that aren’t
are babies in cribs, people in hospice, others not doing anything
electronic. Each person is in there between several hundred and
several thousand times. It’s aggregated data over a now 12 year
period
.”

Meanwhile, the NSA defends the construction of both foreign and
domestic facilities, citing to Priest the need to stay one-step
ahead of the adversary.

“The notion of constant, unchecked, or senseless growth is a
myth
,” the NSA said in a statement to the Post.

Republished with permission from: RT

4 killed, 26 injured in Egypt clashes

0

Egyptian riot police stand guard during a demonstration by supporters of deposed President Mohamed Morsi near Tahrir Square in Cairo, on July 17, 2013.

Four people have been killed and dozens others injured as supporters and opponents of Egyptâ„¢s ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, clashed in Cairo.

Security sources said on Monday that three people died in clashes in Qalyub province, north of Cairo, AFP reported.

A fourth person died in hospital after being hit by gunfire during clashes near Cairo’s Tahrir Square.

Medical officials said that at least another 26 people were injured in the violence in which the rival camps exchanged volleys of stones and birdshot.

Police fired teargas in a bid to disperse the clashing demonstrators.

Earlier in the day, Morsiâ„¢s family said they plan to sue the military for having “kidnapped” the elected president.

Å“We are taking local and international legal measures against Abdel Fattah al-Sisi, the leader of the bloody military coup, and his putschist group,” Morsiâ„¢s daughter Shaimaa Mohamed Morsi told a news conference.

Morsiâ„¢s son Osama also said the family had not heard from him since his ouster. The family said it held the army responsible for Å“the health and safety” of Morsi.

In a televised speech late on July 3, Egyptian army chief General Abdel Fattah al-Sisi announced that Morsi, a former leading member of the Muslim Brotherhood, was no longer in office and declared that the head of the Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mahmoud Mansour, had been appointed as the new interim president of Egypt. The army also suspended the constitution.

Over 100 people have been killed in an unrelenting wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents, and security forces since the president was ousted by the military and put under Å“preventive” arrest.

MN/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Christians Attacked in Egypt by Muslim Brotherhood Supporters

0

Reports from Egypt indicate that attacks against Egypt’s Coptic Christians have increased since former President Mohamed Morsi was forced from power on July 3. Copts claim that they have been targeted by Islamic radicals as retribution for their opposition to Morsi, who was backed by the Muslim Brotherhood.

Fox News, citing a report in the Financial Times, reported that nine Christians have recently been killed in Egypt, including a Coptic priest, Father Mina Aboud Sharween, in the Sinai Peninsula. Following Sharween’s murder, many other Coptic clergy have gone into hiding.

Magdy Lamei, identified as a Christian salesman, was also found murdered in the Sinai on July 4, a few days after he was kidnapped and held for a ransom equivalent to $70,000.

The Times noted that acts of violence against Copts have been reported ever since Morsi and the Muslim Brotherhood took power last year.

Furthermore, noted the report, more than a dozen Christian churches have been attacked and damaged and Coptic-owned businesses have been vandalized.

Fox also reported a statement made by Jordan Sekulow – son of Jay Sekulow, the founder of the American Center for Law and Justice (ACLJ) – executive director of the Washington, D.C.-based ACLJ, who said, “The Muslim Brotherhood’s allegation that Coptic Christians in Egypt are in some way responsible for the coup that ousted former President Morsi reeks of ignorance and sectarian intolerance.”

Sekulow noted that the Brotherhood’s claim that Copts are responsible for Morsi’s fall from power “is not only factually inaccurate, but not even possible. One religious minority simply does not overthrow an Islamic government in a predominantly Muslim country.”

Sekulow noted that the Muslim Brotherhood fails to admit that it was Muslims – who comprise a majority of the population in Egypt–who led the movement to remove Morsi.

Though the council that declared Morsi unseated on July 3 did include the Coptic Pope Tawadros II, he was but one of four members. The other three, Defense Minister Abdul Fatah al-Sisi, opposition leader Mohamed El Baradei, and the Grand Imam of al Azhar, Ahmed el-Tayeb, are all – like Morsi – Sunni Muslims. 

A report published in the Christian Post cited a statement made to the MidEast Christian News by Dr. Nabil Abdel Fattah, a political analyst and researcher specializing in Islamic groups’ affairs for the Al-Ahram Center for Political and Strategic Studies, who said that Christians in Egypt are being intimidated by Islamic extremists, who have incited “sectarian attacks by targeting the country’s Coptic population in order to spark divisions in Egypt based on religious affiliations.”

In the interview with MidEast Christian News, Abdel Fattah said:

The sectarian attacks against Copts are one of the controversial strategies pursued by Islamic extremist currents, in their bid to intimidate Christians. Whether it is out of revenge for participating in the political process or as a result of the radical ideologies these groups have, [they are] creating a state of anarchy and insecurity across the Egyptian streets, turning current issues into a sectarian conflict to mobilize neutral citizens against their fellow countrymen.

Fattah cited threats made by the Muslim Brotherhood’s leaders – which stated that the terrorist attacks in Sinai will stop only if Morsi returns to power – as proof that the Brotherhood is involved in the violence taking place in Sinai.

The Muslim Brotherhood’s credo is, “Allah is our objective; the Quran is our law, the Prophet is our leader; Jihad is our way; and death for the sake of Allah is the highest of our aspirations.”

A Reuters report published by the Jerusalam Post quoted reactions from Christians in Egypt immediately following Morsi’s ouster. The general view was one of much-guarded optimism. One of those interviewed was Christian lawyer Peter Naggar, who had joined a celebration in Cairo’s Tahrir Square, and said, prematurely: “This is the real Egyptian revolution. The people stood up against Islamism. This is the end of political Islamism.”

Another interviewee, Roman Gouda, who was visiting Egypt’s biggest cathedral in Cairo’s Abbasiya district, said more realistically, “It’s an improvement that Morsi is gone but I am still not entirely relaxed.” Gouda’s friend Amir Habib told the reporter, “I am worried because the Brotherhood keep protesting.”

The report in the Post noted that Copts are pleased that Egypt’s new interim Cabinet, which will rule until elections are held, contains three Christians, including liberal Mounir Fakhry Abdel Nour in the key investment ministry post. Morsi’s Cabinet had just one Christian, who served as minister for scientific research.

“This is a government for all Egyptians,” said Naggar. “They got appointed because they are competent.”

The report also noted that though many Christians, such as Muslim Egyptians, disliked the brutality and corruption that was rampart during the rule of the former Egyptian President Hosni Mubarak (1981-2011), they felt safer under Mubarak, who jailed Islamist extremists.

Both Mubarak and Morsi are Sunni Muslims with ties to the West and the non-Muslim world. Mubarak’s wife is the daughter of an Egyptian father and a Welsh mother. While in the Egyptian air force, Mubarak underwent training in Soviet aviation schools. Morsi received his Ph.D. from the University of Southern California, and two of his children were born in California and are U.S. citizens.

The current plight of Christians in Egypt mirrors what has happened in other Muslim nations when secularized, Western-leaning leaders – autocrats though they may have been – provided a fair degree of tolerance to Christians in their countries. The Shah in Iran, Saddam Hussein in Iraq, and Mubarak in Egypt fell into that category. However, each time the leader was removed from power, radical Islamists gained either total power or increased influence and persecuted Christians to the point that many fled each country.

Related articles:

Egypt’s Coptic Christians Brace for Life Under the Muslim Brotherhood

Is the Muslim Brotherhood Plotting “Arab Springs” for Other Nations?

Christians Withdraw from Egypt’s Constitutional Commission

Republished with permission from: The New American

Goodbye Gezi Park, says Turkish Court After Weeks of Protests

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

<img alt="" border="0" class="image-full" src="/sites/commondreams.org/files/imce-images/turkish-pepper-spray-incident_0.jpg" style="width: 540px; height: 297px;" title="Ceyda Sungur is gassed in Gezi Park in Istanbul, Turkey on June 4, 2013.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Fukushima Nuclear Disaster Too Big to Cover Up

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

<img alt="" border="0" class="image-full" src="/sites/commondreams.org/files/imce-images/fukushima.jpg" style="width: 540px; height: 360px;" title=" Fukushima Dai-ichi nuclear power plant is pictured before helicopters dump water on the stricken reactor to cool overheated fuel rods inside the core March 17, 2011.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

TSA will grope you less for $85

0

If full-body scanners and TSA pat-downs make you feel uncomfortable, you now have an alternate option — for the hefty price of $85.

The Transportation Security Administration has launched a new
program that will allow members to bypass regular airport
security checkpoints. Those enrolled in the “trusted traveler”
program, called TSA PreCheck, will no longer have to remove their
shoes, jackets, and belts. Members can also keep their laptop
computers in their bags.

Currently, only members of frequent-flier programs are given the
opportunity to apply without paying a fee. But TSA Administrator
John Pistole on Friday announced that all travelers
will soon be able to join PreCheck — as long as they pay $85,
provide identifying information, pass a background check, and
undergo fingerprinting.

Pistole said that enrollment will be opened to the public later
this year, and that he expects an additional 3 million people to
sign up for PreCheck before the end of the year. About 12 million
travelers are currently enrolled.

If his estimates are accurate, the TSA will reap about $255
million from the program in 2013.

Applicants must visit an enrollment site to undergo
identification verification and fingerprinting. PreCheck
enrollment will be launched at Washington Dulles International
and Indianapolis International airports later this year.

“America’s travel community applauds TSA for making its highly
successful trusted traveler program, PreCheck, more accessible to
the traveling public,”
U.S. Travel Association President and
CEO Roger Dow said in a statement. “By expanding PreCheck
enrollment options, today’s action by TSA will help speed more
Americans safely through the U.S. air travel system while
strengthening America’s aviation security. It’s a win-win for
everyone.”

PreCheck passengers receive a Known Traveler Number that allows
them to use special security lanes at more than 40 participating
airports in the US.

Travelers have long complained that TSA agents take the security
screenings too far, in some cases groping
passengers. Carol Price, a 59-year-old woman who was trying to
board a flight to Ohio, last summer complained that a TSA agent
subjected
her to a pat-down in which he groped her genital region and
breasts. 

Those who can afford the PreCheck program will in some cases have
an easier time at security checkpoints.

But there’s a catch: PreCheck does not guarantee expedited
screening, and all travelers are still subject to “random and
unpredictable” security measures, the agency said in a statement.
For the cost of $85, travelers can enter expedited security
lines, but still be subjected to pat-downs and searches if they
appear suspicious.

Republished with permission from: RT

Judge Rules Jesse Ventura Can Proceed With Lawsuit Against Deceased Navy Seal

0

The Daily Mail
July 22, 2013

Former Minnesota Gov. Jesse Ventura’s defamation lawsuit against slain “American Sniper” author Chris Kyle — purportedly the deadliest ever American serviceman — will be allowed to go forward with Kyle’s widow as the defendant, a federal judge ruled last week.

U.S. Magistrate Judge Arthur Boylan ruled on Thursday that Taya Kyle, who has been appointed executor of her husband’s estate, would be a proper substitute in the case and says requests to substitute defendants are freely granted.

‘(If) a party dies and the claim is not extinguished, the court may order substitution of the proper party,’ Boylan wrote in his decision.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:56 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Greece bans protests during German finance minister’s visit

0

Reuters via AsiaOne
July 22, 2013

Greek police have banned protests in downtown Athens on Thursday during a visit by German Finance Minister Wolfgang Schaeuble, whom many accuse of forcing painful cuts on Greece in return for the multi-billion euro bailouts keeping it afloat.

With Greece now in a sixth year of a deep, austerity-fueled recession, many of those struggling with record unemployment and plummeting living standards blame Germany’s insistence on fiscal rigor for their economic woes.

Hundreds of workers have taken to the streets in more than a week of rowdy protests against government plans to cut thousands of public sector jobs to please Greece’s European Union and International Monetary Fund lenders.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 3:06 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Poll: American Parents Want Public Schools, Not Charter Schools

0

Students protest against Chicago public school closures. (Photo: WBEZ/Bill Healy)Despite the recent rash of school closures and legislation aimed at destabilizing the public school system, a new poll reveals that the majority of American parents support public education and oppose reform mandates that favor the proliferation of corporate-backed charter schools.

Of the 1,000 nationwide parents surveyed by Hart Research Associates, sixty-one percent of respondents said they are opposed to the closure of low-performing schools and more than three out of four said they are against cutting resources for the classroom while increasing spending on charter schools, the Washington Post reported ahead of the poll’s release.

School boards across the country–under mounting pressure from the Obama administration’s Department of Education–have been shuttering neighborhood institutions in favor of corporate-run charter schools.

In a move dubbed a ‘scorched-earth policy’ by Chicago Teachers Union president Karen Lewis, the Chicago Board of Education voted in May to close 50 public schools to be replaced with 13 new charter schools and a “handful of alternative programs.”

Earlier this spring saw the closure of 23 Philadelphia schools, a move many interpreted as a step towards the “elimination of public education.”

Such closures have disproportionately targeted schools in low-income neighborhoods specifically affecting minority students. “It’s about further privatizing the public schools, destroying the union, and destabilizing neighborhoods,” wrote Black Agenda Report’s Glen Ford following the Chicago School Board announcement.

Other details of the poll–announced during a presentation by American Federation of Teachers president Randi Weingarten on Monday–revealed 56 percent of parents oppose giving tax dollars to families to pay for non-public school tuition.

Despite this opposition, the House of Representatives Friday accepted an amendment to the Student Success Act which allows federal funds to follow children from public to charter schools, diverting resources from districts-in-need to privatized education programs.

According to reporting by the Associated Press, the GOP bill “encourages” the expansion of charter schools and “eliminate[s] more than 70 existing elementary and secondary education programs,” replacing them with “block grant money” that states and school districts can distribute to private entities without any federal oversight.

The Washington Post’s reporting continues:

On the issue of standardized tests, a majority of parents surveyed said that too much learning in the classroom has been sacrificed in order to accommodate state tests during the school year. A majority of parents reported that their children have been anxious about those tests. Pockets of resistance to standardized testing have been popping up across the country, with students in Seattle, Pittsburgh and elsewhere opting out of tests this spring in protest.

Among respondents, 38 percent identified as Democrats, 33 percent considered themselves independents and 29 percent were Republicans.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

'Illegal': Detroit Workers Decry Rightwing Assault on Pensions

0

Protestors in Detroit last month objected to plans to cut pension benefits of city workers and retirees. (Photo: Bill Fugliano/Getty)Detroit unions and a Michigan state judge are fighting back against Detroit ’emergency manager’ Kevyn Orr’s filings Thursday to force the city into bankruptcy proceedings, a move that is likely to decimate pensions and benefits that city workers and retirees have already earned.

The bankruptcy–driven forward by Orr and backed by Republican Governor Snyder–is now under debate in court hearings that kicked off Monday morning, after a Michigan state judge ruled Friday that the bankruptcy proceedings are unconstitutional, because they steamroll Michigan state laws that guarantee pensions.

The Michigan attorney general was quick to hit back, insisting that chapter 9 bankruptcy proceedings trump state law.

“These retirees worked hard and played by the rules. The average general city employee pension is less than $18,000 per year, attacking these pensions is not only unfair, it is illegal.”

As legal battles play out in the courts, union members are taking their outrage to the streets, calling for a July 25 rally to defend benefits and pensions for the city’s 21,000 retirees and 9,000 public workers.

The bankruptcy proceedings allow city officials to eradicate union contracts and chop benefits and pensions to workers and retirees, to close what is estimated to be a $3.5 billion shortfall in the pension budget. While officials are required to ‘renegotiate’ their debts to their lenders, union members say there have been no negotiations of any kind.

Orr has publicly signaled that pensioners will be the first on the chopping block, declaring, “Make no mistake about it, there have to be concessions.”

This would likely devastate Detroit’s thousands of retirees living on a fixed income, in a city already beset by poverty.

“There is too much at stake to play political games with the hard earned retirement security of Detroit’s public workers,” declared Detroit AFSCME Local 207 President Lee Saunders in a statement Friday. “These retirees worked hard and played by the rules. The average general city employee pension is less than $18,000 per year, attacking these pensions is not only unfair, it is illegal.”

Despite a Michigan-wide referendum last November aimed at preventing ’emergency managers’ from being granted dictatorial powers, state legislatures pushed through a “right to work” law in December and allowed Snyder to appoint Orr to financially ‘restructure’ the city.

Since his appointment in March, Orr has enthusiastically pushed forward privatization measures and gutted the city’s meager public goods, including mass transportation, schools, and garbage collection.

Critics charge that the near ‘absolute’ powers granted to Kevyn Orr constitute a Republican state takeover of Detroit, in a move that disenfranchises voters in a city where 80% of residents are black.

Labor Notes reports that workers are looking nervously to a Rhode Island law that, when municipalities declare bankruptcy, big bank lenders must be paid back before pensioners.

As John Nichols points out in The Nation, if Detroit were a bank instead of a city of 700,000 people, it would have probably been bailed out by now.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Youths Detained by DHS After Challenge to Obama's 'Deportation Machine'

0

Demonstrators ready themselves outside of Frontera USA to cross the border and reunite with their families. (Photo: @Dreamact/ Twitter)In a direct challenge to the Obama administration’s ‘deportation machine,’ eight immigrant youths who were raised in the United States stood at the Nogales border crossing in Mexico Monday demanding to be let back in to the US.

Three of the demonstrators, Lizbeth Mateo, Lulu Martinez and Marco Saavedr, elected to fly to Mexico and cross alongside the five others–who are among the 1.7 million who, because of forcible removal or self-deportation, have been unable to return to their families in the US.

Supporters on either side of the crossing chanted “undocumented and unafraid,” and “Bring them home!”

With applications for legal admission in hand, demonstrators were detained by the Department for Homeland Security, reports on Twitter indicate.

According to a statement on the Bring Them Home website:

The Obama Administration has created a deportation machine resulting in the destruction of over 1.7 million lives, and the devastating separation of those families by the border. Those 1.7 million people are not lost and forgotten; rather, they are people who deserve to have the choice to return to their home in this country.

All of the participants were raised in the United States and would technically qualify for President Obama’s Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA). “However,” as a friend of the demonstrators writing on the Dream Activist blog explains, “none of them have been granted DACA, and thus, are most likely inadmissible from the United States.” They continue:

For years, we have received emails, phone calls, videos from many persons detained and deported by the U.S. government, often for no reason other than the fact that they grew up in this country, were racially profiled, pulled over for driving without a license, sent to jail, detention and then removed. In many instances, such persons had family, legally residing in the United States. In other cases, after waiting for years for relief, individuals left the U.S. in pursuit of a life elsewhere, only to find out that they could not come back legally into the country, even when they exercised proper legal channels.

Over 10,000 individuals have already signed a petition calling on President Obama to “create a pathway” for the Dream 8 to return home.

_____________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

DHS awards $460 million IT contract to enhance border management

0

Melissa Dawkins
Federal News Radio
July 22, 2013

The Homeland Security Department awarded a contract worth as much as $460 million to Unisys Corp. to enhance border security management systems for the Customs and Border Protection directorate.

Unisys is expecting to improve existing and develop new border-management systems under the single-award indefinite delivery-indefinite quantity contract that includes a one-year base period and four one-year options, according to a July 19 Unisys press release.

The objective of the work is to establish operation maintenance and systems development to support BEMS’ services.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:53 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Pro and anti-Mursi protesters clash near Cairo’s Tahrir square

0

reuters.com
July 22, 2013

Supporters and opponents of ousted Egyptian President Mohamed Mursi clashed in central Cairo on Monday, hurling stones and firing birdshot and fireworks at each other, witnesses said.

The state news agency said one person was killed from a gun shot to the chest, while 21 people needed hospital treatment, the head of the paramedics said.

Blood stains and broken glass littered the pavement between the dueling sides, and injured people were whisked away from the clashes on motorbikes in the worst political violence in Cairo since July 16, when seven died in confrontations.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:23 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Krugman: Detroit’s Bankruptcy “Just One of Those Things”

0

cato.org
July 22, 2013

Paul Krugman in the New York Times on the bankruptcy of my home town:

There are influential people out there who would like you to believe that Detroit’s demise is fundamentally a tale of fiscal irresponsibility and/or greedy public employees. It isn’t. For the most part, it’s just one of those things that happens now and then in an ever-changing economy.

No policy implications in the decline of what was by some measures America’s most prosperous city in 1960. None at all. It was just one of those things.

It was just one of those things…

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:43 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

GlaxoSmithKline admits ‘senior executives’ may have broken Chinese law

0

independent.co.uk
July 22, 2013

British drug company GlaxoSmithKline is under investigation for claims its employees bribed doctors in China, as the president of its Asia-Pacific branch admitted executives “appear” to have broken the law.

Police say the company’s employees used travel agencies and consulting firms to hide a total of 3 billion yuan (£320 million), allowing them to evade GlaxoSmithKline’s internal anti-bribery controls. Investigators could not confirm how much of the funds had been paid to doctors.

The police ministry has said four employees of GSK’s China unit, including a vice president, have been detained. The company says its finance director for China was not among them, but has been barred from leaving the country.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:36 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Florida Gators player arrested for barking at police dog

0

Stephen C. Webster
The Raw Story
July 22, 2013

University of Florida linebacker Antonio Morrison was arrested in Gainesville Sunday morning for allegedly barking at a police dog as officers were in the process of an investigation.

The Gators player also faces a charge of resisting arrest for allegedly fighting back when an officer began handcuffing him. It is the college football player’s second arrest in just five weeks after spending time in jail for punching a bouncer at a nightclub in June.

A police officer was reportedly in the process of searching a car when Morrison and several others walked by and began harassing the animal. His excuse for barking at the police dog? Morrison told police that it barked at him first, ESPN noted.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:40 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

CIA Blocked Security Team Departure During Benghazi Attack

1

freebeacon.com
July 22, 2013

The CIA “repeatedly blocked” the departure of a security team that was ready “within minutes” to respond to the Sept. 11, 2012, terror attacks in Benghazi, Libya that claimed the lives of four Americans, according to Rep. Frank Wolf (R., Va.)

Wolf revealed on the House floor on Monday that “trusted sources have confirmed” to his office “that the security team was ready to respond within minutes after receiving the initial call for help, but the CIA repeatedly blocked their departure for more than 30 minutes.”

Although this team “ultimately disobeyed orders,” it was “too late to save” Ambassador Chris Stevens and U.S. official Sean Smith, both of whom were murdered during a terror attack on the U.S. compound.

“Why was the CIA’s security team repeatedly ordered to ‘stand down’ for more than 30 minutes after the attack began?” asked Wolf, who has taken to the House floor each day over the past week to pose what he says are unanswered questions about the Benghazi attack.

“Where did the order to stop the team from responding originate–was it directed by the CIA or someone else in Washington?” Wolf asked.

“If the team had been allowed to respond immediately, could the lives of Ambassador Stevens and Sean Smith have been saved?” he asked.

“And has anyone been held accountable for obstructing the security team?” he asked.

28 States Saw Unemployment Rates Rise in June

0

Tony Lee
Breitbart
July 22, 2013

The Department of Labor announced Thursday that unemployment rates increased in 28 states during the month of June.

Eleven states saw their unemployment rates fall, and the unemployment rates were unchanged in 11 states. Washington, D.C.’s unemployment rate did not change.

Red states that saw their unemployment rates rise include: Alaska, Arizona, Georgia, Idaho, Indiana, Kansas, Nebraska, Kentucky, Louisiana, Oklahoma, South Carolina, Tennessee, and Utah.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:30 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

France defends veil ban amid protests

0

France has defended a ban on wearing full-face veils in public places after a police crackdown triggered another round of protests outside Paris.

French Interior Minister Manuel Valls said on Monday that authorities were prepared to uphold the ban on full-face veils as the country fell into a third night of protests outside the capital.

Å“These facts which last for three days are totally unacceptable and require a very firm answer from the state,” Valls said, adding, Å“There cannot be any impunity for those who attack the police and public buildings.”

On Sunday, police arrested four people after some 250 youths gathered in Trappes and clashed with officers.

The conflict erupted by an incident on July 18, when a police officer stopped a woman wearing a face veil which is against the law in France.

Å“The law banning full-face veils is a law in the interests of women and against those values having nothing to do with our traditions and values. It must be enforced everywhere. The Republic and secularism must live in these cities,” Valls added.

In order to stop the escalating violence against veiled women, several French Muslims are urging the government to repeal the anti-burqa law.

Since the law was imposed, attacks targeting Muslim women in France have been on the rise.

GMA/AS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Nation's Strictest Abortion Law Banned, For Now

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

(Photo: via Rightnow.io)The most restrictive anti-choice law in the country has been banned after a federal judge temporarily blocked it on Monday, calling the North Dakota bill “clearly invalid and unconstitutional.”

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

On the Death of Helen Thomas

0

In her long career, Helen Thomas walked a tightrope. She was part of Washington’s journalistic club yet an outsider who asked unwelcome questions. When she was tossed out of the club in 2010 over a careless remark about Israel, she said she cried for days — and had few defenders. But one was Lawrence Davidson.

Helen Thomas, who died on July 20 at the age of 92, was the first woman journalist to cover the White House and did so for an unprecedented 50 years. She lasted in that job despite always asking the tough questions. It was a glorious run besmirched only late in her career by opportunistic attacks by Zionist American ideologues.

When that happened, as described below, I wrote a piece in her defense on June 23, 2010, which is included here in an updated form:

Helen Thomas was the most respected of the White House press corps. However, she made a mistake the other day of wearing her feelings on her sleeve, so to speak, on a topic of deadly political sensitivity. She said out loud that the Jews should “get the hell out of Palestine” and return to Europe. Palestine is “not German, it’s not Polish” she added.

Unfortunately, the whole thing ended up on a YouTube video. Predictably, the American Zionists jumped all over her. Several former White House operatives, who may have resented Thomas’s hard questioning of their bosses, were at the front of this charge.

Lanny Davis, former Clinton White House counsel, immediately announced that Thomas should be “stripped of her honors for having crossed the line of freedom of speech.” The attempt by supporters of Israel to exempt criticism of the Zionist state from the protections of the First Amendment of the Constitution has been ongoing. Davis added that Thomas “has shown herself to be an anti-Semtic bigot.”

Another former White House press secretary, Ari Fleischer, said Thomas should be fired from her post and her White House press credentials revoked. He also called her an anti-Semitic bigot. B’nai B’rith’s International President Dennis Glick and Vice President Daniel Mariaschin accused Thomas of being an ally of Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad and being part of a cabal seeking to “delegitimize Israel.”

The way the Israelis behave they have no need of Helen Thomas to “delegitimize” their country. They are doing a fine job of that on their own. Thomas’s remarks came in the aftermath of a piratical attack on the Gaza Aid Flotilla, during which Israeli commandos murdered nine aid activists on the Mavi Marmara.

Acting as they do, the Zionists really have little legitimate cause to get angry at other people’s anger. Thomas’s remarks were obviously made in a mood of anger and frustration. We all make statements during fits of anger most of which, thankfully, do not end up on YouTube.

But we also know that most of the time these statements do not reflect our otherwise realistic and level-headed point of view.

I once heard a respected Middle East historian, delivering a talk at an annual conference of the Middle East Studies Association, say that the world would be a better place if Israel broke off from its geographical position and slid to the bottom of the Mediterranean Sea. Was this man a bigot? No he was not. He was Jewish. And he was not a “self-hater.” However, he was angry.

Thomas offered an apology stating that she regrets the “comments I made last week regarding Israelis and the Palestinians.” There is no doubt that she really does regret it, considering the hot water it put her in. She goes on and says that “they do not reflect my heart-felt belief that peace will come to the Middle East only when all parties recognize the need for mutual respect and tolerance. May that day come soon.”

Given her 50-plus years of honest and penetrating reporting there is no reason to doubt that this last statement represents the sober Helen Thomas — when not confronted with horrific Israeli behavior. The accusations of bigotry and the calls for the ruination of her career are way out of proportion and, when coming from Zionists such as Fleischer, Glick and Mariaschin, they are undoubtedly opportunistic.

Zionist Bigotry

Now, since we are on the topic of bigotry, let’s consider the behavior of the Zionists in this regard. After all if one labels their critics as bigots, one should take a look at the basis for their criticism.

The bitter truth is that Israeli Jews have spent the last 65 years systematically discriminating against Israeli Arabs and, as far as the Palestinians of the Occupied Territories go, they have set up a system of control that smacks of apartheid.

A recent survey of Israeli Jews shows that a good number of them do not want Palestinians as neighbors or allowed to live in the same apartment blocks as they do. Israel’s school textbooks have purposely eradicated the Palestinian history of the place they now call the Jewish state.

This discriminatory environment is promoted by the Israeli government. This is how the Israeli journalist Mya Guarnieridescribes the situation: “The continued maltreatment of Palestinians puts every Israeli’s freedom at risk on a daily basis. If your government disregards the rule of law, disenfranchises your neighbor and tramples his most basic human rights, how can you expect that your own freedoms will remain intact?”

But freedom in Israel is too often seen as a strictly ethnocentric privilege. This is not to say there are not fair-minded and humane Israeli Jews who know that there is something seriously wrong with the society they live in. There are. They are just a too small minority.

In other words, Israel, as now constituted and operated, is a state of active or passive bigots. That conclusion is based on evidence (evidence backed up by most of the world’s human rights organizations, including those in Israel).

That being the case, I assert that Israel today is a racist place and should be transformed from a “Jewish state” to a democratic secular state, a state where all its citizens have equal rights. That does not require all of Israel’s Jews to go back to Europe, or to be drowned in the eastern Mediterranean Sea. It just requires the destruction of the ideology of Zionism.

If the folks at B’nai B’rith get hold of this I will bet dollars to donuts that they would have conniptions and call me an anti-Semitic bigot. That seems to be the way it goes in our world of double standards.

Lawrence Davidson is a history professor at West Chester University in Pennsylvania. He is the author of Foreign Policy Inc.: Privatizing America’s National Interest; America’s Palestine: Popular and Official Perceptions from Balfour to Israeli Statehood; and Islamic Fundamentalism.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Calls for Florida Boycott Following Zimmerman Verdict

0

The verdict in the George Zimmerman case has provoked an array of varying responses since it was announced on June 13. Following a string of protests that took place in over 100 cities on Saturday, angry lawmakers and other groups have launched a campaign to encourage others to boycott the state of Florida, similar to the boycott campaign that was staged against Arizona in response to its immigration law. Opponents of verdict are calling upon the Department of Justice to file a civil rights case against George Zimmerman.

In some cities, protesters were met by those who supported the verdict.

The protests came a day after President Barack Obama called an unscheduled press conference at the White House, wherein he suggested that the United States was still not a “post-racial society.”

In his comments on Friday, Obama also urged all Americans to try to understand the Martin case from the perspective of African-Americans.

“There is a history of racial disparities in the application of our criminal laws,” the president said. “A lot of African-American boys are painted with a broad brush. If a white male teen was involved in the same kind of scenario … both the outcome and the aftermath might have been different.”

Critics of the verdict have blamed Florida’s “stand your ground” law, even though that specific law was not cited by the defense. But Florida’s governor has indicated no interest in changing the law.

Florida’s governor, Rick Scott, who met sit-in demonstrators outside his office in Tallahassee on Thursday, said he supports the stand your ground law and has no intention of convening a special legislative session to change it.

President Obama, however, found an opportunity to suggest that the law should be revisited.

“I think it would be useful for us to examine some state and local laws to see if they are designed in such a way that they may encourage the kinds of altercations and confrontations and tragedies that we saw in the Florida case,” he said.

As mentioned above, opponents of the verdict are calling for a boycott of Florida’s economy similar to the one launched against Arizona following the passage of Arizona’s immigration law. According to the Huffington Post, the boycott cost the state of Arizona approximately $141 million in lost meeting and convention business in just the seven months after Governor Jan Brewer signed the immigration bill into law:

Businesses have lost lucrative contracts and conventions have relocated, performers called off concerts, and cities and counties in about a dozen states passed resolutions to avoid doing business with Arizona.

Fox News notes a significant difference between the compelling incident that provoked the Arizona boycott, however, and that which has caused the Florida boycott:

While Arizona had passed first-of-its kind legislation against illegal immigration when the uproar started over that state, Florida is hardly unique. At least 22 states have “stand-your-ground” laws – which allow people to use deadly force to protect themselves often without any compulsion to retreat, and are at the center of the post-verdict controversy.

And in the case of Zimmerman, his attorneys didn’t even use the law as part of their defense.

But even as Florida is just one of many states with SYG laws, Reverend Jesse Jackson called Florida an “apartheid state” during a CNN interview last week and indicated he would consider launching an economic boycott against the state if the Justice Department does not file federal charges against Zimmerman.

Likewise, three members of the Congressional Black Caucus have taken up the call for a boycott.

One such member is Rep. Bobby L. Rush of Illinois, who wore a hoodie on the House floor last year in support of Trayvon. Rush recently stated that the Zimmerman trail reminded him of a lynch mob.

Former House Speaker Newt Gingrich criticized Rush on CNN’s “State of the Union,” for what Gingrich perceives to be Rush’s misguided priorities.

“You have a congressman who represents the most violent city in America, you have a congressman who represents the city in which 500 people were killed last year, 74 percent of them African-Americans,” said Gingrich. “You have a congressman whose own district is bleeding who puts on a hoodie as a symbolic act, but he doesn’t do anything about the gangs in his own district.”

And not every member of the Congressional Black Caucus is in agreement about a boycott.

“I think that many of us understand that sometimes when we call for those kind of economic boycotts, the impact on some of our communities can be really tremendous, and so I want to examine that first,” Rep. Donna F. Edwards, Maryland Democrat, said on “Fox News Sunday.”

Still, Edwards took the opportunity to challenge calls by columnist Dr. Ben Carson, who said that Americans need to “tone down the rhetoric and recognize that we the people are not each other’s enemies.”

“But Dr. Carson, really to be clear, there are deep systemic problems that really impact African-Americans in the system that have to be addressed, and I think the president spoke to some of those. And so we can’t ignore that,” Edwards said.

Some have already begun to boycott.

One week after George Zimmerman was acquitted, performer Stevie Wonder announced that he would be boycotting the state of Florida, as well as all other states with Stand Your Ground Laws. That would include his home state of Michigan. Wonder is joined by other performers, including Mary Mary and Dionne Warwick.

MoveOn.org has been gathering signatures on a petition supporting a boycott, asserting that Florida is “not a safe place to vacation.”

And members of California’s Legislative Black Caucus have called for a repeal of the stand your ground law in Florida while simultaneously calling for a boycott in the meantime.

But despite some public outcry over the Zimmerman verdict and Florida’s stand your ground law, the law continues to enjoy a great deal of support nationwide.

A recent Rasmussen Report poll shows that 45 percent of Americans support stand your ground laws, while 32 percent oppose them.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Illinois: Gun sales steady, but waiting list for training booms

0

Allison Goodrich
The Register-Mail
July 22, 2013

In light of the state’s new concealed carry law, related businesses in the area have thus far felt varied levels of change.

For Preston Johnson, owner of Galesburg Guns, Gear and Ammo at 739 Henderson St., sales have yet to show a noticeable spike.

The big boom, Johnson said, came after the Newtown, Conn., mass murder of 20 elementary school students and six faculty members in December 2012. While sales have since dropped back to a steady level, they’re still higher than this time last year.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:10 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Al-Qaida militants flee Iraq jail in violent mass break-out

0

jpost.com
July 22, 2013

Hundreds of convicts, including senior members of al-Qaida, broke out of Iraq’s Abu Ghraib jail as comrades launched a military-style assault to free them, authorities said on Monday.

The deadly raid on the high-security jail happened as Sunni Muslim militants are gaining momentum in their insurgency against the Shi’ite-led government that came to power after the US invasion to oust Saddam Hussein.

Suicide bombers drove cars packed with explosives to the gates of the prison on the outskirts of Baghdad on Sunday night and blasted their way into the compound, while gunmen attacked guards with mortars and rocket-propelled grenades.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 2:14 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Global Geopolitics: Chinese Internet vs. U.S. Internet

0

With the latest revelations of NSA spying on Chinese citizens and the recent meeting of Obama and Xi Jinping, US / China relations are once again in the spotlight.

From his vantage point at Peking University, Dr. Thorsten Pattberg breaks down the latest developments and what they mean for global geopolitics.

Find out more in this week’s GRTV Feature Interview with Dr. Thorsten Pattberg.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

5 Bad Things That Have Happened to McDonald’s in the Last Few Weeks

3

McDonald’s is having a very bad, no good summer. The corporate food giant has been hit with bad news in recent weeks, enough to give their competitors some joy.

From strikes over burning hot restaurants to a drop in stock prices, McDonald’s has seen better days. Here’s 5 reasons why McDonald’s is having a bad summer.

1. Budget For Workers Lambasted

In mid-July, McDonald’s got some unwelcome publicity when their website with Visa telling employees how to budget on meager earnings was highlighted. It inadvertently served to demonstrate just how tough it is for fast-food workers to get by on their salaries.

The McDonald’s budget had little bearing in reality. It leaves room open for a second job. It says that workers could spend only $20 on healthcare per month. It suggested that rent would cost workers only $600. All of these low-ball suggestions were directed at employees who work for low wages.

The budget was criticized by financial experts, and was also lambasted by the organization Low Pay is Not Okay.

2. New York City Store Hit By Strike Over Lack of A/C

On Friday July 19, workers struck at a McDonald’s in the Washington Heights neighborhood of Manhattan. It was one of the hottest days of the year, but McDonald’s expected employees at that store branch to work without air conditioning. The workers wouldn’t take it.

At least four employees at the store walked out of their jobs in protest of the heat. One worker named Luisa Dilla told Salon’s Josh Eidelson that another worker had vomited and passed out because of the hot weather. After the worker went downstairs to throw up in the bathroom, the manager at the store followed her and told her to get back to work.

“This is a crime to have workers doing their job, providing their services, with the temperature going more than 110 degrees without air conditioning,” City Councilmember Ydanis Rodriguez, who represents the area where the store is located, told Salon.

The owner of the McDonald’s store arrived in the afternoon with a portable A/C unit.

This specific strike comes in the midst of a high-profile campaign by low-wage workers at fast-food restaurants, including McDonald’s, to demand better wages and the right to organize.

3. McDonald’s Stock Falls

Today, reports were published indicating that McDonald’s share prices dropped. The prices dropped 2.7 percent in New York. Shares had previously dropped 3.2 percent–”the biggest intraday drop since Oct. 19,” Bloomberg reports.

July is expected to be a tough month, and the store’s top leaders have warned of a tough year ahead.

4. McDonald’s Healthy Food Not Selling

The corporate food giant has begun to more aggressively market “healthier” foods on its menu. But consumers aren’t biting.

This is a key part of the reason why McDonald’s stocks have fallen. Their “healthy” items just aren’t selling.

5. Competitors Doing Better

The flipside of the fact that McDonald’s is not doing so well economically is that their competitors are doing better. As the Associated Press reports, “last week, for example, Chipotle Mexican Grill reported that sales rose 3.4 per cent at restaurants open at least a year for the same period.” Chipotle, a company McDonald’s used to invest in, isn’t the only competitor doing better than McDonald’s.

The AP adds: “Burger King and Wendy’s have been revamping their menus under new management, while Taco Bell, owned by Yum Brands Inc., has gotten a big boost from its Doritos-flavoured tacos.”

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Secrets of the Right: Selling Garbage to Your Fans

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

If the late social critic Eric Hoffer is correct in his often quoted ( inaccurately, it turns out) adage that “every great cause begins as a movement, becomes a business, and eventually degenerates into a racket,” then the conservative movement is well onto the third phase of that life cycle.

Last week, preeminent conservative blogger and Fox News contributor Erick Erickson was busted hawking a pricey but dubiously valuable financial advice newsletter to his readers in an ad that turned out to be lifted from a previous ad for the same newsletter sent in the name of Ann Coulter a few years earlier. “I’m happy to support a good friend. Didn’t earn a penny,” he tweeted. Whether you believe that or not may depend on whether you know that his publisher once offered to sell his endorsement, or if you believe, as Alex Pareene has often written, that the conservative movement is, among other things, an elaborate moneymaking venture by which the wealth of the rabid and gullible conservative rank and file is redistributed to already rich celebrities.

The truth is, peddling shady products to your most loyal listeners and readers is the rule, not the exception, and Erickson was just unfortunate enough to have someone notice him, and not the dozen other talkers or news outlets it could have easily been. From miracle health cures, to get-rich-quick schemes, to overpriced precious metals and seed banks, talk radio hosts and conservative news outlets are making a killing by trading their platform and credibility for the hard-earned cash of their unsuspecting listeners.

The most obvious example is gold, the precious metal conservative talkers encouraged their listeners to go all in on during the Great Recession (via the companies that pay them to say that and give them a cut of sales, naturally), but gold has since fallen more than 30 percent from its peak. If you bought when gold was near its high, you could have lost half your nest egg, and analysts say prices could fall another 50 percent. But poor financial advice aside, the real problem came in the particular companies the conservative luminaries ensured their listeners they could trust.

Glenn Beck is the most egregious, with his partnership with Goldline International, which also enjoys endorsements from Mark Levin and, until recently, Sean Hannity and others. Beck cut tearful promotional videos for the company, hawks them passionately on his radio and TV programs, and even designed a coin for the company this year (it reads “mind your business” on the front).

As it turns out, the company’s business model is built on systematically swindling its mostly elderly clientele by talking or tricking them into buying overpriced coins or just sending them different products than they bought, prosecutors in California alleged, leading the company to settle for $4.5 million in refunds to its customers. A judge instructed the company to foot the bill for a court-appointed monitor, who was supposed to ensure the company stopped its alleged “bait and switch” scam.

Not long after that, the company’s former chief compliance officer came forward to say the company was back to its old tricks. “Goldline specifically targets vulnerable consumers with sales tactics designed to pressure those consumers into buying products that would often result in the consumer losing over one-third of his or her investment the instant the purchase is made,” she said in a legal complaint filed late last year.

And yet, Beck’s support is undiminished. The company’s banner ad still graces the top of TheBlaze.com and Beck still touts them on air. “Before I started turning you on to Goldline, I wanted to look them in the eye. This is a top notch organization that’s been in business since 1960,” Beck says in an endorsement on the company’s website.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

California cop promoted after killing pet dog

0

A California police officer involved in the shooting of a pet dog last month has been promoted to sergeant.

City officials in El Monte, California are not releasing the name
of the recently promoted police officer, but confirm that it’s
one of two men caught on tape last month shooting a pet German
shepherd.

The initial incident occurred on June 19 as two El Monte police
officers were following up on a report of a runaway teenager.
After one of the cops let himself in to the fenced area outside
of the home of Cathy Luu and her husband Chi Nguyen, the family’s
pet pit bull approached one of the officers, prompting him to
briefly play with it. Things quickly took a nasty turn, however,
with surveillance camera footage recorded by the family showing
that moments later their pet German shepherd began quickly pacing
across the yard. Fearing he’d be attacked, one of the officers
opened fire and shot the dog.

Although the police department reportedly offered at first to pay
the subsequent veterinary bill, a $7,000 price-tag proved too
costly and the family ultimately ended up putting their dog down,
the family said.

Now as an investigation into the shooting continues, one of the
two officers caught on the family’s home surveillance camera has
received a promotion.

“One officer involved in this incident did receive a promotion
to sergeant; however the officer was selected for and notified of
the promotion on June 12, well before the incident took
place
,” El Monte Police Chief Steven Schuster said in a
written statement.

“Since this is an ongoing investigation, we could not rescind
that promotion because it would have violated the officer’s
rights under state law
,” the chief said.

Schuster added that if the investigation reveals that either of
the officers violated policy in handling the incident, then the
department may choose to take disciplinary action.

The department has declined to name the officers involved, citing
the investigation, but the San Gabriel Valley Tribune has
identified them as Arlen Castillo and Kenneth Fraser. The paper
noted that the El Monte Police Department’s Facebook book
announced that Fraser and six others received promotions on July
1. Castillo has reportedly been reassigned to a different
position, a maneuver that Chief Schuster told the Tribune was a
“lateral move.”

Schuster said the investigation into the shooting could last
several months.

“We have reached out to other police departments to find best
practices and determine whether there is a need to change or
augment our policies
,” Schuster told the Tribune. “We are
also referencing a recent report by the (U.S. Department of
Justice) Community Oriented Policing Services (COPS) that deals
with this issue
.”

Shortly after the shooting, El Monte Mayor Andrew Quintero said
he was looking for a “quick and appropriate solution” with
regards to the investigation.

“Our community and the Luu/Nguyen family deserve answers and
closure quickly
,” the mayor said.

Last month’s shooting happened just days before a similar
incident in Hawthorne, California in which police officers were
caught on camera fatally shooting a pet Rottweiler while
arresting the dog’s owner. Officers at the Hawthorne Police
Department have reportedly since received death threats as a
result.

“These aren’t just threats of ill-will,” Hawthorne Police
Chief Robert Fager told NBC News. “These are absolutely
threats to life.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Canadá: Greenpeace se moviliza en defensa del Ártico

0

Greenpeace se movilizó en Quebec para denunciar los graves peligros medioambientales que provocarían los proyectos de explotación petrolera en el Ártico.

La celebración del matrimonio entre el Primer Ministro de Canadá y la multinacional British Petroleum fue la acción artística que realizó Greenpeace para sensibilizar y dar a conocer los impactos negativos de la explotación petrolera en el Ártico.

British Petroleum fue responsable del derrame de petróleo en el Golfo de México en 2010. Este derrame petrolífero de 6500 km2 de extensión producido por la explosión y hundimiento de una plataforma petrolífera causó daños irreparables en el medioambiente.

El Ártico cumple un papel crucial en el clima global. Hasta el día de hoy ninguna compañía demostró tener la capacidad para detener un derrame de petróleo en el Ártico.

Jorge Zegarra, Montreal.

http://www.hispantv.com
http://www.facebook.com/Hispantv
http://plus.google.com/+hispantv
http://twitter.com/Hispantv
http://hispantv.com/

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from: Global Research

US marshals lost 2,200 encrypted radios worth $6 mln

0

The US Marshals Service has lost 2,200 encrypted two-way radios and communication devices valued at $6 million or more, and officials are worried that the devices may have found their way into the hands of criminals.

Losing the devices could pose a security risk for federal judges
and endangered witnesses, since criminals who may have obtained
the radios could use them to listen in on security details and
law-enforcement operations, Marshals officials told the Wall
Street Journal.

The US Marshals Service (USMS) is responsible for the protection
of court officers and buildings, including the Supreme Court. The
service also runs the Witness Protection Program, which is
designed to help witnesses and their families acquire new
identities with authentic documentation, often to avoid being
killed for testifying. The service also strives to apprehend
fugitives. Marshals officials use radios to securely communicate
in the field, but thousands of these devices remain unaccounted
for.

Each radio ranges in price from about $2,000 to $5,000, bringing
the total value of the 2,200 lost devices to about $6 million.

“This issue is in large part attributable to poor record
keeping as a result of an older property-management system, as
opposed to equipment being lost,”
USMS spokesman Drew Wade
told the Journal.

The agency’s Office of Strategic Technology noted the problem in
a 2011 presentation. In March of this year, the agency concluded
a nationwide inventory of its equipment and discovered the
missing items. Some unnamed officials told the Journal that the
count of missing devices has since grown to at least 4,000.

“It is apparent that negligence and incompetence has resulted
in a grievous mismanagement of millions of dollars of USMS
property,”
stated the 2011 presentation. “Simply put, the
entire system is broken and drastic measures need to be taken to
address the issues…The 800 pound elephant in the room needs to
finally be acknowledged.”

The agency’s spokesperson claims that there are no instances
where “public safety was jeopardized as a result of this,”
but the risk remains very real. One Marshals official told the
Journal that one of the agency’s radios was sold a few years ago
by an eBay user from Hong Kong. A Marshals Service official
bought the device and upon examination, investigators noticed
that it had been taken apart and reassembled.

Internal notes obtained by the Journal reveal that USMS officials
have long tried to downplay the significance of the missing
devices and feared media exposure.

One note describes a phone call in which USMS Director Stacia
Hylton tried to come up for a lower dollar value of the missing
devices to make the $6 million loss appear less significant.
Another note describes a conversation in which a senior official
declares that he or she will not “take the fall in the media
for missing radios.”
The author of the note replies, “I am
not taking the ‘fall’ for the agencies [sic] inability to take
corrective action and ensure accountability for millions of
dollars in missing radios.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Top US General, “US is Preparing ‘Kinetic Strikes’ against Syria”

0

nsnbc.me
July 22, 2013

The United States highest-ranking military officer, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, General Martin Dempsey, has said that the USA is deliberating whether it should or should not use military force in Syria, and that various scenarios, including “kinetic strikes” are being prepared.

The information correlates with recent intelligence, according to which US Special Forces in Jordan are training “rebels” for ground assistance during U.S. air raids against high profile military and political targets in Syria. A major, internationally backed, political and military campaign against Syria is expected in August and September.

During a hearing at the U.S. Senate´s Armed Services Committee on Thursday, the U.S. Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. Martin Dempsey, said that the Obama administration is preparing various scenarios for a possible U.S. military intervention in Syria, and considering whether the USA should use “the brute of the U.S. military, and kinetic strikes”. “The issue”, said Gen. Dempsey, “is under deliberation inside of our agencies of government”.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 1:55 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Syria says Russia committed to S-300 systems contract

0

PressTV
July 22, 2013

Syrian Deputy Prime Minister Qadri Jamil says Russia’s contract to supply Syria with the sophisticated S-300 air defense systems is still in place.

“All agreements between Russia and Syria in the area of arms deliveries are in place,” Jamil said after meeting Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov in Moscow on Monday.

Russia has refused to halt military and other cooperation with the Damascus government throughout the Syria conflict.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 1:45 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Internet businesses caught price gouging customers that visit high-end websites

0

Jonathan Benson
Natural News
July 22, 2013

If the recent revelations about the National Security Agency’s (NSA) massive data collection and spying schemes on Americans have made you reconsider the state of your privacy, you may be shocked to learn that some online merchants are also now using your personal data to rip you off when you shop online. According to new reports, some internet businesses are actually tracking users’ browsing histories and charging them more for goods and services if they visit “high-end” websites that sell expensive products.

As reported by the U.K.’s Guardian, some online travel merchants, for instance, are charging users more for plane fares and hotel stays if their browsing histories reveal a liking for expensive products and services. Users who visit websites that sell fancy jewelry, for example, or that promote lavish vacations could end up paying more for the travel services to get there, as opposed to other users whose browsing histories reveal a more frugal approach to life.

“Having your data passed around can … lead you to be charged more for an item,” writes Charles Arthur for Guardian.co.uk. “[I]f your browsing history shows you visit high-end sites, some sites will increase prices. (That’s why plane fares can drop if you delete the ‘cookie’ files in your browser.)”

To put it another way, some of the very same private data being collected by the occupying federal powers is also being collected, at least to some degree, by online businesses for the purpose of “customizing” the prices of products for individual users. This means that so-called “rich” folks, or even just people who visit websites that look “rich,” could be paying more than everybody else for the same products.

Orbitz exposed for charging Mac users more for travel accommodations

The Guardian piece does not divulge the names of online merchants that engage in such practices, but an earlier report in The Wall Street Journal (WSJ) identifies the popular travel website Orbitz as one known culprit. According to this report, Orbitz actually charges users browsing its site on Apple computers up to 30 percent more for hotel stays than users browsing on PCs.

“The sort of targeting undertaken by Orbitz is likely to become more commonplace as online retailers scramble to identify new ways in which people’s browsing data can be used to boost online sales,” writes Dana Mattioli for the WSJ. “The effort underscores how retailers are becoming bigger users of so-called predictive analytics, crunching reams of data to guess the future shopping habits of customers.”

Regularly clearing your cache, browsing in privacy mode can help you save money online

So how can you avoid being taken advantage of while shopping online? The simplest and most obvious way is to activate the “privacy mode” function on your web browser, which will prevent websites from accessing and tracking your personal data. You can also disable cookies from being stored and tracked by the websites you visit, or at least regularly delete them from your system by going into your browser’s settings and clearing them out.

For additional privacy, you can also use search engines like Ixquick, Startpage, and DuckDuckGo, none of which collect and store your personal data. This is important, as many popular search engines such as Google and Bing actively track your activity and exploit it – or worse, furnish it to the rogue American police state to be potentially used against you in the future. Other helpful privacy tools include Disconnect, Adblock Edge, Ghostery, and HTTPS Everywhere, which you can find online.

Sources for this article include:

http://www.guardian.co.uk

http://online.wsj.com

http://www.ghostery.com

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 1:36 pm






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Watermelon’s Remarkable Health Benefits

0

Sayer Ji
Greed Med Info
July 22, 2013

Only this month, research published in the Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry found watermelon juice is an effective remedy for reducing the recovery heart rate and muscle soreness in athletes who were given 500 ml of watermelon juice (16.9 oz) containing 1.17 grams of the naturally occurring amino acid L-citrulline.

Additional research indicates watermelon may possess the following health benefits:

Boosting Your Antioxidant Levels: Watermelon is exceptionally rich in lycopene (hence its red color) and other carotenoids such as lutein and beta carotene.[2] A 2003 study published in the Journal of Nutrition found that regular watermelon juice consumption resulted in significant increases in blood plasma concentrations of lycopene and beta carotene.[3] Keep in mind that lycopene has been found to have over 40 potential health benefits, and beta carotene (especially in its natural, food-complexed form) equally plentiful health benefits, adding extra significance to this finding. Also, the watermelon-induced increase in plasma antioxidant levels may lend explanation to why an epidemiological study of the Chinese found greater watermelon intake to be associated with a lower risk of cancer.

Reducing Blood Pressure/Improving Arterial Health: A 2012 study published in the American Journal of Hypertension found that middle-aged obese subjects with prehypertension or stage 1 hypertension who were given 6 weeks of treatment with a watermelon extract containing 6 grams of L-citrulline and L-arginine daily, experienced reduced ankle blood pressure and altered carotid wave reflection, an indication of improved arterial function.[5] The inability of the blood vessels to dilate and function properly is known as endothelial dysfunction, and is likely the most well-known initiating step in the pathogenesis of atherosclerosis. If watermelon can ameliorate or reverse this process, it would certainly provide a breakthrough alternative to many of the drugs used for primary prevention, such as the cholesterol-lowering statin drug class, whose side effects, numbering in the hundreds, include heart muscle dysfunction and damage.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 1:23 pm

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Obama Supporters Petition to Grant Him Immunity for All Crimes He Commits While in Office

0


Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

Considering the innumerable scandals overshadowing President Obama’s two terms, one would think Americans would be all too eager to cast the arrogant ruler by the wayside.

Rather, as writer and political activist Mark Dice illustrates, Americans seem to be reaching new sycophantic heights in demonstrating their enamored, undeterred faith in the murderous tyrant’s dictatorial reign.

Dice once again takes to California’s sunny beaches and effortlessly proceeds to gather a multitude of signatures for a fictitious petition seeking to grant the president immunity for crimes he commits while in office.

“We just need to get behind the president and show that we will grant him immunity for any crimes that he may have committed,” Dice tells one distracted beach cyclist.

Dice then thanks the cyclist for her signature, to which she supplies an enthusiastic, “No problem.”

“I’m sure that he’s had a good reason for doing those things… Just, you know, we need to get behind the president no matter what he does, right?” Dice inquires of another person.

“Yes,” another distracted beach-goer blithely replies.

Dice also played up the race card, saying, “I mean, Obama deserves immunity and anybody that tries to charge him with a crime is obviously a racist of some kind.”

“Right,” another signer wholeheartedly agrees.

“Basically… we’re just gonna make sure that Obama can get away with whatever he wants to, just like you can get away with having that doobie right now,” he jokes to a beach-faring, pot-smoker signing the petition.

The sheer ease by which Dice is able to garner signatories simply by mentioning the name Obama is astounding, but his petition signers’ lack of perspicacity is in no way a fluke or accident.

As Dice demonstrated last May at the San Diego State University, Americans are extremely willing to sacrifice privacy and their Fourth Amendment rights for security.

Following the Boston Marathon bombings, Dice was able to find students willing to submit to random bag searches so long as he prefaced it by saying he was conducting the backpack searches as part of Obama’s citizen security volunteer force.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 1:07 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Italy to Ban Monsanto GMO Corn with 80% Public Support

1

Christina Sarich
Natural Society
July 22, 2013

First India gives Monsanto a run for their ill-gotten money by refusing their patent applications, and now Italy, with the help of three Italian ministries, will try to undo Monsanto. A decree has been signed which will ban Monsanto’s MON810 maize, one of the two genetically modified crops currently legally grown in Europe and sold commercially. The decree is not yet binding as it has to be published in the official gazette, but the public stands behind the three Italian ministers who put forth the document with a resounding 80% against GMO and Monsanto, as evidenced in a public survey.

The agricultural ministry rightfully addressed one of many problems with Monsanto’s GMO crops, stating that they have a ‘negative impact on biodiversity.’ The ban was also signed by the health and environment ministries. That makes three. The ministries stated:

“Our agriculture is based on biodiversity, on quality, and those we must continue to aim for, without games that even from an economic point of view would not make us competitive.”

The three ministries have also notified the European Commission and other states in the EU about this important precedent-setting move to oust Monsanto from the world food supply monopoly that the company is currently trying to browbeat the world with. The ministries have also requested a scientific basis for the final decision from the European Food and Safety Authority — Europe’s version of the FDA, the country’s food safety watch dog.

Individual governments in the EU are able to introduce safeguards and recommendations if they feel the food supply is threatened, or there are environmental risks, however, the Commission must verify them and put them into action. Just last year French Prime Minister Jean-Marc Ayraul announced that the nation would maintain a key ban on the only remaining GMO currently allowed in Europe – the MON810 maize specifically.

“The protection of Italian distinctiveness must be a policy priority since it determines the existence of ‘Made in Italy’, which is our engine, our future, our leverage to return to growth in the food industry,” Coldiretti’s president, Sergio Marini, said in a statement.

Only five members of the European Union grew Monsanto’s MON810 maize last year, according to the International Service for the Acquisition of Agri-biotech Applications. Hopefully with the Commission’s approval of this new ban, Italy will kick Monsanto and all GMO crops out of the country completely going forward.

Four die in Cairo clashes: Sec. sources

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Egyptian security sources say three people have been killed in north of the capital, Cairo, bringing the death toll from clashes to four.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Top US General, “US is Preparing “Kinetic Strikes” against Syria”

1

The United States highest-ranking military officer, Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, General Martin Dempsey, has said that the USA is deliberating whether it should or should not use military force in Syria, and that various scenarios, including “kinetic strikes” are being prepared.

The information correlates with recent intelligence, according to which US Special Forces in Jordan are training “rebels” for ground assistance during U.S. air raids against high profile military and political targets in Syria. A major, internationally backed, political and military campaign against Syria is expected in August and September. 

Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Martin Dempsey

Photo: Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff Gen. Martin Dempsey

During a hearing at the U.S. Senate´s Armed Services Committee on Thursday, the U.S. Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. Martin Dempsey, said that the Obama administration is preparing various scenarios for a possible U.S. military intervention in Syria, and considering whether the USA should use “the brute of the U.S. military, and kinetic strikes”.  “The issue”, said Gen. Dempsey, “is under deliberation inside of our agencies of government”.

Preparations for a possible attack against Syria reportedly began after the use of chemical weapons in the Khan al-Assal district of Aleppo on 5 March 2013, killed at least 25 and injured more than 100.

Despite overwhelming evidence to the contrary, and despite having received an 800 pages, official report from a Russian expert commission who investigated at the scene, and who had samples analyzed in internationally recognized laboratories, the Obama administration continues issuing blanketing accusations against the Syrian government.

Another PR strategy used by the U.S. Administration as well as by British and French officials, who state that the only way to bring about “regime change in Syria is a military intervention”, is to merely report the number of killed and injured, without addressing that there is an overwhelming amount of evidence that substantiates the Russian and Syrian statements, that is, that it were the foreign-backed insurgents who had used chemical weapons.

Thus, Ben Rhodes, President Obama´s Deputy National Security Adviser for Strategic Communications said:

“The intelligence community estimates that 100 to 150 people have died from detected chemical weapons attacks in Syria to date; however, casualty data is likely incomplete.”

The Obama administration has previously stated, that the use of chemical weapons would be a “red line” and trigger an intervention. Other U.S. officials have recently reiterated, that it is not unlikely, that the U.S.A. would implement a no-fly-zone above Syria, using Jordanian air bases.

Officially, the United States has deployed 800 troops in Jordan. Jordanian Members of Parliament however, have complained that the number of U.S. troops in Jordan is significantly higher than 1000.

The Deputy Speaker of the Jordanian Parliament, Khalil Atiya expressed his concerns about the increased presence of U.S. troops in Jordan, saying:

” As deputies, representing the Jordanian people, we do not accept the United States or any other country´s troops in Jordan. Jordanians do not think that Syria could pose a threat”. 

Al Mafraq NATO Mercenaries in Buffer ZoneOn 29 June, nsnbc international published information from a Palestinian intelligence source, according to which 300 of the U.S. troops, which are stationed in and near the Jordanian — Syrian border city of al-Mafraq are special forces, who are training foreign insurgents in special operations.

Special operations are reportedly being prepared with the intention to target high-profile political and military targets in Syria, in support of a major military push against Syria in August and September.

The Palestinian intelligence source also reported to nsnbc, that the foreign-backed insurgents in Syria were preparing arms caches throughout Syria , in preparation of a major military campaign in August and September. The source stated, that large-scale chemical weapons attacks should be used as a pretext for calls for the implementation of a no-fly-zone, the establishment of humanitarian corridors, and ultimately, a foreign military intervention.

The Syrian Arab Army seized more than 200 barrels with chemicals from insurgents at a farm in Banias, Tartus.

The Syrian Arab Army seized more than 200 barrels with chemicals from insurgents at a farm in Banias, Tartus.

The intelligence was corroborated in an nsnbc report published on 10 July, after the Syrian Armed Forces seized 208 barrels with chemicals from foreign-backed insurgents on a farm in Banias, near the Syrian city of Tartus at the Eastern Mediterranean coast.

Official Syrian government sources reported that the Armed Forces had seized 79 barrels of Polyethylene Glycol, 67 barrels of Monoethylene Glocol, 25 barrels of Monoethanolamine, 68 barrels of Diethanolamine, and 42 barrels of Triethanolamine at the farm in Banias.

The Syrian UN Ambassador Bashar Ja´afari said:

“The Syrian authorities have discovered yesterday, in the city of Banias, 281 barrels filled with dangerous, hazardous chemical materials, capable of destroying a whole city, if not the whole country”.

Damascus Chemicals 14 July 2013 2Only days later, on 14 July, nsnbc published a report, after another depot with chemicals was seized from insurgents in a Damascus suburb. Some of the chemicals were from Saudi-Arabia.

On 16 July, nsnbc published a report that implicates the United States in the trafficking of the internationally banned nerve agent Sarin from Libya.

The Sarin, which was originally manufactured in Germany, had first been sold to Iraq, where after it was sold to Libya. In Libya it had fallen into the hands of U.S. backed insurgents during the war on Libya in 2011. The Sarin was then shipped from Libya to Syria and delivered to foreign-backed insurgents there.

The statement by the United States Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. Martin Dempsey, at the U.S. Senate´s Armed Services Committee on Thursday, that the U.S. is “preparing kinetic strikes against Syria” strongly corroborates the intelligence nsnbc received, according to which the large scale use of chemical weapons by the insurgents in August and September is being prepared with the explicit purpose to justify calls for a military intervention, which is a euphemism for open war against Syria.

Moreover, the information that U.S. special forces are training insurgents in ground operations in support of air raids against high profile military and political targets in Syria indicates, that the U.S.A. is actively preparing the attempt to decapitate the Syrian military and political leadership in August or September, after which an invasion with ground troops would be justified by claiming, that chemical weapons had fallen into the hands of “terrorists”.

Dr. Christof Lehmann is the founder and editor of nsnbc. He is a psychologist and independent political consultant on conflict and conflict resolution and a wide range of other political issues. His work with traumatized victims of conflict has led him to also pursue the work as political consultant. He is a lifelong activist for peace and justice, human rights, Palestinians rights to self-determination in Palestine, and he is working on the establishment of international institutions for the prosecution of all war crimes, also those committed by privileged nations. On 28 August 2011 he started his blog nsnbc, appalled by misrepresentations of the aggression against Libya and Syria. In March 2013 he turned nsnbc into a daily, independent, international on-line newspaper. He can be contacted at nsnbc international at nsnbc.wordpress@gmail.com

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Aid to Palestine or Israel? Ottawa Delivered Millions in Aid to Palestinian Authority to Advance Israeli Interests

0

A recently uncovered government document confirms that Ottawa has delivered millions of dollars in aid to the Palestinian Authority in a bid to advance Israel’s interests. The internal memorandum also sheds light on Canada’s efforts to build a security apparatus to protect the Palestinian Authority from popular disgust over its compliance in the face of ongoing Israeli settlement building.

Last week Postmedia’s Lee Berthiaume reported on a Canadian International Development Agency note outlining Israel’s desire for Canada to continue its $300 million five-year “aid” program to the Palestinians, which the Conservatives threatened to severe after the PA pursued UN statehood last fall.

“There have been increasing references in the past months during high-level bilateral meetings with the Israelis about the importance and value they place on Canada’s assistance to the Palestinian Authority, most notably in security/justice reform,” reads the November 2nd 2012 note signed by CIDA president Margaret Biggs. “The Israelis have noted the importance of Canada’s contribution to the relative stability achieved through extensive security co-operation between Israel and the Palestinian Authority.”

The heavily censored note suggests the goal of the Canadian “aid” is to protect a corrupt PA from popular backlash. Biggs explains that “the emergence of popular protests on the Palestinian street against the Palestinian Authority is worrying and the Israelis have been imploring the international donor community to continue to support the Palestinian Authority.”

These recent revelations from CIDA confirm the highly politicized nature of Canadian aid to the Palestinians. After Hamas won legislative elections in January 2006 the Conservatives made Canada the first country (after Israel) to cut off funding to the PA.

When Hamas officials were ousted from the Palestinian unity government in June 2007, the Conservatives immediately contributed $8 million “in direct support to the new government.” Then in December 2007 the Conservatives announced a five-year $300 million aid program to the Palestinians, which was largely designed to serve Israel’s interests.
As a Saint John Telegraph-Journal headline explained at the time: “Canada’s aid to Palestine benefits Israel, foreign affairs minister says.”

In January 2008 Maxime Bernier, then Canada’s foreign minister, said: “We are doing that [providing aid to the PA] because we want Israel to be able to live in peace and security with its neighbors.”

Most of the Canadian aid money has gone to building up a Palestinian security force overseen by a US general. The immediate impetus of the Canadian aid was to create a Palestinian security force “to ensure that the PA maintains control of the West Bank against Hamas,” as Canadian Ambassador to Israel Jon Allen was quoted as saying by the Canadian Jewish News.

American General Keith Dayton, in charge of organizing a 10,000-member Palestinian security force, even admitted that he was strengthening Mahmoud Abbas’ Fatah against Hamas, telling a US audience in May 2009 his force was “working against illegal Hamas activities.” According to Al Jazeera, between 2007 and early 2011 PA security forces arrested some 10,000 suspected Hamas supporters in the West Bank.

The broader aim of the US-Canada-Britain initiated Palestinian security reform was to build a force to patrol the West Bank and Gaza. In a 2011 profile of Canadian Lieutenant-Colonel Ron Allison, “Dayton’s chief of liaison in the West Bank” for a year, Allison’s hometown newspaper the Times & Transcript reported: “The Dayton team was concerned with enhancing security on the West Bank of Palestine and was all geared towards looking after and ensuring the security of Israel.”

“We don’t provide anything to the Palestinians,” Dayton told the Associated Press in June 2009, “unless it has been thoroughly coordinated with the State of Israel and they agree to it.” For instance, Israel’s notorious internal intelligence agency, the Shin Bet, vets all of the Palestinian recruits, according to US government reports.

The Israelis supported Dayton’s force as a way to keep the West Bank population under control. Like all colonial authorities throughout history, Israel looked to compliant locals to take up the occupation’s security burden.

Writing in the July 2011 London Review of Books, Adam Shatz detailed how “The PA already uses the
American-trained National Security Force to undermine efforts by Palestinians to challenge the occupation.”

He continued: “It is an extraordinary arrangement: the security forces of a country under occupation are being subcontracted by third parties outside the region to prevent resistance to the occupying power, even as that power continues to grab more land. “This is, not surprisingly, a source of considerable anger and shame in the West Bank.”

The Palestinian security force is largely trained in Jordan at the U.S.-built International Police Training Center (established to train Iraqi security after the 2003 invasion). In October 2009, The Wall Street Journal reported: “[Palestinian] recruits are trained in Jordan by Jordanian police, under the supervision of American, Canadian and British officers. The number of military trainers in the West Bank varied slightly but in mid-2010,eighteen Canadian troops worked with six British and ten US soldiers under Dayton’s command.”

“The Canadian contribution is invaluable,” explained Dayton to The Maple Leaf, the monthly publication of the Canadian army. Canadians are particularly useful because, Dayton said, “US personnel have travel restrictions when operating in the West Bank. But, our British and Canadian members do not.”
Calling them his “eyes and ears” Dayton added: “The Canadians … are organized in teams we call road warriors, and they move around the West Bank daily visiting Palestinian security leaders, gauging local conditions.”

Part of the U.S. Security Coordinator office in Jerusalem, the Canadian military mission in the West Bank (dubbed Operation PROTEUS) includes Royal Canadian Mounted Police officers as well as officials from the foreign ministry, Justice Canada and the Canadian Border Services Agency.

In a September 2010 interview with The Jerusalem Post, Peter Kent, then Canada’s deputy foreign minister, said Operation PROTEUS was Canada’s “second largest deployment after Afghanistan” and it receives “most of the money” from the five-year $300 million Canadian “aid” program to the PA.

During a visit to the Middle East in January 2012, foreign minister John Baird told The Globe and Mail he was “incredibly thrilled” by the West Bank security situation, which he said benefited Israel.

In effect, Canada has helped to build a security apparatus to protect a corrupt PA led by Mahmoud Abbas, whose electoral mandate expired in January 2009, but whom the Israeli government prefers over Hamas.

Republished with permission from: Global Research

China quake death toll hits 90

0

This photo taken on April 23, 2013, shows a woman cooking beside collapsed houses in Lushan county of Yaan, southwest China’s Sichuan Province.

The death toll from a devastating earthquake in in China’s northwest Gansu Province has risen to nearly 90, Chinese officials say.

Authorities in Gansu province say Over 500 people have also been injured, with 60 in serious condition. Several people have also gone missing or remain unaccounted for following the the early-morning tremor.

An initial investigation shows 6.6-magnitude quake caused the collapse of more than 1,200 buildings and severely damaged another 21,000.

Helicopters, armed police and firefighters have been sent to the quake-hit region to help with rescue efforts.

Tens of thousands of homeless survivors of the quake are living in makeshift tents or on the streets, facing shortages of food and supplies.

Much of western China and its adjacent regions are prone to earthquakes.

The worst of Chinaâ„¢s earthquakes in recent years happened on May 12, 2008 in Sichuan Province, where about 70,000 people lost their lives and at least 4.8 million people were displaced.

The 8-magnitude earthquake in Sichuan was the deadliest to strike China since the 1976 quake in Tangshan, known as the Great Tangshan Earthquake, which claimed the lives of 240,000 people.

JR/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

71 Gitmo inmates to get parole-style hearings – Pentagon

0

Almost one-half of the detainees at Guantanamo Bay will get parole-board-style hearings at the US Navy base in Cuba, the Pentagon said.

Follow
RT’s day-by-day timeline of the Gitmo hunger strike
 

The Sunday announcement came after the US Department of Defense
sent emails to the attorneys of some of the 71 Gitmo inmates on
Friday night.

The messages informed the lawyers that the government has finally
started preparations to hold the so-called Periodic Review
Boards, which were ordered by President Barack Obama in March
2011. It was not specified when the panels will take place or
which detainees will see their cases reviewed first.

Pentagon spokesman Army Lt. Col. Todd Breasseale declined to
confirm media speculations that the hearing will start in
mid-September, only saying that the first panel will take place
“when conditions dictate.”

According to the spokesman, 71 inmates are currently being
processed by the Periodic Review Secretariat Director, retired
Navy Rear Admiral Norton C. Joerg.

Forty-six of the inmates are “indefinite detainees” who
are considered too dangerous to be released, but can’t be tried
due to lack of evidence. The remaining 25 inmates were listed as
candidates for trials back in 2010.

“Our number may be reduced if charges are referred to a
military commission,”
Breasseale said, as quoted by the
Washington Post. “Likewise, our number could increase if
convictions are overturned or charges are withdrawn.”

There are currently 166 people being held at Guantanamo Bay. Six
of those are awaiting death penalty trials, while three have been
convicted of war crimes. Those inmates will not receive hearings.

Eighty-six others are also ineligible for reviews as they’ve
already been cleared for release. However, those inmates remain
locked up because the Obama administration is in no hurry to
overcome restrictions on releases set by the US Congress.

The remaining 71 detainees, who will receive hearings after more
than a decade of waiting, include 13 Afghans, 26 Yemenis, three
Saudis, two Kuwaitis, two Libyans, a Kenyan, a Moroccan and a
Somali.

Guantanamo bay.(AFP Photo / John Moore)
The six members of the panel will represent the Pentagon, the
Joint Chiefs of Staff, the Office of the Director of National
Intelligence, and the Departments of State, Justice and Homeland
Security, Breasseale said.

It is unclear whether the review board members will travel to
Cuba for the hearings or whether they will use a video link
between the prison and Washington – a common practice for federal
judges considering habeas corpus petitions.

The spokesman also didn’t say whether journalists will be allowed
to watch and take pictures during the hearings, despite
Guantanamo inmates seeking wider coverage in the press.

In his Friday letter to the lawyers of the detainees, Periodic
Review Secretariat Director Joerg stressed that the panels won’t
be deciding whether the Pentagon is lawfully imprisoning their
clients, but will instead “assess whether continued law of war
detention is necessary to protect against a continuing
significant threat to the security of the US.”

News of the hearings comes amid pressure from the International
Committee of the Red Cross, which has urged the Obama
administration to press ahead with the reviews.

A mass hunger strike has been underway for more than three months
at Guantanamo Bay. The latest update has revealed that 75
detainees are continuing to partake in the strike.

Forty-six of the hunger striking detainees are being force-fed.
The highly controversial practice is currently being conducted
after dark, in consideration of the holy month of Ramadan — when
Muslims fast during the day.

Meanwhile, people from around the world have also vowed to take
part in the hunger strike, in support of the “Stand Fast for
Justice” website.

The site is run by Reprieve, a UK-based organization which
“uses the law to enforce the human rights of prisoners, from
death row to Guantanamo Bay.”

Scottish comedian Frankie Boyle was one of the participants,
taking part in a weekly hunger strike in solidarity with the last
remaining British Guantanamo Bay prisoner, Shaker Aamer, who has
been refusing food for over 150 days now.

Frankie Boyle.(Screenshot from RT video)

Boyle began fasting on Wednesday, July 14, taking the baton from
Aamer’s lawyer, Clive Stafford Smith.

The comedian, who donated the £50,000 he won in a libel lawsuit
against the Daily Mirror to fund Aamer’s legal fund in December,
is keeping Twitter followers updated on how he’s coping with the
the hunger strike. 

Stafford Smith told the Guardian that British actress Julie
Christie has agreed to participate in one week of the joint
hunger strike, in support of Aamer.

Aamer was arrested in Afghanistan in 2001 and has since been held
at Guantanamo Bay without charge, despite being cleared for
release in 2007.

Republished with permission from: RT

HUD’s New ‘Fair Housing’ Rule Establishes Diversity Data for Every Neighborhood in U.S.

0

Susan Jones
CNS News
July 22, 2013

To ensure that “every American is able to choose to live in a community they feel proud of,” HUD has published a new fair-housing regulation intended to give people access to better neighborhoods than the ones they currently live in.

The goal is to help communities understand “fair housing barriers” and “establish clear goals” for “improving integrated living patterns and overcoming historic patterns of segregation.”

“This proposed rule represents a 21st century approach to fair housing, a step forward to ensuring that every American is able to choose to live in a community they feel proud of — where they have a fair shot at reaching their full potential in life,” said HUD Secretary Shaun Donovan.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 12:56 pm

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

American Parents Want Charter Schools' Hands out of Public Coffers: Poll

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Students protest against Chicago public school closures. (Photo: WBEZ/Bill Healy)Despite the recent rash of school closures and legislation aimed at destabilizing the public school system, a new poll reveals that the majority of American parents support public education and oppose reform mandates that favor the proliferation of corporate-backed charter schools.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Germany and the NSA: Spying BFFs

0

A demonstration against NSA surveillance at the U.S. Army’s Dagger Complex, thought to be an NSA listening station, near Griesheim, Germany. (Photo: Joachim S. Müller/cc/flickr)Germany was a willing and eager partner to the NSA’s vast surveillance, German news magazine Der Spiegel has reported, countering claims by the German government that it was unaware of the NSA’s spying programs.

The reporting by Spiegel is based on a “top secret” NSA document revealed to them by whistleblower Edward Snowden.

According to the document, Germany was the NSA’s “most prolific partner” in Afghanistan.

Germany’s foreign intelligence agency, the BND, sought to cultivate a relationship with the NSA, meeting with the agency’s secretive Special Source Operations, and, the magazine reports,

cooperation between Berlin and Washington in the area of digital surveillance and defense has intensified considerably during the tenure of Chancellor Angela Merkel. According to one document, the Germans are determined to “strengthen and expand bilateral cooperation.”

And the head of the BND, Gerhard Schindler, showed an “eagerness and desire” for the partnership, while German officials showed a “willingness to take risks and to pursue new opportunities for cooperation with the US.”

Germany’s domestic intelligence agency, the BfV, is also tied to a cozy relationship with the NSA, the magazine reports. Both the BfV and BND were equipped with the NSA’s spy program XKeyScore to “expand their ability to support NSA as we jointly prosecute CT [counter-terrorism] targets.”

XKeyScore, Spiegel reports,

doesn’t just track call connection records, but can also capture the contents of communication, at least in part.

In addition, the system makes it possible to retroactively view which key words targeted individuals enter into Internet search engines and which locations they search for on Google Maps.

The program, for which there are several expansions known as plug-ins, apparently has even more capabilities. For instance, “user activity” can be monitored practically in real time and “anomalous events” traced in Internet traffic. If this is true, it means that XKeyscore makes almost total digital surveillance possible.

The hope for the NSA was that the cross-Atlantic cooperation “could benefit both Germany and the US.”

At a press conference on Friday, where she faced a barrage of questions on the NSA surveillance, Merkel said, “Germany is not a nation of surveillance. Germany is a nation of freedom.”

______________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

The U.S. Government Is Metamorphosing Into the Borg

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_us_government_is_metamorphosing_into_the_borg_20130722/

Posted on Jul 22, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

British kids feel increasingly insecure

0

A new study has found that millions of British youths are now living in a state of insecurity, unhappiness and isolation due to the economic downturn.

The study commissioned by the Childrenâ„¢s Society established that 10 percent of the UKâ„¢s 12 million children now have a sense of low well-being.

According to the results a fifth – 2.4 million young Britons – can be defined as failing to Å“flourish” in terms of their life satisfaction.

The authors of the report, based on economic and social data alongside interviews with 42,000 children, said it was vital for all levels of society to tackle the issues raised by the study.

Å“It is incredibly worrying that any improvements this country has seen in childrenâ„¢s well-being over the last two decades appear to have stalled. These startling findings show that we should be paying attention to improving the happiness of this countryâ„¢s teenagers. They are facing very real problems we can all work to solve, such as not feeling safe at home, being exposed to family conflict or being bullied”, said Matthew Reed, chief executive of the Childrenâ„¢s Society.

The latest study suggests that the correlation between the economic downturn and child well-being is complex, with differences in household income accounting for just 2 percent of the fluctuation in childrenâ„¢s life satisfaction.

It is the latest piece of research highlighting the disparity between the UKâ„¢s status as the worldâ„¢s sixth-largest economy and its poor performance among developed nations on child welfare.

The Childrenâ„¢s Commissioner for England reported last month that more than 500,000 more children will be forced into poverty by 2015 because of tax policies and benefit changes, with the poorest children the worst hit by welfare reforms.

MOL/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Turkey not to tolerate Kurdish entity

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Turkey says the country will not tolerate the creation of a “de facto” Syrian Kurdish entity on its frontiers.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

EU Shamelessly Declares Hezbollah a Terrorist Organization

0

EU Shamelessly Declares Hezbollah a Terrorist Organization
by Stephen Lendman
Hezbollah’s no terrorist organization. It never was one. It’s not one now. It’s a legitimate political party. It maintains a military wing. It’s for defense, not offense.
EU nations know it. They bowed to pressure. They claimed otherwise. They disgraced themselves in the process. It didn’t surprise. It’s not the first time. It won’t be the last. Rogue states operate that way.
Hezbollah’s one of two Lebanese parties representing Shia Muslims. It enjoys broad support. It’s for good reason. More on that below.
It’s one of the main March 8 Alliance partners. It’s targeted for its independence. It’s a formidable Israeli opponent.
In 1997, at Israel’s behest, Clinton’s State Department designated it a Foreign Terrorist Organization. It did so disgracefully.
On July 22, EU countries followed suit. The same ones faking new Israeli behavioral guidelines. The same ones supporting Israel’s worst crimes. The same ones partnering with Washington’s war on humanity.
Pointing fingers the wrong way is common imperial policy. On July 22, The New York Times headlined “European Union Adds Hezbollah to Terror List.” 
Other reports were similar. They said the wrong things. They suppressed what readers need to know – the truth and nothing but the truth.
Hezbollah’s military wing was targeted. It’s a legitimate self-defense force. Netherlands Foreign Minister Frans Timmermans lied. He said it’s “good that the EU decided to call Hezbollah what it is: a terrorist organization.”
Doing so required unanimous consent. Twenty-eight countries voted. Most supported what’s done. Outliers were pressured to go along. Not a single profile in courage objected. 
Sources said Austria, Ireland, the Czech Republic, and up to four other EU countries disapproved. It didn’t matter. They voted the wrong way. They did so disgracefully. They supported what demands condemnation.
Heavy Israeli Lobby pressure preceded EU’s vote. Washington bullied reluctant nations to go along. It did so coincidentally with new EU Israeli guidelines. It came ahead of upcoming Israeli/Palestinian peace talks. 
Congress acted as expected. Last September, 75 US Senators pressed EU foreign affairs head Catherine Ashton. They urged her to act. Senators Robert Casey (D. PA) and James Risch (R. RI) spoke for others, saying:
“We believe the evidence and dangers posed by Hezbollah and Iran to all European citizens are serious enough to designate Hezbollah a terrorist organization.”  
“A terrorist designation from the EU would not only subject Hezbollah to further sanctions, but would also send a message to Hezbollah that Europe and the United States will not tolerate its dangerous and violent tactics.”
Cypriot Foreign Minister Erato Kozakou-Marcoullis represented the  European Council at the time. A bipartisan group of 90 House members wrote him, saying:
“Hezbollah has a long and deadly history of carrying out terrorist attacks against European citizens, soldiers and diplomats and targeting Americans and Israelis living, working and traveling in Europe.”  
“We hope you will act to build the consensus within the European Union Council that is urgently needed to weaken Hezbollah’s terrorist infrastructure – an issue that directly affects us all.”
Ahead of Monday’s vote, Netanyahu said:
“It’s hard to see how you cannot have a consensus on Hezbollah as a terrorist organization.”
“If Hezbollah isn’t a terrorist organization, I don’t know what is a terrorist organization. I mean, they’re butchering people left and right across the world and now in the cities of Syria.”
After the vote, he welcomed the EU vote. He doesn’t distinguish between its armed and political wings.
“As far as the State of Israel is concerned, Hezbollah is one organization, the arms of which are indistinguishable,” he said.
He blamed its leaders for Israeli committed crimes. He called “wide sections of Lebanon (an) Iranian protectorate.” 
He accused Hezbollah of “stockpiling tens of thousands of rockets.” They’re “designed to be fired at population centers in Israel,” he claimed.
Other Israeli officials were euphoric. Unindicted war criminal Shimon Peres called EU’s decision a “necessary, wise step.” 
It’s “aimed at preventing the spread of terrorism (beyond) the Middle East.” 
Stopping it’s as simple as holding Israel and America accountable.
Justice Minister Tzipi Livni said “(f)inally (it’s) clear to the whole world today that Hezbollah is a terrorist organization.”
Her “world” includes America, Canada, Western Europe, and supportive Arab League despots.
They run Gulf Cooperation Council (GCC) countries. Last week, Saudi Arabia, Kuwait, Bahrain, Qatar and Oman said they’re willing to blacklist Hezbollah.
Perhaps Egypt, Jordan, Yemen, Tunisia, Libya’s puppet government, and other regional rogue states will do so. 
They march in lockstep with Washington. They largely do with Israel. They betray their own people in the process.
Hezbollah’s blamed for defending its Syrian ally. It’s doing so responsibly. It’s fighting Western-backed death squad invaders. 
It’s wrongly accused of US/Israeli crimes. Last July’s Burgas, Bulgaria Sarafovo airport bomb attack was cited.
A suicide bomber blew up an airport bus. Israeli tourists and others were aboard. Eight deaths were reported. Around 30 others were injured. 
The attack came on the anniversary of the 1994 AMIA (Argentine Israelite Mutual Association) Buenos Aires bombing. It wasn’t coincidental. 
It killed 85 and injured hundreds. Argentina has Latin America’s largest Jewish population. It numbers around 200,000. Israel falsely blamed Iran.
Its officials jumped on the latest attack. Defense Minister Ehud Barak pointed fingers the wrong way, saying:
“The immediate executors are Hezbollah people, who of course have constant Iranian sponsorship.”
Washington suggested it. Obama and Hillary Clinton issued similar statements. They stopped short of blaming Hezbollah.
The attack was classic Mossad terror. It’s typical CIA. They specialize in targeted and larger scale killings. Hezbollah had nothing to do with Burgas. Blaming victims is standard imperial policy.
Blacklisting Hezbollah’s largely symbolic. It’s political. Its feel-good. It’s meaningless. It’s ineffective internally. It involves visa bans and other restrictions. What follows remains to be seen. Perhaps Israel has another war in mind. In 2006, Hezbollah embarrassed the IDF.
It’s much more formidable now. It attacked, it’ll respond vigorously. It can target Israeli cities. It won’t attack anywhere except in self-defense.
Hezbollah was established in 1985. Former Lebanese President Emile Lahood called it “an integral part of the Lebanese government. (It’s also) part of our military (and) social order.”
It emerged from Israel’s 1982 invasion. Mass slaughter followed. Thousands were murdered in cold blood. It was typical Israeli lawlessness. 
Ruthless occupation continued until May 2000. Lebanese civilians suffered enormously. A 2007 American University of Beirut study documented 6,672 Israeli terrorist acts. 
They were launched against Lebanon and Palestine. They occurred from 1967 – 2007. Many more were committed since then. Israel’s rap sheet includes horrendous crimes. Responsible officials remain unaccountable.
Popular resistance is vital. Hezbollah deserves credit. It enjoys widespread Lebanese support. 
It’s well-deserved. It’s a legitimate political organization. It military wing is defensive. Resisting US/Israeli terror draws praise. It’ll respond if attacked.
It provides vital social services. They include charity, education, healthcare, housing, infrastructure construction, agricultural aid, news dissemination, technical assistance, and training. 
According to the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs:
“Hezbollah currently operates at least four hospitals, twelve clinics, twelve schools, and two agricultural centres that provide farmers with technical assistance and training.” 
“It also has an environmental department and an extensive social assistance program. Medical care is also cheaper than in most of the country’s private hospitals and free for Hezbollah members.”
CNN said it does “everything that a government should do, from collecting the garbage to running hospitals and repairing schools.”
These type services win hearts and minds. Hezbollah enjoys broad support. It’s for good reason. It resists Israeli aggression. 
It’s a force to be reckoned with. It’s needed. It’s vital. It’s relied on. It’s respected. It’s not going away. It’s no terrorist organization. 
EU foreign ministers shamed themselves. They’ve got lots to explain. Don’t expect forthright responses. It’s not their style.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

Former NSA Head: Snowden Is Worse Than Every American Traitor In History

0

Says journalist is “co-conspirator” in constitution-trampling rant

Steve Watson
Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

Former head of the NSA and the CIA, General Michael Hayden, has said he believes that Edward Snowden is worse than any American “traitor” ever, including Benedict Arnold, for blowing the whistle on government spying.

In an op ed piece for CNN, Hayden, who many would agree has a deranged view of the Fourth Amendment, compares Snowden to a host of other Americans who notoriously released secrets, then he makes the argument that he is worse than every one of them because he released more information.

“I know that we have had our share of spies… We have also had our share of leakers…” Hayden writes.

“Benedict Arnold was bent on betraying the garrison at West Point to the British during the Revolution. Klaus Fuchs and Julius and Ethel Rosenberg ferreted out nuclear secrets for the Russians. Aldrich Ames and Robert Hanssen identified American penetrations for ultimate execution by the Soviets.”

“But Snowden is in a class by himself.” Hayden asserts.

Hayden is arguing that Snowden is a traitor on a grander scale than the American who provided intelligence and defected to the British during the Revolutionary War, as well as the Americans who supplied Russia with nuclear secrets during the Cold War.

In Hayden’s warped mind, an American who exposed how the government is actively spying on it’s own citizens in secret is a worse traitor than an American who joined a foreign army to fight against the independence of the nation.

Hayden completely ignores the fact that Snowden has assured the media that foreign governments could not possibly access the data he has. The General states that he “would lose all respect for China’s Ministry of State Security and Russia’s FSB if they have not already fully harvested Snowden’s digital data trove.”

Hayden continues the assault on Snowden by stating that he will be to blame for “the undeniable economic punishment that will be inflicted on American businesses for simply complying with American law.” In other words, when corporations and businesses are more wary of working with companies like Facebook and Google, because of the demands placed on them to hand over information to the NSA, that is Snowden’s fault — not the NSA’s.

Moving on from trampling all over the Fourth Amendment, Hayden also suggests that the First should be scrapped, by advocating that Guardian journalist Glenn Greenwald, who broke the Snowden story, should be treated as a “co-conspirator”.

“The Guardian newspaper’s Glenn Greenwald, far more deserving of the Justice Department’s characterization of a co-conspirator than Fox’s James Rosen ever was…” Hayden writes.

Greenwald hit back at Hayden immediately with the following tweet:

Greenwald is bang on the money. It was Hayden who was overseeing warrantless wiretapping programs during his tenure at the NSA. Hayden, was the one in charge of spying on millions of Americans’ communications, relying on a truly twisted version of the law under the PATRIOT Act as cover for his actions.

Hayden was the man who seriously argued that there was no mention of “probable cause” in the Fourth Amendment, insisting that only ‘reasonable search and seizure’ was required in violating the privacy of Americans.

Hayden was also the man who suggested that the president should have internet “kill switch” powers in the case of a national emergency — yet more First Amendment trashing nonsense.

Hayden, who currently resides on the board of the spook infested Chertoff Group, has also advocated a “digital Blackwater” to deal with so-called cyber threats.

In other words, he wants to see private “security” companies, such as Chertoff, reap fat profits from trampling all over internet freedom and reporting directly back to the federal government.

If ever there was a traitor to America worse than Benedict Arnold, it seems that Hayden himself is a strong contender.

–––––––––––––––––––––-

Steve Watson is the London based writer and editor for Alex Jones’ Infowars.com, and Prisonplanet.com. He has a Masters Degree in International Relations from the School of Politics at The University of Nottingham, and a Bachelor Of Arts Degree in Literature and Creative Writing from Nottingham Trent University.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 12:31 pm

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Author Brad Thor Offers to Buy Zimmerman New Gun and Ammo

0

Best-selling author Brad Thor (shown) has offered to buy George Zimmerman a new gun and all the ammunition he wants after the federal Department of Justice blocked the release of evidence from Zimmerman’s murder trial in the shooting death of 17-year-old Trayvon Martin in Sanford, Florida. Despite the not guilty verdict by a Florida jury, Attorney General Eric Holder has ordered a continuing investigation of the February 2012 shooting to determine if Zimmerman violated Martin’s civil rights and/or was guilty of a racially motivated federal “hate crime” against the black teenager. Zimmerman’s handgun, a Kel-Tec PF9, is among the evidentiary materials being held in the investigation.

“SCREW the #DOJ. If they won’t give #Zimmerman his gun back, I’ll buy him a new one,” Thor announced in a tweet shortly after midnight Friday morning. As reported by the Blaze, he followed that with a tweet to Zimmerman’s brother. “Whatever gun he wants + however much ammo, consider it done. I’m buying. Done deal,” Thor wrote to Robert Zimmerman, Jr.

Though the FBI reported over a year ago that its investigation found no evidence of racism on Zimmerman’s part, the National Association for the Advancement of Colored People was among the organizations calling for federal prosecution of Zimmerman immediately after the July 13 not guilty verdict in the state trial was announced by the jury of six women. Despite the federal Constitution’s Fifth Amendment ban on trying someone more than once for the same offense, a federal “hate crime” or civil rights violation would be considered a separate offense and could be tried in federal court. The Justice Department has established a public e-mail address, inviting citizens to offer any information that might help in its investigation of Zimmerman.

Speaking at an NAACP convention on July 15, Attorney General Holder said the Justice Department would continue to investigate the possibility of prosecuting Zimmerman, pledging the department will “continue to act in a manner that is consistent with the facts and the law.”

“We are committed to standing with the people of Sanford, with the individuals and families affected by this incident, and with our state and local partners in order to alleviate tensions, address community concerns and promote healing,” the attorney general said, “and we will never stop working to ensure that – in every case, in every circumstance and in every community – justice must be done.”

Thor, whose spy novels and thrillers include The Lions of Lucerne, Path of the Assassin, State of the Union, Blowback, and The Last Patriot, discussed the case Friday morning as a guest on the Chicago TV show Windy City Live. “When’s it over? How much more does he have to go through?” Thor asked. “There’s not a shred of evidence that he is a racist and yet the Department of Justice is freezing everything.” Saying Zimmerman’s “life is ruined at this point,” Thor questioned why the government keeps “hounding” him after his acquittal. “I know we have a dead child here, but he was found not guilty by a jury of his peers,” said Thor, asking, “At what point does he get to recommence his life?”

The discussion became a bit heated when a panelist on the show asked if “it’s really a good idea to give George Zimmerman a gun back?”

“He’s not guilty!” Thor repeated. “And as a matter of fact, don’t you think he needs a gun now more than ever with all the death threats against him?”

Asked by co-host Val Warner why Zimmerman would want a gun and “risk going through the same thing again,” Thor replied, “That’s his decision, Val. It’s not for us to decide if we’re going to curtail his liberty or not. That is his Second Amendment right to possess a firearm, defend himself, defend his family, and it is not up to you, it’s not up to me, to decide what’s right for George Zimmerman.”

Asked what type of gun he would buy Zimmerman, Thor said he would let the Florida man choose the brand and model.

“That’s the beauty of guns,” he said.

Republished with permission from: The New American

Uganda now monitoring Internet use

0

UPI
July 22, 2013

The Ugandan government said Monday it would start monitoring Internet activity to protect the public from emerging national security issues.

James Saaka, director of Uganda’s National Information Technology Authority, said the government would monitor conversations online to protect the public against cybercrimes.

“What is there to hide anyway? Most of the information people call private is basic information,” he was quoted by The Daily Monitor newspaper in Uganda as saying. “We have seen attacks. Many people are suffering but they cannot speak.”

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 12:03 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Boehner: Taking a Stand on Issues Is “Making My Job Harder”

0

Susan Jones
CNS News
July 22, 2013

House Speaker John Boehner (R-Ohio) apparently sees his role as more of a facilitator than a leader.

Asked repeatedly if he favors a pathway to citizenship for 11 million illegal aliens, Boehner told CBS’s “Face the Nation” that his job is not to take a stand, but to let the House “work its will.”

“My job in this – in this process is to facilitate a discussion and to facilitate a process so the American people can see what we’re doing and so the members understand that we’re dealing with this in a deliberative way,” Boehner said.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 12:18 pm

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Detroit Workers: Don't Bankrupt Our Democracy!

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Detroit is the largest city to file for bankruptcy in US history (Photo: Ian Freimuth/Flickr Creative Commons)Detroit unions and a Michigan state judge are fighting back against the Detroit 'emergency' manager Kevyn Orr's filings Thursday to force the city into bankruptcy proceedings, a move that is likely to decimate pensions and benefits that city workers and r

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Pentagon Announces Vague Plan for Gitmo Parole Hearings

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]

Gitmo protesters on Capitol Hill, January 8, 2013 (AFP/Getty Image)Seventy-one Guantanamo detainees who the Obama administration has determined are neither guilty nor cleared for release, have been granted “parole-style” hearings at the U.S.

[field_image_caption-raw]

read more

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

UK govt. begins crackdown on immigrants

0

The British Home Office has launched a cruel crackdown on illegal immigrants by sending vans around London that show a message saying Å“go home or face arrest”.

The vans are set to be driven around the London areas of Hounslow, Barking & Dagenham, Ealing, Barnet, Brent and Redbridge.

The vans will display a controversial message, “In the UK illegally? Go home or face arrest. Text HOME to 78070 for free advice, and help with travel documents. We can help you return home voluntarily without fear of arrest or detention.”

Immigration Minister Mark Harper said, “We are making it more difficult for people to live and work in the UK illegally. Every single day our enforcement officers are arresting, detaining and removing people with no right to be in the UK.”

Harper also said that this new act with the vans is another part of the reforms of the immigration system.

The Home Office claims that people, who voluntarily return to their countries is the most cost-effective way of removing illegal immigrants.

BGH/MOL/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Iran men finish 2nd at taekwondo event

0

The photo shows members of the Iranian menâ„¢s national taekwondo team for the 2013 World Taekwondo Championships in Mexico.

The Iranian menâ„¢s national team has ranked second at the 2013 World Taekwondo Championships in Puebla, Mexico, winning three medals at the international event.

The Iranian athletes managed to snatch one gold and two silver medals to win 48 points and stand second at the team ranking.

Behnam Asbaqi won the countryâ„¢s gold medal by beating his Korean rival Kim Hun 5-4 in the Menâ„¢s Under-68 kg final.

Hadi Mosta’an also won Iran’s first silver medal in the Menâ„¢s Under-58 kg category after suffering a close defeat of 9-8 against his South Korean rival Tae-Moon Cha in the final match.

Sajjad Mardani snatched Iranâ„¢s second silver medal after he lost to his strong rival from Gabon Anthony Obame, who is a London Olympics silver medalist, 10-2 in the Menâ„¢s +87 kg category final.

The Iranian menâ„¢s national team came after the South Korea squad which claimed three gold, one silver and one bronze medals.

Mexican men taekwondo fighters won one gold, two silver and one bronze medals and ranked third at the competition with 47 points.

The 2013 World Taekwondo Championships was the 21st edition of the World Taekwondo Championships.

The competition started on July 15 at Pueblaâ„¢s exhibition center, bringing together 872 athletes from 134 countries and regions. The competition wrapped up on July 21.

South Korea hosted the previous World Taekwondo Championships in 2011.

AR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Time To Fight Back Is Now: Striking Back at Police State Amerika

0

This article has been contributed by The Common Sense Show.

policestateamerika1Every day a granny is goosed by TSA, a federal swat team raids the wrong house, a citizen acquitted of a crime still has their property confiscated by authorities, even the dumbed down public is aware that their every communication is monitored by the NSA and Obama has set his administration up to violate every constitutional right of every citizen in America under the NDAA and Executive Order 13603.

Anyone who possess an IQ above room temperature is aware that our federal government is totally out of control and is wreaking tyranny upon the American people. As a people, we have seemingly grown numb to the constitutional violations perpetrated by our government against the citizens of this country. However, the abuse of citizens does not begin and end with the federal government.

Trickle Down Tyranny

With ever increasing frequency, the alternative media reports countless numbers of stories of citizen abuse at the hands of their local police and city officials. The local police departments have been federalized by DHS. They are provided millions of federal dollars for equipment and the new breed of police view the people as their enemy as opposed to the old cops walking a beat who previously viewed the majority of the people as their ally against crime. Through the influence of DHS, your local police department is looking to pounce on your every mistake with excessive force and brutality and they do so frequently while ignoring and violating any number of constitutional protections.

When Is An Arrest Is Not Really An Arrest?

Portland police officer Dean Halley must have failed his American Government class in high school. A reasonable person would also have to wonder if Portland Deputy City Attorney William Manlove got his law degree from Walmart. what am I referring to? Well, if the Scott Miller jaywalking case is any indication, the Portland legal system is one big fascist entity that is totally out of control.

policestateamerika2Scott Miller was running late to work. In an effort to catch his bus, he diagonally jaywalked in the crosswalk to catch his rid.

Portland police officer Dean Halley was on patrol and was able to intervene just in the nick of time and arrest this menace to society. Halley approached Miller and told him to produce identification. Miller was subsequently fumbling around on his person looking for his ID when Halley immediately pounced on Miller, knocked him to the ground, informed Miller that he was under arrest and placed him in handcuffs. Halley subsequently confined Miller in the back of his police cruiser and then proceeded to drive the criminal jaywalker a block away. The total ordeal lasted 30 minutes, but while in the police cruiser, Miller experienced a panic attack and paramedics were dispatched to the scene to administer aid. Miller was subsequently convicted in court of failure to obey a traffic signal.

Miller has obtained an attorney, Leonard Berman, and Miller is attempting to sue the Portland Police Department for an illegal arrest because jaywalking is not an offense that one can be arrested for.

Halley, a 20 year police veteran, admits he told Miller that he was under arrest. However, Deputy City Attorney William Manlove is arguing that citizens cannot sue under these circumstances because such acts do not constitute an actual arrest. Manlove stated that the encounter between Halley and Miller amounted to no more than a “chat.” Manlove characterized the encounter as being something “between a chat and custody, but not an arrest for purposes of legal action.” Are you kidding me?

The Real Crime Committed by Officer Halley

Let’s take Manlove’s twisted version of the encounter between Halley and Miller, and blindly conclude that Halley did not arrest Miller, despite knocking him down, telling him he was under arrest, handcuffing him, placing him in the police car and drove him a block away. For the sake of argument let’s be in agreement with Manlove that this was just a friendly chat. Under these circumstances that both sides agree upon, was there a crime committed by Halley? You bet there was. The first crime committed by Halley is called aggravated assault. Halley was presumably armed and attacked Miller knocking him to the ground. When Halley handcuffed Miller, he committed the offense of unlawful imprisonment just the same when one abusing spouse will not let their partner leave the premises. And the biggest crime committed by Halley is that this officer is guilty of kidnapping which is what it is called when someone forcibly detains a person and removes them to another location. Please keep in mind that jaywalking is an offense for which a person cannot be arrested for committing. In the upside down world of the Portland legal system, Miller gets convicted in court and Halley is not in jail for aggravated assault, unlawful detention and kidnapping.

What Is Wrong With Portland Is a Microcosm of the US

Who among has never jaywalked? All of us are risk to be the next victim of this tyranny. Unfortunately, the behavior of officer Halley and City Attorney Manlove is typical of most police departments and their prosecutors. They get off on the rush of lording power over others. Prosecutors think that they will move ahead in their careers with high conviction rates and many of the police think the same by looking to arrest as many people as possible and going so far as to even inventing crimes for which to arrest the public for. This is why the United States contains 25% of the world’s prison population despite only having 5% of the world’s population.The US is number one in the world in people who are incarcerated.

Portland, like almost every other city is broke and has been under an austerity plan for the past couple of years. This encourages the cops to hide behind the bushes and catch as many speeders as possible. Cops, in short, are mandated to be mobile tax collectors and they are looking for any excuse to make arrests for the most minor of offenses. These behaviors are not compatible with a supposedly free society.

In preparation for this article, I have been watching some episodes from the TV show, Cops, in order to assess the quality of interactions with the public. In one episode I viewed, a cop pulls over a cyclist for coasting through a stop sign in a quiet residential neighborhood. Just like officer Halley, the Sacramento cop thinks this provides him with the right to violate the man’s Fourth Amendment rights. With no probable cause to search the man’s backpack and person, the cop does just that. The man had a marijuana pipe in his backpack and off to jail he goes in another stunning example of your tax dollars at work.Before you tell me that the man got his just desserts, please read the Fourth Amendment.

In another episode, the Tampa police were conducting undercover marijuana sales to motorists. As part of the bust, an unmarked cop car speeds out of a hiding place and rams the front end of the drug buyers car. When a couple of the arrested individuals protested the ramming of their cars, a Tampa cop repeatedly states that “this is no longer your car, we own it and you will have to buy it back from us.”

I don’t use drugs and I have not smoked marijuana, but you have to be kidding me when we asked to believe that the cops have the right seize anyone’s car for a small amount of marijuana. What if the buyers had purchased their marijuana on foot, would their shoes or possibly their clothes been stolen by the Tampa Police Department? These thugs with a badge will also take your house for having small amounts of marijuana in their house. Whose interests are these cops serving?

The TV show that takes the case is Bait Car. As an aside, I have had my car stolen twice and I wanted the perpetrators arrested and prosecuted. I want gangster drug dealers busted and sent to prison. However, do we really want to send marijuana users to prison? When is it good law enforcement to bait people into committing a crime they might not otherwise commit? This is true of undercover drug sales of personal use quantities of drugs and it is definitely true when the cops bait people into stealing their bait car by making it inviting. Isn’t there enough crime that should occupy law enforcement without entrapping the public? However, one should remember that the prisons are being transitioned into for profit ventures and the cops and prosecutors are all too happy to cooperate with the Bush family et al in this venture. Who really thinks that this represents good law enforcement? Yet, the show Bait Car, is all about entrapping people who might not otherwise commit a crime.

The Small Town of Deer Trail, CO. Is Leading the Way In the Fight Against Tyranny

The town board Deer Trail, CO., is considering an ordinance  in which residents may soon be allowed to shoot down drones. The ordinance would permit people with hunting licenses to fire bullets at the hated drones. Also, the town would also pay these drone hunters $100 for each “mechanical hide” with federal markings. Is there anyone reading this that is not smiling from ear to ear?

I do not really think it is a good idea to be shooting bullets up in the air because they can return to earth with devastating consequences. But in this small town, someone is finally showing the intestinal fortitude that is needed in this country in order to fight back against federal and local tyranny. The proposed ordinance is certainly more symbolic than real. However, it is a start and you know that somewhere in the DOD, they just discovered where Deer Trail, CO. is located on a map. We need more Deer Trails.

What Can Be Done in Cities Like Portland

Although we don’t want to be shooting bullets in the air at drones, there are things we can do to fight against an out of control government and its increasing level of criminality.

Portland citizens should consider conducting a mass jaywalking night and do so in front of the police headquarters. Portland should also sponsor a “film the police” night. People armed with their cell phones should video tape every police action that they witness. If the cops know that they are under increased surveillance, then they might behave and the officer Halley’s of the law enforcement world will find their next job at Walmart conducting parking lot security as their transgressions are caught on tape and they rightfully lose their jobs.

Yes I know, that people have been arrested for filming the police. When that happens the people of that community need to recall their mayor for facilitating state sponsored terrorism against their citizens. This is what should already be happening in Portland. I say that if the police want to put the people under such undue surveillance, we the people need to return the favor. In places like Portland, businesses should not be serving law enforcement personnel and prosecutors. Prosecutors such as Portland Deputy City Attorney, Manlove and officer Halley, should not be able to find a place to do their laundry. Apartment owners should refuse to rent to these “types”.

Don’t let your children play with their children. After filming cops and their transgressions, show up at city council meetings with still photographs and present them at the public comment period. Start Youtube channels which features public officials and their wrongdoings. Take pictures of the weeds in their yards and send the photos and a request for action to their local HOA’s. Embarrass any government and law enforcement official with public exposure when they break the law and violate the civil liberties of their citizens.

All Politics Is Not Local

Local boycotts and protests are certainly easier to implement on a local level. However, the same principles need to be employed against federal officials. Treat them and their families like they have the plague. IRS and NSA officials should be treated like the colonists did the Stamp Tax collectors in pre-Revolutionary War period.

If you own a mid-size business, go to video conferencing strategies in order to conduct long distance activities. Send the airlines a letter telling them that you are not subjecting your employees to the tyranny of the TSA and your people will not be flying. If enough of us did that, the TSA would fade away instead of expanding to trains, bus depots and highways. The entire country needs to be sending such a letter to the airlines. For when US Airways, Southwest and the other virtual airline monopolies are financially hurting, they will be screaming at the federal government to change their corrupt system.
To strike back at the criminal IRS, shop at garage sales. Trade and barter as much as you can. Refuse to use one of the five megabanks as a lender to buy a house in response to the MERS robo-signer mortgage fraud. Use your local credit union for all loans. Follow the same advice for buying a car. In fact, you should not buy a car until you can pay cash for it. Take the debt advantage away from the banksters that have hijacked our government. Refuse to shop at a corporate chain store such as Kmart, Walmart or any other slavemart store and shop locally. Unlike the failed LA riots of 1992, we do not have to burn down our own neighborhoods to make a statement. We just need to withdraw our support and our money.

Educate Your Children Outside the System

American families need to ban together and educate their children outside the system as much as possible. Someone just brought to my attention that some fully accredited foreign universities are having discussions aboutoffering online classes to American college students at a fraction of the cost in response to the tyrannical post-secondary education system that is running the show in the US. These foreign entrepreneurs are looking to profit from the predatory practices being exhibited our post-secondary institutions. The student loan debacle in this country is highly criminal and is extremely predatory and should be avoided at all costs.

policestateamerika3Homeschooling will soon be outlawed in the US for the same reasons it was outlawed in Germany. The establishment wants people smart enough to do their job, but not so smart that they can question authority. This does not change the responsibility factor of parents who need to redouble their efforts to not let their children believe that the constitutional violations happening in our country are acceptable.

Parents need to focus on raising their children to respect the rule of law (i.e. the Constitution), not the thuggery that has replaced the rule of law. The globalists need to know that no generation of Americans will ever accept and fully submit to their tyranny and eventually the banksters day of justice will come.

Explore alternatives. Non-participation is the ultimate blow to any corrupt organization.

policestateamerika4You must attend your Congressman’s next Town Hall Meeting. Show up and tell them that you will work to unelect them unless they subject themselves to the same substandard and dangerous Obamacare system that they have sentenced us to. Unelect all incumbents until they repeal this genocidal, death panel ridden form of health care. And the same standard of political retention needs to be applied to the repeal of the Stasi inspired NDAA.

I do not have the space to present all of my ideas on striking back at what I dub “Police State Amerika,” but I am sure my point is not lost on those who have a backbone and a pulse.
Did I mention to store and grow your own food, store water and hide your guns and ammo? Do these three things now in preparation for the possible time that you may need them when the Russian/NATO/UN troops come knocking at your door. Don’t make the mistake of believing that when the Russians show up at your door to seize your guns, that officer Halley will respond to save the day.

Nonviolence Does Not Imply Compliance

It is time people for the spirit of civil disobedience to rear its head. Short of not complying with any form of gun confiscation. The type of peaceful revolution that I am proposing can be effective without ever firing a shot. Those that know me, know that I am nonviolent. However, that does not mean that I will not become non compliant against this encroaching tyrannical police state.

If we are going down as a country, I am not submitting without a fight. Will you join me? The time to fight back is now! What is your idea on how to fight back against this tyranny? Please leave a comment with your suggestion.Writing your suggestions is the first step towards action. If you care about your country and your children’s future, let your voice be heard.

policestateamerika5


Dave Hodges is an award winning psychology, statistics and research professor, a college basketball coach, a mental health counselor, a political activist and writer who has published dozens of editorials and articles in several publications such as Freedom Phoenix, News With Views, and The Arizona Republic. 

The Common Sense Show features a wide variety of important topics that range from the loss of constitutional liberties, to the subsequent implementation of a police state under world governance, to exploring the limits of human potential. The primary purpose of The Common Sense Show is to provide Americans with the tools necessary to reclaim both our individual and national sovereignty. You can follow Dave’s work at his web site, on Facebook and Twitter.

Republished with permission from: SHTF Plan

Police start using ‘black boxes’ in car crash investigations

0

Nearly every car being manufactured right now comes with a little added bonus by way of a tiny recording device nestled under the center console. And if you’re looking to keep your driving habits under wraps, you might want to start worrying.

As many as 96 percent of the cars mass-produced in 2013 include
event data recorders, or EDRs, yet the existence of these small
“black box” surveillance devices are rarely known among the
automobile drivers whose data is being collected with every quick
turn of the steering wheel.

Despite widespread ignorance of the EDRs, though, they could soon
become mandatory. The US Department of Transportation’s National
Highway Traffic Safety Administration is asking that the
installation of EDRs in light passenger vehicles be mandatory
starting September 2014, and opponents are already attempting to
raise awareness in order to make auto drivers aware that their
sudden speed bursts and even seatbelt data is being collected and
could be easily shared.

But with little safeguards in place, the still emerging
technology is raising a lot of questions about what can legally
be collected and who can access that information.

“These cars are equipped with computers that collect massive
amounts of data
,” Khaliah Barnes of the Electronic Privacy
Information Center told the New York Times for an article
published on Sunday. “Without protections, it can lead to all
kinds of abuse
,” she said.

When Barnes caught up with CBS This Morning earlier this year,
she said that only 13 states have so far implemented rules which
make that data the property of the driver, preventing it from
being picked at and put under analysis without proper consent.
Barnes admitted that the majority of states don’t have these
privacy safeguards, though, and the result is rearing the data of
everyone else available to third-parties with little protection.

“There’s not so much privacy concerns as actual threats to
privacy
,” Barnes told CBS. “These machines collect lots of
data, and right now there are no federal laws that safeguard this
information. And so what happens is there is an increasing market
for this information. Law enforcement wants to see this
information. Insurance companies, as well as private citizens
involved in litigation
.”

But what kind of data is recorded exactly? Standard EDRs don’t
log the identity or actions of specific persons in cars, per se,
but they are able to provide investigators insight with what
happened moments before a collision. When they were first rolled
out, though, that wasn’t the plan.

“It was never designed for investigative purposes,” Dave
Wells of the King County Sheriff’s Office in Washington state
told National Public Radio. “It was designed for … motor
vehicle safety and keeping people less injured and alive
.”

Depending on the type of EDR, these black boxes can record the
speed of a vehicle, the crash force at the moment of impact and
an array of other information about the automobile’s inner
workings.

“It really just takes a snapshot of the event,” John
Giamalvo of Edmunds.com told CBS News.

Other information that can be collected and then shared includes
whether or not the car’s brake was activated before the crash,
the state of the engine and whether the vehicle seat belt was
buckled before an incident.

“More often than not, the data from this is going to help them
in an accident
,” Giamalvo said. “It’s at least going to
point out one thing, and that’s the facts
.”

Those facts played an important role in the 2011 crash of the
Ford Crown Victoria operated by Timothy Murray, who at the time
was the lieutenant governor of Massachusetts. He smashed his
government-issued automobile and survived without serious
injuries, but initially told police that he had been wearing his
seatbelt and driving at a safe speed. Data removed from the black
box later proved him inaccurate on both accounts. Murray later
admitted to falling asleep at the wheel before his car crashed at
a speed of over 100 miles an hour.

But because laws differ from state to state, Murray’s ability to
keep investigators from collecting that data proved to be futile.
Massachusetts is one of the many states that have failed to pass
legislation outlining who can control and access that data,
meaning millions of automobiles can be subjected to spontaneous
analysis if the right paperwork is written up.

Under the proposal that the NHTSA hopes to have on the books by
the end of next year, automobile manufacturers will be mandated
to provide a commercially available tool for copying the data
collected by EDRs.

Republished with permission from: RT

2 killed, dozens injured in Cairo clashes

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Two people have been killed and dozens others injured as supporters and opponents of Egypt’s ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, clashed in Cairo.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

100s escape in deadly Iraq prison raids

0

Guards stand at a cell block at the Abu Ghraib prison, renamed Baghdad Central Prison. (File photo)

A fresh round of violence leaves scores of people dead in Iraq as hundreds of prisoners escape following militant attacks on two major prisons in Baghdad and the nearby town of Taji.

Militants armed with mortars and machine guns targeted the prisons in Taji and Abu Ghraib on late Sunday, sparking gun battles that left dozens of people dead, officials said on Monday.

Two Iraqi lawmakers, Hakim al-Zamili and Shawan Mohammed Taha, said about 500 prisoners managed to escape during the attack and a manhunt is under way.

According to the Justice Ministry spokesman, Wissam al-Firaiji, a total of 21 prisoners were killed and another 25 wounded during the fighting at both facilities, which are homes to thousands of prisoners including convicted al-Qaeda militants

Fifteen soldiers were killed and 13 others were wounded in the Taji attack, while in the Abu Ghraib attack 10 policemen were killed and 19 others were wounded. Ten militants were reported killed in both attacks.

The US military previously operated the prisons in Taji and Abu Ghraib, where abuse of prisoners at the hands of American guards sparked outrage around the world and helped fuel anti-American sentiment in Iraq.

The US handed control of both facilities back to Iraqi authorities before the last American troops departed in December 2011.

The incidents are the latest in a string of attacks across Iraq that have left more than 2,800 people dead since the beginning of April.

In the first 12 days of Ramadan, about 340 people have lost their lives in violence across Iraq.

PG/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Italian doctors strike over pay cuts

0

Italian doctors on strike in defense of the national health system, in Rome, July 22, 2013.

Italian doctors and healthcare workers have staged a nationwide strike to protest against deep incisions to the country’s health service sector.

According to the medical unit of Italy’s largest trade union, CGIL, the four-hour strike on Monday will lead to the cancellation of 500,000 appointments and nearly 30,500 medical operations across the country.

Å“We want to defend a public service that is more and more impoverished and that is no longer able to guarantee proper care for the people,” said Massimo Cozza, head of the CGILâ„¢s medical department, who joined about 400 medics during a protest at the Ministry of Economy in the capital city of Rome.

The protest is part of a broader campaign set to attract thousands of people to the streets in October and increase pressure on Prime Minister Enrico Lettaâ„¢s government, which plans to resume spending cuts to the healthcare sector.

Health workers unions said their contracts have remained unchanged since 2009.

Former PM Mario Monti introduced a series of spending cuts, pension changes and tax hikes in November 2011, stirring serious concern for many people in the debt-ridden country.

The government says the reforms are needed to create jobs, increase competition, and cut costs in the third largest eurozone economy, which has been slow to grow over the past decade.

Europe plunged into financial crisis in early 2008. Over the past decade, Italy has been the slowest growing economy in the eurozone.

GMA/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Monsoon Wedding Director Mira Nair Boycotts Israel Film Festival

0

Mira Nair, the internationally-acclaimed director of Salaam Bombay! and Monsoon Wedding, has refused an invitation to take her latest film to Israel, citing the Palestinian call for cultural boycott.

In a series of tweets today, Nair made the following statement:

I was just invited to Israel as a guest of honor at the Haifa International Film Festival with “The Reluctant Fundamentalist.” I will not be going to Israel at this time. I will go to Israel when the walls come down. I will go to Israel when occupation is gone. I will go to Israel when the state does not privilege one religion over another. I will go to Israel when Apartheid is over. I will go to Israel, soon. I stand with the [Palestinian Campaign] for the Academic and Cultural Boycott of Israel (PACBI) and the larger Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions (BDS)Movement.

Official trailer of The Reluctant Fundamentalist

Disclaimer: The contents of this article are of sole responsibility of the author(s). The Centre for Research on Globalization will not be responsible for any inaccurate or incorrect statement in this article. The Center of Research on Globalization grants permission to cross-post original Global Research articles on community internet sites as long as the text & title are not modified. The source and the author’s copyright must be displayed. For publication of Global Research articles in print or other forms including commercial internet sites, contact: publications@globalresearch.ca

www.globalresearch.ca contains copyrighted material the use of which has not always been specifically authorized by the copyright owner. We are making such material available to our readers under the provisions of “fair use” in an effort to advance a better understanding of political, economic and social issues. The material on this site is distributed without profit to those who have expressed a prior interest in receiving it for research and educational purposes. If you wish to use copyrighted material for purposes other than “fair use” you must request permission from the
copyright owner.

For media inquiries: publications@globalresearch.ca

Republished with permission from: Global Research

Exclusive Footage of Birth of Royal Baby!

0

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

Infowars has obtained exclusive footage of the birth of the royal baby! Now Brits can continue their obedient worship of the state in the fine tradition of North Korea!

Alex Jones has also reported on the birth as heard on morning talk radio.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 10:57 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Alaska’s controversial HAARP facility closed – will it come back online?

0

Ben Anderson
Alaska Dispatch
July 22, 2013

HAARP antenna array

HAARP antenna array

Alaska’s High-Frequency Active Auroral Research Program (HAARP) has drawn its fair share of conspiracy theories over the years, as it sits in Gakona, an array of antennas intended to heat the Earth’s ionosphere and study the effects. Fringe thinkers have tenuously linked HAARP to everything from the 2011 Japanese Earthquake to mind control and hurricanes.

But if there are no major earthquakes or bizarre global weather events in the coming weeks or months, the folks at HAARP may have some explaining to do – the facility has apparently been shuttered since June, the power turned off as HAARP waits for a hoped-for change in contractors to operate the facility.

HAARP is a government-owned facility, primarily overseen by the U.S. Air Force, though the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) funds a number of grant projects there. The project was previously managed by the Air Force Research Laboratory at Hanscom Air Force Base in Massachusetts, but is currently overseen by a research unit at Kirtland Air Force Base in Albuquerque, N.M. after the Hanscom unit was moved in 2011.

Read full article

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 11:02 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Bomb blast kills two in SW Pakistan

0

Pakistani security forces stand guard at Chaman border crossing in Pakistan’s Balochistan Province (file photo).

At least two people have been killed and several others injured after a powerful bomb explosion rocked the southwestern Pakistani town of Chaman.

According to local security officials, the explosion took place on Monday evening outside a mosque near a crossing gate close to the Afghan border, the daily Dawn newspaper reported.

At least eight people were wounded in the fatal blast.

Security forces cordoned off the area after the blast, and launched an investigation

Meanwhile, a bomb disposal team says it has foiled a second possible attack after explosives were discovered next to a local hospitalâ„¢s gate.

There has been no claim of responsibility for the attack, but pro-Taliban militants have been blamed for similar attacks in the past.

Town of Chaman borders Spin Boldak District in the southern Kandahar Province of Afghanistan and has seen several violent attacks over the past couple of years.

Militants have carried out numerous attacks against security forces as well as civilians and managed to spread their influence in various regions of the country, despite frequent offensives by the Pakistani Army.

Thousands of Pakistanis have lost their lives in bombings and other militant attacks since 2001 when Pakistan entered an alliance with the US on the so-called war against terrorism.

Thousands others have been displaced by the wave of violence and militancy sweeping across the country.

Since late 2009, there has been a surge in militant attacks in Pakistan.

JR/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Backlash: Minority groups protest nomination of NYPD’s Kelly to lead Homeland Security

0

Black and Latino law enforcement groups are protesting the prospect of having NYPD commissioner Raymond Kelly head the Department of Homeland Security, citing his controversial stop-and-frisk policy and the Muslim surveillance program.

At a rally in front of the New York Police Department
headquarters on Sunday, law enforcement groups
criticized Kelly for his work at the NYPD, accusing him of
legalizing civil rights violations, the New York Daily News
reports.

“The commissioner has both codified and legalized racial
profiling,”
Anthony Miranda, a retired NYPD sergeant and
director of the National Latino Officers Association, said at the
rally. “We can’t allow him to take racial profiling to the
national level.”

The National Latino Officers Association, 100 Blacks in Law
Enforcement and the Grand Council of Guardians all spoke out
against Kelly’s prospective appointment.

President Barack Obama has not yet endorsed anyone to head the
Department of Homeland Security, but last week told Univision’s
New York affiliate that Kelly has done an “extraordinary
job”
as police commissioner. He also noted that Kelly “is
one of the best there is”
and “an outstanding leader in
New York.”

“Mr. Kelly might be very happy where he is, but if he’s not
I’d want to know about it, because obviously he’d be very well
qualified for the job,”
the president said in the interview.

Although a bipartisan group of lawmakers, including Sens. Chuck
Schumer (D-N.Y.) and Rep. Peter King (R-N.Y.), have expressed
their support for nominating Kelly, Sunday’s protests shed a
critical light on the NYPD commissioner.

Kelly oversaw the NYPD’s controversial stop-and-frisk program,
which allows police officers to stop, question and frisk a person
who appears suspicious. Most of those who have been stopped have
been African-American or Hispanic, even though data shows
that white suspects were more often to be found in possession of
weapons or drugs. In 2002, when Kelly first took office,
there were fewer than 100,000 forcible police stops, and crime
had already decreased 63 percent since its height in the 1990s.
 In 2011, the NYPD stopped and questioned 684,330
people,87
percent
of which were African-American or Latino and only 12
percent of which had been violating the law.

Kelly also oversaw the NYPD’s extensive Muslim surveillance
program across New York City and neighboring New Jersey. The
department has spied on Muslims in mosques, classrooms,
restaurants, and public places. The NYPD is currently facing a
lawsuit
for violating civil rights by unconstitutionally profiling and
intimidating Muslims.

“Citizens’ civil rights are being violated by the hundreds and
hundreds of thousands,”
Noel Leader, a retired NYPD sergeant
and co-founder of 100 Blacks in Law Enforcement, said at the
rally. “Why approve someone with this track record?”

Miranda called on President Obama to reject Kelly’s potential
nomination and instead nominate “someone who has law
enforcement experience but also is sensitive to the civil
liberties of individuals and protects the rights of
communities.”

Republished with permission from: RT

‘EU move on Hezbollah act of terrorism’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A senior cleric says European Union’s decision to blacklist the Lebanese resistance movement, Hezbollah, is “an act of terrorism.”

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Drunk Saudi diplomat case still open

0

File photo shows the car of the drunk Saudi Embassy staffer after its fatal accident in Tehran.

Iran’s Attorney General Gholam-Hossein Mohseni-Ejei says the case of a Saudi diplomat involved in a deadly drunk driving accident in Tehran several months ago is still open.

Speaking to reporters in Tehran on Monday, Mohseni-Ejei added that the diplomat has to get the consent of the victimâ„¢s family.

Å“This case is still under investigation and we are making our efforts [to bring it to conclusion],” the Judiciary Spokesman further stated.

The drunk employee of Saudi Arabia Embassy in Tehran, Yasser al-Ghayi, killed an Iranian driver and wounded a passer-by in a fatal car accident in the northeast of the capital in March.

The Saudi staffer rammed his vehicle into the Iranian car before veering off the road. The Iranian driver was killed on the spot.

Iranian police found four bottles of alcoholic beverage in the Saudi employeeâ„¢s car.

The family members of the Iranian driver who was killed in the accident have called for the Saudi employee to stand trial under the Iranian law.

SF/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Why Big Oil is Shifting Away from the Gulf of Mexico

0

Daniel J. Graeber
OilPrice.com
July 22, 2013

Photo by kris krüg, via Wikimedia Commons

Photo by kris krüg, via Wikimedia Commons

A BP official who led the company before the 2010 incident in the Gulf of Mexico marked his return to the region in a $3.75 billion deal with Houston-based Apache. Apache seemingly said goodbye to the Gulf of Mexico in the deal, opting instead to focus its efforts onshore. Former BP Chief Executive John Browne helped nab 1.9 million net acres in the agreement with Apache last week. Apache’s “good run” in the Gulf of Mexico may suggest assets onshore may hold more long-term value for explorers.

Apache unloaded its assets to Fieldwood Energy, an entity held by Riverstone Holdings LLC. Fieldwood CEO Matt McCarrol said his company would take over where Apache left off, adding his company was “very enthusiastic about the opportunity to continue this legacy going forward.” McCarrol said the assets obtained through the deal make up more than 500 blocks encompassing 1.9 million net acres. By the end of last year, the company said the area had proved reserves of 239 million barrels of oil equivalent, of which 55 percent is oil.

Riverstone Holdings LLC includes former BP chief John Browne, whose tenure ended in 2007 with the arrival of Tony Hayward. Under Browne, BP became one of the premier energy companies working in the Gulf of Mexico. By 2010, the company, as well as Hayward, became the subject of public scorn after the Deepwater Horizon oil disaster. Two high-ranking BP officials were charged in 2012 with misleading investigators during their investigation into the spill.

Apache CEO G. Steven Farris said the deal was an “important step” in restructuring his company’s portfolio. Since 2010, the company has focused its efforts on developing onshore assets, where it said it expects to achieve attractive rates of return. Farris said the assets sold to Browne and his associates had matured to the point that they were more difficult to exploit than onshore plays.

New drilling technologies have contributed to exponential production gains for onshore oil and natural gas in the United States. The North Dakota Department of Mineral Resources said last week it produced, on average, 810,129 barrels of oil per day in May, a new all-time high and a 2 percent increase from the previous month. Oil field services company Baker Hughes said most of the new wells started during the second quarter of 2013 came from the Eagle Ford and Permian basins spread across the southern United States. Apache says it’s one of the largest operators in the Permian basin with more than 12,000 wells in service. During the first quarter of the year, the Permian basin gave up more than 119,000 barrels of oil equivalent per day for Apache, a 20 percent increase year-on-year.

Apache’s CEO said his company “had a great run on the Gulf of Mexico shelf over the last 30 years.” The Energy Department said it expects oil production in the Gulf to reach 1.5 million bpd by December 2014, up from the 1.26 million bpd recorded in March. The Gulf is still giving up substantial amounts of oil, but Apache seems to be betting the biggest bonanza will be onshore.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 10:53 am

Tags:






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Pro-, anti-Morsi protesters clash

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Supporters of Egypt’s ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, have clashed with his opponents at Cairo’s Liberation Square, with medical sources saying several were injured during the clashes.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Harshness Before Sense

0

This is patently sinister. Manus Island, in Papua New Guinea, is destined under the “regional agreement” between PNG and Australia to become an expanded detention centre which may house upwards of 3000 individuals. (Shades of an Asia Pacific Gulag Archipelago come to mind.) These individuals might well have been processed quietly through Australian channels by Australian authorities. If it had been news, it should have been embedded in the back pages. But this Labor government is desperate. Very desperate. So much so that anyone without a visa who arrives in Australia will never (emphasis on the word never) settle in Australia.[1]

Those are the words of a “restored” Prime Minister Kevin Rudd. Rudd has made it clear that the Refugee Convention, ratified in 1951 is an anachronism on stilts. Nothing new there — he parrots a long standing lament of wealthy states who would rather wish the convention might be done away with — or at the very least “revised”.

Much of this behaviour on the part of the prime minister is probably histrionics — to change the convention through the channels of the United Nations would require General Assembly approval. Poorer states are unlikely to be joining richer states in attempting to curb global flows of individuals — for them, the richer the state, the greater the burden by necessity.

Hence, we face the next disturbing rationale. If the convention can’t be changed, it won’t be heeded. Naturally, one way of doing so is to re-label those who arrive in Australia in advance, a case of premature adjudication if ever there was one. Ignore the refugee advocates and the professionals as much as possible — what would they know? Foreign Minister Bob Carr has been most typical of this, claiming that those getting on boats and heading for Australia are “economic” migrants.

The response to Carr has been strident. Human Rights Commissioner Gillian Triggs has found little basis to the claim. Former liberal prime minister Malcolm Fraser is up at arms at the suggestion, calling Carr’s claims “total nonsense” and “fantasy”. “I think a lot of people [who] might have felt some relief that Kevin Rudd was back in charge will now have that very heavily tempered by Senator Carr’s most intemperate remarks.”[2]

Applicants for asylum assessed and found to be legitimate refugees are entitled to stay in the country that duly processes them. To send them off shore, as it were, constitutes a violation of its principles. It amounts, as some advocates have rightly noted, to an “outsourcing” of the burden imposed on a country.

Furthermore, let’s consider the country: developing, as close to, in structural and economic terms, a failed state as any in the Asia Pacific. It is known for producing refugee applicants, not recipients. The Australian Refugee Review Tribunal has actually granted refugee status to people leaving the country on grounds of persecution. To speak of equitable “burden sharing” in this context, the term used by states in the European Union, is nonsense.

The “PNG Solution” will also be a disaster on another level. Not only will it violate a key principle of refugee law — that refugees cannot be sent to a place where they are put at risk — it will create another enormous social problem. Hundreds of Iranians, processed on PNG soil, is a recipe for social catastrophe.

As Marina O’Sullivan of the Castan Centre for Human Rights explains, domestic violence is rife.[3] Ethnic tensions are ever present. The “human rights” infrastructure is simply not in place. Then there is that matter of the High Court, which found in 2011 that arrangements of this sort violated international refugee obligations.

Should he win the elections, will Rudd care? This is hard to know given the distinct hollowness of Australian politics. Australia is a land jam packed with regulations, controls and a mania for “security”. Its electoral system, at least in so far as it determines the fates of governments, hinges on marginal seats in the outer suburbs — the “Rooty Hill” factor. But this policy, unless it is challenged in the High Court, risks making Australia not merely an inept international citizen, but a callous one whose words at international law are empty sentiments rather than genuine policy.

Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He lectures at RMIT University, Melbourne. Email: bkampmark@gmail.com

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

UK’s GSK run bribery campaign in China

0

The Chinese division of a British pharmaceutical firm has been accused of running bribery campaigns, according to the ministry of public security.

Senior managers of GlaxoSmithKline (GSK) in China have confessed to bribery, “serious” business offences and tax crimes, the ministry of public security has said in a statement.

“As a big multinational pharmaceutical company, GSK China in recent years rampantly bribed some government officials, a number of pharmaceutical industry groups and funds, hospitals and doctors,” said the ministry, which is in charge of China’s police.

The firm did so in order to sell products or raise prices, it said, adding that benefits were provided “via travel agencies and other channels in the form of direct bribery or sponsorship”.

It also committed tax-related crimes, the statement said, following police investigations in the financial hub Shanghai and the central cities of Changsha and Zhengzhou.

“The case involves a large number of people, a long period of time, a huge value and its circumstances are vile,” it added.

It identified the employees only as “high officials” of the company and gave no details of the size of payments or who received them.

“After questioning, the suspects confessed to the crime,” the statement said.

MOL/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Helen Thomas and Zionist Bigotry

0

Helen Thomas, the renowned journalist, died on 20 July 2013 at the age of 92. She was the first woman journalist to cover the White House and did so for an unprecedented 50 years. She lasted in that job despite always asking the tough questions. It was a glorious run besmirched only late in her career by opportunistic attacks by Zionist American ideologues. When that happened, as described below, I wrote a piece in her defense. It was originally put online on June 23, 2010, but is here represented in an updated form.

Helen Thomas was the most respected of the White House press corps. However, she made a mistake the other day of wearing her feelings on her sleeve, so to speak, on a topic of deadly political sensitivity. She said out loud that the Jews should “get the hell out of Palestine” and return to Europe. Palestine is “not German, its not Polish” she added. Unfortunately, the whole thing ended up on a YouTube video. Predictably, the American Zionists jumped all over her. Several former White House operatives, who may have resented Thomas’s hard questioning of their bosses, were at the front of this charge. Lanny Davis, former Clinton White House Counsel, immediately announced that Thomas should be “stripped of her honors for having crossed the line of freedom of speech.” The attempt by supporters of Israel to exempt criticism of the Zionist State from the protections of the First Amendment of the Constitution has been ongoing. Davis added that Thomas “has shown herself to be an anti-Semtic bigot.” Another former White House press secretary, Ari Fleischer, said Thomas should be fired from her post and her White House press credentials revoked. He also called her an anti-Semitic bigot. B’nai B’rith’s international President Dennis Glick and Vice President Daneil Marlaschin accused Thomas of being an ally of Iranian President Ahmadinejad and being part of a cabal seeking to “delegitimize Israel.” 

The way the Israelis behave they have no need of Helen Thomas to “delegitimize” their country. They are doing a fine job of that on their own. Thomas’s remarks came in the aftermath of a piratical attack on the Gaza Aid Flotilla, during which Israeli commandos murdered nine aid activists on the Mavi Marmara. Acting as they do, the Zionists really have little legitimate cause to get angry at other people’s anger. Thomas’s remarks were obviously made in a mood of anger and frustration. We all make statements during fits of anger most of which, thankfully, do not end up on YouTube.

But we also know that most of the time these statements do not reflect our otherwise realistic and level-headed point of view. I once heard a respected Middle East historian, delivering a talk at an annual conference of the Middle East Studies Association, say that the world would be a better place if Israel broke off from its geographical position and slid to the bottom of the Mediterranean Sea. Was this man a bigot? No he was not. He was Jewish. And he was not a “self-hater.” However, he was angry.

Thomas offered an apology stating that she regrets the “comments I made last week regarding Israelis and the Palestinians.” There is no doubt that she really did regret it, considering the hot water it put her in. She goes on and says that “they do not reflect my heart-felt belief that peace will come to the Middle East only when all parties recognize the need for mutual respect and tolerance. May that day come soon.” Given her fifty-plus years of honest and penetrating reporting there is no reason to doubt that this last statement represents the sober Helen Thomas — when not confronted with horrific Israeli behavior. The accusations of bigotry and the calls for the ruination of her career are way out of proportion and, when coming from Zionists such as Fleischer, Glick and Marlaschin, they are undoubtedly opportunistic.

Now, since we are on the topic of bigotry, let’s consider the behavior of the Zionists in this regard. After all if one labels their critics as bigots, one should take a look at the basis for their criticism. The bitter truth is that Israeli Jews have spent the last 65 years systematically discriminating against Israeli Arabs and, as far as the Palestinians of the Occupied Territories go, they have set up a system of control that smacks of apartheid. A recent survey of Israeli Jews shows that a good number of them do not want Palestinians as neighbors or allowed to live in the same apartment blocks as they do. Israel’s school textbooks have purposely eradicated the Palestinian history of the place they now call the Jewish state.

This discriminatory environment is promoted by the Israeli government. This is how the Israeli journalist Mya Guarnieri describes the situation: “The continued maltreatment of Palestinians puts every Israeli’s freedom at risk on a daily basis. If your government disregards the rule of law, disenfranchises your neighbor and tramples his most basic human rights, how can you expect that your own freedoms will remain intact?” But freedom in Israel is too often seen as a strictly ethnocentric privilege. This is not to say there are not fair-minded and humane Israeli Jews who know that there is something seriously wrong with the society they live in. There are. They are just a too small minority.

In other words, Israel as now constituted and operated is a state of active or passive bigots. That conclusion is based on evidence (evidence backed up by most of the world’s human rights organizations, including those in Israel). That being the case, I assert that Israel today is a racist place and should be transformed from a “Jewish state” to a democratic secular state, a state where all its citizens have equal rights. That does not require all of Israel’s Jews to go back to Europe, or to be drowned in the eastern Mediterranean Sea. It just requires the destruction of the ideology of Zionism.

If the folks at B’nai B’rith get hold of this I will bet dollars to donuts that they would have conniptions and call me an anti-Semitic bigot. That seems to be the way it goes in our world of double standards.

Lawrence Davidson is professor of history at West Chester University in West Chester, PA.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Canada uses info obtained thru torture

0

Canada has given the countryâ„¢s spy agency permission to use information extracted from suspects through torture, despite claims that it would never use such data, Press TV reports.

Canada’s intelligence services, including the Communications Security Establishment Canada (CSEC), have recently been given an annual budget of about $400 million to use and share information extracted through the use of torture, despite the Canadian government saying it does not condone such acts.

Human rights activists condemned the move, arguing that Canada is propagating the use of torture.

Å“Whenever information obtained under torture is used by other people, whoever that may be – a police officer, a government agency, a journalist, anyone – then all that is doing is encouraging the torturers to continue to torture. Itâ„¢s essentially creating a market,” said Robert Alexander Neve, secretary general of Amnesty International Canada.

In a directive, issued in December 2010, the Canadian Security Intelligence Service was given permission to employ such information in cases where it claimed Ëœpublic safety is at stakeâ„¢.

The move is part of a broader, so-called Five Eyes intelligent sharing network involving the United States, Britain, Australia and New Zealand.

Å“All that does is [to] deepen the concern that this is very clearly now deeply entrenched policy in Canada, that the government is prepared to allow security and policing agencies to make use of information that may have been obtained under torture and that raises very serious international human rights concerns,” said Neve.

This comes despite the fact that in 2009, Canada’s then-Public Safety Minister had pledged that the government would never use information obtained by torture.

The use of torture during confessions has been widely criticized by human rights groups that say the practice may cause people to lie or make false admissions.

GMA/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Apple admits its developer site was hacked, says some data may have been stolen

0

Trevor Mogg
Digital Trends
July 22, 2013

When Apple’s developer site went down on Thursday, the company put up a short notice saying that maintenance work was taking place. However, after 24 hours, the site was still offline, leading some to believe that it was more than just a bit of routine tinkering taking place. And they were right.

Three days after the site went down, and with developers becoming increasingly concerned about the reasons for the outage, Apple sent out an email explaining that, in fact, the site had suffered a security breach.

The message — also posted on the Member Center webpage where developers usually log in — said “an intruder” had entered the site last week in an attempt to steal personal data from registered developers. While Apple was certain in the belief that secure personal information of registered developers had not been accessed, it said it could not “rule out the possibility that some developers’ names, mailing addresses, and/or email addresses may have been accessed.”

The tech giant said that to prevent a similar breach happening again, it was working to overhaul its developer systems, update its server software, and rebuild its database.

The site, which provides third-party software developers with app-related resources, information and downloads, was still down late Sunday evening, with no indication given as to when it might be back online.

Speaking to AllThingsD about the incident, Apple spokesman Tom Neumayr said that while he wasn’t prepared to go into detail about the flaws in the old system or the work being done to correct the issue, he wanted to make clear that no information belonging to customers was stolen.

Meanwhile, in another development Sunday evening, security researcher Ibrahim Balic claimed on TechCrunch that on Thursday he reported to Apple a number of security weaknesses he’d found on the developer site, adding that he had been able to access personal details of a number of users. Hours later the Cupertino company took it offline.

Balic, who insists his work had no malicious intent, believes his findings may be the reason the site was taken down, although Apple is yet to contact him about his bug reports.

Read full article

Socialists and the Animal Question

0

Despite government repression of animal activists, in many ways there has never been an easier time to be vegetarian or vegan. One can find a wide selection of food without animal products in the most unlikely of places, such as small towns of upstate New York, where typical accoutrement is not tie-dye but NASCAR caps. The national vegan population is increasing rapidly, doubling between 2009 and 2011, according to a Harris Interactive poll. And yet the socialist left remains particularly inhospitable for those concerned with animal domestication.

This hostility goes back a long way. As Dr. Steve Best points out, Karl Marx and Frederick Engels “lumped animal welfarists, vegetarians, and anti-vivisectionists into the same petite-bourgeoisie category comprised of charity organizers, temperance fanatics, and naive reformists.” Leon Trotsky railed against those opposed to revolutionary violence, scornfully describing their ideology as “vegetarian-Quaker prattle.”

Things aren’t that different today. Paul D’Amato, a writer for whom I otherwise have a good deal of respect, took on the animal question in a Socialist Worker column which reads as little more than uninformed trolling.

“Does a mountain lion that kills a deer have a right to a trial by a jury of its peers?” He asks ridiculously. “Should cows have freedom of assembly, speech and religion?”

He acknowledges he is speaking with tongue in cheek, but insists “there is a point to it.” D’Amato goes on to recount Adolph Hitler’s animal protection efforts, because, you know, animal activists are actually closet Nazis.

Things are hardly any different on the anarchist side of the aisle. For instance, log onto the LibCom.org forums, which are maintained by London-based libertarian communists, and ask, as I have, the otherwise nice folks what they think of vegetarians or vegans. And you’ll see the British didn’t get their reputation for beef-eating for nothing.

And yet animal activists have always been part of progressive change. John Oswald, for instance, was a Scottish vegetarian who was a member of the Jacobin Club, took part in the French Revolution, and died fighting monarchist forces. Elisee Reclus, also vegetarian, was a participant in the Paris Commune of 1871, for which he was imprisoned and exiled. Of course, Mahatma Gandhi, vegetarian, led the movement to topple British colonialism in India. Cesar Chavez, vegan, co-founded the organization that would become the United Farm Workers union. One could go on with such examples. But I would prefer to hear from readers of historical figures they know who incorporated animals in their progressive vision. I am most interested in hearing of leaders who were women, people of color or engaged in explicit class struggle.

In a preface to an edition of Animal Farm, George Orwell explained the central metaphor of his satirical novel, writing, “Men exploit animals in much the same way as the rich exploit the proletariat.” Modern animal activists, such as Bob Torres and David Nibert, have expanded on this unifying theme, injecting Marxist thought into the emerging field of critical animal studies. But there has been no similar effort on the part of anti-capitalists.

I don’t expect the socialist left to suddenly develop an appetite for veggie burgers and almond milk ice cream. The broad movement anti-capitalists hope to create will be reflective of the masses. And veganism is just not where the masses are yet. Much of this has to do with vegan options, at least the processed ones, being prohibitively expensive.This will change when economies of scale come into play.

But the attitude toward animal rights among the socialist left is more reactionary than that of the general population. My low-wage coworkers might think my views regarding non-humans are privileged and eccentric, but they never display the vitriolic scorn my beliefs earn among the socialist left.

My theory is that large segments of the socialist left, which at the moment are disproportionately made up of white-collar workers, has adopted a misguided workerism, by which I mean a perspective that glorifies a crude caricature of blue-collar culture, in an attempt to bond with those on lowest tiers of the capitalist system. To these more privileged members of the working class, casual indifference to animal exploitation is a defining trait of blue-collar workers. That this is immensely condescending should go without saying. But it’s also not based on a socialist understanding of class. For socialists, economic groups are not defined by eating habits, culture or even income. They’re defined by someone’s relationship to the means of production.

My class-struggle resume isn’t anything to write home about. But it’s not something I’m embarrassed about either. I’ve written for a variety of leftist publications, from SocialistWorker.org to Z Magazine. I was active in the Occupy movement, for which I spent a couple days in jail. I filed charges against my employer, and won a settlement, for union-busting. I feel I’ve made some humble contributions. But I’m also vegan. And I’m sick of feeling I’ll be treated like the late comedian Rodney Dangerfield—no respect!—if I don’t hide this in socialist circles.

Jon Hochschartner is a freelance writer from upstate New York.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Sen. Rand Paul on Detroit bailout: 'over my dead body'

0

As discussions emerge of a possible federal bailout to bring back to life the bankrupt city of Detroit, Sen. Rand Paul (R-Kentucky) warns that he won’t let Uncle Sam step in and save the faltering Motor City.

Detroit, the mid-western metropolis that one time was the
fourth-most populated city in all of the United States,
officially filed for bankruptcy last week after years of
consistently dismal economic news. But as lawmakers in Washington
weigh the option of lending a helping hand, the often out-spoken
Sen. Paul says he’ll ensure this incident serves as a lesson to
the rest of the US.

“There’s some good things that come out of bankruptcy,”
Paul said in a phone interview to Bretitbart.com last week from
Iowa. “One is you get to start over. Bankruptcy lets you be
forgiven of your debt. And you do so by getting new management,
better management and by getting rid of unwieldy contracts,
contracts that give you where public employees are getting paid
twice what private employees are and things come back more to
normal. That’s the way cities and businesses can recover
.”

“I basically say he [Obama] is bailing them out over my dead
body because we don’t have any money in Washington
,” Sen.
Paul added.

Detroit isn’t the only major US city as of late to look towards
bankruptcy amid dire times, but it is likely the most iconic of
American locales to lose a battle to unpaid bills. Detroit at one
point was among the most celebrated of cities due to its booming
automotive industry and its contributions to modern music. After
years barely inching by, though, Detroit followed in the heels of
Stockton, California and Harrisburg, Pennsylvania last week by joining
the list of large American cities unable to scrape up enough to
save face.

According to Paul, providing assistance from Washington to
Detroit would send a sign to other cities experiencing similarly
dismal condition.

“Those who don’t have their house in order, who are teetering
on disaster, will continue to make bad decisions. And by the way
these [local and state budget choices] are tough decisions. I’m
not saying they are all prescient and that it will be easy on
everybody who works for the city or the state, but you need to
make these decisions and the sooner you make them the better. If
you wait to make them, it’s even harder on people
,” he told
Breitbart journalist Matthew Boyle.

“You don’t set up an implicit promise from the federal
government that everybody is getting bailed out,
” Paul said.
“It’s sort of like too big to fail for banks. If you have too
big to fail for cities or for states and they believe they’ll be
bailed out they’ll continue to make unwise decisions
.”

When Stockton, California filed for bankruptcy earlier this year
in April, the city of 300,000 became the largest town in America
to throw in the towel in the history of the country. A little
more than a year earlier, lawmakers in the Pennsylvania state
capital, Harrisburg, elected to do the same after falling
hundreds of millions of dollars in debt.

Christopher Ryon, a portfolio manager at Thornburg Investment
Management, described the Harrisburg crisis to The Wall Street
Journal as “one of the slowest moving train wrecks in my
memory
.”

To avoid a similar fate, officials in Michigan moved earlier this
year to bring in a state-appointed emergency manager to assess
the situation in Detroit. In turn, manager Kevyn Orr concluded, “Without a significant restructuring
of its debt, the city will be unable to break the cycle of
damaging cutbacks in essential municipal services and
investments
.”

Detroit officially filed for bankruptcy last Thursday, although
Ingham County Circuit Court Judge Rosemarie Aquilina said one day
later that the process was illegal.

“I have some very serious concerns because there was this rush
to bankruptcy court that didn’t have to occur and shouldn’t have
occurred
,” Judge Aquilina said.

Monday morning, Judge Aquilina adjourned a hearing on the future
of the bankruptcy filing until July 29, The Detroit News
reported.

Meanwhile, Sen. Paul – the son of former congressman and
presidential hopeful Ron Paul – continues to be floated as a
potential candidate for the GOP’s nominee in the 2016
presidential race.

Republished with permission from: RT

Iran MPs to visit Malaysia, Indonesia

0

An Iranian parliamentary delegation is set to visit Malaysia and Indonesia to invite parliament speakers of the two Asian countries to attend the swearing-in ceremony of Iranian president-elect Hassan Rohani early next month, an Iranian lawmaker says.

Vahid Ahmadi told Fars news agency that the delegation of Iranâ„¢s Majlis National Security and Foreign Policy Committee will leave for Indonesia, on the first leg of the visit, on Tuesday.

The main objective of the visit is to invite parliament speakers of Indonesia and Malaysia to Rohaniâ„¢s inauguration, but the fate of Iranian nationals held in detention in the two countries will be also discussed, Ahmadi said.

He added that the Iranian parliamentary delegation will also hold meetings with Indonesian and Malaysian lawmakers.

Iranian lawmakers Mohammad-Saleh Joker and Fathollah Hosseini will accompany Ahmadi.

Rohaniâ„¢s swearing-in ceremony is scheduled to be held on August 4, one day after his endorsement by Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei.

AR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

CIA Backs $630,000 Study to Control Weather

0

Rob Williams
The Independent
July 22, 2013

The power, reach and influence of the Central Intelligence Agency is a staple of conspiracy theories.

The news that the CIA is reportedly part-funding a scientific geoengineering study into how to control the weather is unlikely to dampen speculation over their activities.

According to US website ‘Mother Jones’ the CIA is helping fund a study by the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) that will investigate whether humans could use geoengineering — which is defined as deliberate and large-scale intervention in the Earth’s climatic system — to stop climate change.

Read more

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 9:46 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Bernanke’s Farewell Tour

0

Ron Paul
Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

Last week Federal Reserve Chairman Ben Bernanke delivered what may well be his last Congressional testimony before leaving the Federal Reserve in 2014. Unfortunately, his farewell performance was full of contradictory comments about the state of the economy and the effects of Fed policies on the market. One thing Bernanke inadvertently made clear was that the needs of Wall Street trump Main street, the economy, and sound money.

Quantitative easing (QE) and effectively zero interest rates have created paper prosperity, but now the Fed must continuously assure Wall Street that the QE spigot will not be turned off. Otherwise even the illusion of recovery will disappear. So Bernanke made every effort to emphasize that the economy was not doing well enough to end QE, while lauding the success of Fed policies in improving the economy.

Bernanke was also intent on denying that Fed policies directly boost financial markets. However, the money the Fed creates out of nothing in order to buy mortgage-backed securities and government debt for the QE3 program, benefits first and foremost the big banks and the financial class – those people who are invited to the Fed auctions. This new money then fuels stock bubbles, bond bubbles, agricultural land bubbles, and others. The consequences of this are felt by ordinary savers, investors, and retirees whose savings lose value because of the Fed’s zero interest rate policy.

As if Wall Street favoritism and zero returns for savers isn’t bad enough, the Fed wants the rest of America to bear a greater inflation burden. The Fed thinks you should lose two percent of the value of your dollar this year. But Bernanke is not satisfied with having reduced purchasing power by ten percent since the 2008 recession. The inflation picture is actually much worse if we look at the old consumer price index –the one that did not assume that ground beef is a perfect substitute for steak.

Using the old CPI metric, as calculated by John Williams at Shadow Government Statistics, we’ve lost close to 50 percent of the purchasing power of our money in just the last five years. So what you were able to buy with the $20 in your pocket before the financial crisis costs more than $30 today. That might be peanuts to Wall Street, but that’s real money for working Americans. And it’s theft by the Fed. It is a direct consequence of the trillions of new dollars the Fed has “not literally” printed–as Bernanke put it.

Bernanke’s final testimony before Congress confirms that the Fed has blatant disregard for the extra costs and the new bubbles it is creating. The Fed only understands paper prosperity, not how middle class Americans and the poor suffer the consequences of higher prices, resources misallocations, and distortionary bubbles as well as insidious unemployment.

The only way out of this tailspin of monetary favoritism is to restore sound money, which would end the Fed’s ability to manipulate currency and put Wall Street first. The Fed has proven over and over again that it has no respect for the real money that preserves the value of people’s labor, their wealth, and their ability to live free and prosperous lives. It is beyond time for the Fed, Wall Street, and the federal government to stop manipulating money and stealing from the American people under the false guise of paper prosperity.

Former Congressman Paul’s article first appeared at the-free-foundation.org, the temporary home for his weekly column until his personal web page is up and running.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 9:44 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Actor James Woods Dismantles Obama’s Racist Opportunism

1

Kurt Nimmo
Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

The chattering classes have yet to excoriate James Woods for his politically incorrect remarks about Obama and Saint Trayvon.

Following Obama’s absurd “I am Trayvon” commentary on Friday, the irascible actor took Obama to task for his political stunt. He noted there are millions of other teenage boys in America who do not elicit a peep from the president.

He also disputed the claim made by the usual political ambulance chasers led on by the likes of the Rev. Al Sharpton and Jesse Jackson that America is somehow mired in irremediable racism and hatred.

“Though I only have anecdotal evidence, I have personally watched diversity flourish in this country in my 66 years,” he responded to tweets on the Trayvon controversy. “For Sharpton et al, racial disharmony is in part a business. They thrive on discord, while we diverse Americans thrive on harmony.”

Government is not about righting “historical wrongs,” it is about confiscation of wealth.

Following a barrage of sharp criticism, Alexandra Le Tellier, who bills herself as a brain cancer survivor, took to The Los Angeles Times op-ed page to deflect “right-wing” criticism of Obama. She said those who accuse Obama of shameless race-baiting are “in the way” of the government as it bolsters victimhood for the sake of political gain.

“Some accuse Obama of race-baiting and stoking racial tensions,” Le Tellier wrote on Friday. “But that’s not fair, and it’s not what he did. What the president did was make himself relatable, and then he used his position of power to suggest a path forward for a ‘more perfect union.’”

“The people who object to Obama saying that we need to ‘bolster and reinforce our African American boys’ are just in the way.”

She didn’t say all American boys. Just American boys with the politically correct amount of melanin. The white kids, of course, according to the cultural Marxists and the multicultural crowd who are allowed space on The Los Angeles Times and The New York Times, do not rate consideration because they have something called “white privilege,” a preposterous theory produced by “whiteness studies” and the academic discipline known as “critical race theory” claiming white racism is “engrained in the fabric and system of the American society,” as UCLA describes it.

Last week, the former Capital Hill cop turned MSNBC barker, Chris Matthews, “apologize” to a couple NBC employees for the perceived racism of white people.

“We’re going to continue this conversation, gentlemen, privately and on television,” Matthews told NBC creative director and vice president Val Nicholas. “I mean a lot of people out there – I’ll just tell you one thing, and I’m speaking now for all white people, but especially [those] who have tried to change the last 50 or 60 years and a lot of them have really tried to change. I’m sorry for this stuff. That’s all I’m saying.
Matthews’ comments assume white people are inherently racist, as whiteness studies and other biased and unscientific nonsense preach to American children who unfortunately attend (and will pay for, into the indeterminate future, due to the government backed student loan scam) at institutions of higher education (or, more accurately, indoctrination).

The pushback by James Woods is welcome. Not all actors, fortunately, are drinking the cultural Marxist kool aid and trumpeting to heaven the piousness of Saint Trayvon.

Of course, the elite who run the universities, the LA Times and other propaganda tools, don’t give a whit about supposed white privilege, “historically contingent constructions,” cultural Marxism, and other postmodern nonsense. Racial politics, for them, is about control. It’s another conquer and divide strategy.

Republished with permission from: Infowars

5 Worst Cities in America for Class Mobility

0

Photo Credit: Wikimedia Commons

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Where Americans live plays a major role in whether they can move up the economic ladder, a new study profiled by the New York Timesreveals. The study by economists compares upward mobility across different metropolitan areas.

The data reveals that cities in the Southeast lag far behind those in the Northeast when it comes to giving residents a chance to improve their economic standing. The chances of moving up the money ladder are low in places like Atlanta and Charlotte, and are higher in places like New York and Pittsburgh.

“Where you grow up matters,” Harvard economist Nathaniel Hendren, one of the authors of the study, told the Times. “There is tremendous variation across the U.S. in the extent to which kids can rise out of poverty.” But for children who are already in well-off families, geography matters much less. The study demonstrates that children from well-off families usually go on to earn high, and that those high earnings are consistent across different areas of the country.

The study’s authors found that four main factors affect economic mobility. Upward mobility is higher in cities where poor families are not segregated from more mixed-income neighborhoods. There’s also more mobility in cities where there are more two-parent households, better schools and more civic participation — though the study’s authors were careful to state that correlation does not necessarily equal causation.

New York Times reporter David Leonhardt focuses on Atlanta in his article. The city’s low-income neighborhoods “often stretch for miles, with rows of houses and low-slung apartments, interrupted by the occasional strip mall, and lacking much in the way of good-paying jobs.” That geography likely plays a role in why Atlanta is a place where it is difficult for low-income people to boost their economic standing. “In Atlanta, the most common lament seems to be precisely that concentrated poverty, extensive traffic and a weak public-transit system make it difficult to get to the job opportunities,” Leonhardt writes.

Here are the top five cities where income mobility is the worst:

1. Memphis, Tennessee: Children born in the lower fifth of the economic ladder only has a 2.6 percent chance of raising to the top fifth.

2. Eufaula, Alabama: Kids only have a 2.7 percent chance of getting to the top fifth area of incomes if they are born in the lower fifth.

3. Clarksdale, Mississippi: There’s only a 2.9 percent chance of moving way up the economic ladder here.

4. Greenville, Alabama: Children born in the lower fifth of the economic ladder here only have a 3.0 percent chance of raising to the top fifth.

5. Vicksburg, Mississippi: Kids born here only have a 3.5 percent chance of getting to the top fifth area of incomes if they are born in the lower fifth.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

‘Afghans ready to ink US security pact’

0

Afghan President Hamid Karzai has expressed readiness to ink a security pact with the United States which allows American troops to stay in Afghanistan beyond the 2014 withdrawal deadline.

Karzai’s office said in a Monday statement that Å“Afghans are ready to sign a security pact with the US, on condition that it leads to peace and stability in the country, the strengthening of Afghan forces, and a united and sovereign Afghanistan.”

The statement comes after Chairman of the US Joint Chiefs of Staff General Martin Dempsey met with Karzai and both sides discussed the Kabul-Washington security pact.

The meeting was held a month after the Afghan president cut talks on a long-term security pact in protest at the Taliban opening its office in Qatar.

He was furious that the Taliban group styled their office in the Qatari capital, Doha, as an embassy for a self-styled government in waiting.

On July 11, CNN quoted a top US official as saying that President Barack Obama is seriously considering withdrawing all troops from Afghanistan in 2014.

In May, Karzai said his government was ready to let the US set up nine bases across Afghanistan after most foreign troops withdraw in 2014.

Many Afghans believe that the US is envisaging permanent military bases there.

Afghan political groups have warned that things will get worse should the US establish permanent military bases in Afghanistan.

Afghan political figures have also heaped scorn on the US-led forces for committing unforgivable crimes against Afghan people, including women and children, since invading the country in 2001.

Thousands of Afghan civilians have been killed during night raids by foreign forces and CIA-run assassination drone strikes.

MR/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Gen. Hayden’s Snow Job on Snowden

0

Former National Security Agency Director Michael Hayden should not throw any more stones, lest his own glass house be shattered. His barrage Friday against truth-teller Edward Snowden and London Guardian journalist Glenn Greenwald invited a return rain of boulders for Hayden committing the same violations of constitutional protections that he is now excusing.

Writing as “CNN Terrorism Analyst,” Hayden read from the unctuous script previously used by “Meet the Press” host David Gregory on June 23 when he questioned Greenwald’s status as a journalist. Hayden claimed Greenwald deserves “the Justice Department’s characterization of a co-conspirator.”

But the principal target of Hayden’s ire was Snowden. After lumping him together with despicable characters like CIA’s Aldrich Ames, Robert Hanssen of the FBI, and others who spied for the U.S.S.R. — and then disparaging “leakers” like Bradley Manning — Hayden wrote, “Snowden is in a class by himself.”

But it is Michael Hayden who is in a class by himself. He was the first NSA director to betray the country’s trust by ordering wholesale violation of what was once the First Commandment at NSA: “Thou Shalt Not Eavesdrop on Americans Without a Court Warrant.” Not to mention playing fast and loose with the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act of 1978 and the Fourth Amendment to the Constitution.

While Hayden has implicitly offered a second-grader kind of excuse, that President George W. Bush and Vice President Dick Cheney “made me do it,” that does not let Hayden off the hook.

I have found it helpful lately to read the one-sentence Fourth Amendment during TV and radio interviews in order to provide necessary context and a backdrop against which viewers/listeners can gauge how the recent revelations about NSA operations comport, or do not, with the strictures in the amendment. Thankfully, the language is pretty straightforward and specific:

“The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated, and no Warrants shall issue, but upon probable cause, supported by Oath or affirmation, and particularly describing the place to be searched, and the persons or things to be seized.”

Peer Review

Former NSA directors are not normally given to criticizing the performance of their successors. We know, however, about the passionate disapproval with which two of Hayden’s predecessors reacted to the revelations in the Dec. 16, 2005 New York Times article, “Bush Lets U.S. Spy on Callers Without Courts,” by journalists James Risen and Eric Lichtblau.

Risen had ferreted out explosive information on eavesdropping (and other highly questionable operations) several months before the 2004 presidential election, disclosures that would have given American voters some important information regarding whether Bush deserved reelection or not.

But the Times, in its wisdom, acquiesced to the Bush administration’s demands that the story be spiked — not because the article was inaccurate, but precisely because it was so accurate, and embarrassing. The White House gave the Times the familiar warning that disclosure would “damage national security.”

But as 2005 drew to an end, the newspaper could wait no longer, since Risen’s book, State of War: The Secret History of the CIA and the Bush Administration, was already in galley and about to be published. The book contained, literally, chapter and verse on the illegal activity authorized by NSA Director Michael Hayden at the behest of Bush and Cheney. (And given the way court decisions are going these days, it is seeming more and more likely that James Risen is headed for jail if he insists on the First Amendment rights of a journalist and continues to refuse to divulge his sources.)

When the Times finally published the story in December 2005, the Bush administration scrambled to defend the warrantless eavesdropping, a demonstrably gross violation of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) expressly forbidding eavesdropping on Americans without a court warrant. The White House immediately asked Hayden, then Deputy Director of National Intelligence, to play point man with the media, helping hapless Attorney General Alberto Gonzales defend the indefensible.

Hayden’s perfidy was too much for Gen. Bill Odom, who had been NSA Director from 1985 to 1988. Odom was seething as he prepared to be interviewed on Jan. 4, 2006, by George Kenney, a former Foreign Service officer and now producer of “Electronic Politics.” Odom blurted out, “Hayden should have been court martialed.” And President Bush “should be impeached,” added the general with equal fury.

Odom ruled out discussing, during the interview itself, the warrantless eavesdropping revealed by the New York Times three weeks earlier. In a memorandum about the conversation, Kenney opined that Odom appeared so angry that he realized that if he started discussing the still-classified issue, he would not be able to control himself.

Why was Gen. Odom so angry? Because he, like all uniformed officers (as well as many civilian officials), took an oath to support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; because he took that oath seriously; and because he had done his damndest to ensure that all NSA employees strictly observed the prohibition against eavesdropping on Americans without a warrant.

Also deeply disappointed was former NSA Director Admiral Bobby Ray Inman, who led NSA from 1977 to 1981 and actually played a key role in helping shape the FISA law of 1978. (Before he retired, Inman had achieved virtual sainthood in Official Washington as one of the country’s most respected intelligence managers, although he was known for looking the other way — or as he put it, “pulling up his socks” — when the powers-that-be were spinning the facts or exceeding their legal powers.)

Hayden’s Record

From the Bush/Cheney White House perspective, Hayden had performed quite well working with the supine mainstream media to defend the Bush/Cheney illegal eavesdropping programs. For services performed, Hayden was nominated on May 8, 2006, reportedly at Cheney’s urging, to replace CIA Director Porter Goss, who had retired abruptly on May 5 after just seven controversial months as director.

So the nomination of Hayden to lead the CIA was very much on the minds of Inman, Risen and others who gathered for a public discussion at the New York Public Library that same afternoon, May 8, 2006. Participants were brought up short when Inman took strong issue with Hayden’s flouting of FISA:

“There clearly was a line in the FISA statutes which says you couldn’t do this,” said Inman, who went on to call specific attention to an “extra sentence put in the bill that said, ‘You can’t do anything that is not authorized by this bill.’”

Inman spoke proudly of the earlier ethos at NSA, where “it was deeply ingrained that you operate within the law and you get the law changed if you need to.” Risen quipped about how easy it would have been to amend the FISA statute after the 9/11 attacks when the American people were demanding revenge: “In October 2001, you could have set up guillotines on the public streets of America.”

Attorney General Gonzales, however, knew that there were still institutional obstacles to the NSA figuratively decapitating the Fourth Amendment. At a press conference on Dec. 19, 2005, three days after the Risen/Lichtblau disclosures in the New York Times, Gonzales was asked why the administration did not seek new legislation to enable it to conduct the eavesdropping program legally. He responded:

“We have had discussions with Congress in the past — certain members of Congress — as to whether or not FISA could be amended to allow us to adequately deal with this kind of threat, and we were advised that that would be difficult, if not impossible.”

This was not the only hint at the time that the surveillance program was so huge in scope and so intrusive that even a servile Congress, typically reluctant to turn down any project labeled “anti-terrorist,” would not have blessed it. Really, could even a doormat Congress be expected to approve “Collect Everything?”

Inman’s Short-Lived Criticism

By happenstance, I found myself with a front-row seat watching honor among thieves play out, i. e., how the Washington Establishment generals and admirals cover for one other. Inman’s remarks at the New York Public Library had been written up by Steve Clemons in his blog, The Washington Note.

Worse still for Hayden, Democracynow’s Amy Goodman showed video clips of Inman’s undisguised criticism of Gen. Hayden on the morning of May 17, less than a week before the Senate Intelligence Committee took up Hayden’s nomination to be CIA director. Something needed to be done … and quickly.

Specifically, Inman needed to be called to atone for his unspeakable sin of candor — the more so since he enjoyed quasi-sainthood on both sides of the aisle in Congress. So there I sat on May 17 in the anteroom of the CNN/New York studio of Lou Dobbs, who wanted to talk to me about my mini-debate two weeks earlier with then-Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld on Iraq.

Into the waiting room rushed a breathless Bobby Ray Inman. I am then told that he has just been given part of my time, since he needed to discuss the nomination of Michael Hayden to head the CIA. I had read Steve Clemons’s blog and was well aware of Inman’s remarks on May 8. As he rushed to don a borrowed tie, I had just enough time to give him an atta-boy for his honesty at the library and to express the hope he would stay on message with Lou Dobbs. Naïve me!

Watching the monitor I saw Inman give his highest recommendation for Gen. Hayden as supremely qualified to head the CIA. That, I thought to myself, is how the system works. Hayden’s nomination sailed through the Senate Intelligence Committee on May 23 by a vote of 12 to 3 and the full Senate on May 26 by 78 to 15.

A whiff of conscience showed through during Hayden’s nomination hearing to become CIA Director, though, when he flubbed the answer to what was supposed to be a soft, fat pitch from Bush administration loyalist, Sen. Kit Bond, R-Missouri, then vice-chair of the Senate intelligence overlook committee:

“Did you believe that your primary responsibility as director of NSA was to execute a program that your NSA lawyers, the Justice Department lawyers, and White House officials all told you was legal, and that you were ordered to carry it out by the President of the United States?”

Instead of the simple “Yes” that had been scripted, Hayden paused and spoke rather poignantly – and revealingly: “I had to make this personal decision in early October 2001, and it was a personal decision … I could not not do this.”

Why should it have been such an enormous personal decision whether or not to obey a White House order? No one asked Hayden, but it requires no particular acuity to figure it out.

This is a military officer who, like the rest of us, swore to support and defend the Constitution of the United States against all enemies, foreign and domestic; a military man well aware that one must not obey an unlawful order; and an NSA director totally familiar with the FISA restrictions. That, it seems clear, is why Hayden found it a difficult personal decision.

Knowing the Law

No American, save perhaps Admiral Inman and Gen. Odom, knew the FISA law better than Hayden. Nonetheless, in his testimony, Hayden conceded that he did not even require a written legal opinion from NSA lawyers as to whether the new, post-9/11 comprehensive surveillance program — to be implemented without court warrants, without “probable cause,” and without adequate consultation in Congress — could pass the smell test.

Hayden said he sought an oral opinion from then-NSA general counsel Robert L. Deitz, whom Hayden later brought over to CIA as a “trusted aide” to CIA Director Hayden! (In the fall of 2007, Hayden launched Deitz on an investigation of the CIA’s own statutory Inspector General who had made the mistake of being too diligent in investigating abuses like torture).

Interestingly, Hayden did not pass the smell test for Sen. Barack Obama, D-Illinois, who on May 25 took a principled stand against his nomination and voted against it the following day. In his brief but typically eloquent one-minute speech on the Senate floor, Sen. Obama was harshly critical of both Hayden and President George W. Bush. Obama insisted that “President Bush is not above the law; no president is above the law.” His words did not ring as hollow then as they do now in retrospect.

To his credit, I suppose, President-elect Obama did get rid of Hayden — for cause, as I tried to explain in “What’s CIA Director Hayden Hidin’” on Jan. 15, 2009. I ended that article with the following word of “good riddance.” (It was hardly prophetic — rather a very safe bet):

“The sooner Hayden is gone (likely to join the Fawning Corporate Media channels as an expert commentator, and to warm some seats on defense-industry corporate boards) the better. His credentials would appear good for that kind of work.”

Ray McGovern was an Army officer and CIA analyst for almost 30 year. He now serves on the Steering Group of Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity.  He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion (AK Press). He can be reached at: rrmcgovern@gmail.com.

A version of this article first appeared on Consortiumnews.com.

 

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Egypt keen to improve ties with Iran

0

The head of Egypt’s Interests Section in Iran, Khalid al-Said Ibrahim Amari, says the new Egyptian government will make efforts to strengthen relations with the Islamic Republic.

Iran and Egypt are two influential countries in the region and the new Egyptian government will therefore try to improve ties with Tehran, Amari told reporters on Monday.

He added that the two Å“big regional powers” have wide-ranging grounds for cooperation, stating that Tehran-Cairo relations are very important and influential for the region.

Egyptian interim President Adly Mansour took the oath of office earlier this month after the military ouster of former president, Mohamed Morsi.

At least 100 people have been killed in an unrelenting wave of violent clashes between Morsi supporters, his opponents and security forces since the president was ousted by the military on July 3 and put under Å“preventive” arrest.

Amari further said that Egypt will try to send a delegation to the swearing-in ceremony of Iranâ„¢s president-elect Hassan Rohani.

Rohaniâ„¢s swearing-in is scheduled to be held on August 4, one day after he is endorsed by Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei.

SF/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Codex/Health Freedom

0

Warning: include_once() [function.include-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 778

Warning: include_once() [function.include-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 778

Warning: include_once() [function.include-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 778

Warning: include_once() [function.include-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 778

Warning: include_once() [function.include-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 778

Warning: include_once() [function.include-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 778

Warning: include_once() [function.include-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 778

Warning: require_once() [function.require-once]: Unable to allocate memory for pool. in /home/gmi/public_html/sites/all/modules/cdn/cdn.module on line 9

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 1528

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 1035

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 911

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 911

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 911

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 911

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 911

Warning: Cannot modify header information – headers already sent by (output started at /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc:778) in /home/gmi/public_html/includes/bootstrap.inc on line 1071

Codex/Health Freedom | GreenMedInfo | Health Guide | Natural Medicine

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP): The Terrible Plutocratic Plan

0

Thanks to Michael Feikema and Doug Hendren for inviting me. Like most of you I do not spend my life studying trade agreements, but the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) is disturbing enough to make me devote a little time to it, and I hope you will do the same and get your neighbors to do the same and get them to get their friends to do the same – as soon as possible.

I spend most of my time reading and writing about war and peace. I’m in the middle of writing a book about the possibility and need to abolish war and militarism. I hate to take a break from that. But if we think trade and militarism are separate topics we’re fooling ourselves.

New York Times columnist Thomas Friedman, a big fan of the supposed wonders of the hidden hand of the market economy says, “The hidden hand of the market will never work without a hidden fist. McDonald’s cannot flourish without McDonnell Douglas, the designer of the U.S. Air Force F-15. And the hidden fist that keeps the world safe for Silicon Valley’s technologies to flourish is called the U.S. Army, Air Force, Navy and Marine Corps.”

Of course, there’s nothing hidden about that fist. The TPP is planned to include the United States, Canada, Mexico, Peru, Chile, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, Brunei, Malaysia, and Vietnam, with Japan expected to be added this month, and with the ability to expand to any other Pacific nation even after the treaty is created – if it is created. The U.S. military works closely with the militaries of all of those nations, encourages their militarization, and keeps its own troops in most of them. The U.S. military is currently building up its presence in the Pacific – including even in Vietnam, where McDonald’s also opened its first store this week. In a presidential debate last year President Obama described the TPP as part of a strategy to counter China and exert U.S. influence in Asia, the same rationale behind the naval base on Jeju Island and all the rest of the military build up around China’s borders. In this year’s State of the Union, Obama said the TPP and an agreement with the European Union were priorities for him this year.

There is also, of course, nothing hidden about the hand of corporate trade agreements. These are not agreements aimed at maximizing competition by preventing monopolies. These are very lengthy and detailed agreements that include protection and expansion of monopolies. Rather than relying on the magic of the marketplace, a corporate trade agreement relies on the influence of lobbyists. Just as the corruption of the military industrial complex helps explain a global military buildup in the absence of a national enemy – I mean an enemy that is a nation, not a handful of criminals who ought to be indicted and prosecuted rather than blown up along with whoever’s nearby – so, too, the corporate ownership of our government explains our government’s trade policies.

What is hidden, in another sense, is the detailed negotiated text of the proposed TPP treaty. Some 600 corporate advisors are helping the U.S. government write the text. Some of these advisors come from those benevolent, public-interest firms known as Monsanto, the Bank of America, Chevron, and ExxonMobil. The rest of us are shut out. The government gathers up our every communication, but we aren’t allowed to see what it’s doing in our name. We don’t influence the text and we don’t get to see it. Some courageous person or persons willing to risk charges of aiding the enemy (even if there is no enemy) has made parts of what is in the TPP known.

I dealt with corporate trade agreements a little when I worked as press secretary for Dennis Kucinich for President in 2004. Basically my job was to tell any media outlet that would listen that we were going to end wars, create single-payer healthcare, and abolish NAFTA. But mostly we were going to end wars. I remember in the 2008 campaign, a whole bunch of Democratic primary candidates lined up on a stage for a huge labor-organized debate in a football stadium. Kucinich said he would abolish NAFTA, get out of the WTO, and create bilateral trade agreements with nations, agreements that left in place protections for workers, consumers, and the environment. The applause suggested most people there agreed. But every other one of the candidates refused to say they would end NAFTA. Instead, every one of them, including Barack Obama, said they would re-negotiate NAFTA to fix it by adding in the protections it was missing. Most of them, of course, didn’t get elected. The one who did seems to have had a change of plans. The TPP has been under negotiation for 5 years.

A year and a half ago, some of us were living in Freedom Plaza in Washington, D.C., and there was another camp just over in McPhearson Square, and the Occupy Movement had gone national through corporate television and newspapers. A Senate committee was holding a hearing on new corporate trade agreements with Colombia, Panama, and Korea. After the lobbyists got their seats, there were a few left for the public, and I took one. The senators were discussing how they would mitigate the damage of what they were about to support. They planned to try to help find jobs for some of the people they would throw out of work. I thought I should point out to them that they could just leave everybody in their current jobs. I was hoping they would realize that on their own. I didn’t want to be rude and interrupt. But it seemed an important enough point. So I spoke up. And they arrested me.

Then the senators discussed Korean and U.S. tariffs on beef. A woman in the audience spoke up and asked why we couldn’t just leave the Korean beef in Korea and the U.S. beef in the United States instead of shipping beef both ways across the ocean. They arrested her. They arrested everybody who said anything. In the first year of the previous agreement made with Korea, U.S. exports to Korea fell 10% and the U.S. trade deficit with Korea rose 37%.  The same sort of results are likely with a new one.

On the plus side, Congress was kept safe from interruptions. The charges carried some months in jail, as I recall. Four of us made deals in court that kept us out of jail but banned us from Capitol Hill for 6 months. In the next courtroom over, some friends were convicted of speaking out against torture when some committee chairman hadn’t asked them to. And straight across the hall, that same day, another friend was told she’d completed her probation for having interrupted Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu in the Capitol, a punishment imposed even though Netanyahu had thanked her for speaking and bragged about how she’d have been treated worse in Iran – although the assault she suffered in the U.S. Capitol put her in a neck brace.

The First Amendment is not doing much better than the Fourth Amendment these days. I know that some of you will say nobody should interrupt anyone. How would I like to be interrupted myself? Et cetera. But how much has the corporate media that dominates our communications system, and does so with our subsidies, told us about the Trans-Pacific Partnership? Unless we can organize enough of these meetings, someone is going to have to interrupt someone to get the word out.

Maybe the first thing I would interrupt a super bowl or a state of the union to tell people about the TPP is that it creates corporate nationhood. This is something I started to focus on after interviewing Lacey Kohlmoos of Public Citizen on my radio show. Public Citizen has a website set up at ExposeTheTPP.org. Another coalition has created FlushTheTPP.org. Another is at CitizensTrade.org. And then there’s a cross-border effort to organize against the TPP at TPPxborder.org. You can find pretty much everything I have to say, and much more, at those websites. You can sign up and get involved with ongoing campaigns as things develop at those websites.

Many of us have heard of corporate personhood. Corporations have been given the Constitutional rights of persons by U.S. courts over the past 40 years, including the right to spend money on elections. By corporate nationhood I mean the bestowing of the rights of nations on corporations. The TPP, drafts of which have been leaked to Public Citizen, has 29 chapters, only five of which – according to Public Citizen’s thinking – deal with trade. The others deal with things like food safety, internet freedom, medicine costs, job off-shoring, and financial regulation. Treaties, according to Article VI of the U.S. Constitution, are – together with the Constitution itself – the supreme law of the land. So U.S. laws would have to be made to comply with the TPP’s rules.

The United States is party to treaties banning war and torture. Some treaties are treated more like helpful suggestions than the supreme law of the land. That would not be the case with the TPP. Our federal and state and local governments would have to obey the TPP. And if they didn’t, corporations could force them to. A corporation could take the U.S. government or other nations’ governments to court (or rather, a special tribunal) and overturn their laws. That’s corporate nationhood. A bunch of corporate lawyers would make their case to a tribunal made up of three corporate lawyers taking a break from themselves arguing such cases in order to rule on some of them. These three lawyers would answer to no electorate and be bound by no precedents. There would be no appeals process. They would be empowered to order any amount of compensation whatsoever, to be paid to corporations by tax payers.

So, if the United States has a healthcare policy or an environmental or workplace policy or a banking or internet or other public policy that a few corporate lawyers can convince three other corporate lawyers fails to comply with the TPP, the policy will be overturned, the law rewritten, and compensation ordered to be paid by the public treasury to the corporations that suffered from having to provide healthcare or from having to refrain from poisoning a river, or whatever. We don’t know all of the details – I’ll get to some of them shortly. But this framework is an outrage no matter what they turn out to be. And it’s an expansion of something already being tried under existing corporate trade agreements.

ExposeTheTPP.org says: “Tribunals have already ordered governments to pay over $3.5 billion in investor-state cases under existing U.S. agreements.  This includes payments over toxic bans, land-use policies, forestry rules and more.  More than $14.7 billion remain in pending claims under U.S. agreements alone.  Even when governments win, they often must pay for the tribunals’ costs and legal fees, which average $8 million per case.  The TPP would expand the scope of policies that could be attacked.

“The proposed TPP foreign investor privileges would provide foreign firms greater ‘rights’ than those afforded to domestic firms. This includes a ‘right’ to not have expectations frustrated by a change in government policy. Claiming such radical privileges, foreign corporations have launched investor-state cases against a broad array of environmental, energy, consumer health, toxics, water, mining and other non-trade domestic policies that they allege undermine their ‘expected future profits.’

“Some of the investor-state attacks now underway are:

Chevron trying to evade liability for its Ecuadorian Amazon toxic contamination;

Phillip Morris attacking Australia’s cigarette labeling policy;

Eli Lilly attacking Canada’s drug patent policy; and

European firms attacking Egypt’s post-revolution minimum wage increase and South Africa’s post-Apartheid affirmative action law.”

Corporate trade agreements like the TPP don’t impose something as dangerous as corporate nationhood as part of the cost of some other benefit. These agreements have no clear upside, unless it’s inexpensive, poorly made products that poorly paid people can afford to buy. Most destructive public policies are justified by jobs. We’ll chop down that forest for jobs. We’ll build a bigger military for jobs. We’ll mine coal for jobs. We’ll concentrate wealth beyond medieval levels for jobs. But corporate trade agreements eliminate, or at least export, jobs.

The United States had about 20 million manufacturing jobs before NAFTA, and lost about 5 million of them, including the closure of more than 60,000 facilities. Imports have soared while the growth of exports has slowed. Millions of service jobs have been offshored too, of course. The TPP is referred to by those who have seen drafts of it (and you can read some draft chapters online) as NAFTA on steroids. It expands on NAFTA’s policies. The TPP would provide special benefits to, and eliminate risks for, companies that offshore jobs. Vietnam’s wages are even lower than China’s. An average day’s wage in China is $4.11. In Vietnam it’s $2.75.

The TPP will push U.S. wages downward. And if NAFTA’s impact on Mexico is any guide, the TPP won’t end up being seen as beneficial to Vietnam either, especially when some other country decides that it can pay workers even less than Vietnam does.

The TPP will also move U.S. government contracting jobs to foreign companies by banning buy-American procurement policies. The ability of U.S. firms to bid on government contracts in the other participating countries will not begin to balance this out. And in every country involved, the foreign companies will be less accountable to the people whose money is being spent. Also banned will be preferential treatment for sweat-free businesses, minority-owned businesses, women-owned, or environmentally-friendly businesses. Not only does the TPP make corporations into governments, but it also makes governments into corporations, requiring that they work purely to maximize profits – although the profits are for the corporations.

The TPP doesn’t end there. When it comes to food safety and workplace safety and other consumer or environmental protections, an agreement like this could require that all nations enforce a high standard, even the highest standard of any of the nations, or a higher standard than any nation now meets – after all, the agreement would create an even playing field for all and ought to be seen as an opportunity to collectively raise the standards. The TPP, as drafted, does just the opposite. It would require the United States to import meat and poultry that doesn’t meet U.S. safety standards. Any U.S. food safety rule on pesticides, labeling, or additives that is higher than international standards could be challenged as an “illegal trade barrier.” Malaysia and Vietnam are big seafood exporters. High levels of contaminants have been found in Vietnam’s seafood. (I can’t imagine why!) The FDA only inspects 1% of imported seafood now. Local seafood producers struggle as it is. The pollution involved in shipping seafood around the globe probably won’t work wonders for future seafood either. And don’t imagine we’ll all just buy local and “vote with our wallets.” The TPP will impose limits on labeling where food comes from, labeling GMO foods, labeling foods dolphin-safe, etc. You won’t know where your food comes from or how it was produced unless you grow it or buy it from a neighbor who grew it. But the odds will be stacked even more heavily against the small farmer if the TPP is enacted.

Once everyone’s gotten good and sick by eating TPP food, just wait to see what the TPP does to healthcare. Corporations with national rights will be able to overturn domestic patent and drug-pricing laws. The big drug companies will be able to raise prices with extended monopolies over drugs and over surgical procedures. People in need of inexpensive generic drugs will be denied them, and many of those people will die. The TPP, in the end, may turn out to be more deadly than any war. The TPP would threaten provisions included in Medicare, Medicaid, and veterans’ health programs to make medicines more affordable. Foreign corporations will also be able to challenge laws on toxics, zoning, cigarettes, alcohol, public health, and the environment – anything that they could claim might cost them profits. NAFTA doesn’t go as far as the TPP, but these things are already happening under it. ExposeTheTPP.org says: “Canada lifted a ban on a gasoline additive already banned in the U.S. as a suspected carcinogen after an investor attack by Ethyl Corporation under NAFTA. It also paid the firm $13 million and published a formal statement that the chemical was not hazardous.”

Under the TPP, the United States could increase its exports of so-called natural gas, and that will mean more fracking. And laws to protect the environment, including the human beings, where the fracking is done could be challenged by corporations as limiting their future profits. The same problems arise with tar sands. Even under existing corporate trade agreements, governments have already paid over $3 billion to foreign corporations, and over 85% of that has been the result of challenges to oil, mining, gas, and other environmental and natural resource policies.  This includes payments by the governments of Mexico and Canada to U.S. fossil fuel corporations.

The United States has been growing accustomed to secret laws. The PATRIOT Act, for example, according to numerous members of Congress, has been secretly “reinterpreted” to mean things radically at odds with and worse than what the words of the bill – horrible as they were – meant. The TPP could become public, and bits of it keep leaking out, but it outdoes the PATRIOT Act in size and breadth. It would rewrite laws. It would even put in place laws very intentionally rejected by Congress following a very public process.

Last year there was a big struggle over SOPA, a bill that was marketed as copyright protection but ultimately rejected as internet censorship – following a great deal of public, and even some corporate, pressure. According to the Electronic Frontier Foundation and the ACLU, the TPP would largely recreate SOPA while no one’s watching. Unless, of course, we start watching. Under the TPP, internet service providers will be able to monitor user activity, remove internet content, and prevent certain people from accessing certain content. Downloading a song could be treated the same as a large-scale for-profit copyright violation. The TPP would impose copyright protections for 120 years for corporate-created content. Breaking digital locks (and no, I don’t really know what those are) for legitimate purposes, such as using Linux or accessing closed captioning for the deaf or audio-supported content for the blind could result in fines.

Then there are the laws that we dream our government might enact that the TPP would prevent, such as reasonable regulation of Wall Street. Under the TPP a government could not ban the toxic derivatives and other risky financial “products” that helped crash the economy. A firewall could not be put back in place between different types of financial institutions. Senator Elizabeth Warren wants to reinstate the Glass-Steagall Act, arguing that it prevented economic crashes for a half century from the 30s through the 80s. The TPP would forbid it. A huge movement that I’ve been working with wants to impose a Robin Hood tax, a tax on financial transactions. Some nations’ governments have begun to agree. The TPP would forbid it. If our government creates and then abides by the TPP it will be asked for more bankster bailouts. If it creates and does not abide by the TPP, corporate tribunals will make it pay the bailouts as punishment for imposing regulations. Our government is doing this to itself because it is broken. Elections are broken. Communications are broken. Secrecy is out of control. Whistleblowers are persecuted. Bribery is institutionalized. Parties have replaced branches. And a culture of shortsighted greed and subservience has supplanted anything resembling statesmanship.

The TPP will, as the flyer for this event stated:

§ Prevent effective regulation of Wall Street

§ Trade good-paying careers for sweatshop labor

§ Destroy family farms

§ Accelerate global warming in the name of profits

§ Keep the public in the dark

§ Place corporate rights above our national sovereignty

§ Crush our ability to support local economies

§ Weaken and undermine democracy at home and abroad

President Obama wants to fast-track the TPP. Industry groups this week have been demanding that Congress approve fast-tracking. Corporate trade agreements are not treated as treaties requiring a two-thirds vote in the Senate. Rather, they are treated as requiring a simple majority in both houses. If Congress allows fast-tracking, that means the thing can’t be amended. And it can’t be filibustered. It must be simply voted on as is, with the most horrible bits included along with the only moderately horrible parts.  Most Congress Members had no time to read the PATRIOT Act before they voted on it, and of course the public had not seen it. Congress has not seen the TPP yet either. There are three chapters in the draft text that no one has leaked even the titles of.

Fast-track authority expired in 2007 and Congress refused to renew it. Urging Congress to continue rejecting fast-track could be part of a comprehensive campaign aimed at getting Congress to take itself seriously, a campaign that might include repeal of the 2001 Authorization for the Use of Military Force which essentially handed war powers over to the president. Regardless, stopping fast track would help stop the TPP. And it wouldn’t stop decent trade agreements that can withstand the light of day. There have been over 500 trade agreements created since 1974, and fast track has been used for only 16 of the worst ones.

As a candidate, Obama said he would replace fast track and make sure that Congress played a strong and informed role in trade agreements. Now he’s seeking fast track. If he gets it, the TPP will become likely in every gory detail.

The TPP can be stopped. Others have been since NAFTA passed, including the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA), which failed following huge public protests. In the case of the FTAA, the negotiation documents were made public. Not this time. But FlushTheTPP.org offers these words of encouragement:

“Since the ‘Battle in Seattle,’ the World Trade Organization has had an impossible time moving forward, as was seen in the failure of the Millennial and Doha Rounds of the WTO. We also stopped the Free Trade Area of the Americas and the Multilateral Agreement on Investment. And at least 14 other corporate trade agreements have not been completedbecause of widespread public opposition. This is hopeful news, and together we can stop the TPP also, which will be a tremendous victory for the people against transnational corporate power!”

FlushTheTPP.org has a map where you can find or create actions around the country. Groups are encouraged to hold TPP Tuesdays, dedicating Tuesdays to educational or nonviolent resistance events. In August, when Congress Members are expected to be in their districts and senators in their states. We should bird-dog them, lobby them, meet with them, interview them, pressure them, protest them, until they agree to make the TPP public and to stop fast track. Former US Trade Representative Ron Kirk has said that if the contents of this agreement were known it could not be signed because it would be so unpopular.

The Backbone Campaign, online at BackboneCampaign.org, has great ideas for props and banners and puppets. They’ve even been holding training camps, teaching things like action planning, light projection, song and dance flash mobs, guerilla theatre, fundraising, giant banner construction and deployment – including with helium balloons, blockades, rappelling, etc. I recommend contacting them or organizing a similar effort.

Maybe TPP opposition can be a catalyst for a resurgence of Occupy Harrisonburg and Occupy Everywhere. We are going to have to get organized and we are going to have to occupy. We need to keep moving the money out of the big banks. We need to advance worker ownership and community power. We need to become independent of the outrageously corrupt political party that we’re supposed to hate and the outrageously corrupt political party that we’re supposed to like. We need to stop cheering when President Obama gives speeches opposing his own policies. I can’t recall once demanding that President Bush give a speech. We always wanted something more substantive than that.

There are places to get involved:

http://ExposeTheTPP.org

http://FlushTheTPP.org

http://CitizensTrade.org

http://TPPxborder.org

Also, at RootsAction.org, where I work, there is a page at which 20,000 people have already emailed Congress and the president against the TPP, and you should too.  Make your voice heard here.

This free trade agreement is not free and not about trade, and we’re definitely not in agreement!

Republished with permission from: Global Research

U.S. Navy on Great Barrier Reef bomb drop: Don’t worry, no harm done

0

The Washington Times
July 22, 2013

The U.S. Navy said on Monday that divers are investigating whether they can salvage the four unarmed bombs dumped by U.S. fighter jets into Australia’s Great Barrier Reef Marine Park – but in the meantime, not to worry. The ordnance is not a big threat to the environment.

Navy fighter jet pilots were forced to drop the bombs during a training exercise gone wrong last week. The two AV-8B Harrier jets had launched from the USS Bonhomme Richard during joint exercise with Australia’s military on July 16.

Both pilots subsequently dropped inert practice bombs that were filled with concrete and unarmed laser-guided explosive bombs over the marine park, listed as a World Heritage Site with the United Nations and located off the northeast coast of Australia.

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 9:15 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

TSA opening up PreCheck program to let more fliers speed through lines

2

NBC News
July 22, 203

The government is expanding the ways airline passengers can enroll in an expedited screening program that allows travelers to leave on their shoes, light outerwear and belts and keep laptop computers in cases at security checkpoints.

Under the Transportation Security Administration’s Precheck program, only travelers who were members of the frequent flyer programs of some air carriers were eligible for expedited screening. On Friday, TSA Administrator John Pistole said beginning later this year U.S. citizens will be able to enroll online or visit an enrollment site to provide identification, fingerprints and an $85 enrollment fee.

About 12 million people are currently enrolled in the program. Pistole said he expects about another 3 million people to enroll before the end of the year.

CIA backs $630,000 study into how to control global weather through geoengineering

0

Rob Williams
The Independent
July 22, 2013

The news that the CIA is reportedly part-funding a scientific geoengineering study into how to control the weather is unlikely to dampen speculation over their activities.

According to US website ‘Mother Jones’ the CIA is helping fund a study by the National Academy of Sciences (NAS) that will investigate whether humans could use geoengineering — which is defined as deliberate and large-scale intervention in the Earth’s climatic system — to stop climate change.

The NAS website describes the study as an investigation into “a limited number of proposed geoengineering techniques, including examples of both solar radiation management (SRM) and carbon dioxide removal (CDR) techniques.”

Read More

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 9:28 am

Tags: , , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Making Corporate Fantasies Come True

0

London.

Edward Snowden has exposed more than a massive spying operation. The whistleblower has — perhaps unintentionally — drawn attention to just how obsequious Europe’s political leaders are towards the US.

Angela Merkel and François Hollande are reportedly furious over revelations that America has been reading their diplomats’ emails. Their fury can’t be that intense. A rumour that Snowden was on a flight to Bolivia was sufficient for France to block the plane in question from its airspace.

There have been hints, too, that a planned trans-Atlantic trade agreement could be in jeopardy as a result of the controversy. And yet negotiations aimed at clinching such a deal opened this month, as if nothing had happened. With many of the world’s most powerful corporations adamant that the talks go ahead, they are unlikely to be derailed by a spat over snooping.

In May this year, a “business alliance” to support the planned trade deal was established. Many of the firms belonging to this coalition — BP, Coca-Cola, Deutsche Bank, British American Tobacco, Nestlé — have been involved in similar initiatives since the 1990s. Using highly dubious methodology, the alliance estimates that a transatlantic trade and investment partnership (known by the ugly acronym TTIP) would bring benefits of €119 billion to the EU and €95 billion to the US per year. What they don’t spell out is that the price of any such benefits could be the destruction of democracy.

A leaked document detailing what EU officials wish to achieve in the negotiations says that an eventual agreement should include “state-of-the-art” provisions on “dispute settlement”. This means that special tribunals would be set up to allow corporations sue governments over laws that hamper them from maximising their profits.

When clauses like those being envisaged have been inserted into previous investment treaties, corporations have invoked them in order to challenge health and environmental laws that were not to their liking. Australian rules that all cigarettes be sold in unattractive packaging and Germany’s decision to abandon nuclear power are among the measures that corporations have tried to torpedo in the name of “investor protection”.

What will the masters of the global economy take on next: minimum wage levels; restrictions on hazardous chemicals; food quality standards? All of these advances are the results of struggle by workers and campaigners. All of them could be at risk if European and American negotiators go ahead with their plan to set up a special court system that corporations alone may use.

The British politician Peter Mandelson must shoulder some of the blame for the extremist agenda now being pursued. In his then role as the EU’s trade commissioner, Mandelson published an official blueprint called Global Europe in 2006. It committed the Brussels bureaucracy to work in tandem with corporations in order to remove any obstacles that they encountered throughout the world.

The blueprint incorporated many recommendations made by pressure groups such as the European Services Forum (ESF).  Binding together Microsoft, BT, Veolia and — at the time — Goldman Sachs, the ESF has its origins in the “battle of Seattle”, that 1999 conference of the World Trade Organisation best remembered for the large-scale protests against it.

In The Brussels Business, an excellent film about corporate lobbying, the ESF’s Pascal Kerneis waxes emotional as he recalls how some “high-VIPs” (his term) were unable to attend important meetings in Seattle because of the demonstrations outside their hotel.  Kerneis did not allow this display of people power weaken his determination to refashion the international economy in the way that his elitist pals wanted.

In his dealings with Mandelson’s team of advisers, Kerneis argued that if the EU is unable to have the wishes of corporations fulfilled at the WTO level, it should concentrate on twisting the arms of individual governments.  The turgid phrasing of some ESF briefing papers could not conceal how they were designed to turn some of the wildest capitalist fantasies into reality. One paper advocated that the EU should strive to remove all capital requirements for banks and caps on foreign ownership of companies in its key trading partners, as well as any pesky rules preventing a corporation from sending profits made in a particular country abroad (to, say, a tax haven).

As they were drafted before the financial crisis which erupted in 2008, these papers have a carefree, almost naive feel to them. And yet the European Commission is still striving to attain the core goals which they identified. The Commission’s latest annual report on “trade and investment barriers” says that all “relevant instruments and policies” will be marshalled worldwide “to make sure the playing field is levelled”. On the surface, that may sound innocuous. In practice, it means that corporations are accorded more rights than human beings.

If an Indian arrived in Heathrow Airport tomorrow and demanded to automatically have the same entitlements as a British citizen, he or she would probably be arrested. Yet the EU executive believes that big Western companies who are active in India should enjoy “national treatment” — that they be treated exactly like Indian firms. Britain’s industrialisation was achieved at least partly because the textiles sector was shielded from foreign competition.  Blinkered by neoliberalism, Brussels officials want to prevent poorer countries from applying the same tactics, which they now describe as “protectionist” (a dirty word, according to these ideologues).

The willingness to allow corporate lobbyists write the script is not confined to trade policy.

A few feeble attempts to regulate banks have been made by the European Commission in recent years. This followed a period when Charlie McCreevy, the EU’s single market commissioner from 2004 to 2010, displayed a deep aversion to oversight. McCreevy’s hands-off approach can be attributed to the fact that the “experts” he appointed to guide him held exorbitantly-paid posts in Goldman Sachs and Morgan Stanley. A consultative group on hedge funds that the Irishman assembled was comprised entirely of insiders from the financial services industry.

When Michel Barnier was tasked with taking over McCreevy’s portfolio, Nicolas Sarkozy (remember him?) contended that giving this post to a Frenchman was a defeat for the Anglo-Saxon model of capitalism. Like many of Sarkozy’s proclamations, that one was fanciful. Barnier has kept up the dishonourable tradition of relying primarily on advice from the private sector. An “expert group” on banking reform set up at his behest last year had a token representative from the European Consumers’ Organisation (known by the French acronym BEUC) and a couple of academics. Most of its 11 members, however, were sitting or former bankers — or, worse again, weapons salesmen.

Financial service whizzkids are held in awe by EU policy-makers. This much became apparent during 2009. Boris Johnson, London’s mayor, hopped on the Eurostar train to Brussels that year in order to champion the City of London. Predictably, Johnson grabbed the headlines; away from the glare of publicity, an army of hedge fund managers succeeded in eviscerating a law designed to restrain their gambling. When the law went before the European Parliament, the hedge fund industry prepared a voluminous set of amendments to it. Sharon Bowles, an English Liberal Democrat who chairs the Parliament’s economics committee, admitted to me that she signed amendments drafted by the financial industry and then tabled them in her own name. This begs the question as to whether she is really working on behalf of her constituents or on behalf of banks.

The corporate lobby has proven adept at concocting myths. Whereas it was patently obvious that the economic crisis was caused by the reckless behaviour of banks, powerful groupings have spread the falsehood that extravagance in public spending was really to blame.

The European Roundtable of Industrialists (ERT) — which includes the chief executives or chairmen of Shell, Volvo, Nestlé, Vodafone and Heineken — has been leading efforts to demolish the welfare state. Among its core demands are that healthcare should be privatised so that Europe resembles the US more closely.

Because of its clout, the ERT enjoys the kind of access to top-level politicians that defenders of the underprivileged are denied. Herman Van Rompuy, the EU’s unelected “president”, is known to have dined with ERT delegations in private clubs, without any details of these encounters being posted on his website.

And in March this year, Merkel and Hollande, along with the European Commission’s head José Manuel Barroso, met ERT representatives in Berlin.  The ERT is pushing the Union’s governments to agree on a “competitiveness pact” over the next twelve months. Under this pact, each EU country would become obliged to drive down its wage levels and dilute its labour laws.

“Competitiveness” is a byword for crony capitalism. It should not be confused with competition: among the ERT’s demands are that the EU becomes less fussy about controlling mergers between large companies. Far from encouraging diversity, it wants to have wealth concentrated in increasingly fewer hands.

Repeated so often, the idea of “competitiveness” has assumed an almost religious significance among the EU elite. Opposing it is regarded as heretical.

But we should not forget who started all this nonsense about there being no alternative to slash-and-burn economics. It was a divisive and destructive prime minister called Margaret Thatcher.

Though Thatcher had a famously tetchy relationship with the EU institutions, her ethos now pervades Brussels and other European capitals. With few exceptions, the Union is cuddling up to big business and screwing the rest of us. Building a mass movement to confront corporate power has never been more urgent.

David Cronin’s book Corporate Europe: How Big Business Sets Policies on Food, Climate and War will be published in August. It can be pre-ordered now from Pluto Press.

A version of this article was published by New Left Project.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

I Was Almost Raped at Yale and They Told Me to Be Quiet

0

July in Washington DC is brutally hot, but last week sexual violence survivors and allies couldn’t be contained to the shady corners of the Department of Education’s plaza. As part of the Ed Act Now campaign, we’d gathered to deliver more than 100,000 signatures from our Change.org petition urging the department to protect students from assault and harassment on college campuses.

We went to Washington DC because under US law, most notably Title IX of the 1972 Education Amendments, all of us are guaranteed an essential civil right to access to education free from violence, but these provisions are almost never enforced.

During the event I told my own story of sexual violence on campus, one I can now articulate publicly without fear. While in college, I never talked about my personal stake in this fight. As a student activist I spoke about sexual violence in the abstract, as a statistic, but I never mentioned my own experience.

When someone attempted to rape me my freshman year, I asked my college, Yale University, for help, but instead I was basically advised to keep quiet. I shouldn’t formally report the assault, I was told. Despite my clear and repeated “no”, school administrators cast the whole event as a misunderstanding among friends.

In short, I was told to be a good girl. And for four years, I listened.

Women everywhere are used to being told to accommodate those who wrong us. With family, friends, bosses, and partners, we must always be understanding and flexible, ready to dig deep into our well of second chances and generosity. We must never complain or make trouble.

Our devotion to this image of the good girl particularly infects our responses to survivors of sexual violence. As the media coverage of the Steubenville trial showed, those who seek justice are blamed for overreacting and “ruining the lives” of their rapists. Because of our insistence on the femininity of victims, even male and genderqueer survivors are held to the good girl standard.

We can deconstruct this pressure to stay quiet, but it is very real and very powerful, and it benefits universities looking to avoid scandalous headlines for the sake of reputation, application rates, and alumni donations. I know too well how effective such silencing can be. Even after I had joined 15 classmates to file a Title IX complaint against my school, I stayed largely silent about my personal motivation. When I published an op-ed in my school paper about my experience, I did so anonymously, afraid to anger my assailant.

It’s doubly dangerous that these same expectations of accommodation have infected the Education Department, charged with protecting students from just such abuses. The department knows sexual violence is rampant on American campuses. It has investigated dozens of schools based on student complaints, uncovering blatantly illegal abuses: survivors are told not to report their crimes by school administrators, threatened with expulsion if they speak about their experiences, and forcibly institutionalized.

Yet even in the face of such violations, the Education Department almost always chooses to avoid legal action or fines against schools by accepting administrators’ promises to do better in the future. That’s exactly what happened with our complaint to Yale University. There was a resolution where Yale agreed to do better, and the Department of Education accepted that even though it found that the university didn’t have adequate procedures for reporting or addressing sexual harassment and assault.

The department has insisted that it’s more productive to work collaboratively with universities, giving them the benefit of the doubt and room to change, rather than to punish.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

High Civilian Death Toll from CIA Drone Strikes, Leaked Report Reveals

0

July 22, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

A secret document obtained by the Bureau of Investigative Journalism reveals for the first time the Pakistan government’s internal assessment of dozens of drone strikes, and shows scores of civilian casualties.

The United States has consistently claimed only a tiny number of non-combatants have been killed in drone attacks in Pakistan — despite research by the Bureau and others suggesting that over 400 civilians may have died in the nine-year campaign.

The internal document shows Pakistani officials too found that CIA drone strikes were killing a significant number of civilians — and have been aware of those deaths for many years.

Of 746 people listed as killed in the drone strikes outlined in the document, at least 147 of the dead are clearly stated to be civilian victims, 94 of those are said to be children.

The confidential 12-page summary paper, titled Details of Attacks by Nato Forces/Predators in FATA was prepared by government officials in Pakistan’s Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA).

Based on confidential reports from a network of government agents in the field, it outlines 75 separate CIA drone strikes between 2006 and late 2009 and provides details of casualties in many of the attacks. Five attacks alleged to be carried out by Nato or other unspecified forces are also listed.

The numbers recorded are much higher than those provided by the US administration, which continues to insist that no more than 50 to 60 ‘non-combatants’ have been killed by the CIA across the entire nine years of Pakistan bombings. New CIA director John Brennan has described claims to the contrary as ‘ intentional misrepresentations‘.

The document shows that during the 2006-09 period covered, when Pakistan’s government and military were privately supporting the CIA’s campaign, officials had extensive internal knowledge of high civilian casualties.

A spokesman for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs told the Bureau the Pakistani government now opposed drone strikes: ‘Pakistan’s position on drone strikes has been stipulated on several occasions. The drone strikes violate our sovereignty and international law. These also entail human rights and humanitarian implications.’

A former Political Agent for North Waziristan who was shown the leaked report by the Bureau says he does not believe the casualty figures to be exaggerated.

‘There was no benefit in officials “cooking the books” here, since this document was clearly never intended to be seen outside the civilian administration,’ said Rauf Khan Khattak, who also recently served in Pakistan’s caretaker government.

Three separate sources
The leaked document — which the Bureau obtained from three separate sources — is based on field reports by government officials rather than on media coverage. The Bureau understands that the document is continually updated as attacks occur — although the copy obtained ends with a strike on October 24 2009.

Prepared for the FATA Secretariat – the political administration of the tribal areas — the document was never intended for public release. Since no individual victims are named, the Bureau has assessed that it is safe to publish the paper in its entirety.

Read the full internal Pakistani document.

The document often includes fresh information on strikes, for example confirming the location and target of a September 2 2008 CIA attack, only previously alluded to in a US intelligence document.

The newly released paper gives a precise location and casualty count for that strike, noting:

Predator attack was made on the house of Bakhtawar Khan Daur, Mohammad Khel, Tehsil Datta Khel Miranshah. One injured.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Trayvon Martin Was No Innocent

0

On Friday President Obama, in an informal briefing in the Rose Garden instead of the usual press room of the White House, reiterated his earlier statement that Trayvon Martin, the young man killed in the Sanford, Florida, shooting in February 2012, “could have been my son.” Said Obama:

You know, when Trayvon Martin was first shot I said that this could have been my son. Another way of saying that is Trayvon Martin could have been me 35 years ago.

And then he expanded on his remarks in which he attempted to describe the experience many young black men allegedly have in today’s society:

There are very few African American men in this country who haven’t had the experience of being followed when they were shopping in a department store. That includes me. 

There are very few African American men who haven’t had the experience of walking across the street and hearing the locks click on the doors of cars. That happens to me – at least before I was a senator. 

There are very few African Americans who haven’t had the experience of getting on an elevator and a woman clutching her purse nervously and holding her breath until she had a chance to get off. That happens often.

And then he capped his remarks off with his conclusion: If Martin had been white, there would likely have been no shooting:

If a white male teen was involved in the same kind of scenario, that, from top to bottom, both the outcome and the aftermath might have been different.

The president neglected to say that, according to the jury decision in George Zimmerman’s trial, if Martin had truly been an innocent person, nothing would have happened the night of the shooting either, regardless of his race. If Martin was innocent and proceeded to walk to his father’s house, without stopping to confront Zimmerman, he would still be alive. If he hadn’t sucker-punched Zimmerman in the face, jumped on top of him, and began beating Zimmerman’s head into the ground, he would still be alive today, regardless of his race.

Although the president’s remarks appeared to be casual and off-the-cuff, they actually were the result not only of pressure applied by black radicals, such as Jesse Jackson and Al Sharpton, for the president to speak out on an issue that wasn’t an issue – namely, race – but also followed a closed meeting of five of the president’s advisors on Thursday evening. They were carefully crafted for maximum impact, as noted by one of his aides:

You often don’t hear him speak about this sort of thing; it’s just not something he does all the time, but it’s obvious that it was very personal to him.

And he spoke about it in a very personal way, in a way no one else could even imagine him saying. Even I got a little emotional hearing him talk about it.

The president said not one word about George Zimmerman, who received a not guilty verdict on Tuesday, but also failed to say anything about Martin’s background as a truant, a thug, a liar, a thief, a schoolyard bully, and a doper. And yet all that information was available to the president if he cared to use it. Obviously, it didn’t fit the message he was trying to deliver.

During the discovery process in May 2012, the defense team for Zimmerman got the first glimpse of just who Martin really was, in data contained in 67 compact discs. Included were texts from Martin’s cellphone going back to November 2011 and photos of Martin other than the one the press used to generate public sympathy – a hooded innocent gunned down by a white racist. 

As the Miami Herald noted in its article the month after the incident, “Weed, fights and guns,” a broader, deeper and uglier picture of Zimmerman’s attacker emerged:

As thousands of people gathered here to demand an arrest in the Trayvon Martin case, a more complicated portrait began to emerge of a teenager whose problems at school ranged from getting spotted defacing lockers to getting caught with a marijuana baggie and women’s jewelry.

In October, 2011, Martin was caught on a school surveillance video defacing lockers with obscenities using a magic marker pen. The police investigator said Martin was “hiding and being suspicious.” When the officer confronted Martin the next day he found Martin’s backpack contained some women’s jewelry – a watch, some silver wedding bands and diamond-encrusted earrings. Martin told the officer, “They’re not mine. A friend gave it to me.” Continuing his search, the officer found a large flat-headed screwdriver which the officer described as a burglar’s tool. The jewelry was turned over to the police and Martin was suspended for defacing school property.

Four months later Martin was caught with a baggie containing “traces” of marijuana along with a marijuana pipe.

It was at this time that his mother, Sybrina Fulton (who had divorced her husband Tracy Martin back in 1999 when Trayvon was four but who conveniently showed up with her ex to attend Zimmerman’s trial) kicked him out of the house and told him to go live with his father in Sanford. It was there that the run-in with Zimmerman occurred on February 26.

Martin’s text messages revealed a teenager just looking for trouble. In a highly redacted 10-page listing of his phone texts, Martin revealed a life of a marijuana smoker (one of his friends called him a “weed head”), and schoolyard bully who had been involved in at least three fistfights and threatened more in order to “get even,” and had shown an interest in obtaining a gun from another friend: “U wanna share a .380?” asked Martin at one point.

Photos released as part of the discovery process but not allowed in the courtroom as “not relevant” revealed an arrogant teen showing off his gold teeth and his disrespect for normal decorum with obscene gestures and threatening countenances.

Such was the background of the young man portrayed by the media as an innocent “hoodie” gunned down by Zimmerman. But there was one piece of evidence that surfaced during the trial: Zimmerman’s defense attorney Don West provided an expert who told the jury that there was enough marijuana in Martin’s system the night of the incident sufficient to create “some level of impairment.”

In all, the effort by President Obama to portray Martin as the innocent victim of a racist attack – so innocent that Obama said he “could have been my son” – fails when all the evidence is considered. Martin was looking for trouble – possibly an opportunity to burgle a residence in his father’s complex – and he found it in the person of Zimmerman, whose interest was in keeping people and property safe in the gated community of The Retreat at Twin Lakes in Sanford, Florida, on the night of February 26, 2012. 

 Photo of the gun taken with Trayvon’s cellphone

A graduate of Cornell University and a former investment advisor, Bob is a regular contributor to The New American magazine and blogs frequently at www.LightFromTheRight.com, primarily on economics and politics. He can be reached at
This email address is being protected from spambots. You need JavaScript enabled to view it.

Republished with permission from: The New American

‘Al-Qaeda behind Iran diplomat kidnap’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A Yemeni security officer says al-Qaeda militants are suspected of having abducted Iranian diplomat Nour Ahmad Nikbakht in Sana’a.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Federal Judge Challenges White House Authority on Drone Killings

1

Insisting that the United States is still “a nation of laws,” a federal judge in Washington, D.C., Friday sharply challenged the Obama administration’s claim that the president’s decision to target Americans overseas for killing by drone strikes may not be subject to judicial review.

“Are you saying that a U.S. citizen targeted by the United States in a foreign country has no constitutional rights?” Judge Rosemary M. Collyer asked Brian Hauck, a deputy assistant attorney general at a hearing in U.S. District Court. “How broadly are you asserting the right of the United States to target an American citizen? Where is the limit to this?”

The hearing was on a suit filed by Nasser al-Awlaki, father and grandfather of a man and his teenage son killed in separate drone strikes in Yemen, and Sara Khan, mother of drone-strike victim Samir Khan, a North Carolina man who was also killed in Yemen. Anwar al-Awlaki, a Muslim cleric reputed to be a top al-Qaeda operative, was killed, along with Khan when a drone-fired missile struck the vehicle in which they were traveling in Yemen on September 30, 2011. Anwar’s son, 16-year-old Abdulrahman al-Awlaki, was killed in another drone attack two weeks later. The elder Awlaki was the only one of the three who was deliberately targeted, according to U.S. officials. His son was killed by a strike intended for a terrorist who was not present, officials said. Both Awlakis, though residing in Yemen at the time, were U.S. citizens, having been born in the United States.

Though the names on the president’s “kill list” of suspected terrorists remain a government secret, Anwar al-Awlaki had been rumored to be a target for months before the fatal strike, carried out by Joint Special Operations Command under the direction of the Central Intelligence Agency. Nasser al-Awlaki, a former government official in Yemen who was educated in the United States as a Fulbright scholar, sought with the assistance of the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) and the Center for Constitutional Rights to halt the planned killing of his son, challenging in federal court the Obama administration’s authority to execute a U.S. citizen, absent any legal proceedings, for alleged terrorist activities.

“The court dismissed the case, saying that I did not have standing to sue on my son’s behalf and that the government’s targeted killing program was outside the court’s jurisdiction anyway,” Awlaki wrote in an op-ed article in last Wednesday’s New York Times.

Awlaki said he learned of his grandson’s death from news reports on the morning after he was killed, along with “at least five other civilians,” while eating dinner at an open-air restaurant in southern Yemen. Local residents told him the boy’s body was blown to pieces, he said. Attorney General Eric Holder’s explanation that Abdulrahman was not “specifically targeted” raised more questions than it answered, Awlaki said. 

“The government has killed a 16-year-old American boy,” Awlaki wrote. “Shouldn’t it at least have to explain why?”

The suit heard Friday, claiming the rights of the drone victims were violated, was filed late last year against four men who were in charge of the relevant military and intelligence agencies at the time of the killings: former CIA Director David Petraeus, Former Defense Secretary Leon Panetta, and Admiral William H. McRaven and Lieutenant Gen. Joseph L. Votel, who served consecutively as head of the Joint Special Operations Command.

Hauck, representing the Justice Department, argued in court that there is no role for judicial review or oversight of the targeted killings. “Courts don’t have the apparatus to analyze” the issues involved, he argued, claiming oversight by Congress and checks within the executive branch suffice to ensure the killings are justified.

“The executive is not an effective check on the executive,” countered Judge Collyer, rejecting the notion that national security issues lie beyond the writ and expertise of the judicial branch. “You’d be surprised at the amount of understanding other parts of the government think judges have,” she told Hauck.

While courts generally defer to the executive branch on national security issues, Hina Shamsi of the ACLU argued for limits to executive authority.”The court still has a role to play in adjudicating whether or not a citizen’s rights have been violated,” Hamshi said. 

When Hauck invoked the president’s constitutional authority as commander in chief, Collyer, a 67-year-old jurist appointed by President George W. Bush, reminded the attorney that there are three branches of government, the judicial being one of them. 

“The one that’s normally yelled at and not given any money,” she said, adding: “The most important thing about the United States is that it’s a nation of laws.” The judge promised to do “a lot of reading and studying” and said she would reach a decision on the suit “as soon as I can.”

Republished with permission from: The New American

Despite Federal Study, Fracing ("Fracking") Safety Still in Dispute

0

The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) finds that chemicals used in oil and gas drilling pose no threat to drinking water supplies, contrary to popular claims, according to a new report from the Associated Press (AP). The DOE’s National Energy Technology Laboratory (NETL) is researching a process known as hydraulic fracturing or “fracing” which extracts valuable oil and natural-gas reserves stored in shale rock formations more than a mile below Earth’s surface. The U.S. Energy Information Administration credits recent advances in fracing technology with rejuvenating the U.S. natural-gas industry and freeing the nation from dependence on foreign sources. NETL’s current study focuses on a site in western Pennsylvania, southwest of Pittsburgh, in one of the largest shale formations in the nation, the Marcellus Shale Play.

Yet drillers must suspend their triumph over environmentalist claims that fracing leaches toxic gases and chemicals into groundwater, posing treacherous public health hazards. The same day AP released its article on the “landmark federal study,” NETL published its Statement on Reported Fracking Study, which tells a different story. “We are still in the early stages of collecting, analyzing and validating data from this site. While nothing of concern has been found thus far, the results are far too preliminary to make any firm claims,” states NETL. “We expect a final report on the results by the end of the calendar year.”

NETL’s study is hardly the first of its kind. Hydraulic fracturing has been used for more than 60 years and is rigorously regulated by both federal and state laws. In 1995, Carol Browner, then-administrator of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), announced that investigations of fracing in Alabama between 1989 and 1993 “failed to show any chemicals that would indicate the presence of fracturing fluids” in drinking water. U.S. Representative Glenn Thompson (R-Pa.) defended fracing in a July 2010 address to Congress, stating, “The safety is documented with zero confirmed cases of groundwater contamination in 1 million applications” in its 60-year history.

That seemed to change in December 2011 when the EPA issued a draft analysis declaring fracing the possible culprit for groundwater contamination in Pavillion, Wyoming. Though the EPA emphasized its findings specific to the unique fracturing techniques used in Pavillion, environmentalists hailed the announcement as a breakthrough in the fracing debate. However, the Wyoming Water Development Commission and the state’s Governor Matt Mead quickly debunked the EPA’s report, calling it “scientifically questionable,” accusing EPA analysts of violating their own research protocols and emphasizing the need for further testing. Last month, the EPA turned the still-unresolved investigation over to the government of Wyoming.

The dearth of contamination cases is hardly surprising. Fracing drills for natural gas trapped in shale deposits 5,000 or more feet below the surface, while water tables are rarely deeper than 400 feet. As explained in the Department of Energy’s Modern Shale Gas Development in the United States: A Primer, “Ground water is protected during the shale gas fracturing process by a combination of the casing and cement that is installed when the well is drilled and the thousand feet of rock between the fracture zone and any fresh or treatable aquifers.” Moreover, among federal laws governing shale gas development it names the Safe Drinking Water Act, the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, and the National Environmental Policy Act. In addition to these, “states have broad powers to regulate, permit and enforce all activities – the drilling and fracture of the well, production operations, management and disposal of wastes, and abandonment and plugging of the well.” The DOE’s Primer calculates less than one well in 200,000,000 would leak fracturing fluids into an underground source of drinking water under such strict monitoring.

Republished with permission from: The New American

White Guy Profiles

0

Several years ago, my wife was shopping for something in a fancy NYC department store. I had nothing to do in there so I stayed outside, leaning against the corner of the building, watching the street action, which in that part of Manhattan was mostly a lot of well-dressed men and women moving in a great hurry to and fro.

A guy in a green army field jacket came up to me and said, “Yo, man, you know anything about pre-Columbian art?”

“Not much,” I said.

“Too bad,” he said, opening the jacket and showing me inside pockets bulging with pieces of pottery. Before I could say another word, he moved off into the stream. I wanted to say, “Wait, let’s talk,” but he was gone.

After a while I got bored and went inside to look for Diane. I immediately picked up a tail. If you’ve worked in the criminal world, the criminal justice business or have watched a lot of B movies, all of which I have done, you get a sense for when you have a tail, when someone you don’t know is watching you or actually following your every step.

I maneuvered my path through the store, so a couple of times I was headed toward mirrors, and indeed, there were two guys in their 30s or 40s about six paces behind me. Both wore dark grey suits. When I made right or left turns and found another mirror to head toward, there they were, the same six paces back. They never came closer; they never drifted further away.

I was wearing running shoes, jeans, and a ratty t-shirt. My hair was long and I had a beard. One does not dress or look like that in stores of that sort, hence my double tail. I’m white, and I was then in my sixties, but the outfit and hair were enough to warrant the coverage. I had been, as they say, profiled.

After a while, from far across the store, my wife, who was far more appropriately attired for that place than I, called out to me: “Bruce,” she said. “I’m over here.” She waved. I waved.

In an instant, the tail evaporated. Her recognition of me trumped my attire and my look. As far as those two guys in grey suits were concerned, my profile changed from being a very suspicious person to someone who probably had an AmEx card in his pocket, which in fact, I did.

What if I had been black? Would the two-man tail have maintained its polite six paces for all that time until Diane noticed me or would it have homed in even closer? Would they have talked to me, asked what I was doing in that store in my jeans and running shoes and ratty t-shirt?

A booster (shoplifter) told me years ago that you have to dress right for the place you’re shoplifting from; that’s part of the craft. You dress too fancy or too sloppy for the place and they’re watching you from the getgo. And a sociologist friend said: “Poor people can’t shoplift from fancy stores. They can’t afford to dress well enough to be unnoticed.”

I almost always wear jeans but I wear hoodies only sometimes. I have three: one is plain grey; one has JACKSON STATE across the front (a gift from my kids); and one is green with USMC in big block letters across the front. I sometimes wear the green USMC one to faculty department meetings and zip it up and put the hood up and stare at a guy I particularly don’t like when he’s talking. It always freaks him out.

I’m still a white guy, now in my seventies, but the jeans and zipped up hoodie freaks this guy with a PhD out, every time. What if I were a black guy? Would the green USMC hoodie freak him out even more? How about if I wore the grey hoodie with no text on it? How about if I met him on the street?

Those are all minor stories I just told you but I thought of them a lot when the Trayvon Martin killing happened and the George Zimmerman trial was going on. The judge kept race out of the trial. The judge kept profiling out of the trial. I live on the easy side of profiling, as does the judge in the George Zimmerman trial. Most middle-class white people do.

One time, not long ago, I entered a rotary a few blocks from my house in my car and cut off a police car already coming around the rotary. In New York, as in most places, the vehicle in a rotary always has the right of way. The cop pulled me over, asked for my license. While he looked at it I said, “I’m sorry. I was wrong.” He had a stern expression on his face when I handed him the license. He looked at my address, handed the license back and said, “Be more careful next time, sir,” got back in his car and drove away. I live in a nice neighborhood and have a good street address. What if I’d been a black guy in a hoodie and the address on the license wasn’t a fancy street in Buffalo’s West Side but one of those streets on the East Side of Main Street most white folks on the West Side have never seen and never will see?

Not long before, a funeral procession had been on its way in the right lane down a two-lane street heading to a cemetery not far from where I live. I passed it in the left lane. A Buffalo cop flagged me to a stop and told me I’d interfered with a funeral procession and he was going to ticket me for that. I said I hadn’t interfered with anything: the procession was in the right lane, I was in the left lane. He told me he was now going to cite me for arguing with a cop, or something like that. He got really nasty. He demanded my license. He literally puffed up. I gave him my license. He looked at it, was quiet a while, then said, “Your car inspection has expired, I’m writing you up for that.” He wrote the ticket and motorcycled away.

That cop, I have no a doubt, profiled me: he looked at the address and thought, if I give this guy a ticket for this horseshit he will be on the phone to the mayor or the chief or a councilman. And he was right. So he saved face. He gave me a ticket for the only legitimate thing he could find, something he would have, under other circumstances, just told me to get taken care of. He was saving face as best as he could.

Had I been a black guy from the wrong side of town, what ticket would I have gotten? How long would the abuse from that guy have gone on? How much would driving in that left lane (which was perfectly legal) have cost me? How much trouble would arguing with that cop (who was in the wrong) have gotten me into?

Profiling goes both ways. People who as disempowered are further disempowered by it. People who are privileged are further privileged by it.

President Obama said Friday, “Trayvon Martin could have been me 35 years ago.” Yes, he could have, and George Zimmerman would have shot him, and he would not have been convicted for that shooting because Florida law says it is okay to shoot to death people who make you nervous.

Would George Zimmerman, I wonder, have shot me, if I had been wearing one of my three hoodies and had turned, and if he had seen that the face under the hoodie was white? Or would he have abandoned the chase, just as that tail evaporated in that fancy Manhattan department store when my properly-attired wife called to me from across the aisles, and just as that Buffalo policeman gave me my driver’s license back when he saw the address on it and said, “Be more careful next time, sir?” and the other Buffalo policeman abandoned his abuse of me and suddenly become fascinated by the date of my car’s inspection sticker?

And had George Zimmerman shot me anyway–me, an older middle-class white guy–would that jury still have said, “It’s okay, never mind?”

Bruce Jackson’s most recent books are Inside the Wire: Photographs from Texas and Arkansas Prison (University of Texas Press, 2013) and In This Timeless Time Living and Dying on Death Row in America (with Diane Christian, University of North Carolina Press, 2012). He is SUNY Distinguished Professor and James Agee Professor of American Culture at University at Buffalo

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Truth Telling Journalist Extraordinaire Helen Thomas Dead at 92

0

Portrait by Robert Shetterly/AmericansWhoTellTheTruth.org

Helen Thomas
White House Press Corps Reporter: 1920 – 2013

“I don’t think a tough question is disrespectful. I say. ´Mr. President…´ I say, ´Thank you.´ What else do you want? The presidential news conference is the only forum in our society where a president can be questioned. If he’s not questioned, he can rule by edict; by government order. He can be a monarch. He can be a dictator, and who is to find out? No. He should be questioned and he should always be able to willingly reply and answer to all questions because these aren’t our questions. They’re the people’s questions.”

* * *

Long-time White House correspondent Helen Thomas, who covered every president from Eisenhower to Obama, has died at age 92, according to The Gridiron Club & Foundation.

Gridiron Club’s Carl Leubsdorf announced in an email: “Former Gridiron Club president Helen Thomas, our first female member, died Saturday morning at her Washington apartment after a long illness. She would have been 93 next month.”

Thomas spent 57 years at United Press International before spending her last decade in journalism as a columnist for Heart Newspapers.

As a White House correspondent Thomas covered the press briefings of ten consecutive presidential administrations.

Thomas was forced to retire in 2010 when she was asked for comments on Israel, she replied: “Tell them to get the hell out of Palestine.”

* * *

Helen Thomas Columns on Common Dreams

January 6, 2011: Privatizing Social Security Again?

March 1, 2010: Obama’s Inner GOP

February 8, 2010: Obama, The War President

January 19, 2010: Accepting Various Truths

December 6, 2009: This Sure Seems Like Vietnam

November 19, 2009: Declare Victory, Leave Afghanistan

October 25, 2009: Veteran Reporter’s 5 Lessons for Obama

October 1, 2009: Health Care Scare

July 28, 2009: Obama Ignores Torture

July 23, 2009: Can America Prevail on Afghanistan/Pakistan Front? No!

June 23, 2009: Obama Running Scared

March 13, 2009: What are US Goals in Afghanistan?

January 29, 2009: Obama Pledges Open Government (But We’ve Heard That Before)

January 21, 2009: 44 Takes Office with Blunt Rejection of 43

January 11, 2009: History Cannot Save Him

January 8, 2009: War Is Hell

October 28, 2008: Bush Again Breaks Wall Between Church, State

October 2, 2008: McCain Surely Needs Lessons in Diplomacy

September 19, 2008: Palin + McCain Equals More Bush

May 2, 2008: Bush Admits He Approved Torture

April 12, 2008: War Without End

March 27, 2008: Cheney Believes War Is Not the People’s Business

March 25, 2008: Telling Bush the Truth Is Costly

March 8, 2008: Keep The New York Philharmonic On The Road

February 26, 2008: Bush Legacy Already Established

January 26, 2008: Candidates: Come Clean About Iraq

November 25, 2007: US Friends and Foes Grabbing Power

October 12, 2007: US Torture Tactics Shame Us All

August 16, 2007: Dean Warns Democrats Against Overconfidence in 2008

April 13, 2007: Pelosi’s ‘Mixed Message’ to Syria Is More Direct Than The President’s

# # #

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

UN Climate Report Will 'Scare Wits Out of Everybody'

0

The first portions of the next IPCC report on the century of climate change ahead is scheduled for release in September. (Photo: CC by 4BlueEyes Pete Williamson at Flickr)Though scientists involved with an upcoming report by the UN’s scientific panel on climate change warn that a recently leaked portion of the report is not a good measure of the group’s ultimate findings, former UN climate chief Yvo de Boer has said the conclusions of the final report will “scare the wits out of everybody.”

In September, the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) will release its much-anticipated report on the latest global scientfic consensus on man-made global warming, but last week The Economist magazine released a portion of the report that claimed to show a dip in the IPCC’s worst-case predictions.

Responding to magazine’s treatment of the leaked portion of the study, however, scientists involved in the project called the story “misleading,” “contrived,” and “irresponsible” and warned the public not to jump to conclusions until the complete findings of the IPCC are revealed.

Responding to the news reporting–based on a leaked draft from a working group within the larger framework of the review–the IPCC released a statement which read, in part:

The text is likely to change in response to comments from government and expert reviewers. It is therefore premature and can be misleading to attempt to draw conclusions. Draft reports are intermediate products and do not represent the scientific view that the IPCC provides on the state of knowledge of climate change and its potential environmental and socio-economic impacts at the conclusion of the process.

And as Ed King at the Responding to Climate Change website reports:

Fellow US climate expert Michael Mann emailed the the ThinkProgress website, arguing that: “the author hopelessly confuses transient warming (the warming observed at any particularly time) with committed warming (the total warming that you’ve committed to, which includes warming in the pipeline due to historical carbon emissions).”

“Even in the best case scenario, business as usual fossil fuel burning will almost certainly commit us to more than 2C (3.6 F) warming, an amount of warming that scientists who study climate change impacts tell us will lead to truly dangerous and potentially irreversible climate change.”

Kevin Trenberth from the US National Center for Atmospheric Research commented that since the drafting process is still ongoing, it is too early to draw conclusions.

__________________________________________

This work is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Political Prisoner in America: Aafia Siddiqui — Victim of U.S. Injustice

0

She’s one of thousands of US political prisoners. She’s well known. She committed no crimes. She’s been brutalized in captivity. Mercy isn’t in America’s vocabulary. Rogue states operate that way.

Washington’s by far the worst. It reportedly agreed to Pakistan’s extradition terms. Both sides will swap prisoners.

Previous articles discussed her 2003 abduction, detention, torture, false charges, prosecution, and conviction. More on that below.

On July 20, the Pakistan Observer headlined “US agrees on Aafia’s Siddiqui’s extradition,” saying:

“In a major breakthrough, the US has offered Pakistan to sign prisoner swap agreement for the extradition of Dr Aafia Siddiqi, after which the Pakistani scientist will be allowed to serve the remaining part of her imprisonment in homeland.”

Pakistan foreign office spokesman Uman Hameed said terms include other prisoner swaps.

Washington offered Pakistan two deals. They include the European Convention on the Transfer of Sentenced Persons and Inter-American Convention on Serving Criminal Sentences Abroad.

On July 20, Justice for Aafia Coalition (JAC) headlined “The Family of Aafia Siddiqui and the Aafia Movement welcomes development on Aafia issue,” saying:

“(I)t appears some steps are finally being taken towards” repatriating her. She’s called “the daughter of our Nation.”

Previous steps forward ended up two back. “We are hopeful” what’s announced is genuine.

America can’t be trusted. It’s duplicitous. It’s uncertain what’s next. Promises made are broken. Aafia’s been in limbo for years.

It remains to be seen what follows. Will she or won’t she be extradited? Nothing’s guaranteed. Not in deals with America. Promises made are broken. It’s standard rogue state practice.

Both prisoner exchange conventions are similar. The Inter-American one is simpler. If both sides agree, Aafia can be returned in weeks.

The European one takes longer. It’s more tedious. It could take months. Neither convention involves freedom. Terms require Aafia to complete her sentence at home.

According to Pakistan’s 2002 transfer of offenders ordinance, its Interior Ministry must initiate efforts to do so. It must direct its foreign office to proceed.

According to JAC:

“What the Interior Minister’s ‘Free Aafia task force committee’ has recommended is a list of 10 points, according to media reports.”

“The committee has refused to share those with Aafia’s family or lawyer, which makes one wonder if this hype is a bit premature or a smokescreen to dampen the growing support for Aafia and cool the sentiments of people during Ramadan.”

“Dr. Aafia’s sister, Dr. Fowzia, will go to Islamabad in the hope that the points are shared and a positive way forward can be achieved.”

She “appreciates the committee’s rapid action and the Interior Minister’s resolve in this matter.”

“She thanks the (foreign) Media for its vigilance in this matter and hopes the media will clarify common myths and misunderstandings and continue to monitor practical follow through on the positive verbal statements.”

Aafia’s family won’t believe announced efforts unless/or until they’re achieved.

“Years of rhetoric and broken promises at the highest levels have confirmed that words in the absence of results are either outright lies to sooth sentiments or demonstrate incompetence of the worst kind.”

“We, like all people of Pakistan, hope that this government will demonstrate results on all the challenges facing Pakistan. Aafia’s repatriation is an easy early result that will validate their sincerity about all issues.”

Post-9/11, Washington declared war on Islam. It rages out-of-control. It goes on at home and abroad. Many others are victims like Aafia. They’re guilty of being Muslims in America at the wrong time.

Her ordeal’s been one of the worst. Previous articles discussed it in detail. Charges against her were falsified. It’s standard rogue state practice.

No evidence against her exists. It was fabricated to claim otherwise. She’s been denied due process and judicial fairness. She was declared guilty by accusation.

The mainstream media called her “Al Qaeda woman.” Reports falsely claimed she had detailed radiological, chemical and biological information.

She planned a mass casualty attack, they said. Perhaps using a dirty bomb.

Potential targets, they claimed, included the Statue of Liberty, Brooklyn Bridge, Empire State Building, Wall Street, and the animal disease center on Plum Island.

FBI sources called her “very dangerous.” She had a “treasure trove” of documents when captured, they claimed.

They lied. So did the mainstream media. They convicted her in the court of public opinion. They did so disgracefully. It wasn’t the first time. It won’t be the last.

Aafia’s indictment excluded all the above charges. Doing so proved their fabrication.

On September 2, 2008, the Justice Department headlined “Aafia Siddiqui Indicted for Attempting to Kill United States Nationals in Afghanistan and Six Additional Charges.”

No Brooklyn Bridge. No Statue of Liberty. No Empire State Building. No Wall Street. No Al Qaeda links. No dirty bomb. These lies exposed others that followed.

Charges falsely alleged “a team of United States servicemen and law enforcement officers, and others assisting them, attempted to interview Aafia Siddiqui in Ghazni, Afghanistan, where she had been detained by local police the day before.”

“Unbeknownst to the United States interview team, unsecured, behind a curtain, Siddiqui obtained one of the United States Army officer’s M-4 rifles and attempted to fire it, and did fire it, at another United States Army officer and other members of the United States interview team.”

Charges were ludicrous on their face. You can’t make this stuff up. It reads like a bad film plot.

Authorities said she assaulted an army interpreter, an army officer, and FBI agent. They claimed she did so while they tried to subdue her.

She endured years of brutalizing torture and abuse. She was frail and weak. She weighed 110 pounds at most. Perhaps less after what she’d been through.

Yet according to charges, she inexplicably managed to assault three US operatives, get one of their rifles, open fire at close range, hit no one, and end up severely wounded.

Elaine Whitfield Sharp represented Aafia.

“Picture this woman who is very tiny and frail, and ask yourself how she engaged in armed conflict with six (armed/well-trained) military men,” she said.

“How did this happen? And how did she get shot? I think you can answer that, can’t you?”

During proceedings, defense attorney Linda Moreno said no forensic evidence proved the rifle Siddiqui allegedly used was fired.

No bullets, shell casings, or bullet debris were recovered. No bullet holes were detected. None existed. Prosecutorial charges were fabricated.

It didn’t matter. In September 2010, Aafia was wrongly sentenced. She got 86 years in prison. Doing so constituted gross injustice. It compounded years of horrific treatment.

It continued during post-conviction incarceration. She’s imprisoned at Federal Medical Center (FMC) Carswell. It’s in Fort Worth, TX. It’s where Lynne Stewart’s wrongfully held.

Obama wants her dead. She’s suffering Stage Four cancer. It metasticized. She’s dying. She needs proper treatment. In late June, she was denied compassionate release.

She’s getting deplorable medical care. Prison authorities lied. They claim otherwise. Longterm Carswell imprisonment assures pain, suffering and death. Lynne’s vulnerable. So is Aafia.

In late May, guards brutally assaulted her. They did so in her cell. She was left bleeding and unconscious. Attorney Tina Foster intervened on her behalf.

Two days elapsed before sub-standard medical care was provided. It was too little too late. Prison authorities don’t care. They claimed an “internal investigation into the incident” was conducted.

Findings remain secret. Whitewash is standard policy. Gulag rules apply. Justice is a four-letter word. Returning Aafia to Pakistan is urgent.

Otherwise she’ll die in America. Perhaps guards will kill her next time. Denied medical care for sure will. She’s a war on terrorism victim.

She’s guilty of being Muslim in America at the wrong time. Years of torture and abuse affected her greatly. It shortened her life.

She’s an MIT graduate. She’s a Brandeis University PhD. She’s an honorable woman. She raised money for charities. She did volunteer work. She’s deeply religious.

She did nothing out of the ordinary. She committed no crimes. She was a normal woman living a normal life. She’s been treated unconscionably.

She endured it for 10 years. She’s victimized by US brutality. Rogue states operate that way. Innocence is no defense. Aafia never had a chance. What’s next remains to be seen.

Pakistan’s no paradise. It’s a US imperial partner. It doesn’t give a damn about Aafia. It claims otherwise. Pretense doesn’t wash.

If extradited, horrific treatment may continue. It won’t surprise. In March 2003, she disappeared en route to Rawalpindi. She was traveling to visit family. Pakistani authorities abducted her. They did so for Washington.

They denied involvement. They claimed no knowledge of her whereabouts. They lied. They gave her to US authorities. They did so knowing what she’d face.

She became Bagram’s ghost prisoner. She was Prisoner 650. Other inmates called her the Gray Lady of Bagram.

She was brutally tortured and abused. For years, they heard her screams. She was forced to admit things she didn’t do. Her children’s lives were threatened.

Her justice struggle continues. Thousands of others endure US gulag harshness. Their pain and suffering is ours.

We’re all victims of gross US injustice. It’s a crime too great to ignore. It’s a cancer. It’s malignant. It targets humanity. It’s destroying it. It’s doing so maliciously. It’ll succeed if not stopped.

Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 

His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”

http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html

Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 

Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.

It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.

http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 

http://www.dailycensored.com/aafia-siddiqui-victim-of-us-injustice/

Republished with permission from: Global Research

UK threatens Scotland over nuke base

0

The British government has threatened to maintain Faslane nuke base in Scotland if the territory votes for independence on Thursday 18 September 2014, local media reported.

As per the radical proposals the base – home to the Trident nuke sub fleet – would be made sovereign territory, like the UKâ„¢s military bases in Cyprus.

The UK defence chiefs are examining plans to keep the Faslane nuke base as part of the UK if Scotland votes for independence.

And the only alternative on offer to a newly independent Scotland would be to pay billions to decommission the Faslane base, a process which could take up to a decade.

The move has sparked an angry reaction from the Scottish National Party (SNP).

SNP chief Alex Salmond has already vowed to get rid of nuclear weapons from Scottish soil immediately after a yes vote.

But politicians in London are determined to hang on to Faslane.

Sir Nick Harvey, the Lib Dem former Armed Forces Minister, said designating Faslane as sovereign UK territory would be the only practical way of ensuring Britain retained a nuclear deterrent.

Å“If the Scots were to insist on us leaving it would sour the relationship on the broader canvas,” he said. Å“I think the most practical and likely outcome would be a Cyprus-type arrangement.”

Defence officials say their blueprint will save Scotland from having to pay out a Å“significant amount of money” as its share of the tens of billions it would cost to decommission Faslane.

SNP defence spokesman and Westminster leader Angus Robertson said last night: œThis is an extraordinary attempt to bully Scotland.

œNeither the people nor parliament of Scotland want nuclear weapons here and we are clear that Trident would have to be removed as quickly as possible.

Å“A key argument for independence is that Scotland will no longer have to pay for nuclear weapons we do not want.”

MOL/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Ice-Free Arctic Pinpointed 40 Years Ahead

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/ice-free_arctic_pinpointed_40_years_ahead_20130722/

Posted on Jul 22, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

EU blacklists Hezbollah's military wing

0

Members of the Lebanese resistance movement, Hezbollah, wave the Hezbollah flag during a rally marking the party’s Martyrs’ Day in Beirut.

The European Union has put what it calls the military wing of the Lebanese resistance movement, Hezbollah, on its terror blacklist.

The decision was made unanimously after hours of discussions by the EU’s 28 foreign ministers at their monthly meeting. It came after prolonged diplomatic pressure from Washington and Israel.

The blacklisting would mean imposing visa bans on individuals and asset freezes on organizations associated with the group.

It could take up to two weeks before names of individuals and organizations within Hezbollah are added to the list, as officials would have to unravel the links between the different wings of the organization.

A number of European governments accuse Hezbollah of involvement in last year’s bomb attack in the Black Sea resort of Burgas in Bulgaria, which killed five Israeli tourists and one Bulgarian. Hezbollah has rejected the allegation.

Several EU nations also have pointed to Hezbollah’s fighting against foreign-backed insurgents in Syria as the main reason behind the decision.

Hezbollah officials in Beirut declined to immediately comment on the EU decision but in a May speech, Hezbollah Secretary-General Seyyed Hassan Nasrallah said any such move would be no more than “ink on paper.”

Beirut has urged Brussels not to move against the resistance group, describing it as an essential component of the Lebanese society.

PG/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘US must drop hostility against Iran’

0

An Iranian parliamentarian says the US lawmakersâ„¢ letter to the White House calling for diplomacy vis-à-vis Iran was a Å“positive step,” urging Washington to drop its hostility against Tehran.

Å“We regard the move by the US Congress members as a positive step but believe that more steps should be taken so that the US could win the trust of the Iranian nation,” spokesman for the Majlis National Security and Foreign Policy Committee Seyyed Hossein Naqavi-Hosseini said on Monday.

Iran cannot consider negotiations with the US as long as Washington refuses to rethink its hostile policies against the Iranian nation and instead take Å“hundreds” of other positive steps, he added.

More than a hundred US lawmakers have called on the White House to opt for diplomatic channels on Iran following the victory of Hassan Rohani in Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election.

The request was made this week through a letter co-authored by Charlie Dent and David Price and signed by 131 lawmakers at the US House of Representatives, the Washington Post reported on Friday.

On Sunday, Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei expressed skepticism about talks with the United States, saying he was not opposed to talks with Washington on certain issues.

Å“…I am not optimistic about negotiation with the US although I have not rejected negotiations over certain issues such as Iraq in the past years,” the Leader stated, adding, the US officials are unreliable and dishonest.

Former US Undersecretary of State Nicholas Burns said in an article published by The Times Record on July 19 that Tehran and Washington may hold their first direct negotiations in 34 years in the second half of 2013.

SF/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Elite Pedophile Scandal Explodes

0

Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

Paul Joseph Watson talks to We Are Change’s Luke Rudkowski about how the elite pedophile scandal in Holland is being blown wide open. Rudkowski conducted a shocking interview with one of the victims of the scandal, who says he was sexually abused by politicians and other prominent elitists.

http://infowars.com – http://wearechange.org

RELATED — Dutch pedophile exposer to stand trial, high-ranking pedophile still walking free – http://worldmathaba.net/items/2083-du…

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 8:38 am






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Morsi family reacts to his detention

0

Supporters of ousted Egyptian president, Mohammed Morsi, hold his pictures during a rally in Cairo. (File photo)

The family of Egypt’s ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, has vowed to take legal action against Egyptian army chief, General Abdel Fattah al-Sisi, for Å“kidnapping” the president.

Å“We are taking local and international legal measures against Abdel Fattah al-Sisi, the leader of the bloody military coup, and his putschist group,” Morsiâ„¢s daughter Shaimaa Mohamed Morsi told reporters on Monday.

She added at the family’s press conference in the capital, Cairo that, they hold the military responsible for Å“the health and safety of president Morsi.”

Tension has intensified in Egypt since al-Sisi said on July 3 that Morsi was no longer in office. He also suspended the constitution and dissolved the parliament.

On July 4, the military declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president.

Morsi has been held at an undisclosed location since his overthrow in the military coup. Several countries, including the US and Germany, have called for his release.

On July 12, German Foreign Minister Guido Westerwelle said, Å“We demand an end to the restrictions placed upon Mr. Morsi’s freedom of movement.”

The US State Department spokeswoman, Jen Psaki, also said on the same day that Washington wanted Å“an end to restrictions on Mr. Morsi’s whereabouts.”

However, the North African country’s interim authorities have dismissed the calls, saying that Morsi is being held in a Å“safe place.”

According to Egyptian judicial sources, authorities questioned the ousted leader on July 14 over his 2011 escape from prison during the revolution that toppled former dictator Hosni Mubarak.

The Egyptians launched a revolution against the pro-Israeli regime of Mubarak on January 25, 2011, which eventually brought an end to his dictatorship on February 11, 2011.

MR/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘Iran pursuing fate of missing climbers’

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi says the Islamic Republicâ„¢s embassies in Islamabad and Beijing are seriously following up on the fate of three Iranian climbers who went missing in Pakistan last week.

Araqchi told Mehr news agency on Monday that after having made arrangements with Iran, the Pakistani government dispatched a helicopter and a rescue team to Pakistanâ„¢s northern mountain where the trio disappeared.

The official stated that efforts to locate the climbers have so far failed, adding that searching would go on using local people.

Araqchi said the necessary measures are being taken in coordination with Iran Mountaineering Federation and the Iranian embassies in Pakistan and China.

The Iranian climbers lost their way on July 16 at about 7,800 meters while descending from the Broad Peak after successfully conquering it. They had sent a distress call while descending the mountain.

The climbers, identified as Aydin Bozorgi, Pouya Keyvan and Mojtaba Jarrahi, are feared to have run out of food and oxygen by now.

An Iranian diplomat said there is also the possibility that they had strayed toward China.

With a height of 8,051 meters, the Broad Peak is the 12th highest mountain in the world. It is located on the Pakistan-China border.

AR/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Obamacare ‘Navigators’ will have unlimited access to personal data

0

21st Century Wire says…

A new data-grabbing agency emerges…

According to reports by the Government Accountability Office or (GOA), Obamacare ‘Navigators’ will have access to the Federal Data Services Hub, which houses personal information gathered by the Department of Health and Human Services.

The massive data hub will include information from most major government agencies “financial data, family size, citizenship and immigration status, incarceration status, social security numbers, and private health information.”

How will your personal information be secure, in an age of abuse?

Just this week, Obama signed an executive order seeking HIV tests from US citizens aged 15 to 65. The health care mandate and HIV initiative have revealed many dark connections, including a conspiracy involving the the UN and several global financiers.

Move over NSA, here comes the Obamacare Big Brother databaseRare

James S. Robbins 

Would you trust thousands of low-level Federal bureaucrats and contractors with one-touch access to your private financial and medical information? Under Obamacare you won’t have any choice.

As the Obamacare train-wreck begins to gather steam, there is increasing concern in Congress over something called the Federal Data Services Hub. The Data Hub is a comprehensive database of personal information being established by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) to implement the federally facilitated health insurance exchanges. The purpose of the Data Hub, according to a June 2013 Government Accountability Office (GAO) report, is to provide “electronic, near real-time access to federal data” and “access to state and third party data sources needed to verify consumer-eligibility information.” In these days of secret domestic surveillance by the intelligence community, rogue IRS officials and state tax agencies using private information for political purposes, and police electronically logging every license plate that passes by, the idea of the centralized Data Hub is making lawmakers and citizens nervous.

Read more

Exclusive: Leaked Pakistani Report Confirms High Civilian Death Toll in CIA Drone Strikes

0

A secret document obtained by the Bureau reveals for the first time the Pakistan government’s internal assessment of dozens of drone strikes, and shows scores of civilian casualties.

The United States has consistently claimed only a tiny number of non-combatants have been killed in drone attacks in Pakistan — despite research by the Bureau and others suggesting that over 400 civilians may have died in the nine-year campaign.

The internal document shows Pakistani officials too found that CIA drone strikes were killing a significant number of civilians — and have been aware of those deaths for many years.

Of 746 people listed as killed in the drone strikes outlined in the document, at least 147 of the dead are clearly stated to be civilian victims, 94 of those are said to be children.

The confidential 12-page summary paper, titled Details of Attacks by Nato Forces/Predators in FATA was prepared by government officials in Pakistan’s Federally Administered Tribal Areas (FATA).

‘Can you imagine the uproar that would be caused anywhere else in the world if 94 children were reported murdered in just three years?’ Jemima KhanBased on confidential reports from a network of government agents in the field, it outlines 75 separate CIA drone strikes between 2006 and late 2009 and provides details of casualties in many of the attacks. Five attacks alleged to be carried out by Nato or other unspecified forces are also listed.

The numbers recorded are much higher than those provided by the US administration, which continues to insist that no more than 50 to 60 ‘non-combatants’ have been killed by the CIA across the entire nine years of Pakistan bombings. New CIA director John Brennan has described claims to the contrary as ‘intentional misrepresentations‘.

The document shows that during the 2006-09 period covered, when Pakistan’s government and military were privately supporting the CIA’s campaign, officials had extensive internal knowledge of high civilian casualties.

A spokesman for the Ministry of Foreign Affairs told the Bureau the present Pakistani government opposes drone strikes: ‘Pakistan’s position on drone strikes has been stipulated on several occasions. The drone strikes violate our sovereignty and international law. These also entail human rights and humanitarian implications.’

A former Political Agent for North Waziristan who was shown the leaked report by the Bureau says he does not believe the casualty figures to be exaggerated.

‘There was no benefit in officials “cooking the books” here, since this document was clearly never intended to be seen outside the civilian administration,’ said Rauf Khan Khattak, who also recently served in Pakistan’s caretaker government.

Three separate sources
The leaked document — which the Bureau obtained from three separate sources — is based on field reports by government officials rather than on media coverage. The Bureau understands that the document is continually updated as attacks occur — although the copy obtained ends with a strike on October 24 2009.

Prepared for the FATA Secretariat — the political administration of the tribal areas — the document was never intended for public release. Since no individual victims are named, the Bureau has assessed that it is safe to publish the paper in its entirety.

Read the full internal Pakistani document.

Of 746 people listed killed in the 75 drone strikes, at least 147 of the dead are clearly stated by the leaked report to be civilian victims. Some 94 of those are said to be children.The document often includes fresh information on strikes, for example confirming the location and target of a September 2 2008 CIA attack, only previously alluded to in a US intelligence document.

The newly released paper gives a precise location and casualty count for that strike, noting:

Predator attack was made on the house of Bakhtawar Khan Daur, Mohammad Khel, Tehsil Datta Khel Miranshah. One injured.

According to former officials familiar with the process, the internal casualty data listed in the document would have been collated through an extended network of government contacts.

Each tribal area such as North Waziristan is administered by a Political Agent and his assistants. Beneath them are agents known as tehsildars and naibs who gather information when drone strikes occur — the names and identities of those killed, damage to property and so on. Additional information is also drawn from the khassadar — the local tribal police — and from paid informants in villages.

‘What you end up with in these reports is reasonably accurate, because it comes from on-the-ground sources cultivated over many years. And the political agent is only interested in properly understanding what actually happened,’ says former official Rauf Khan Khattak.

Key document
Both the US and Pakistani authorities have historically been wary of releasing casualty data for the ‘secret’ CIA campaign.

However in March, UN special rapporteur Ben Emmerson QC — who is carrying out an investigation into drone strikes — said that Pakistani officials had now produced estimates of civilians killed in CIA drone attacks.

Emmerson stated that Islamabad ‘has been able to confirm that at least 400 civilians had been killed as a result of drone strikes, and that a further 200 individuals were regarded as probable non-combatants. Officials indicated that due to under-reporting and obstacles to effective investigation on the ground these figures were likely to be under-estimates of the number of civilian deaths.’

In contrast, leaked US intelligence documents recently obtained by news agency McClatchy show the CIA rarely admits to civilian deaths in Pakistan.

Yet the internal document obtained by the Bureau shows that for years Pakistani officials were noting privately what news media and researchers were already reporting publicly — that significant numbers of civilians were indeed being killed in CIA attacks.

In a US strike on the village of Damadola in January 2006, for example, officials noted: ’05 children 05 women and 6 mens [sic] all civilians’ died. Press reports at the time indicated that between 10 and 18 civilians had died.

On four other occasions, tribal officials privately reported civilian deaths where the media had reported none.

On June 14 2009, for example, FATA officials secretly noted that an attack on a vehicle which killed three people was on ‘a civilian pickup truck’. No Urdu or English-language media at the time reported any civilian deaths.

Most controversially, tribal officials reported back to Islamabad in October 2006 that 81 civilians, all but one of whom were described as children, were killed in a single drone strike on a religious school in Bajaur Agency.

According to officials, the casualties were ’80 children 01 men all civilian’.  It was widely reported at the time that scores of children had died: Pakistani newspaper The News published the names and ages of 69 children, under the UN definition of a child as being under 18 years old. The discrepancy appears to be because the FATA Secretariat has also classified older students killed as children.

As with all early CIA drone strikes, Pakistan’s military had initially claimed it was responsible for the 2006 Bajaur strike. As word of civilian deaths began to emerge, the army reversed its position and denied carrying out the attack, although it has consistently claimed that only militants died that day.

‘Most controversially, tribal officials reported back to Islamabad in October 2006 that 81 civilians, all but one of whom were described as children, were killed in a single drone strike on a religious school.’In June 2012, Pakistan’s former President General Pervez Musharraf told journalist Jemima Khan: ‘In the media, they said it was all children. They were absolutely wrong. There may have been some collateral damage of some children but they were not children at all, they were all militants doing training inside.’

Jemima Khan is associate editor of British magazine the New Statesman and also the former wife of Pakistani politician Imran Khan — who campaigns vociferously against US drone strikes. 

‘Can you imagine the uproar that would be caused anywhere else in the world if 94 children were reported murdered in just three years?’ Ms Khan told the Bureau.

Ms Khan said that she was angered to learn that senior military and government officials were denying the deaths of children at Bajaur, even as they privately knew otherwise.

‘This leaked document proves what many have suspected all along — that US and Pakistani politicians have been lying to us,’ she said.

Former officials agree that the leaked document is most likely accurate: ‘You can’t distort that kind of information. If children hadn’t been killed, we’d have had people coming to us from all over Bajaur who would have told us so,’ former FATA agent Rauf Khan Khattak insists.

Unnamed dead
The secret government papers are revealing, but they also have some puzzling omissions.

None of those killed are named in the document — either civilians or alleged or known militants. Even where prominent militant commanders were killed — such as Baitullah Mehsud, head of the Pakistan Taliban (TTP), who died in August 2009 — no reference is made to the target.

Reports of civilian deaths also disappear entirely for most of 2009, after President Obama took office.

In part this is because officials occasionally note that ‘details of casualties are yet to be ascertained.’ But many credible reports of civilian deaths are simply missing.

The Bureau’s own research shows that civilian deaths have been credibly reported in at least 17 of the 53 CIA drone strikes in Obama’s first year in office.

Yet FATA officials report civilian deaths in only three incidents in 2009.

On January 23 that year, for example, the secret file notes only that five people died in a strike in South Waziristan — with no indication of civilian deaths.

However, a letter from the South Waziristan Political Agency — obtained in 2010 by the Center for Civilians in Conflict (right) — clearly notes four civilian deaths in that attack. President Obama is also reported to have been informed of civilian deaths in this and another strike on the same day.

For the years 2006 to 2008, the internal document far more closely matches media reports of civilian deaths. Yet measured against the public record, it is unclear why references to civilian deaths in the report disappear almost entirely after Obama’s election.

‘No such documents’
Ambassador Rustan Shah Mohmand, who was a senior administrator in the tribal areas for 25 years between 1973 and 1998, cautions that the released file might not be the fullest data available.

Noting that Pakistan’s military is responsible for security in FATA, he told the Bureau: ‘Tribal documents might present a broad picture. But any accuracy is dependent on what data the military chooses to release to or withhold from the political agents. In the last eight years, for example, no precise casualty figures have ever been submitted to Pakistan’s parliament.’

Rumours have been circulating for many months of internal Pakistani documents detailing drone strike casualties. The Chief Justice of the Peshawar High Court, Dost Muhammad Khan, began demanding in mid 2012 that the FATA Secretariat release all casualty data it held.

Khan presided over a successful civil case against the CIA brought by the Foundation for Fundamental Rights. FATA officials at first claimed that no such internal documents existed, though in August 2012 an official presented the court with limited details of CIA strikes up to 2008.

In his final judgment Chief Justice Khan, citing ‘Political Authorities’ in FATA, said that 896 civilians had been killed by the CIA between 2007 and 2012 in North Waziristan, with a further 533 civilian deaths in South Waziristan.

Those figures indicate that FATA officials may now be claiming a far higher civilian death toll than that reported by the leaked document – although the source for those claims is not clear.

‘How come the same civil servants are feeding one kind of data to the Peshawar High Court and another kind of data to the FATA secretariat?’ asked Shahzad Akbar, the Pakistani barrister behind the successful Peshawar case. ‘Are they fudging the numbers based on who was on the receiving end?’

US counter-terrorism officials declined to comment on the specifics of the leaked document, though referred the Bureau to recent comments by both President Obama and CIA Director Brennan stating that the US goes to great lengths to limit civilian deaths in covert drone strikes.

Follow Chris Woods on Twitter.

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

California prisons hunger strike: AI calls to end inhumane treatment of protesters

0

Amnesty International has called on the US to end “punishing” California prison hunger strikers who are protesting unregulated solitary confinement policies. Hundreds of inmates continue their action for a third week.

“Prisoners seeking an end to inhumane conditions should not be
subjected to punitive measures for exercising their right to
engage in peaceful protest,”
Amnesty International’s USA
researcher Angela Wright said. “Prolonged isolation under
conditions which can only be described as cruel and inhumane
treatment is prohibited under international law.”

The protests began on July 8 and are now into their third week,
with more than 1,000 inmates across California remaining on
hunger strike. Initially some 30,000 prisoners
in over 24 prisons joined the action.

On July 11, the California Department of Corrections and
Rehabilitation (CDCR) vowed to implement disciplinary
action against the hunger strikers by for example pro-longing
their time in the Security Housing Units (SHU).

Since then key leaders of the strike had been facing
“increased isolation, where they face harsher conditions and
increased restrictions on communication with their lawyers
”,
AI reported on Monday.

Others claimed that prison authorities “blasted cold air into
their cells, as well as confiscated fluids, hygiene products and
legal materials
” in the Pelican Bay Security Housing Units.

The inmates are protesting the state’s policy of long-term
solitary confinement in SHU that isolates detainees who have been
determined to be involved with internal gangs. Those prisoners
are locked up in small, solitary cells until they volunteer to
detail gang activity to investigators. No rule exists limiting
how long those inmates can be held in isolation, and some have
lived like that for years, even decades.

The human rights organization reports of at least 500 prisoners
who have spent more than a decade in solitary confinement “in
conditions of environmental and social deprivation which flout
international standards for humane treatment.”

The Department of Corrections tried to introduce reforms on how
inmates are assigned to the units, and how they can get out of
them, but human rights activists say that the reforms do not go
far enough.

The inmates want the state to adopt a maximum isolation term of
five years, as well as provide education and rehabilitation
programs and the right to make monthly phone calls.

Amnesty International argues that according to studies, “harsh
environmental conditions are detrimental to a prisoners’
psychological and physical health”
. And inmates held under
such conditions have a harder time reintegrating into society
upon their release because of the long-lasting effects of “little
or no social contact” during their solitary confinement.

“It is unsurprising that prisoners in the Security Housing
Unit are protesting the conditions of their detention,”
said
Wright, adding that AI calls upon the Department of Corrections
to introduce significant reforms to the SHU system so it does not
violate international human rights law.

“Rather than punishing prisoners further with the threat of
disciplinary action the Department of Corrections should commit
to meaningful reforms that will address the inhumanity of the
state’s prison system.”

Republished with permission from: RT

Iran hopes for change in West approach

0

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi (R) receives a copy of credentials of new German Ambassador to Tehran Michael Freiherr von Ungern-Sternberg on July 22, 2013.

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi says Tehran hopes that the West will shift from confrontation to cooperation and interaction with the Islamic Republic once Iranian president-elect Hassan Rohani takes office early next month.

In a meeting with the new German Ambassador to Tehran, Michael Freiherr von Ungern-Sternberg, on Monday, Salehi received a copy of his credentials and added that Germany is an Å“important and influential” country in the international community and in Europe.

He lauded good political relations between Iran and Germany and noted that the two sides enjoy enormous potentials to improve relations, particularly in economic and trade sectors.

Å“Iran has very large capacities for cooperation with Europe and particularly with Germany on various political, security, economic, trade and energy issues,” the Iranian minister pointed out.

The German ambassador, for his part, said Iranâ„¢s culture and history as well as its influence on regional and global stability and security.

He expressed hope that Tehran and Berlin would expand relations especially in economic and trade fields after Rohaniâ„¢s inauguration on August 4.

Rohani won Iranâ„¢s June 14 presidential election with an outright victory.

SF/KA

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Civil Society Pushes for More Active Participation in Green Climate Fund

0

Residents of Port of Spain make their way down flooded streets. (Credit: Desmond Brown/IPS)MEXICO CITY – The Green Climate Fund (GCF), created under the auspices of the United Nations to finance the huge investments demanded by climate change, was opened up to participation by civil society and private sector representatives as observers in March.

But non-governmental organisations are pressing for more active participation now that the GCF is moving into the crucial phase of designing policies and distributing resources, especially with regard to the controversial Private Sector Facility.

“Now they are discussing what type of observers and executors can be in the Fund. This opens up the possibility of having financial institutions involved as executors, and they are studying the criteria for qualification and safeguards,” Colombian attorney Astrid Puentes, co-director of the Interamerican Association for Environmental Defense (AIDA), told Tierramérica. In this process, “we are being ignored,” she stated.

As one of the observer organisations from the region, AIDA monitors the sessions of the GCF Board, which is based in South Korea.

The creation of the GCF was agreed at the 16th meeting of the Conference of the Parties to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change, held in late 2011 in Cancún, Mexico. The industrialised countries pledged to deliver 30 billion dollars in new and additional financing by 2012, with priority placed on resources for climate change adaptation in the poorest and most vulnerable countries.

A longer-term target was set for the mobilisation of 100 billion dollars annually by 2020.

The World Bank was designated as the interim trustee of the Fund for the first three years.

A year later, in Durban, South Africa, a governing body was created: the 24-member GCF Board, composed of an equal number of members from developed and developing countries, responsible for the execution and oversight of the Fund’s resources.

At its next meeting, scheduled for this September in Paris, the Board will assess the progress made in the development of a business model framework, transparency policies, private financing and conditions for access to GCF resources.

“It’s important that, whatever is done, it has to do with small and medium enterprises. The approach should focus on the needs of ordinary people in the developing countries and then how the private sector is engaged,” Karen Orenstein, an international policy analyst at Friends of the Earth U.S., told Tierramérica.

“It’s incredibly important that a country decides what is good and the private sector obliges to it,” she added.

At a meeting on Jun. 25-28 in the South Korean city of Songdo, where it is based, the GCF Board decided that the Private Sector Facility will commence its operations through accredited national, regional and international implementing entities and intermediaries. It also established that it may over time work directly with private sector actors, subject to consideration by the Board.

This decision derailed attempts by the United States and Australia to give corporations direct access to the funds, bypassing government control.

A report published in June by a consortium of five civil society organisations, funded by the UK-based Climate and Development Knowledge Network (CDKN), stressed the role of national institutions.

“Especially the GCF should prioritise access of local (…) actors to the available funds,” the report states, adding that “clear funding modalities must be put in place to ensure multi-stakeholder decision-making processes, including sub-national and non-state actors, as well as the devolvement of funds to the local level.”

Private sector companies, which also have representatives as GCF observers, want the funds transferred by the wealthy countries to cover their investments in clean development projects in developing countries, which they can claim as reductions in greenhouse gas emissions.

Latin American delegates were missing in Songdo, since neither Mexican Senator Ernesto Cordero, a Board member, nor his alternate, Rodrigo Rojo, deputy director for International Affairs at the Ministry of Finance of Chile, was in attendance.

But that was not the only problem.

“The last meeting was disastrous for citizen participation. They shut us out of some discussions, like the definition of the business model, on the pretext that our organisations have no experience in these matters,” said Puentes.

Orenstein commented that “the countries that were the major obstacles were Australia and the U.S., who boast they are the champions of transparency. The real champions were Zambia, the Democratic Republic of Congo and indeed Sweden. It was regressive; they vetoed the presence of civil society delegates in the most important discussions.”

In November 2012 almost 34 billion dollars in climate finance had been pledged, according to an analysis conducted by institutions in the United States, Germany, the United Kingdom, Japan and Norway. Of this total, 28 million had been requested and/or budgeted by the executive bodies of the countries that have pledged the funds.

However, it is difficult to determine if these resources are genuinely “new and additional” and not part of previously allocated assistance or financing. Every country uses different instruments and channels resources through different schemes and institutions. It also is not clear if priority has been placed on adaptation measures in the most vulnerable countries.

The funds actually invested total barely three billion dollars.

On Jun. 24, the day before the last GCF Board meeting began, a large group of non-governmental organisations sent the Board a letter highlighting key issues regarding transparency and public participation and requesting that they be addressed at the meeting.

“The Board would benefit from having civil society participation given the vast expertise and experience found among the different groups and individuals that represent civil society,” the letter emphasised.

© 2013 IPS North America / Tierramérica Network

Republished with permission from: Common Dreams

Eurozone collective debt hits new record

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Official data show the collective debt in the eurozone has hit a new record high of 92.2 percent in first quarter of 2013, as the 17-nation bloc continues to grapple with a worsening financial crisis.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Great Australian Health Mystery

0

The Great Australian Health Mystery

By Scott C. Tips

           Australia is the continent-nation that we all know is full of healthy, sun-loving, active people who once tamed a continent and now bask in the glory of their sun-drenched outdoor world. When someone mentions Australia to us, do we automatically think of their cities? Of unhealthy urban masses? No. Absolutely not. We think of outdoorsmen and -women who go for a morning swim, run a marathon, drop a charging hippo with a single shot at 500 paces, and all while carrying a baby on their hips. Well, perhaps the baby-carrying part is a bit of an exaggeration; but Australians are thought of by the rest of the World as generally healthy and health-oriented individuals.

           And this view is not without a basis, for Australians themselves try to do the right thing when it comes to health. As of the year 2000, Australians spent AU$1671 million on dietary supplements, herbal medicines, and natural products, which exceeded the expenditure on pharmaceutical drugs.[1] Last year that figure reached at least AU$1.8 billion.[2] Clearly Australians are interested in maintaining their health.

           So, why is it that the Australian government consistently pursues and pushes policies that would reduce Australians and the rest of the World to ill-health? It is amazing, really, to see the dichotomy between the Australian people and their government on this issue.

           The Codex Alimentarius Commission was created fifty years ago by the Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO) and the World Health Organization (WHO) to create food standards and guidelines that the World would use in international food trade. Australia was one of the original founding members of Codex and has very actively participated in its numerous meetings over the years.

           So, what lofty and noble accomplishments can the Australian Codex Office claim? Let’s see … from personal observation on my part at the meetings I have attended over the last fourteen years, these are Australia’s accomplishments for health:

  1. Successfully opposed labeling of Genetically Modified/Genetically Engineered (GM/GE) foods at the Codex Committee on Food Labelling in Canada, so that consumers could not make informed choices about whether or not to buy GM foods.[3]
  2. Successfully pushed Ractopamine-doped meat products on the rest of the World through a forced vote at the Codex Alimentarius Commission meeting in Rome, in July 2012.[4] (Ractopamine is a steroid-like vet drug, the residues of which remain in the slaughtered animal to then be consumed by meat-eaters, and which is banned or prohibited in most countries because of its likely carcinogenicity and harm to animals.)
  3. Successfully pushed for maximum upper limits on “dangerous” vitamin-and-mineral supplements in actual contravention of what was allowed in Australian health-food stores at the time.[5]
  4. Unsuccessfully pushed for a “the sky’s the limit” industry exemption for infant-formula contamination by the proven-killer contaminant Melamine in the 2009-2011 sessions of the Codex Committee on Contaminants in Foods, to be thwarted only by the National Health Federation and an ad-hoc alliance of Central and South American countries at the very last minute.[6]
  5. Partially unsuccessfully opposed removing toxic Aluminum as a food additive at the Codex Committee on Food Additives meetings, the most recent of which took place in Beijing, China, in March 2013.[7]
  6. In a contest not yet resolved, has strongly and repeatedly pushed for the “dumbing down” of Nutrient Reference Values for vitamins and minerals[8] from already abysmally low levels to even lower levels that will prove nutritionally worthless for consumers.[9]

           The above list of Australian government positions on health is by no means exhaustive. If I were to take the time, I could easily come up with at least another half-dozen instances of anti-health stances taken by Australia at Codex meetings — and that is just at Codex. That does not include any other health-organization meetings.[10]

Australian Health

           In fact, I cannot recall ever having seen Australia push any pro-health agenda at Codex. Australia seems to always be on the wrong side of the health issues at all Codex meetings.  Put more bluntly, Australia has never met an unhealthy Codex standard that it did not love. What’s up with that?  Is it ignorance or is Australia simply the point man for the United States or Big Industry on all of these issues — an eager lap dog that goes out and does the Empire’s bidding?

           It is time that Australians found out. Why can the pro-health Australian people not bring the Australian government to heel? Is Australia just another one of those hollow democracies that parades around the World talking as if it were democratic when in fact it is all just a charade? Are certain government people in the pocket of Big Industry or are they simply ignorant of basic nutritional and toxicological science and do not care what harm befalls the Australian people?[11]

           I suggest writing anyone and everyone in the Australian government who is responsible for this travesty and demanding to know exactly why the Australian government representatives — particularly those in the Australian Codex Office — are not (1) supporting the removal of toxins and contaminants from our foods, (2) supporting the labeling of GM food products, and (3) supporting the increase of healthy vitamins and minerals in our diets at the precise time when we need them the most with modern diets that are full of toxins and already lacking in nutrient content that was present in our grandparents’ day.

           Before contacting your Member of Parliament or the Australian Codex Office, I would suggest that you read Bill Sardi’s excellent article, “Here We Go Once Again,” which deconstructs the Australian government position favoring lowering nutrient values in foods and supplements. (See http://www.thenhf.com/article.php?id=3652) You can cut and paste at will from his arguments (and mine) in order to make your own to your government officials.

           First of all, let me emphasize that I am only asking Australians to exercise their right as Australian citizens to petition their own government. Please do not threaten, cajole, or even be impolite. Janine Lewis, for example, is a smart, personable woman who, like the rest of us, will respond more positively to polite and well-thought out critiques than to threats or rants and rages. So, in your letter, e-mail or call, please be polite, make your point as succinctly as possible, and then bid them a good day. Don’t get me wrong, what the Australian government is doing in health regulation is absolutely infuriating; but, as they say, “you’ll catch more flies with honey than with vinegar.”

           Australian Codex Office. The Australian Codex Office resides within the Department of Agriculture, Fisheries and Forestry. The main actors in its office appear to be Ms. Janine Lewis and Dr. Paul Brent.[12] There are others, but these two will do as they seem to currently attend the most Codex meetings. Their bosses would also be appropriate contacts, but I do not have their names at present. The contacts that I do have, though, are:

 

Food Standards Australia New Zealand

Ms Janine Lewis — Principal Nutritionist —

Codex Australia — Food Standards Australia New Zealand —

GPO Box 858 — Canberra BC ACT 2601 Australia

Tel.: +61 (2) 62 71 22 45

Fax: +61 (2) 62 71 22 78

E-Mail: janine.lewis@foodstandards.gov.au

Dr Paul Brent — Chief Scientist —

Codex Australia — Food Standards Australia New Zealand —

Tel: +61 (2) 62 71 22 22

E-Mail: paul.brent@foodstandards.gov.au

General E-Mail: codex.contact@daff.gov.au

           Parliament (Senate and House). The Australian Government makes it very easy for you to contact your Senator and Representative. Simply go to http://www.aph.gov.au/Senators_and_Members/Guidelines_for_Contacting_Senators_and_Members/Address_labels_and_CSV_files and you can find their current (as of July 2013) contact information. Properly set-up address files are there so you can even print out sheets of labels on Avery labels. To search your particular Member of Parliament, try also: http://www.aph.gov.au/Senators_and_Members/Members.

           So, again, one asks why the disconnect between the Australian people and its own health ministers and bureaucrats? Why does the Australian government promote a sickness agenda at every turn? We would love to know. And we would love to change Australia’s position, at Codex and at all World food forums everywhere.

           For those Australians reading this article, inform yourself intelligently on this issue and then contact your government representatives and officials alerting them to this disconnect and your displeasure with it. Be polite but firm. Above all, be persistently vocal. After all, they are supposed to be your servants, not your masters. They should be doing your bidding, not some secret masters’.

           If you are not Australian, then please still distribute and post this article where it will be widely seen and read by Australians. Urge them to take action.

           Yes, there are other bad players at Codex. The United States and Canada are two of them. The arguments made here could — and do — apply just as equally against the U.S. and Canadian government positions. But this article has been written for Australians because Australia has been the driving force for pushing through the “dumbed down” Nutrient Reference Values for vitamins and minerals, which values are still in play at Codex.

           Finally, in interacting with Australian officials, you might come across some important information about their motivation or their string-pullers that could help us understand why Australia acts the way it does at these Codex meetings. Any such information should be sent to me immediately, please. You can never tell, what you found out might just be important enough to make a health difference for all of us.


[3] See Scott Tips’ article “The Codex Committee on Food Labelling Meets in Quebec,” May 20, 2010, at http://www.thenhf.com/article.php?id=2661. After the GM-labelling guideline could not be agreed upon due to strong opposition, the two opposing camps compromised on an “each country can do what it wants” document.

[8] The Codex NRVs proposed by Australia are: Vitamin A (dropped from 800 mcg to 550 mcg); Vitamin D (5 mcg or 200 IUs); Vitamin E (8.8 mg); Vitamin K (60 mcg); Vitamin C (dropped from 60 mg to 45 mg); Thiamin (dropped from 1.4 to 1.2 mg); Riboflavin (dropped from 1.6 mg to 1.2 mg); Niacin (dropped from 18 mg to 15 mg); Vitamin B6 (dropped from 2 mg to 1.3 mg); Folate (raised to 400 mcg); Vitamin B12 (2.4 mcg); Pantothenate (5 mg); Biotin (30 mcg); Calcium (raised from 800 mg to 1000 mg); Magnesium (dropped from 300 mg to 240 mg); Iodine (150 mcg); Iron (14.3-43.1 mg depending upon bioavailability); Zinc (dropped from 15 mg to 3.6-11.9, depending upon bioavailability); Selenium (30 mcg); Phosphorus (700 mg); Chloride (2.3 grams); Copper (900 mcg); Fluoride (3.5 mg); Manganese (2.1 mg); Chromium (30 mcg); and Molybdenum (45 mcg).

[9] See Scott Tips’ article “Codex Nutrition Committee Chooses Malnutrition,” December 14, 2012, at http://www.thenhf.com/article.php?id=3567. The Australian delegate specifically told the author that she had arrived at the proposed value for Vitamin C (at 45 mg/day) because it was the “halfway point between no Vitamin C and tissue saturation,” essentially then, the halfway point between Death and Life! Yes, let’s just compromise to arrive at a “healthy” number!

[11] See, e.g., Sepp Hasslberger’s well-done article, “Australia, New Zealand – Codex Alimentarius and Trans-Tasman Harmonization,” May 9, 2005, at http://www.thenhf.com/article.php?id=1625, which incorporates Eve Hillary’s excellent article, “Codex — The Sickness Indu$try’s Last Stand,” April 1, 2005.

Disclaimer: This article is not intended to provide medical advice, diagnosis or treatment. Views expressed here do not necessarily reflect those of GreenMedInfo or its staff.

Republished with permission from: Green Med Info

Gunmen kill 2 Shia Muslims in Pakistan

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Unidentified gunmen have shot and killed at least two Shia Muslims in the volatile southwestern Pakistani city of Quetta, security sources say.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Russia urges Syria terrorists expelled

0

Foreign-backed militants look at a multi-rocket launcher in a Syrian town close to the Turkish border. (File photo)

Russia has urged both the Syrian government and the opposition to work together to force “terrorists and extremists” out of the Arab country.

“In my opinion, this task should be a major item on the agenda of the proposed international conference on Syria,” Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov said on Monday in a meeting with the visiting Syrian Deputy Prime Minister Qadri Jamil.

“To our regret, unlike the government of Syria, a significant part of the opposition, including the National Coalition, has not expressed such readiness yet,” he added.

On May 7, Russia and the United States agreed in Moscow to convene an international conference on Syria, which will serve as a follow-up to an earlier Geneva meeting held in June 2012. No date has been set for the conference yet.

The Russian foreign minister added that Moscow had been in contact with the Syrian government and opposition groups in a bid to convince them to participate in the conference “as soon as possible without any preconditions.”

Jamil, for his part, said some Western countries were to blame for the lasting conflicts in his country and that their political and military attempts to overthrow the Syrian government in the past two years “have failed.”

The turmoil in Syria erupted in March 2011. Since then, many people, including large numbers of Syrian soldiers and security personnel, have been killed.

The Syrian government says the West and its regional allies — especially Qatar, Saudi Arabia, and Turkey — are supporting the militants fighting against the government.

PG/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Egyptians to hold rival rallies

0

Supporters of Egypt’s ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, wave pictures of the former leader and their national flag during a demonstration in the northern city of Alexandria on July 19, 2013.

Egypt is bracing for fresh protests by supporters and opponents of ousted president, Mohamed Morsi, as political turmoil rages on in the North African country, Press TV reports.

Supporters of Morsi are planning to hold a mass demonstration in Cairoâ„¢s Nasr City while his opponents, who back Egyptâ„¢s interim government, intend to gather at Cairoâ„¢s iconic Liberation Square.

On Sunday, hundreds of female supporters of the toppled president marched to the Egyptian Defense Ministry in the capital to protest the killing of three women at a rally in the Nile Delta city of Mansura on Friday.

The protesters were confronted by soldiers who blocked their way to the ministry.

On the same day, the Muslim Brotherhood issued a statement giving their plans for ending the political crisis in Egypt. The group said the solution lies in Morsi’s reinstatement.

The group also called for the military to Å“respect the will of the people,” by returning Å“constitutional legitimacy, with the constitution, the president and the parliament.”

The Muslim Brotherhood further stated that once Morsi returns to office, he would carry out Å“the reform initiative he committed to according to the constitution decided on by the people.”

The Egyptian army overthrew Morsi, suspended the constitution, and dissolved the parliament on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have been since killed in the wave of violent clashes between supporters of Morsi, his opponents and security forces.

On July 5, Muslim Brotherhood supreme leader, Mohammed Badie, said the coup against Morsi was illegal and millions would remain on the street until he is reinstated.

MR/SS

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Age of Austerity: Fighting Cuts and Privatisation — The proliferation of food banks!

0

‘A mother walks four and a half miles through the snow to a food bank for some handouts to feed her family. With her are two small children, their shoes full of holes. She has put plastic bags around their feet so that they are at least shielded against the wetness, if not the cold.’ This is not a sentence from one of Charles Dickens’ novels. This is a real story in 21stcentury austerity Britain.

In the fifth session of the series on the local impact of austerity policies, the UCU association at Nottingham University welcomed Nigel Webster, the Director of the Bestwood & Bulwell foodbank, for a talk about the proliferation of food banks in and around Nottingham.

The Bestwood & Bulwell foodbank, Nigel explained, is part of The Trussell Trust, which currently runs a network of over 325 food banks across the country. In greater Nottingham alone there are five food banks linked with The Trussell Trust, i.e. a third of the overall 15 food banks operating in the area. The Bestwood & Bulwell foodbank works closely together with frontline care professionals such as doctors, social workers and job centre officials, who give vouchers to people in need. These vouchers, in turn, can be exchanged for three days of food at the food bank. The general idea is to provide people with help for emergencies. The objective is not to provide permanent assistance. In general, everyone is entitled to a maximum of three vouchers. With 13 million people living below the poverty line in 21st century UK, it is no surprise that food banks are in high demand. According to the Trussell Trust, ‘in 2012-13 foodbanks fed 346,992 people nationwide. Of those helped, 126,889 were children’ (The Trussell Trust). Since the food bank opened in Bestwood and Bulwell last September, 1550 people were fed.
Photo by Birmingham News Room

People need to go to food banks for a whole range of different reasons including redundancy or not having enough hours of work, illness, debt, unexpectedly large bills, etc. The biggest reason, however, Nigel made clear, were changes to, and problems with, the welfare system. The Bestwood & Bulwell foodbank collects information about the people it helps and 40 per cent of all people come as a result of problems with the welfare system. People having their benefits withdrawn or cut by job centres often have no alternative than to go to a food bank in order to feed themselves and their families.

Underneath these figures are a wide range of different individual tragedies. One of the people coming to the Bestwood & Bulwell foodbank describes himself as ‘existing, but no longer living’. Many do not consider themselves anymore as a member of the human race, reported Nigel. A whole group of people is increasingly excluded from society. Out from the stream of human misery encountered in food banks emerge the contradictions of our society. For example, on the one hand local businesses are very supportive and supply the food bank with goods. On the other, the food bank assists some of the employees of these businesses, because they do not have enough hours of work to make ends meet. In general, the overwhelming majority of food, 90 per cent plus, comes from the local community (schools, churches etc.) and members of the public, rather than businesses.
Photo by Byzantine_K

Is it a coincidence that first thoughts about establishing a food bank emerged two years ago, the time when the first cuts to the welfare system by the current government started to bite? Unsurprisingly, with every further round of cuts the demand for assistance has gone up. Equally troubling is, according to Nigel, that due to the forthcoming holiday period, many children who are entitled to free school meals, will have one meal less per day over the weeks in summer. He expects demand to go up as a result.

During the discussions, the issue was raised whether food banks would step in and take over responsibilities, which were really the government’s obligations. Does one not let the state off the hook by providing welfare services, which the state no longer offers? Are food banks perhaps ultimately counterproductive as they fill gaps rather than pushing for change, which would make them superfluous in the first place? In his final comment, Nigel, himself a lay minister of the Anglican and Methodist Churches in Bestwood, made clear that for a Christian it was absolutely essential to help people in need. At the same time, however, he pointed out that with mercy comes justice. The demand for change has to accompany the help for others. Charity on its own is not enough. 

Prof. Andreas Bieler
Professor of Political Economy
University of Nottingham/UK
Personal website: http://andreasbieler.net

22 July 2013

Roadside bomb kills 4 Afghan troops

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A powerful roadside bomb explosion has claimed the lives of at least four members of the Afghan National Army in the troubled southern Afghanistan, security sources say.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

UK Blocks Porn, ‘Conspiracy Theories’ Next?

0

David Cameron orders move towards Chinese-style Internet

Paul Joseph Watson
Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

The British government has set the precedent for establishing the state’s power to censor web content of its choosing by automatically blocking online porn via mandatory web filters set to be in place by the end of next year.

“Every household in the UK is to have pornography blocked by their internet provider unless they choose to receive it, David Cameron is to announce,” reports BBC News. During an interview with the BBC, Cameron focused almost exclusively on blocking obscene images of children, ignoring the fact that the move would also block legal forms of pornography.

Under new legislation, every Internet user will be contacted by their service provider and asked whether they want the government filters switched on or off. Customers signing up to new broadband packages will automatically have the filters enacted by default. The filters will also be installed on all new cell phones.

“Horrific” Internet search terms will also be completely blacklisted under the legislation. Although for the moment, Internet users will be able to opt out of the filter, this clearly represents a step in the direction of centralizing control of Internet content in the hands of the state since parents are already able to install their own web filters to block any website they wish.

While all these measures are being justified in the name of protecting children and targeting pedophiles, they mimic Internet policing systems of draconian countries like China and pave the way for free speech to be similarly censored.

Other countries that have attempted to introduce similar filters, such as Australia, also justified their introduction by primarily targeting child pornography, but tried to use them to blacklist activist and political websites, leading to accusations of “totalitarianism”.

Given that major think tanks with direct ties to the UK government like Demos have claimed that “conspiracy theories,” which is a pejorative term for anything that challenges the official narrative, cause violence, how long before anti-establishment websites are also included on a government blacklist?

The campaign to block online porn was led by the Daily Mail, whose website is ironically littered with images which could be considered soft porn on a daily basis. Perhaps the newspaper wants to eliminate its competition.

Daily Mail readers reacted by slamming the newspaper itself for featuring suggestive images of underage children on a routine basis.

“Will this extend to your endless pictures of teenage stars in their bikini’s, and overuse of the headline “all grown up”?” commented one reader.

“Better block your own Showbiz Section/Sidebar of Shame first, you hypocrites,” added another.

The vast majority of comments voted up by other users slammed the block as a move towards a Chinese-style censored Internet.

“I’d like to tell this unelected Prime Minister to keep his nose the hell out of my personal business. As for the Mail congratulations on turning your beloved Great Britain into a Chinese clone,” remarked one user.

 

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Warning to all police, firefighters, schoolteachers: Most government pensions to be confiscated within a decade

0

Mike Adams
Natural News
July 22, 2013

Last week, Detroit declared bankruptcy, becoming the largest city in U.S. history to take such drastic action in the face of financial insolvency. A declaration of bankruptcy isn’t what most people think it is, though: it’s not just a statement of “we’re broke!” It’s actually a way for the city to clear its slate of all financial obligations and not pay the retirees it owes.

What are the largest financial obligations the city facing? Pensions. $3.5 billion worth of pensions, to be exact.

Yes, Detroit owes former government employees – teachers, firefighters, cops and more – a whopping $3.5 billion in current and future payments. Except Detroit doesn’t have $3.5 billion to pay the pensions. The city is in a state of economic collapse. Remember, the U.S. government used billions in taxpayer money to help General Motors move its manufacturing offshore to countries like China. As a result of economically-insane actions and criminal mismanagement, a city that used to be the hub of industrial output in America has become a ghost town of abandoned buildings, crumbling infrastructure and financial destitution.

But even as all this was becoming apparent, the government workers there continued to collect fat paychecks and pensions, all based on the promise that endless population growth would out-pace the rise in pension obligations. Many pensioners are owed over $100,000 a year from the government, and this is true across California, Illinois and many other states as well.

Chicago, for example, owes $19 billion in pension payments that it doesn’t have, and the city of Los Angeles is more than $30 billion in the hole. The story is much the same in every major U.S. city.

As the Detroit Free Press now reports:

Early this year, the Pew Center released a survey showing that 61 of the nation’s largest cities – limiting the survey to the largest city in each state and all other cities with more than 500,000 people – had a gap of more than $217 billion in unfunded pension and health care liabilities. While cities had long promised health care, life insurance and other benefits to retirees, “few … started saving to cover the long-term costs,” the report said.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Read that report here:
http://www.pewtrusts.org/uploadedFiles/wwwpewtrustsorg/Reports/Retire…

Detroit’s bankruptcy being challenged

Realizing it flat-out doesn’t have the money to pay these pension obligations, Detroit had little choice but to declare bankruptcy in an effort to avoid paying the pensions. In effect, this is a confiscation of all pension funds by the government, meaning that retired cops, firefighters, school teachers and so on will never see a dime of the pensions they thought they had earned.

Naturally, those who are owed the pensions are furious about all this. Imagine working 40 years on the job, building up a retirement only to have that retirement stolen from you by a local government that’s steeped in corruption and financial mismanagement. The word “incompetent” doesn’t even begin to describe Detroit’s political leadership. It’s more like “brain damaged” or “criminally insane.”

But it’s also commonplace. Across the country, city governments have all spent the pension funds instead of saving them. Almost no large city has the funds necessary to pay its obligations to retirees. Pension financial planning strategies are tragic nightmares of broken promises, dishonest politicians and delusional workers (who still somehow believe they’re going to get paid).

In Detroit, the pensioners are fighting back, claiming Michigan’s state constitution forbids cities like Detroit from wiping away pension obligations by declaring bankruptcy. It’s all headed to the courts now, where even if Detroit’s bankruptcy is nullified, the city still doesn’t have the money to pay its pension obligations.

So it’s a no-win situation regardless of the outcome. Where the money doesn’t exist, nobody gets paid regardless of the legal wrangling in the courts.

Is Detroit “Too Big To Fail?” An Obama bailout may be imminent

There’s already talk of Obama bailing out Detroit, meaning the federal government would take on the debt of the mismanaged city and its pension funds, eventually passing on those obligations to taxpayers all across the country.

Yep, that means you and I will be paying the $100,000 retirement pension of some ex-cop in Detroit. It’s all part of the federal government’s new plan to reward waste and punish fiscal responsibility.

No wonder Sen. Rand Paul says Detroit will only be bailed out “over my dead body.” As Breitbart.com reports, Sen. Paul has stated, on the record, “I basically say he [Obama] is bailing them out over my dead body because we don’t have any money in Washington.”

Breitbart.com goes on to state, “Paul said the reason he is going to fight to stop any efforts to bail out Detroit is that if the president succeeds in bailing it out, that will send a signal to the rest of cities and states nationwide that the federal government will bail them out to if they conduct reckless spending.”

“Those who don’t have their house in order, who are teetering on disaster, will continue to make bad decisions.” — Sen. Rand Paul.

He’s right, of course. But rewarding reckless spending has become the new sport in Washington, where globalist banks routinely receive hundreds of billions of dollars in taxpayer bailouts after losing money on outlandish derivatives bets that went sour.

If we bail out Detroit, then the precedent is set: The taxpayers will have to foot the bill to bail out Chicago, Los Angeles, New York, Phoenix, Seattle and every other city that’s on the brink of financial disaster because bureaucrats are short-term thinkers who typically only think ahead to the next election, not the next generation.

“Public pension plans across the nation are in fiscal distress. Generally underfunded, most now require far greater contributions from governments than initially envisioned,” writes the California Common Sense organization, which goes on to state:

In 2012-13, Los Angeles’s pension costs are expected to rise to $1.3 billion, or 18% of the city’s budgeted expenditures. In 2002-03, just 10 years ago, pension costs were only $157 million, or 3% of total expenditures. Over the last decade, pension costs have grown at an annual average growth rate of 25% and have outpaced spending growth for every major area of the city’s budget.

“In April Moody’s Investors Service warned it could downgrade the ratings of Chicago, Cincinnati, Minneapolis, Portland and 25 other local governments and school districts as part of a change in how it factors public pensions into debt grades,” writes Forbes.com. “In Chicago, teachers’ pensions alone cost $1 billion a year, while overall debt service accounts for close to a quarter of the city budget.”

The top 10 biggest U.S. cities on the brink of pension bankruptcy

According to Business Insider, here are the top 10 U.S. cities whose pension obligations will soon collapse: (this article was originally published in 2010, so we have updated the “years” to reflect 2013)

#1 Philadelphia – Unfunded liability of $9 billion, $16,696 per household, only 1 year before the pension accounts are empty

#2 Chicago – Unfunded liability of $44.8 billion, $41.966 per household, money runs out in 4 years

#3 Boston – Unfunded liability of $7.5 billion, $30,901 per household, money runs out in 4 years

#4 Cincinnati – Unfunded liability of $2 billion, $15,681 per household, money runs out in 5 years

#5 St Paul – Unfunded liability of $1.4 billion, $13,686 per household, money runs out in 5 years

#6 Jacksonville – Unfunded liability of $4 billion, $12,944 per household, money runs out in 5 years

#7 New York City – Unfunded liability of $122 billion, $38,866 per household, money runs out in 6 years

#8 Baltimore – Unfunded liability of $3.7 billion, $15, 420 per household, money runs out in 7 years

#9 Detroit – Unfunded liability of $6.4 billion, $18,643 per household, money runs out in 8 years

#10 Fort Worth – Unfunded liability of $2 billion, $7,212 per household, money runs out in 8 years

Note that some of these numbers were actually optimistic. Detroit, for example, was predicted to run out of money in 2021, yet it already declared bankruptcy in 2013. What you are looking at here is a looming cascade of municipality bankruptcies over the next 10 — 20 years.

Cascading financial collapse

Nobody saves in America anymore; not cities, not states and of course not the federal government which Obama has brought to the astonishing debt level of $16 trillion (it was only $8 trillion when he first took office). It begs the question: If the cities bail out the pensioners, and Washington bails out the cities, who’s going to bail out Washington and its exploding debt?

The answer, of course, is nobody. Central banks all around the world are already sitting on far too much U.S. debt that’s being eroded by the hour as the Federal Reserve commits “quantitative easing” that dilutes the global dollar supply. They aren’t going to take on trillions more to bail out a nation now seen as a global imperialist bully that runs NSA spying on its own allies while routinely engaging in economic espionage through currency manipulations.

The American government is widely hated throughout the world today. Most nations probably wouldn’t mind seeing the USA collapse into financial oblivion. And within a few years, they may just get their wish.

“On average, pensions consume nearly 20 percent of municipal budgets,” writes Anthony Flint of The Atlantic Cities. “But if trends continue, over half of every dollar in tax revenue would go to pensions, and by some estimates in some cases would suck up 75 percent of all tax revenue.”

Financial collapse is not a doomsday conspiracy theory; it is mathematical inevitability

The upshot of all this is that if you are counting on a government pension to pay your bills during your retirement years, you may need to write that off because it probably won’t be there for very much longer.

This is true not just for local and state government workers, but also for federal government workers. Yep, all those TSA agents, DHS workers and FDA bureaucrats are going to see their own pensions stolen, and I can’t say that I’m shedding tears over TSA goons not getting their pensions. (“Pedophilia pensions!”)

“I mean the statistics in California are staggering,” said Sen. Rand Paul. “I think there’s over 100,000 people there getting over $100,000 a year in retirement. You got police chiefs in medium-sized cities getting $350,000 a year for a salary. It’s become untenable. But the main thing is we cannot send a signal from the federal government that cities and states are going to be too big to fail.”

Where all this really hurts, though, is at the local level. In most cities, people like firefighters, cops and school teachers are wildly under-paid. They dedicate their lives to serving the community, often putting their own lives at risk in the process. Stealing their pensions is especially malicious given how much they have sacrificed to earn them.

But there’s nothing that can be done to save them at this point. The mathematics are already in motion and unstoppable. Nearly all big-city pension obligation projections have been based on the false assumption that endless economic growth would provide a never-ending tax base from which pension obligations could be paid. That assumption, however, was a willful delusion in which city managers and bureaucrats happily engaged.

There is a day of reckoning coming for America, and it’s going to be a day of nationwide outrage as pensions all across the country are confiscated or destroyed in a cascading chain of bankruptcies. At the same time, the federal government will no doubt embark on a Cyprus-style private bank account confiscation program that steals private wealth from the American people. Wiring money out of the country will be made illegal, and all forms of wealth – including retirement accounts – will be subject to government confiscation.

At that point, only people who have gone to great lengths to protect their assets will have anything left. What holds value in such a scenario? Land, bullets, rifles, hand tools, stored food, silver coins, gold coins, iodine disinfectants and antibiotics, to name a few obvious items. Skills and education also rank high.

Detroit’s bankruptcy tells us the era of financial demise has begun. Now it’s only a matter of time before what happened to Detroit spreads to Los Angeles, Chicago, Philadelphia, Boston and other large U.S. cities. It is no coincidence that DHS and the feds are now routinely running paramilitary police state training exercises in high-density urban areas.

As bad as pensions are, unfunded health care liabilities are far worse

For the real story on all this, take everything you’ve just read about unfunded pensions and dig that hole ten times deeper. Because the unfunded health care obligations are ten times worse.

According to the Pew research document at www.Pewstates.org , a fiscal assessment of 61 large U.S. cities revealed that while pensions are 74% funded, retiree health care liabilities are only 6% funded.

You read that correctly: cities have only saved 6 cents on the dollar for what they’re going to need to pay the health care costs of retirees. And that’s assuming health care costs don’t keep skyrocketing thanks to hare-brained monopoly programs like Obamacare which lock in guaranteed monopolies to the drug companies, cancer centers and hospitals that now extract nearly one out of every four dollars of economic activity generated in across America.

Here’s the chart:

What this means in reality is that health care obligations will have to be abandoned. So at the same time cities confiscate pension funds, they will also abandon health care obligations.

For many retirees, this means they will lose their pensions and their health care benefits at the same time.

This is what will ultimately lead to widespread riots in the streets followed by the police state crackdown that the federal government has been planning with its purchase of billions of rounds of ammunition, thousands of armored assault vehicles, full-auto assault rifles and other equipment to be used on the streets of America. The IRS is now training with AR-15s in order to engage American taxpayers at gunpoint. Even the Wall Street Journal now admits that the militarization of American police is wildly out of control, saying:

Law-enforcement agencies across the U.S., at every level of government, have been blurring the line between police officer and soldier. Driven by martial rhetoric and the availability of military-style equipment – from bayonets and M-16 rifles to armored personnel carriers – American police forces have often adopted a mind-set previously reserved for the battlefield.

This also tells you why government is secretly begging for a mass pandemic to wipe out all the elderly people in America: it would save cities and states from bankruptcy! No wonder government loves to promote Big Pharma – it’s the fastest way to kill people off and therefore not have to pay their retirement benefits. Longevity is the enemy of government because the longer you live, the more you collect in benefits. The sooner you die, the more you help government meet its unfunded financial obligations.

I wouldn’t be surprised to find the White House one day running a new public relations campaign with the message “Kill yourself. It’s good for America.”

Or “Suicide is patriotic.”

Sources for this story include:
1) My memory, experience, observations and reasoning.

2) http://www.pewtrusts.org/uploadedFiles/wwwpewtrustsorg/Reports/Retire…

3) http://www.forbes.com/sites/joelkotkin/2013/07/12/the-truce-that-coul…

4) http://www.nber.org/digest/mar11/w16453.html

5) http://www.theatlanticcities.com/jobs-and-economy/2012/09/next-big-fi…

6) http://www.breitbart.com/Big-Government/2013/07/19/Exclusive-Rand-Pau…

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:44 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Rand Paul: Bailout of Detroit? Over my dead body

0

Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

“I say over my dead body because we’re not going to bailout Detroit,” Paul said. “We don’t have the money. Who is going to bailout the United States if we bail out Detroit?”

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:40 am

Tags: , , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Police Establish Random Checkpoint On Road Outside Austin Airport

0

Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

We see the police along with the TSA are encroaching further on our Constitutional right to travel. Outside Austin-Bergstrom International Airport local Police have established a random checkpoint. Our reporter shot this footage as he was leaving the Austin airport on July 17th. Now we see the TSA all over America, at bus stations, train stations, sporting events, concerts, and even shopping malls. This will not stop unless we stand and speak out. Papers please…..

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:45 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Media Finally Begins Reporting On Russian ‘Combat Readiness’ After Alternative News

0

Anthony Gucciardi 
Infowars.com
July 22, 2013

The amassing of over 160,000 Russian troops, bombers, and naval ships under an emergency ‘combat readiness’ drill order is now making the rounds throughout mainstream media and talk radio after being blasted into the headlines.

Amazingly, just a bit over on week ago I covered the Russian ‘combat readiness’ order while in amazement that no one was discussing it despite admissions that it really was going on. It was breaking news for sure, especially when we get into what happened before this abrupt call to ‘combat readiness’ for the Russian military system (which I will detail shortly). Ultimately, and this is really quite disturbing, it was up to independent alternative news sites like Storyleak (with the help of Infowars and others syndicating the news to millions worldwide) to blast it into the mainstream media.

A reality that is actually quite concerning.

MEDIA MACHINE FOCUSES ON DISTRACTIONS

It truly paints a picture of just how the alternative media has become the new media when it comes to accessing information that is valuable and beyond the traditional spin of the day put out by news media juggernauts. Now let me be clear here, I understand of course the sources I’m referencing in regards to the Russian combat readiness drills are major publications – and oftentimes the major news companies do have the financial ability and workforce to deliver news stories from around the globe.

The problem comes with the subsequent spin, scripted rhetoric, and of course diversionary reporting on subjects far less important and irrelevant (such as continued 24/7 Zimmerman distraction news overshadowing the potential beginnings of a global conflict).

Even many prominent black celebrities and leaders actually understand what’s happening with the race baiting media right now, like Lupe Fiasco, who called out the media for turning the story into a racially-charged gimmick that was quickly turned from a legal battle to a racial battle. Meanwhile, of course, numerous blacks are killed in violent crime that go unnoticed. You see I’m about actually saving lives, using what we know has been shown to stop gun crime, and not ignoring the reality of what’s happening just because the media fails to discuss it.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

But the simple fact is that the mainstream media can be augmented if we force them to pick up the news, and this latest piece is of extreme importance when you understand that the combat readiness drill was called into effect following an Israeli strike on Russian missiles in Syria – a potential provocation in the eyes of Putin and the Russian government. This is, of course, analysis you also will not find in many of the newer media reports – but at least it’s being discussed on a basic level.

And that’s thanks to you, the reader that actually cares about real news. The true measure of our success can be witnessed when considering how alternative news really works. After all, I am delivering news and analysis that I often find buried at the bottom of news stories or perhaps mentioned in passing within a piece piece that has only a few Facebook shares. After I detail what’s going on, it’s ultimately up to you, the reader, as to whether or not we will be changing the world in a matter of hours or days.

Thankfully, we do actually force the media to cover the news we dig up or they risk losing virtually 100% of their readership and falling flat on their face in a blatant display of failure when it comes to reporting on news that matters. Which is why we see a new trend of phony alternative news websites popping up around the internet and even an alternative news vibe becoming extremely popular on news television. What these pretenders will soon find out, however, is that it’s extremely easy to tell who is real and who is a fraudster – journalists and public figures who are not truly interested in seeking truth are destined to fail.

Ultimately, you are the new media – the alternative news media is now at the forefront of what’s truly important, and you the reader are what empowers it. Keep on spreading the word.

This post originally appeared at Story Leak

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:42 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Detroit Mayor Warns “We May Be One Of The First… But We Absolutely Won’t Be The Last”

0

Zero Hedge
July 22, 2013

Amid the furore of Sunday morning political programming, Detroit Mayor Bing and Michigan Governor Snyder have been quite vocal. Bing made it clear that “a lot of negotiations will go into fixing our city,” and when asked whether he will seek a Federal bailout, he responded, “not yet.” The decisions following this huge bankruptcy are likely to be precedent-setting as Bing noted that more than 100 urban US cities “are having the same problems we’re having.” As the WSJ reports, Bing warned, “We may be one of the first. We are the largest. But we absolutely will not be the last.And so we have got to set a benchmark in terms how to fix our cities.” Snyder was a little more hopeful that salvation will come from above as he stated that while “I don’t view that as the right answer… if the federal government wants to [bail us out], that’s their option.”

Via WSJ,

 Detroit Mayor Dave Bing on Sunday left the door open for a federal bailout after the city’s bankruptcy filing, saying the nation’s response would “set a benchmark” for aiding other struggling cities.

Asked directly whether Detroit would seek a federal bailout, Mr. Bing said “not yet.”

…

More than 100 urban U.S. cities “are having the same problems we’re having,” Mr. Bing said. “We may be one of the first. We are the largest. But we absolutely will not be the last. And so we have got to set a benchmark in terms how to fix our cities.”

…

Republican Michigan Gov. Rick Snyder, appearing on other Sunday news programs, also left the door open for federal bailout money. “If the federal government wants to do that, that’s their option,” he said on CBS’s “Face the Nation.” But he added, “I don’t view that as the right answer.”

…

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:41 am

Tags: , ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

America No Longer Has a Functioning Judicial System

0

Washington’s Blog
July 22, 2013

The Department of Justice told a federal court this week that the NSA’s spying “cannot be challenged in a court of law”.

(This is especially dramatic given that numerous federal judges and legal scholars — including a former FISA judge — say that the FISA spying “court” is nothing but a kangaroo court.)

Also this week, the Department of Justice told a federal court that the courts cannot review the legality of the government’s assassination by drone of Americans abroad:

“‘Are you saying that a US citizen targeted by the United States in a foreign country has no constitutional rights?’ [the judge] asked Brian Hauck, a deputy assistant attorney general. ‘How broadly are you asserting the right of the United States to target an American citizen? Where is the limit to this?’

“She provided her own answer: ‘The limit is the courthouse door’ . . . .

“‘Mr. Hauck acknowledged that Americans targeted overseas do have rights, but he said they could not be enforced in court either before or after the Americans were killed.’”

(Indeed, the Obama administration has previously claimed the power to be judge, jury and executioner in both drone and cyber-attacks. This violates Anglo-Saxon laws which have been on the books in England and America for 800 years.)

The Executive Branch also presents “secret evidence” in many court cases … sometimes even hiding the evidence from the judge who is deciding the case.

  • A d v e r t i s e m e n t

Bush destroyed much of the separation of powers which made our country great. But under Obama, it’s gotten worse.

For example, the agency which decides who should be killed by drone is the same agency which spies on all Americans.

Daniel Ellsberg notes that even the Founding Fathers didn’t have to deal with a government claiming that it could indefinitely detain Americans … even on American soil.

After Pulitzer Prize winning journalist Chris Hedges, journalist Naomi Wolf, Pentagon Papers whistleblower Daniel Ellsberg and others sued the government to enjoin the NDAA’s allowance of the indefinite detention of Americans — the judge asked the government attorneys 5 times whether journalists like Hedges could be indefinitely detained simply for interviewing and then writing about bad guys. The government refused to promise that journalists like Hedges won’t be thrown in a dungeon for the rest of their lives without any right to talk to a judge

The Department of Justice has also tapped Congressional phones, and a high-level NSA whistleblower says that including all 9 Supreme Court justices.

It’s not just the Executive Branch which has attacked the courts. For example, Congress passed a billstripping courts of the power to review issues related to genetically modified foods.

The Constitution is mortally mounded. While the “war on terror” is commonly cited as the excuse, most of the attacks on our rights started before 9/11. Indeed, the Founding Fathers warned 200 years ago that open-ended wars give the Executive an excuse to take away our liberties.

Two former U.S. Supreme Court Justices have warned that America is sliding into tyranny.  A formerU.S. President, and many other high-level American officials agree.

In addition to attacks on the judiciary by the White House and Congress, judges are voluntarily gutting the justice system … and laying down in lapdog-obeisance to D.C.

For example, the Supreme Court ruled that if judges don’t like plaintiffs’ allegations of bad government actions, the judge can simply pre-judge and throw out the lawsuit before even allowing the party to conduct any discovery to prove their claims.  This guts 220 years of Constitutional law, and makes it extremely difficult to challenge harmful government action in court.

America has a “dual justice system … one for ordinary people and then one for people with money and enormous wealth and power”.

Indeed, most Americans have less access to justice than Botswanans … and are more abused by police than Kazakhstanis.

<!–

–>

This article was posted: Monday, July 22, 2013 at 5:43 am

Tags: ,






<!– this is where we need to show the related articles

–>

Republished with permission from: Infowars

Russia ends massive military drills

0

Russian Armed Forces concluce ‘combat readiness’ drills.

Russian military has concluded one its largest war games in recent history in the nationâ„¢s far eastern and central region, describing the results as more than satisfactory.

The military exercises ended Sunday, according to Russian Defense Ministry officials, who plan to discuss the overall outcome of the drills at a special meeting on Monday, Moscow-based RIA Novosti reports.

Meanwhile, Russian President Vladimir Putin has praised the results of the massive maneuvers as Å“more than satisfactory,” pointing out that there was not a single serious failure during the drills, the report adds.

“Such exercises have not been held since the Soviet era or perhaps even during that period,” Putin is further cited as saying in the report following his helicopter tour of the exercise area on Wednesday, accompanied by said on Wednesday after overflying the exercise area in a helicopter accompanied by Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu.

The military exercises involved five Russian armies, the Third Air Force and Air Defense Command, including strategic aviation, and the its navyâ„¢s Pacific Fleet.

According to Shoigu, nearly 160,000 troops, about 1,000 tanks and armored vehicles, 130 aircraft and 70 warships participated in what officials have describe as combat readiness drills.

The development comes as Russia has reportedly engaged in a major enhancement of its military forces.

A Russian naval commander announced Thursday that the navyâ„¢s Pacific Fleet is due to receive new warships in 2014 for the first time since the disintegration of the former Soviet Union.

Å“Rather large-scale deliveries of new equipment, new warships to the Pacific Fleet will start in 2014,” said Rear Admiral Sergei Avakyants in an interview with Rossiya 24 TV network.

Additionally, according to recent local reports, the Russian military is also building several Steregushchy-class corvette warships for the Pacific Fleet at its Amur shipyard in Russiaâ„¢s Far East with the estimated delivery date of 2014-2015.

The new additions to the Russian naval fleet comes following plans announced by the US military to drastically increase its naval presence in the Asia Pacific region.

This is while China is also reasserting itself as a major military power, concerned about growing US presence in the region amid its continuing conflict with US-backed Taiwan as well as territorial disputes with Japan, another US ally.

MFB/MFB

Republished with permission from: Press TV

This Land Is Your Land, This Land Is Gas Land

0

A farmer walks through a field near oil rigs in Shafter, Calif., May 21, 2013. The increasing use of hydraulic fracturing by oil companies in the region has created competition for water with farmers and has threatened contamination of the land and groundwater. (Photo: Emily Berl / The New York Times) A farmer walks through a field near oil rigs in Shafter, Calif., May 21, 2013. The increasing use of hydraulic fracturing by oil companies in the region has created competition for water with farmers and has threatened contamination of the land and groundwater. (Photo: Emily Berl / The New York Times) The Obama Administration has proposed new regulations for hydraulic fracturing on 756 million acres of public and tribal lands. The rules were written by the drilling industry and will be streamlined into effect by a new intergovernmental task force, established by the president, to promote fracking – a practice that has been linked to water poisoning, air pollution, methane emissions and, most recently, earthquakes. Environmentalists, many of whom are highly skeptical that fracking can even be regulated, hope to use a brief window for citizen participation in the rule approval process to leverage the growing anti-fracking movement.

The Interior Department’s Bureau of Land Management (BLM) – the government agency that manages the public lands in question – follows a dual and often conflicting mandate. Although it is charged with conserving lands for recreation and biological diversity, it must also ensure the commercial development of natural resources. The bureau tends to focus heavily on the latter part of its mission, and it has auctioned off public land for resource extraction, including oil and gas development, while following drilling regulations that were last updated in 1988, before fracking became a common practice.

“Under the old regulations, an operator would have to disclose non-routine techniques,” said BLM spokesperson Beverly Winston. “Now, hydraulic fracturing is routine, so nobody discloses it. It’s my understanding that probably 90 percent of wells on public lands use hydraulic fracturing.”

The newly proposed regulations will provide superficial environmental safeguards against industry excesses while shielding drillers and the government from the legal challenges that have begun cropping up. In April, for instance, a California judge ruled in a lawsuit brought by the Sierra Club and the Center for Biological Diversity that the BLM had failed to take a “hard look” at the impact of fracking on federal land in the state and halted the issuance of fracking leases for the Monterey shale region until an assessment of its environmental impact is completed. The proposed laws, however, will give the BLM legal cover to keep the frack leases flowing.

Former Interior Secretary Ken Salazar, who helped draft the laws, resigned from his post in January to take a job with WilmerHale. The corporate law firm’s website boasts “our lawyers strive to reduce liability and transform environmental compliance obligations into opportunities.”

Those wondering what opportunity looks like to drillers in regions originally set aside for conservation need only visit the Allegheny National Forest in Western Pennsylvania, a state that has opened its arms to drillers in recent years. Nearly 4,000 oil and gas wells were drilled in the Allegheny between 2005 and 2011.

“Where there were once remote areas of the forest there is now oil and gas infrastructure,” said Ryan Talbott of the Allegheny Defense Project. “If you are a recreationist going to go out and go hiking, camping, fishing, what might have been your favorite area before is now a sea of roads and pipelines and well sites.”

In 2009, under pressure from Allegheny Defense and other environmental groups, the Forest Service sought to monitor the drilling, implement environmental safeguards and provide a measure of planning to the spaghetti network of drill sites. But 93 percent of the mineral rights in the state are privately held and the Forest Service, in a case currently under review by the 3rd Circuit Court of Appeals, was sued by the gas companies who claim their property rights were violated.

Although not yet to the extent witnessed in Allegheny, fracking has commenced in other parts of the country where the BLM holds mineral rights, particularly out West. “We’re drilling all over the place,” President Obama told an audience in New Mexico last year, announcing plans to open millions more acres to the oil and gas industry. In the way of protection, however, Obama’s new rules follow the Pennsylvania model, barely scratching the surface when it comes to monitoring what occurs below.

White House visitor logs show the president’s top adviser on energy and climate, Heather Zichal, met with the American Petroleum Institute, the Independent Petroleum Association of America and other industry groups 20 times last year in the run up to the rules proposal. They were further honed to industry specifications in a series of meetings between the oil and gas lobby and the White House Office of Budget Management, and are based on a piece of model legislation authored by Exxon for the American Legislative Exchange Council.

Under the rules, drillers will report chemicals used in fracking to an industry run site, FracFocus.org, already used in Pennsylvania and other states. The disclosures won’t need to be made until after a well is fracked. Nor will they be vetted for accuracy. Certain chemicals won’t even be disclosed at all, since they constitute alleged trade secrets. Furthermore, the rules would sanction drilling in close proximity to homes and schools, as well as allow wastewater – the toxic byproduct the of fracking – to be stored in open, outdoor pits.

Meanwhile, the rules weaken a requirement meant to ensure the structural integrity of drilling wells, which can leak methane and other chemical contaminants if cracked. Instead of having to submit documentation for each well, companies will only need report one of all their wells within a geological area.

“Using a single well as representative of all wells completely ignores the likelihood that one in 12 wells have some sort of well casing failure,” said Hugh MacMillan, a senior researcher with Food and Water Watch. “Six to eight percent of well casings fail within the first year, with higher percentages over time.”

MacMillan also expressed fears that the proposed regulations won’t cover a newer technique, known as acidizing, which involves pumping acid into the ground to dissolve rock formations and create pathways in shale for oil to flow out.

Underlying all these concerns is the fear held by many environmentalists that, no matter how heavily the industry is regulated, fracking is inherently toxic. “Trying to regulate fracking is like trying to build a safe cigarette,” said scientist and activist Sandra Steingraber. “You can put filters on cigarettes. You can have low tar cigarettes. But the answer to avoiding cancer from smoking is not to smoke.”

The issue of whether to push for more stringent laws that will mitigate against the impact of drilling or to advocate for the abolition of the practice has caused some considerable fissures in the environmental movement. The Natural Resources Defense Council worked with the drilling industry to write legislation governing fracking that was approved by lawmakers in Illinois last month, while those pushing for an outright ban in the state launched a three day sit-in in the governor’s office against the measure.

Steingraber favors a ban and was ejected from the Illinois statehouse for disrupting legislators following the approval of the fracking bill. Nevertheless, she’s spearheading an initiative to increase the already unprecedented number of comments the BLM has received during the public input period on the Obama-Exxon fracking rules. When the BLM first opened up the proposed laws for public review this spring they were inundated with 177,000 submissions, prompting the bureau to extend the submission deadline to August 23. Steingraber is working to ensure that public comments keep flowing and that this window of public participation furthers the overall anti-fracking movement.

In New York last winter, as the state’s moratorium on fracking expired and its Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC) began preparing to file rules that would allow for drilling, she jumpstarted a similar effort. Through a website she established, ThirtyDaysOfFrackingRegs.com, Steingraber – a molecular biologist with a background in public health – broke down piece-by-piece the proposed laws, explaining their environmental consequences and providing a template for critics to submit their own comments. Ultimately, Steingraber said the site was responsible for 25,000 submissions to the DEC – more than 10 percent of the 200,000-plus mostly-critical comments the department received. These objections ended up being an important compliment to the hundreds of protests that took place against fracking statewide. The DEC eventually let the deadline to file rules lapse, which has delayed the prospect of fracking in New York for at least a year.

It was a victory even fracking’s most committed opponents thought slim at the time. The gas industry had spent millions of dollars around the state to ensure it could make good on drilling leases it had already purchased. A Freedom of Information Act request by the Environmental Working Group revealed that, in the run-up to the deadline, New York’s DEC deputy commissioner Steven Russo had already sent potential regulations to drilling lobbyists for their approval.

Despite their success in New York, Steingraber and other anti-fracking activists are fighting an uphill battle at the federal level. In a speech at Georgetown University last month, the president touted “clean burning natural gas” as part of an “all-of-the-above” energy strategy and vowed to increase drilling in order to tackle the climate crisis and foster energy independence.

“The administration has a stated goal to increase American energy production,” said BLM spokesperson Beverly Winston. “A lot of that’s going to come from public land, whether that’s renewable energy or oil and gas.”

With the public comment period serving essentially as window dressing for an otherwise backdoor process, Steingraber said she isn’t looking at the submission of comments to the BLM as an end in and of itself but rather as a “gauntlet” thrown down. She also called them “a meter of citizen opposition” that activists can point to as they build on-the-ground mobilizations.

The struggle will likely come to a head on August 22, the eve of the comment deadline, when environmental groups in the coalition Americans Against Fracking will stream into Washington, D.C., to deliver written comments to the BLM. What happens next will be as much a test of the democratic process as the strength of this growing movement.

“The very bedrock of this nation,” says Steingraber “is not for fracturing.”

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

Sarah Shourd on Herman Wallace, California Hunger Strikers and the Horror of Solitary Confinement

0

About Herman Wallace, the Congressmen wrote: “We have heard that he lost over 50 pounds within 6 months. Despite that dramatic weight loss, and at 72 years old, the prison did nothing to treat or diagnose him until he was sent to an emergency room on June 14.  Given the late stage of his diagnosis, his treatment options are now limited. He is frail and ill, but is still being treated as if he is a threat to security, and we hear that he remains under lockdown conditions. This is unconscionable.”

Angola 3 News: Why did you choose to spotlight the case of the Angola 3 with 42 days of fundraising?

Sarah Shourd: I only knew a little about the Angola 3 before I was detained in Iran, but I thought about them when I was inside. I also thought about Mumia Abu Jamal, Nelson Mandela, my friend Jafar Saidi (who is being held in a Pennsylvania prison) and all the other prisoners I’d heard of being held in prolonged isolation. I reasoned that if these people found the strength to endure weeks, months or even decades alone, then that meant I could get through it too. Their example helped me believe that it was possible to survive indefinite solitary confinement, that with enough discipline and focus, I could learn to stay afloat, to ward off depression & hopelessness and even confront each day with some sort of dignity and purpose.

Now that I’ve studied Herman and Albert’s case, I know there is absolutely no evidence that either of them is guilty of the crime (murdering a guard) that landed them in solitary 41 years ago. The 70’s were an extremely volatile and politicized time inside Angola prison and prisons around the country. Herman, Albert and Robert were organizing and resisting mistreatment by guards inside Angola–and I believe that’s why they were targeted by prison officials and used to set an example.

Herman and Albert were given a sentence on top of their original sentence–life in solitary confinement. This ruling was made internally, without judge or jury, which in my opinion is unconstitutional.

A3N: Following Herman Wallace’s recent cancer diagnosis and continued isolation, we are mobilizing public support for compassionate release. Can you say something in support of Herman’s medical release?

SS: Herman deserves a release on compassionate, medical grounds more than any other prisoner I’ve ever heard of. It couldn’t be more obvious that he’s no danger to anyone and the yet extent of suffering that’s been heaped upon him over the last four decades is beyond comprehension. No human being, under any circumstances, should be subject to this kind of cruelty.

That said, there’s no changing what’s already been done. The best hope for Herman is that he be allowed to taste freedom and be with his loved ones for the last months or years of his life. After 41 years, Herman deserves much, much more than that–but all we can really hope for is that government officials decide to grant Herman a compassionate, medical release the most expedient way possible. This is the only way to make right even a fraction of the wrong that’s been done– before it’s too late.

SS: I’d been fighting non-stop for over a year when my now-husband Shane Bauer and friend Josh Fatal were finally released from prison in Iran. Just weeks later, the UN’s Special Rapporteur on Torture, Juan Mendez, issued a report condemning the long-term use of isolation on prisoners and calling it torture. Mendez went on to say that any period over 15 days in solitary can cause permanent psychological damage and should be subject to strict, mandatory review.

A few weeks later, the largest hunger strikes in history erupted in my home state, California. It was such an intense, mixed time for me. After more than two years since our initial arrests, the three of us were all finally together, free and back in the US. Yet, I was acutely aware of the tens of thousands of people in my own country, who were needlessly suffering the same kind of torture that the three of us had been subjected to.

I began speaking and writing about solitary confinement, connecting my own experience to what I saw happening around me. I knew the fight for justice wasn’t over for me–this was now a lifelong commitment.

A3N: What do you think of the current hunger strike? Do you support the strike’s criticism of prison authorities’ response to the 2011 strike?

SS: I’m angry that ten of thousands of prisoners have been forced to begin hunger striking again, but they have no other choice. The response from California prison authorities to the demands of the prison hunger strikers in 2011 was sorely inadequate. In fact, no tangible changes have been made at all. Prisoners in our country have next to no rights–they have to risk their health, safety and even their own lives in order to be heard.

I’m impressed, but by no means surprised, by how widespread resistance to solitary confinement has become inside our prisons–with 29,000 people refusing their food on the very first day. I think the renewal of this hunger strike is a sign that prisoners have reached a tipping point. They’ve made their grievances visible, so that now politicians, prison officials and the public can no longer afford to ignore the horrors happening inside our prisons.

A3N: With over 2.4 million prisoners today, the US now has the most total prisoners and the highest incarceration rate in the world. How do you think this unprecedented level of mass incarceration relates to the widespread use of long-term solitary confinement?

 

SS: Before I spent 410 days in solitary confinement, I knew that isolating a person was a cruel form of punishment. Still, it wasn’t until I experienced it myself that I realized it was torture. Long periods with little to no human contact violates a person’s psyche in the deepest, most insidious way–a way that usually leaves no physical marks but leaves most people psychologically damaged and changed forever

I see solitary confinement as the deep end of our very broken prison system. It’s the worst punishment our system dolls out. It’s also used routinely, often arbitrarily and with little to no oversight.

There are other ways to run prisons that are better for both prisoners’ individual health and public safety. However, instead of trying to deal with serious issues like prison violence (by inmates and guards) constructively, in U.S. we lock ten of thousands of people alone in cages where they lose their minds, often hurt themselves and commit suicide at a much higher rate than in the general prison population.

Still, prison authorities can’t keep them locked up forever. The majority of people that have been subjected to prolonged solitary confinement will one day be released back into society, where little to no services exist to help them recover, reintegrate and move forward in a positive way. That’s why so many ex-prisoners reoffend and the cycle continues.

Our prison system has veered so far from the path of rehabilitation over the last 30 years, there’s hardly even an attempt on behalf of prison authorities to give the impression they’re trying to provide inmates with resources or opportunities to change. Instead, prisoners are treated like raw material instead of human beings, warehoused away like surplus goods.

A3N: Who, in particular gets targeted for solitary and why?

SS: Solitary confinement is a perfect illustration of what our prison system has become. It’s used as a control strategy against anyone who presents any kind of hassle to prison officials and/or needs services that our prison system has neglected to provide. Guards use any excuse to get rid of people by sending them to the ‘hole,’ such as petty drug use, profanity and/or any small, petty (often non-violent) infraction.

The real reason many people wind up in solitary is because they have unpopular or threatening political beliefs, because they’re gay or transgender and need so-called ‘protection,’ because they’ve reported rape or abuse by prison officials and/or simply because they are mentally ill.

Human Rights Watch estimates that one-third to one-half of inmates in isolation had some form of mental illness before they were put there. Using solitary confinement instead of providing mental health and other rehabilitative services is inhumane, not to mention extremely negligent. This practice doesn’t serve society and that’s why we need to hold prison officials accountable and end this practice.

A3N: Looking from an international perspective, how do other countries differ regarding the use of prolonged solitary confinement?

SS: Many countries around the world only use solitary in their prisons as a very last resort. England, for example, tried implementing solitary confinement as a disciplinary measure. When prison violence increased, and they realized how expensive and cruel this practice was, they simply stopped relying on it. Today there are a few dozen prisoners held in prolonged solitary in the UK–compared to our estimated 80,000 on any given day.

The reason this mistake was caught and largely corrected in England was simple–they have a system of oversight in place, a government body that closely monitors what happens inside their prisons and keeps the public informed. In the U.S. we have nothing like this in place. As a result, this practice has gotten out of control and we’ve become by far the largest offender of this inhumane, senseless practice in the world.

A3N: Why is theater a useful medium for telling these stories? How do you foresee this helping to build momentum against the practice of solitary confinement?

SS: I believe a play can reach a new and different segment of the population with a human rights issue that should be of grave concern to everyone in our country. ‘Opening the Box’ also has the potential of humanizing this issue in a visceral, embodied way that an article or report can’t.

In the late 90s a play called The Exonerated–based on true stories of innocent death row survivors– came out and quickly spread like wildfire. Half a million people saw this play and actors like Susan Sarandon & Danny Glover did cameos and the Governor of Illinois was so affected by seeing the play he decided to commute all the existing death row sentences in his state to life in prison.

I believe that hearing, seeing and reading real, complex stories of people living through the daily hell of solitary confinement (there is also a book in the works, slated to be published in conjunction with the play) has the potential of effecting people in a way they can’t and won’t forget. The play is not only about entertainment, of course, we want it to be a catalyst for action, a humble effort to contribute to a nation-wide movement–one that’s gained more momentum in the last few years than it did over the last century.

‘Opening the Box’ is also a deeply personal journey–an attempt to understand what happened to me during the year I spent in solitary and to connect my own suffering to that of so many others.

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

Grasping for Dignity in the Era of the American Police State

0

“The Fourth Amendment was designed to stand between us and arbitrary governmental authority. For all practical purposes, that shield has been shattered, leaving our liberty and personal integrity subject to the whim of every cop on the beat, trooper on the highway and jail official.”–Herman Schwartz, The Nation

During a routine traffic stop, Leila Tarantino was allegedly subjected to two roadside strip searches in plain view of passing traffic, while her two children–ages 1 and 4–waited inside her car. During the second strip search, presumably in an effort to ferret out drugs, a female officer “forcibly removed” a tampon from Tarantino. No contraband or anything illegal was found.

A North Carolina public school allegedly strip-searched a 10-year-old boy in search of a $20 bill lost by another student, despite the fact that the boy, J.C., twice told school officials he did not have the missing money. The assistant principal reportedly ordered the fifth grader to disrobe down to his underwear and subjected him to an aggressive strip-search that included rimming the edge of his underwear. The missing money was later found in the school cafeteria.

Suspecting that Georgia Tech alum Mary Clayton might have been attempting to smuggle a Chik-Fil-A sandwich into the football stadium, a Georgia Tech police officer allegedly subjected the season ticket-holder to a strip search that included a close examination of her underwear and bra. No contraband chicken was found.

Sixty-nine-year-old Gerald Dickson was handcuffed and taken into custody (although not arrested or charged with any crime) after giving a ride to a neighbor’s son, whom police suspected of being a drug dealer. Despite Dickson’s insistence that the bulge under his shirt was the result of a botched hernia surgery, police ordered Dickson to “strip off his clothes, bend over and expose all of his private parts. No drugs or contraband were found.”

In Chicago, a 15-year-old boy accused by an anonymous tipster of holding drugs was taken to a locker room by two security guards, a Chicago police officer, and a female assistant principal, and made to stand against a wall and drop his pants while one of the security guards inspected his genitals. No drugs were found.

Four Milwaukee police have been charged with carrying out rectal searches of suspects on the street and in police district stations over the course of several years. One of the officers is accused of conducting searches of men’s anal and scrotal areas, often inserting his fingers into their rectums. Half-way across the country, the city of Oakland, California, has agreed to pay $4.6 million to 39 men who had their pants pulled down by police on city streets between 2002 and 2009.

Thirty-eight-year-old Angel Dobbs and her 24-year-old niece, Ashley, were pulled over by a Texas state trooper on July 13, 2012, allegedly for flicking cigarette butts out of the car window. Insisting that he smelled marijuana, the trooper proceeded to interrogate them and search the car. Despite the fact that both women denied smoking or possessing any marijuana, the police officer then called in a female trooper, who carried out a roadside cavity search, sticking her fingers into the older woman’s anus and vagina, then performing the same procedure on the younger woman, wearing the same pair of gloves. No marijuana was found.

What these incidents show, as varied as they are, is that while strip searches may span a broad spectrum of scenarios, the common denominator remains the same: humiliation and degradation at the hands of government officials and a complete disregard for privacy and human dignity. Unfortunately, in a judicial and bureaucratic environment in which human dignity has been given short shrift and largely discounted, the courts have increasingly erred on the side of giving government officials–especially the police–vast discretion in carrying out strip searches for a broad range of violations, no matter how minor the offense and no matter how degrading, demeaning or offensive to one’s human dignity the search is.

Indeed, the U.S. Supreme Court has been increasingly deferential to the state when addressing the constitutionality of strip searches. For example, the Court’s ruling in Florence v. Bd. of Chosen Freeholders of County of Burlington (2012) struck a blow to any long-standing protections against blanket strip searches, declaring that any person who is arrested and processed at a jail house, regardless of the severity of his or her offense (i.e., they can be guilty of nothing more than a minor traffic offense), can be subjected to a strip search by police or jail officials without reasonable suspicion that the arrestee is carrying a weapon or contraband. The five-man majority rationalized their ruling as being necessary for safety, security and efficiency, the government’s overused and all-too-convenient justifications for its steady erosion of our freedoms since 9/11.

The Florence ruling stemmed from the case of Albert Florence who was erroneously arrested for failing to pay a traffic fine and forced to submit to two egregious strip and visual body-cavity searches at two different county jails.

In a nutshell, what Justice Anthony M. Kennedy, writing for the majority, concluded was that it is impractical–“unworkable” was the phrase used–to expect overworked jail officials to have to take the time to distinguish between harmless individuals guilty of nothing more than driving without a seatbelt and those who pose a true threat and may be reasonably suspected of carrying drugs or weapons. Consequently, any person who is arrested, no matter how minor the alleged criminal act, can now be subjected to a degrading strip search. Examples of minor violations which could now lead to a strip search are many and include “violating a leash law, driving without a license and failing to pay child support.”

These blanket strip searches are not for the faint of heart. A typical strip search, as described in a prison manual and cited by Justice Stephen Breyer in his dissent, involves:

a visual inspection of the inmate’s naked body. This should include the inmate opening his mouth and moving his tongue up and down and from side to side, removing any dentures, running his hands through his hair, allowing his ears to be visually examined, lifting his arms to expose his arm pits, lifting his feet to examine the sole, spreading and/or lifting his testi­cles to expose the area behind them and bending over and/or spreading the cheeks of his buttocks to expose his anus. For females, the procedures are similar ex­cept females must in addition, squat to expose the vagina.

In the past, strip searches were resorted to only in exceptional circumstances where police were confident that a serious crime was in progress. In recent years, however, strip searches have become routine operating procedures in which everyone is rendered a suspect and, as such, is subjected to treatment once reserved for only the most serious of criminals.

Making matters worse, government agencies are increasingly exploiting cutting-edge technologies that allow probing and examination of the intimate aspects of persons that is for all intents and purposes equivalent to the excessive intrusion inflicted by a strip search.

Clearly, we have a long way to go in securing our privacy rights. It must be remembered that the Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution was intended to protect the citizenry from being subjected to “unreasonable searches and seizures” by government agents. While the literal purpose of the amendment is to protect our property and our bodies from unwarranted government intrusion, the moral intention behind it is to protect our human dignity. Unfortunately, the rights supposedly guaranteed by the Fourth Amendment have been steadily eroded over the past few decades. Court rulings justifying invasive strip searches as well as Americans’ continued deference to the dictates of achieving total security have left us grasping for dignity.

In pushing back against the state in order to secure our essential rights, we must place our human dignity in a position of primary importance. Writing for the Wisconsin Law Review, attorney John D. Castiglione proposes that human dignity, as defined, should stand alongside privacy as a primary animating principle of the Fourth Amendment. As Castiglione rightly points out:

While it is widely accepted that situations occur in which a person may cede, be legitimately stripped, or simply not have any privacy whatsoever, dignity (as I have attempted to define it here) is an inherent possession of every person, regardless of circumstance. Dignity is an immutable value, held in equal measure at all times by all people, a quality privacy does not share. Dignity arises at birth (perhaps even before) and continues until death (and perhaps even after). Indeed, of all core constitutional values, dignity is perhaps the only one that cannot be legitimately stripped entirely by the state under any circumstance. The state can take a person’s life, his liberty, or his property, all of which are accepted under the Constitution given sufficient justification. However, one would be hard-pressed to argue that the state has any interest whatsoever in attempting to strip a person entirely of his dignity.

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

ALEC and the NRA Have Blood on Their Hands

0

Attorney General Eric Holder may be getting a reputation for saying what President Obama can’t, thanks to the irony of a black president. While Obama has shifted from calling for compassion to encouraging calm in the aftermath of George Zimmerman’s acquittal in the murder of Trayvon Martin, Holder spoke out against Florida’s “stand your ground” law during a speech at the NAACP convention in Orlando, FL, saying that the laws “create more violence than they prevent,” by “encouraging violent situations to escalate in public.”

Holder didn’t mention the American Legislative Exchange Council (ALEC) or the National Rifle Association by name, but his words are a reminder of the amount of blood on the hands of both groups.

Attorney General Eric Holder on Tuesday strongly criticized stand-your-ground laws that allow a person who believes he is in danger to use deadly force in self-defense.

Holder said he was concerned about the case of Trayvon Martin, in which George Zimmermann was acquitted of second-degree murder and manslaughter charges, and said the Justice Department has an open investigation into what happened.

But he added: “Separate and apart from the case that has drawn the nation’s attention, it’s time to question laws that senselessly expand the concept of self-defense and sow dangerous conflict in our neighborhoods.”

In an address to an NAACP convention, Holder said it’s time to question laws that “senselessly expand the concept of self-defense.”

The attorney general said the country must take a hard look at laws that contribute to “more violence than they prevent.”

Such laws “try to fix something that was never broken,” he said.

Contrary to claims that it had nothing to do with the Zimmerman verdict, Florida’s “stand your ground” law relates directly to both the murder of Trayvon Martin, and the acquittal of Zimmerman for Martin’s murder. Zimmerman’s defense steered clear of a “stand your ground” defense, but the judge explicitly mentioned “stand your ground” in her instructions to the jury. Even before Zimmerman was arrested and charged, 44 days after ending Trayvon Martin’s life, “stand your ground” also played a role in the decision not to arrest Zimmerman that night, by making it difficult to arrest anyone who claimed self defense. Apparently, that was the intent.

Beyond that, I’d say that Florida’s “stand your ground” law — which Zimmerman studied prior to the shooting — gave him the green light to follow Trayvon Martin, first in his truck and then on foot, and even initiate the confrontation that ended in Martin’s death. During the 911 call in which he reported Martin as a “suspicious person,” George Zimmerman indicated to the 911 dispatcher that he believes Martin might be “on drugs,” and armed. (Zimmerman reports Martin reaching into his waistband for what he assumed was a weapon, but what was actually most likely the can of iced tea Martin had just purchased.)

Any of these assumptions should have been enough for Zimmerman to stay in his truck, but thanks to “stand your ground” Zimmerman had no “duty to retreat” or stay in his truck until the police arrived. In fact, the law allowed Zimmerman to escalate his encounter with Martin, until he finally felt a need to “stand his ground.” Florida’s concealed carry law meant Zimmerman had all the firepower he needed to “stand his ground.” On that Feburary night more than a year ago, it all made for a lethal combination.

We have ALEC and the NRA to thank for that, according to the Center for Media and Democracy’s “ALEC Exposed” project

In February 2012, 17-year-old Trayvon Martin was shot and killed by 28-year-old George Zimmerman as the unarmed high school student returned from a 7-11 with an iced tea and bag of Skittles. Police initially failed to arrest Zimmerman because of the state’s “Stand Your Ground” law, which goes beyond the traditional right to self defense by establishing a legal presumption of immunity if a killer claims they had a reasonable fear of bodily harm. The law has been described as an invitation to vigilantism and a “license to kill.”

In March 2012, CMD reported that NRA lobbyist Marion Hammer helped draft the Florida law in 2005, and “stared down legislators as they voted” to pass it. Just a few months later, Hammer presented the bill to ALEC’s Criminal Justice Task Force (now known as the Public Safety and Elections Task Force), and the NRA boasted that “[h]er talk was well-received.” The corporations and state legislators on the Task Force – which was chaired by Wal-Mart, the nation’s largest retailer of long guns – voted unanimously to approve the bill as an ALEC “model bill.” Since becoming an ALEC model it has become law in dozens of other states, and the number of homicides classified as “justifiable” has dramatically increased.

And the NRA did its bit for concealed carry.

For many years, until this spring, the National Rifle Association (NRA) actually co-chaired the ALEC “Task Force on Public Safety and Elections.” (The election bills are discussed in the section of this site titled “Democracy, Voter Rights and Federal Power.”) ALEC bills include “model” legislation that advances the constitutionality of an individual’s right to bear arms, an argument vindicated by a recent ruling of the U.S. Supreme Court. The legislation also would likely benefit the firearms industry closely connected to the NRA.

Bills or resolutions in this area:

Trayvon Martin’s isn’t the only blood on the ALEC’s or the NRA’s hands. Jordan Davis is already being called “the next Trayvon Martin,” after he was shot and killed in an argument over loud music, at a Jacksonville gas station.

In the backdraft of the Trayvon Martin debacle, Florida — and its bungling special prosecutor, Angela Corey — will be under fierce pressure to produce a conviction in the state’s other major stand-your-ground case. Last Thanksgiving, as amply detailed in these pages, Jordan Davis, the black son of two Delta Airline lifers, was gunned down before dozens of panicked onlookers at a crowded Jacksonville retail plaza on Black Friday, the busiest shopping day of the year. His killer, a mountainous, hate-spewing loner named Michael David Dunn, calmly opened fire, at point-blank range, on the red SUV in which Jordan and three friends, all well-raised, luminous teens, were sitting and listening to Chief Keef. That, and that alone, was the impetus for Dunn to roll down his window and pick a fight. By the time Dunn stopped shooting and sped away down 95, Jordan, the prince of Samuel Wolfson High School, was bleeding out in the back seat of the Dodge Durango. His death, at 17, punched a hole in the community, and shattered the lives of his parents and the boys in that car.

On its face, at least, the case against Dunn is more compelling than the one the state brought against George Zimmerman. There are, besides the statements of multiple eyewitnesses, Dunn’s incriminating remarks to his girlfriend, Rhonda Rouer, who was in the car beside him and has agreed to testify for the state. Also, no weapon was recovered from the boys’ car, though Dunn claimed days later that he saw the barrel of a shotgun leveled at him from their window. But because this is Florida, the birthplace of stand-your-ground and other gross corruptions of the Second Amendment, niggling details — like the facts, for instance — may not matter in the end. As the law is written, the case will come down to what Dunn believed he saw, not whether he had the basis to believe it. “In Florida courts, you don’t need to be right; you just need to believe that you are,” says John Phillips, the prominent Jacksonville attorney who’s representing the family of Jordan Davis in its civil suit against Dunn. And though Dunn hasn’t made a motion for a pre-trial hearing on a stand-your-ground defense, the law will weigh heavily on the hearts of jurors, as it did at the Zimmerman trial.

And, like Zimmerman, it seems Michael Dunn will plead self-defense in his Florida trial.

Rodrigo Abad Diaz, a 22 year old Cuban immigrant, was on his way to pick up a friend to go ice skating. He had his girlfriend and his 15-year-old brother with him. But Diaz’s GPS took him to the wrong address. Diaz was shot and killed by 66-year-old Phillip Sailors as he tried to leave the driveway.

Gwinnett County man is accused of shooting and killing a man who friends said pulled into the wrong driveway.

Phillip Walker Sailors, 69, of Lilburn, was booked into the Gwinnett County jail Sunday afternoon and charged with murder for the death of Rodrigo Abad Diaz, according to jail records and his arrest warrant.

Diaz, 22, was shot in the head Saturday night as he tried to drive away from Sailors’ home on Hillcrest Road in Lilburn, the warrant states.

Friends of Diaz, of Duluth, told Channel 2 Action News that he and others were trying to find a friend’s house, but their GPS instead led them to the home on Hillcrest Road, off Indian Trail Road.

After seeing the car in his driveway, Sailors came out of his home, went back inside, then came out again with a gun and shot in the air, Yeson Jimenez, 15, told Channel 2. Jimenez said he and his brother were in the car with Diaz, along with a female passenger.

Diaz tried to drive away, but Sailors shot again, striking Diaz in the head, according to police.

An attorney for Sailors told Channel 2 the man shot because he feared his life was in danger.

Georgie, of course, has its own “stand your ground law.”

It does not stop with Trayvon Martin, Jordan Davis, or Rodrigo Diaz. ALEC and the NRA have a lot more blood on their hands.

How many people have died because ALEC and the NRA have made it easier for more people to get guns,  legal for more people to carry concealed weapons in more places, and easier to “shoot first and ask question later”? 

Will ALEC and the NRA ever be held accountable?

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

The End of Obamacare? Think Again

0

Earlier this month, the Obama administration announced a delay in the the requirement that many employers offer health insurance to their employees or pay a hefty fine, a key part of Obamacare, the federal health care reform legislation. This was greeted (with glee) by many who oppose the law as a sign that it is beginning to unravel.

I disagree. Unless we are able to do something much simpler and more effective sooner, implementation of this incredibly complex and imperfect law will continue, in fits and starts, for many years.

Given the law’s complexity and reliance on so many unpredictable factors, I am not surprised that its implementation is encountering glitches. But I am surprised that there haven’t been more, due both to technical problems and efforts by opponents of universal health care to sabotage it.

The objectives of any effective health care system are to provide access to health care of high quality and reasonable cost to everybody. By international standards, the current U.S. system fails miserably. Even if Obamacare were to work perfectly, it would leave tens of millions of our people uninsured and do little to control overall costs or improve quality, although it does attempt to make some moves in that direction.

Obamacare tinkers with our existing system of private, employment-based, for-profit health insurance, with its thousands of different and unequal programs. Not only is this approach unfair, but it creates almost insurmountable barriers to achieving those three cardinal objectives.

Equality, expressed as equal de jure and de facto rights, is a strong theme in American politics. Since the Civil War, we have seen fitful but unmistakable progression toward a more equal society. Women’s suffrage was passed through a constitutional amendment in 1920, after a 70 year struggle. The Civil Rights and Voting Rights Acts were passed by the Congress in the mid-1960s after a struggle of well over 100 years. The marriage equality movement has made steady progress, initially through the courts and more recently by legislative actions and by popular vote, after many years contentious struggle.

Each of these human rights incubated for a very long time, and were characterized by fitful progress, as last month’s Supreme Court decision gutting an important part of the Voting Rights Act has recently demonstrated.

The Affordable Care Act represents a major lurch (although a belated and imperfect one) toward health care as a human right in the U.S. We still have a long way to go. But as the sea change in attitudes toward gay rights in recent years demonstrates, progress can accelerate when conditions are favorable.

Despite its serious flaws, Obamacare has benefits, some intended and others not. One major barrier to reform of our health care system has been apathy on the part of people who already have good health care coverage (“I’ve got mine”) or who have been lucky enough not to need health care (the young and healthy), and are therefore unaware of our system’s many problems.

That’s about to change. Due to its requirement that as many people as possible have health insurance (the individual and employer mandates) the apathetic population is about to become dramatically reduced. Like it or not, many more people in the U.S. are about to become engaged in the health care system.

Additionally, once the government has gotten into the business of requiring that people buy private insurance, a product that is costly, unpopular and may be of poor quality, the federal government’s exclusive focus on Medicare and Medicaid will have to broaden to include the newly mandated private insurance products.

Control of overall health care costs has been an elusive goal in every country. Because of our private health care system’s massive wastefulness, the problem is much worse in the U.S. Our system costs almost twice the international per-capita average.

This situation persists largely because of the reluctance of our politicians to directly control the prices of health care, the extreme fragmentation of the way we finance care, and our ill-advised and ill-fated obsessions with health care as a business and “letting markets work.” As is becoming increasingly clear ( and as I have written before), markets don’t work in health care.

How much easier our lives would be and better our health care would be if we, like every other wealthy country, had a unified and universal system that would benefit everybody, and provide us with a means to budget our system’s overall costs. That would go a long way toward elimination of the intrusive micromanagement of health care decisions and denials of care that doctors suffer under and patients suffer from.

Such restrictive micromanagement of health care by the private sector would not be tolerated by doctors or patients in any other country and should not be tolerated in the U.S.

Over the long arc of policy evolution in the U.S., we are actually approaching the goal of health care as a human right. Health care was overwhelmingly privately funded until the passage of Medicare and Medicaid in 1965. More than 60 percent of health care costs in the U.S. are now publicly funded. Obamacare will increase that percentage.

Let’s do all we can to continue and accelerate that trajectory. Let’s realize we’re all in this together and finish the job.

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

Electronic Medical Records: Friend or Foe?

0

Since our hospital adopted a new computerized record system, we nurses have been struggling to keep our focus on what was once considered nursing.

“I am here to administer pain medication to my post-op surgical patient in a timely fashion because that is my duty and my patient’s right!” wrote one nurse who works on the surgical telemetry unit.

“When I say timely fashion, I don’t mean: 1. When the doctor has a free minute to put the medication in the computer, 2. So the pharmacy can spend 5-10 minutes putting it in the computer, 3. So I can now acknowledge the medication once it is in the computer, 4. And then acknowledge it again on the eMar, 5. And then notice that the order was put in incorrectly by the doctor, 6. Who I then have to page and wait to call me back, who will then say, ‘can you just put it in, please?’”

McLaren Macomb Hospital, where I work, purchased and implemented McKesson’s Paragon computer system in the fall of 2009.

We’re not alone: hospitals across the country are adding electronic medical record (EMR) systems, spurred by incentives and penalties in the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (HITECH), enacted as part of the 2009 federal stimulus.

The act provides financial incentives to purchase and implement this type of technology, laid out in a timetable of stages. And from 2015 onwards, penalties–in the form of reduced Medicare and Medicaid reimbursements–are likely to be levied on providers who do not meet the timetable.

The trouble is, these systems are getting in the way of the fundamental work nurses do.

Not an Exact Science

There is probably not a human being on earth who will not, at some time during his life, become ill and require health care. On the front line of delivery of that care is a very special person called a nurse.

Nurses assess illness and develop a plan of care–with the goals of improving health, alleviating suffering, and educating and empowering patients to lead healthier, happier, and more meaningful lives.

What we do is not an exact science. The endeavor requires more than just intellect. It demands keen observational skills, intuition, dedication, patience, introspection, objectivity–and perhaps most of all, the focused intent of loving compassion.

We didn’t go into nursing in order to fill in contextual menus to comply with reimbursement requirements.

“Contemporary EMRs are notoriously unusable,” wrote nurse Jared Sinclair in a 2010 article on the KevinMD.com physician blog. “All EMRs are clearly designed by programmers with no understanding of nursing care. Their software is written at the behest of healthcare administrators whose primary concerns are compliance and cost. Workflow efficiency comes last, if it comes at all.

“Contemporary EMRs are only contemporary insofar as they are being sold in 2010. As far as the technology they leverage is concerned, they are relics of the 1990’s (or worse).”

Companies like Apple and Nintendo have done far better than EMR technology, Sinclair points out, and have refined their applications and made them user-friendly. Could there be something wrong with the priorities of a country that uses its most advanced software technologies to develop games, rather than save lives?

Horror Stories

During our current contract negotiations, our union, Office and Professional Employees Local 40, asked nurses to share our experiences with the EMR system. (We assured anonymity so that management could not identify us individually.)

An emergency room nurse described her frustrating experience trying to accurately document a dose of heparin, a blood thinner for patients with chest pain. “The doctor stated he wanted 4000 units bolus [all at once] and then a 1000 unit per hour infusion,” she wrote. “The order in Paragon stated 5000 units of heparin. I was given the option to decrease the dose, which I manually changed.

“However, I had to pick a reason why I decreased the dose. There was a drop-down box, and the only option was ‘Insulin decreased per protocol.’”

The drug was heparin, not insulin. What was she supposed to do? “I contacted the pharmacy and spoke to three different people, and the final response was, ‘snapshot the screen and give it to your manager.’ This was a nine-minute conversation.”

The manager finally advised her to select the given option for insulin, then separately document that heparin, not insulin, was given.

That’s nine extra minutes away from the bedside, just to document one medication–and to document it inaccurately, to boot. Multiply that times the many different tasks and patients a nurse juggles every day, and you start to see the problem.

Let’s Be Reasonable

In spite of the difficulties Paragon presents to the nursing staff at McLaren Macomb Hospital, our union is not totally opposed to the use of EMR.

After all, the federal government enacted HITECH in response to skyrocketing health care costs, massive columns of paper medical records, health care billing fraud, breakdowns in communication, and general administrative inefficiency.

We do understand the need for a comprehensive system of EMR to reduce the number of medical errors, to make patient information available simultaneously to collaborating providers, to reduce data storage problems, and all the other benefits that EMR can offer.

However, our nurses do not want to become lost in the land of acronyms, drop-down menus, non-existing options, and endless grey pages in which endless boxes must be clicked.

The nurses of OPEIU Local 40, and those of all McLaren facilities, want our leaders to recognize that the McKesson Paragon platform does not adequately or effectively meet our clinical needs. We want them to replace it with one that fulfills both the legal compliance needs and the needs of the patients who are hospitalized for competent, attentive, and effective nursing care.

We’re in nursing because people are still being born, still getting sick, and still dying. And that isn’t going to change anytime soon, no matter who is in charge.

New from Labor Notes: The Steward’s Toolbox is a how-to resource guide that gives labor activists the skills and orientation they need. Pick up a copy today!

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

Geena Davis: In Search of "Missing Girls" in TV and Film

0

United Nations – Apart from being an actress, film producer and writer, Geena Davis is a leading advocate of equal gender portrayal in the entertainment media.

In 2007, Davis launched the Geena Davis Institute on Gender in Media, which has sponsored the largest research project to date on gender in children’s entertainment. Now, the Geena Davis Institute has partnered with UN Women, with support from the Rockefeller Foundation, to undertake its first-ever global study to analyse the depiction of female characters in family films.

Davis believes that the media industry remains discriminatory in its portrayal of women simply because these stereotypes have remained the status quo for a very long time. After playing a power role as the first female U.S. president in “Commander in Chief” and seeing enthusiastic public reactions to the TV series, Davis is convinced that media’s limited portrayal of women can and must change.

IPS correspondent Lydia Lim spoke to Davis about the gender disparity in media images, as well as the entertainment media’s potential to better depict women’s empowerment.

Q: Women and girls are often depicted negatively on-screen due to gender stereotypes in the media. We’re now in the 21st century: why is the media industry so behind on portraying gender equality?

A: My non-profit has looked at television and family films made in the United States, covering a 20-year span, and unfortunately, the percentage of female characters only went up 0.7 percent during those 20 years. That would mean we’d achieve [gender] parity in around 700 years.

So clearly, we need to become very proactive about improving the quantity and quality of female characters, especially in what children see. I had assumed that in the 21st century, surely we were showing kids boys and girls sharing the sandbox equally.

My theory is that since the ratio of male to female characters has been exactly the same since 1946, pretty much everyone was raised seeing fictitious worlds with far fewer female characters than male characters, so much that it started to look normal. I think that’s probably why universally, people seem not to notice that there are far fewer female characters unless you point it out.

Q: What kind of effect does this negative depiction of women on-screen have on young girls?

A: We’re training children to see girls and women as not taking up half the space in the world, if this is the image that is reflected to them. And also, with the limited and negative portrayals of the female characters that are there, we’re teaching them that women and girls are not as important as men and boys.

They don’t do the important things; they don’t hold the important jobs; and very often, they’re not integral to the plot. We also found that the function of a female character in a film or a children’s television show is to serve as eye-candy, rather than having an occupation or aspiration.

Q: Does this gender disparity have to do with few women holding positions of power behind the scenes, such as in the roles of directors and screenwriters?

A: Definitely. Currently, female directors are at about seven percent, writers at about 13 percent and producers, 20 percent — which are all very low numbers. And we know from our research that if there’s a woman director, producer or writer, the percentage of female characters on screen goes up. So another way we can attack the problem is to increase the number of women behind the camera as well.

Q: In “Commander in Chief” (a U.S. television series in 2005), you portrayed the first female president of the United States. Were you satisfied that your character depicted women’s empowerment?

A: I was thrilled to do it. My first thought when I was offered the job was, what could be more iconic than that? And I had already been fortunate to play some parts that really resonated with women, so I relished the opportunity.

Unfortunately, my administration was very short — we only had one season of the show — but a group called Kaplan Thaler did a study after the show was on the air and found that people were 68 percent more likely to say they’d vote for a female candidate for president if they were familiar with the show.

Just by seeing my character behind the desk 19 times, it was enough to profoundly change a lot of people’s minds about the possibility of a female president.

Q: Are you confident that this global study under the partnership with UN Women will change the way people around the world perceive women?

A: I’m very excited about this first-ever global study of the depictions of female characters around the world. [By examining] the 10 top box-office grossing countries, we’ll look at character representations, what role they’re playing, and their physical depictions.

And we’re able to do this broad-reaching study because of the participation of UN Women and the Rockefeller Foundation. We think it will be very impactful, and I think this will be very valuable information for everyone and also critical to any NGOs conducting global programmes because of the profound influence media images and messages have on civic, cultural beliefs and behaviours.

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

Revealed: Gen. David Petraeus' Course Syllabus Features "Frackademia" Readings

0

Records obtained by DeSmogBlog pertaining to City University of New York (CUNY) Macaulay Honors College’s hiring of former head of the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) David Petraeus to teach a seminar this coming fall reveal that his syllabus features two of the most well-known “frackademia” studies. 

“Frackademia” is shorthand for oil and gas industry-funded research costumed as independent economics or science covering the topic of hydraulic fracturing (“fracking”), the controversial horizontal drilling process via which oil and gas is obtained deep within shale rock basins.

According to the syllabus, Petraeus will devote two weeks to energy alone, naming those weeks “The Energy Revolution I” and “The Energy Revolution II.” The two “frackademia” studies Petraeus will have his students read for his course titled “The Coming North American Decade(s)?are both seminal industry-funded works.

One of them is a study written by industry-funded National Economic Research Associates (NERA) concluding liquified natural gas (LNG) exports are beneficial to the U.S. economy, despite the fact that exporting fracked gas will raise domestic home-heating and manufacturing prices. NERA was founded by “father of deregulation” Alfred E. Kahn. The study Petraeus will have his students read was contracted out by the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) to NERA.

The other, a study written by then-Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) research professor Ernest Moniz – now the head of the DOE – is titled “The Future of Natural Gas” and also covers LNG exports. DOE oversees the permitting process for LNG exports. That study was funded by the Clean Skies Foundation, a front group for Chesapeake Energy and covered in-depth in the Public Accountability Initiative’s report titled, “Industry Partner or Industry Puppet?“

Noticeably absent from the reading list: studies tackling the climate impacts, air quality impacts, over-arching ecological impacts such as water contamination, wastewater impacts and supply issues (aka diminishing supply). 

Together, the two crucial studies on the syllabus reading list – and the lack of critical readings on the topic of fracking – offers a gimpse into the stamp of legitimacy industry-funded studies get when they have the logo of elite research universities on them. It’s also another portrayal of the ascendancy of the corporate university.  

From “Petraeusgate” to “Frackademia”-gate

In the case of Petraeus, the original “Petraeusgate” scandal centered around the $200,000 fee the Honors College planned on paying him for his role as an adjunct professor set to teach one course. A normal CUNY Honors College adjunct receives $3,000 per course.

Recently, Petraeus – who the late Rolling Stone investigative journalist Michael Hastings pejoratively referred to as “King David” in reference to the role he played in implementing counterinsurgency doctrine in U.S.-occupied Iraq – took a pay cut down to $1 to teach the course. That doesn’t include the money he’ll still get from an unidentified “private donor” referred to in other documents. 

That scandal sat on top of the scandal that led to his resignation from the CIA in the first place: an extramarital affair with Paula Broadwell, who at the time of the affair was writing a biography about him titled, “All In: The Education of General David Petraeus.”

Petraeus Teaches Frackers Counterinsurgency, Psychological Warfare

Petraeus has also taught the shale gas industry some important things, as well.

Namely, Petraeus was one of the co-authors of the “Counterinsurgency (COIN) Field Manual” that Anadarko Petroleum PR hand Matt Carmichael said he has employees read at the “Media & Stakeholder Relations: Hydraulic Fracturing Initiative 2011” conference in Houston, TX in 2011. 

“Download the U.S. Army/Marine Corps Counterinsurgency Manual because we are dealing with an insurgency,” said Carmichael at the conference. “There’s a lot of good lessons in there, and coming from a military background, I found the insight in that extremely remarkable.”

One of the key COIN tactics covered in the Field Manual is psychological operations (PSYOPs), also discussed at the Houston conference by Range Resources spokesman Matt Pitzarella.

“We have several former PSYOPs folks that work for us at Range because they’re very comfortable in dealing with localized issues and local governments,” Pitzarella said to the audience in Houston. 

“Really all they do is spend most of their time helping folks develop local ordinances and things like that. But very much having that understanding of PSYOPs in the Army and in the Middle East has applied very helpfully here for us in Pennsylvania.” 

As Hastings covered in another Rolling Stone investigation, the U.S. military employed PSYOPs tactics on members of Congress. That’s illegal within U.S. borders under the Smith-Mundt Act of 1948, though it seems rather unlikely the co-author of the COIN Manual – “King David” himself – will cover these details in his course. 

Petraeus’ Wall Street Job Description Mirrors His Course Description

Petraus also has a teaching gig at University of Southern California (USC) and a day job working at the Wall Street firm Kohlberg Kravis Roberts (KKR). 

“He is expected to advise on economic trends, issues with foreign governments and other matters that could affect transactions,” The Wall Street Journal explained of his hiring at KKR. “He will advise firms owned by KKR in an effort to improve management and leadership and help them confront economic and geopolitical forces that affect them.”

“King David’s” job description mirrors the course description he will teach, lending insight into what type of jobs the students taking his course may obtain in the future if Petraeus’ class is a pedagogical success.

“Petraeus and others at the firm [will have] discussions over macroeconomic and geopolitical forces that could influence KKR’s investment decisions. These issues include the heightened role of central banks following the financial crisis, and what KKR views as ‘revolutions’ in energy, manufacturing and technology, among other areas,” The Wall Street Journal further spelled out. 

The course description, as seen below, sings a similar tune:

Students taking Petraeus’ course will go above and beyond passive stoic discussion of the burning public policy issues of the day. Indeed, they will dive into the sphere of role-playing the positions of high-ranking U.S. officialdom, all in the context of the readings – such as the “frackademia” ones – they must complete and discuss in seminar on a weekly basis that will inform the role-play.

An example below:

 

Re-Conceptualizing the “Revolving Door”

The government-industry revolving door commonly refers to governmental officials leaving taxpayer-funded government gigs for jobs as corporate lobbyists, public relations spin-doctors and other related iterations. The evolution and corporatization of research unversities – in many ways research factories on behalf of multinational corporations – has seen the revolving door extend into higher education. 

Petraeus is one example and Moniz is another, but so too is former CIA-head Robert Gates. After leaving the CIA, Gates became the Chancellor of University of Texas A&M and then became Secretary of Defense.

Another example is Janet Napolitano, former head of the Department of Homeland Security who recently secured a job to head the University of California System. And yet another example is John Deutch, former head of the CIA who is now on the Board of Directors of Cheniere, served on President Obama’s DOE Fracking Subcommittee and is a professor at MIT, where he co-wrote the “The Future of Natural Gas” with Moniz that Petraeus will have his students read. 

“Petraeusgate,” then, is just the tip of the iceberg of a problem with much deeper roots.

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

President Carter Says America Has No Functioning Democracy

0

At an Atlantic Bridge meeting on July 16th, a former US President called out one of the dominating, global elephants-in-the-room, saying “America has no functioning democracy. “

These words came from President Jimmy Carter, and continue the trend of Carter’s clarion-call lucidity on world affairs, especially when it comes to truth telling in and on America.

Although Carter’s quote has been tweeted by Glenn Greenwald, and by Wikileaks and others, as of July 18th, in doing a Google News search, it appears Carter’s statement about America’s non-functioning democracy has not been a headline for major news outlets in the US, including broadcast journalism, which I find quite telling and revealing–further proof of the denial surrounding this very obvious fact that Carter is so bold to point out, unflinchingly and unambiguously.

In recent days, President Carter is also on the record speaking in defense of NSA whistle blower, Edward Snowden, saying to CNN’s Suzanne Malveaux that “Snowden’s acts may have some positive impact.” Also in his dialog with Malveaux, Carter said “I think the American people deserve to know what their Congress is doing,” and that “the secrecy that has been surrounding this invasion of privacy has been excessive.”

Carter went on to slam the dubious nature US democracy saying that in regards to wholesale, unwarranted surveillance he believes the “bringing of it to the public notice has probably been, in the long term, beneficial.”

Now, isn’t that curious? As at the same time Carter is saying that about our democracy and the importance of whistle-blowing , our current US president, Barack Obama, who is, by-the-way, a civil liberties attorney, is on the record repeatedly expressing an opposing sentiment about US democracy, and the NSA’s Snowden Affair–here and here, for instance.

The US is often accused of nation-building and exporting democracy, yet how can that be if we have no real democracy to export? Holding this in mind, one must then ask: what is it that we are actually exporting, and what kind of governance do we really have stateside?

As Nick Turse wrote last year about America’s nation-building, which is yet another huge elephant-in-the-room, is this question of our own rebuilding. Of this said Turse, in the “final days of the presidential campaign, President Obama repeatedly assured Americans that it was time to reap a peace dividend as America’s wars wind down. Nation-building here at home should, he insisted, be put on the agenda.”

Turse quoted Obama in the article, entitled “America’s nation-building hypocrisy,” as saying: “What we can now do is free up some resources, to, for example, put Americans back to work, especially our veterans, rebuilding our roads, our bridges.”

Five years into the Obama presidency, clearly that has not happened.

Constitutional lawyer and the author of 20 books, John Whitehead, told me in a recent phone conversation that “representative governance” is almost a thing of the past, and that in truth Americans now live in an “age of authoritarianism.”

That seems an accurate summation, and from my observations what’s clear is that some kind of “New American Confederacy” has definitely taken hold, and threatens to become permanently rooted unless it is fully acknowledged, and neutered.

It’s a tall order, indeed, and more pie-in-the-sky promises from President Obama won’t make it real, nor will wishful thinking, killing the messenger, or any other actions resembling buried heads in the sand.

Republished with permission from: Truth Out

'SAR ongoing for Iran climbers in Pakistan'

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]Iran’s Embassy in Pakistan says search operations are ongoing for the three Iranian climbers who had gone missing in the northern mountains of Pakistan.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Bombs, bullets kill nearly 50 in Iraq

0

An Iraqi policeman stands at the site of a car bomb attack in Baghdad. (File photo)

Nearly 50 people have been killed in another day of carnage in the Iraqi capital Baghdad and the city of Mosul.

Å“The death toll from… car bombing in Mosul rose to 22 soldiers and three passers-by, while 17 soldiers and 12 passers-by were wounded,” a local police source in Mosul who spoke on condition of anonymity said on Monday.

The attacker drove a vehicle packed with explosives up to an Iraqi army convoy in eastern Mosul, which is located north of the capital.

In Baghdad, a group of gunmen attacked two prisons during the late hours of Sunday. More than two dozen Iraqi security forces were killed in the attacks.

Initial reports said the attacks on prisons had been foiled, and no casualties had been reported.

The Iraqi Interior Ministry said dozens of gunmen using rocket-propelled grenades, mortars, bombs and assault rifles tried to storm a prison in the town of Taji, north of Baghdad, and Abu Ghraib prison, which is to the west of the capital.

The coordinated attacks lasted about 10 hours.

Iraqi security official Hakim al-Zamily said between 500 to 1,000 prisoners had managed to escape from Abu Ghraib.

Security forces in Iraq are under intense scrutiny for failure to contain the recent wave of violence across the country.

Prisons in Iraq are periodically hit by escape attempts, uprisings and other forms of unrest.

Last year, a prison riot in the northern city of Tikrit led to the jailbreak of more than 200 detainees. A number of policemen were also killed during the incident.

YH/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘Iran welcomes ties with all countries’

0

Senior Iranian lawmaker Mohammad Hassan Asafari says the Islamic Republic welcomes engagement with all countries in the world if they are sincere in their words and deeds, Press TV reports.

Å“We welcome expansion of ties with all countries; we have never been hostile towards any country,” Asafari told Press TV on Sunday.

Asafari made the remarks after Britainâ„¢s Foreign Secretary William Hague told the House of Commons Foreign Affairs Committee on July 16 that, Å“We will respond in good faith to positive action by Iran.”

Å“We are ready to improve our relations on a step-by-step basis,” Hague added.

Asafari said, Å“Todayâ„¢s world is a world of dialog and understanding, but since the British government has always been behind conspiracies against the country, the Iranian nation is skeptical about their slogans of better ties with Iran.”

Å“But at the same time, the Iranian nation is very forgiving, provided that the British officials would be sincere in their words and actions,” he added.

Mousa Ahmadi, another Iranian lawmaker, told Press TV that, Å“If the British officials respect the Islamic Republic of Iran, its people and its administration which comes to power through public vote, we respect them in return.”

Earlier on July 4, former British Foreign Secretary Jack Straw embraced the election of Hassan Rohani as Iranâ„¢s new president and said, Å“What I have been urging the government is that we do our best to reengage with Iranians, because there is a chance now that we can.”He also expressed willingness to travel to Iran to help restore Tehran-London ties.

Rohani secured an outright victory in the June 14 presidential election with 50.7 percent of the votes. The poll was marked by a high 72.7-percent voter turnout.

The Iranian president-elect has pledged to seek Å“constructive interaction” with the world through a policy of moderation.

MYA/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Afghanistan sacks interior minister

0

Afghanistanâ„¢s parliament has sacked Interior Minister Mujtaba Patang over allegations of corruption and incompetence in the battle against Taliban.

Afghan Parliament Speaker Abdul Rauf Ibrahimi said on Monday, Å“He (Patang) has lost the vote of confidence and I on behalf of the Wolesi Jirga (parliamentâ„¢s lower house) request the President of the Islamic Republic of Afghanistan to introduce another individual to the parliament for a vote of confidence.”

Lawmakers voted 136 to 60 for the removal of Patang, who took office last year.

It is not clear whether President Hamid Karzai would accept the dismissal, as his administration tries to strengthen stability ahead of the countryâ„¢s presidential elections and the pullout of US-led foreign forces next year.

In August 2012, the Afghan parliament sacked then-interior minister, Bismillah Mohammadi, over allegations of failing to stop Taliban attacks and cross-border shelling from Pakistan.

Last month, Afghan security forces formally took over responsibility for nationwide stability, including border security, from the US-led foreign troops.

DB/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Straw visit won’t restore Iran-UK ties

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A senior Iranian MP says a likely visit by former British Foreign Secretary Jack Straw to Iran will not solve Tehran-London diplomatic problems, which are rooted in the latter and should be fixed there.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Oil pipeline blast in Mexico — 7 injured

0

A firefighter walks away from the burning pipeline ignited by an explosion on July 21, 2013 near Tonanitla, Mexico.

Seven people have been injured in central Mexico in an oil pipeline explosion, which was ignited by an attempted theft of crude oil.

Mexican authorities say five police officers and two firefighters were hurt early Sunday when they responded to the explosion and fire near the municipality of Tonanitla, located about 40 kilometers (24 miles) from the capital Mexico City.

The state oil company Pemex reported that the rescue workers had come too close to the blaze and were injured in a secondary explosion.

In addition, two patrol cars were destroyed in the fire.

About four hours after the explosion, Pemex announced that the fire in the oil pipeline was under control.

Pemex says it has seen a roughly 20-percent annual increase in thefts of crude oil, gasoline and diesel in recent years.

It also says illegal tapping is a constant and serious problem for the company.

Pemex has experienced other deadly explosions recently with the latest in January, when 37 people died at its Mexico City headquarters when an accumulation of gas in its basement ignited.

Four months earlier in September 2012, another 30 people died when a Pemex gas distribution plant in the northern city of Reynosa exploded.

CAH/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Larijani urges Palestine vigilance on talks

0

Iranâ„¢s Majlis Speaker Ali Larijani has urged Palestinians to remain vigilant against a fresh Western plot to orchestrate a so-called conciliation deal that would serve the interests of the Israeli regime.

Larijani on Sunday described as suspicious the repeated contacts that international brokers have made with certain elements from the Palestinian side, Israeli regime and some Arab states to resume conciliatory talks between Israel and the Palestinians.

The agenda of the newly-proposed talks between the two sides does not even include a call for stopping the illegal Israeli settlements, he said.

Pointing to the foreign-sponsored crises in Egypt and Syria, Larijani said, Å“It appears that the West and some reactionary states in the region see the time right to provide the isolated and evil Zionist regime with some breathing room and once again win concessions for this regime through a theatrical game.”

US Secretary of State John Kerry said on Friday that the Palestinian Authority (PA) and Israel have agreed to meet and prepare for the resumption of talks.

Å“We have reached an agreement that establishes the basis for resuming direct final status negotiations between the Palestinians and the Israelis,” Kerry said, adding, Å“The agreement is still in the process of being formalized.”

He gave no details of what had been agreed so far.

The Palestinian-Israeli talks were halted in September 2010 over disagreements on Israeli settlement construction in the occupied West Bank.

Palestinians are seeking to create an independent state on the territories of the West Bank, East al-Quds (Jerusalem), and the Gaza Strip and are demanding that Israel withdraw from the Palestinian territories occupied in the Six-Day War of 1967.

Tel Aviv, however, has refused to return to the 1967 borders and is unwilling to discuss the issue of al-Quds.

MFB/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

'Russia committed to S-300 Syria deal'

0

Syrian Deputy Prime Minister Qadri Jamil says all agreements for Russia’s contract to deliver S-300 air defense missile systems to Damascus are still in place.

Jamil also said Russia and Syria are discussing the possibility of Moscow extending a loan to Damascus.

YH/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Bahrain police raid houses of protesters

0

Bahrainis hold an anti-regime protest. (File photo)

Bahraini police have raided the houses of anti-regime demonstrators in several villages across the country.

Security forces reportedly stormed the villages during the early hours of Monday.

Dozens of people were also arrested.

Police frequently raid the houses of anti-regime protesters in Bahrain.

According to Yousef al-Mohafadheh, a member of the Bahrain Center for Human Rights, one hundred people have been injured in the regime clampdown on protests over the past few days.

The secretary general of Bahrainâ„¢s main opposition group, al-Wefaq, Sheikh Ali Salman is now calling on Bahrainis to defy the crackdown and continue holding peaceful protests.

The Bahraini uprising began in mid-February 2011.

The Manama regime promptly launched a brutal crackdown on the peaceful protests and called in Saudi-led Arab forces from neighboring states.

Scores of people have been killed in the crackdown, and the security forces have detained hundreds, including doctors and nurses.

Bahrainis say they will continue holding demonstrations until their demand for the establishment of a democratically elected government is met.

YH/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Israel and S. African apartheid: a look

0

Israeli regime a replication of S. African apartheid?

The Israeli regime has been accused of replicating the former South African Apartheid regime by the UN investigators, politicians and human rights groups.

Former South African leader Nelson Mandela once said “we know too well that our freedom is incomplete without the freedom of the Palestinians”.

Last month, Ismail Coovadia, outgoing South African ambassador to Tel Aviv, said the regime is a Å“replication of apartheid” and built on Å“stolen land”.

The relation between Tel Aviv and the Apartheid regime in South Africa has even become the subject of a book — Å“Unspoken Alliance; Israelâ„¢s Secret Relationship with Apartheid South Africa.

All these call for a look at the similarities between the two regimes and their cozy relations with Britain.

The Israeli regime is treating Palestinians, especially those living in the West Bank just like blacks, who were confined to Bantustans equal to West Bank enclaves and the besieged Gaza Strip by the Apartheid regime.

Palestinians are confined to security zones in the West Bank where they should have permits to pass military checkpoints while those in the Gaza Strip are under a military siege and have limited access to food, water, drugs and fuel, among others.

Palestinians are indeed under Israeli military occupation and face control of movement, physical separation from Zionists even on the roads and lack equal rights with them.

The physical separation, which is similar to the black Bantustans enforced by a variety of measures, is imposed on the Palestinians by creation of Israeli-only roads, limiting their access to lands and resources in the occupied territories and most recently by erecting of the separation barrier (otherwise known as the Å“Apartheid Wall”) in the West Bank.

Palestinians are also subjected to a totally different legal system than do Israeli occupiers to the extent that Palestinians are turned into secondary residents of their own lands by the occupiers, just like blacks versus white settlers during apartheid rule in South Africa.

In terms of equal rights, Palestinians also do not have the right to vote in the Israeli elections as was the case in the South African Apartheid regime.

They were given an illusion of a democracy by the Oslo Accords that enabled them to vote in the Palestinian Authority elections that brings to mind the local black polls for Bantustans, but that illusion was shattered in 2006 after Hamas won the PA elections but was not allowed to form a government.

The Israeli regime had also warm ties with the apartheid regime and the man behind the concept and implementation of apartheid, former South African Premier Hendrik Verwoerd, once said Å“Israel, like South Africa, is an apartheid state”.

The two regimes signed a military agreement in 1975 and the Zionist side helped the apartheid regime circumvent international sanctions until its end in the 1994, to the point that the UN General Assembly condemned Tel Avivâ„¢s Å“collaboration with the racist regime of South Africa”.

The apartheid regime was also considered a close ally of Britain and London used its weight to prevent sanctions against the regime while maintaining extensive trade with South Africa especially by importing gold.

Later in the 1980â„¢s, British Prime Minister Margaret Thatcher proved a staunch support of the racist regime describing the anti-apartheid Mandela as a terrorist in 1987.

Such a position is now clearly seen in the London-Tel Aviv ties and it goes without saying that Britain laid the cornerstone of a Zionist entity in the Palestinian lands in the first place.

In 2002, South African Archbishop Desmond Tutu wrote an article named Å“Apartheid in the Holy Land” that that his recent trip to Palestine had reminded him “so much of what happened to us black people in South Africa”.

He had earlier written in 1984 that the Bantustans, which were pretended to be self-governing homelands by the apartheid regime were deprived of “territorial integrity or any hope of economic viability”.

They were, he wrote, merely “fragmented and discontinuous territories, located in unproductive and marginal parts of the country” with “no control” over natural resources or access to “territorial waters”.

The description that appears to be a depiction of the occupied territories just now has been echoed by the UN Human Rights Rapporteur John Dugard, who is a South African legal professor and apartheid expert.

Dugard said “Israel’s laws and practices” in the Occupied Territories “certainly resemble aspects of apartheid”.

The analogy is also seen by British Labour MP Gerald Kaufman and former minister for international aid Clare Short who are pushing for sanctions against Tel Aviv.

The description of the situation in the occupied territories by Clare Short in the Commons back in June 26, 2007 is illuminating.

œI have followed developments in the Middle East carefully over many years, and I was well aware before my recent visit how bad things are for the Palestinian people. Nevertheless, I was deeply shocked by Israel™s blatant, brutal and systematic annexation of land, demolition of Palestinian homes, and deliberate creation of an apartheid system by which the Palestinians are enclosed in four Bantustans,

surrounded by a wall, with massive checkpoints that control all Palestinian movements in and out of the ghettos,” she said.

A key difference, however, remains, that is apartheid rulers exploited blacks as cheap laborers while Zionists are ethnically cleansing Palestinians.

A South African newspaper editor, Mondli Makhanya, put it in a nutshell after a 2008 trip to the Middle East.

“It seems to me that the Israelis would like the Palestinians to disappear. There was never anything like that in our case. The whites did not want the blacks to disappear,” he said.

AMR/HE

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Long War in Syria, and Why the U.S. Should Stay Out

0

Two years ago, Barack Obama announced that Syrian President Bashar Assad must “get out of the way.” “The time has come,” he declared on August 18, 2011, “for President Assad to step aside.”

Needless to say, Assad ignored him. He was probably not surprised at Obama’s demand, given the unrelenting U.S. hostility to his regime, and that of his father, Hafez Assad, for several decades. This is due mainly to Syria’s close relationship with Iran and its support for Lebanon’s Hizbollah and Palestinian organizations including Hamas, and the deployment of Syrian troops in Lebanon to 2005. U.S. hostility to Syria (listed by the State Department as a sponsor of terrorism) reflects that of Israel, which illegally occupies Syria’s Golan Heights.

The proximate reason for Obama’s call was that Assad had fired on his own people. One must question Obama’s authority to make that moral judgment, given that police in the U.S. fire on unarmed people, especially young black men, all the time (especially in Chicago, L.A. and Philadelphia); and that the U.S. arms security forces in countries including Egypt and Bahrain that fire on their people as well.

Obama was simultaneously (from March 2011) accusing Libya’s Moammar Qaddafi of “attacking his people” and planning mass slaughter (a charge many analysts questioned, there being little evidence for it). It was just another Big Lie, comparable to the Big Lie that the Taliban was in bed with Osama bin Laden and complicit in 9-11. Or that Saddam Hussein was aligned with al-Qaeda and producing weapons of mass destruction.

But it served as the pretext of U.S.-NATO intervention on behalf of armed rebels and their western-trained front men, who have plunged Libya into chaos and made it fertile ground for al-Qaeda-linked groups since the fall and murder of Qaddafi in October 2011.

On the other hand, the Obama administration did not call on Hosni Mubarak of Egypt to step down even as his forces fired on the people, killing 850 in 2011. It delayed giving Mubarak his marching orders until February, when the mass upheaval had become so powerful, and the U.S. so despised for its complicity in repression, that it became impossible to extend the Egyptian dictator further support. And it has never called upon the Bahraini king to step down, even as he attacks his own people. Many people paying attention see some hypocrisy here.

If Obama thought that Assad would be driven from power, or step down at his arrogant command, he was badly mistaken. David R. Shedd, deputy director of the Defense Intelligence Agency, now says the conflict in Syria will likely last “many, many months to multiple years.” (I don’t believe he indicated, in a talk at the Aspen Security Forum, whether or not further supply aid from the U.S. would likely shorten the conflict. Imagine a proxy war going on a decade, like the U.S. proxy war in Afghanistan in the 1980s.)

There are several reasons for this projected long duration. Assad’s forces are stronger than Obama expected and have scored some notable victories lately against the rebels. The opposition is divided into about 1,200 groups. The strongest rebel military force is the al-Qaeda faction, the Al-Nusra Front. If the U.S. and its allies want to strengthen and use the non-jihadi forces (whom they are aiding with weaponry, and who may or may not wish to create a western-friendly, non-Islamist “democracy”) they will have a lot of work to do since even the “moderates” seem to appreciate the superior fighting skills of the Islamist fighters. And Russia and China stand behind Assad, promising to veto any UN resolution such as the one used to legitimate the assault on Libya, ostensibly to “protect” its people.

Nicholas Burns, a George W. Bush-era undersecretary of state, writing in March 2011 about U.S. support for anti-Qaddafi forces in Libya, noted, “This is the first time in American history when we have used our military power to prop up and possibly put in power a group of people we literally do not know.”

(The world has since come to know them, through such events as the attack on U.S. diplomatic facilities in Benghazi; the repeated resignations of ministers in the dysfunctional, impotent cabinet in Tripoli; the persecution of blacks and Tuaregs; inter-tribal clashes, etc.)

But it seems Obama and his Secretary of State John Kerry would like to do this a second time–that is, take a risk and place in power people they don’t know. One wonders what their real reasons might be. Surely Israel plays a major role in their reasoning, but Israel may be ambivalent about U.S. arms to rebels who might be as hostile to it as Assad. And Assad has in fact offered to recognize Israel following the return of the Golan Heights. Israel appreciates the fact that he has maintained peace along the border, even importing Golan-grown apples. His secular, religiously tolerant Baathist regime is preferable to an Islamist one.

Surely a key U.S. goal is to weaken Iran, and the Syria-Iran-Hizbollah alliance. But if that goal were to be obtained through handing a central Arab state to al-Qaeda, would it be worth it?

Al-Qaeda once seemed scattered, vitiated, defeated. But then the U.S. invaded Iraq, and al-Qaeda which had never been there before mushroomed overnight in Al-Anbar province, causing the occupation big headaches. Libyan jihadis flocked to Iraq, and returning home created a new Maghreb branch of al-Qaeda, which in turn spawned a Sahel branch now causing mischief in Mali. The majority of the al-Nusra fighters in Syria seem to be arriving from Iraq.

Meanwhile U.S. missile strikes on Yemen build sympathy for Al-Qaeda on the Arabian Peninsula–totally counterproductive.

The lesson is, U.S. imperialism (which once worked alongside bin Laden in Afghanistan; and which alienated bin Laden through its unlimited support for Israel, its support for hated Arab regimes, its sanctions on Iraq which killed half a million children, etc.) positively nurtures al-Qaeda and its affiliates. Even as the interminable terror war justifies the limitless expansion of the surveillance state, unprecedented prosecution and abuse of whistle-blowers and the continued practice of torture.

The more the U.S. and its allies get involved in Syria, the more jihadis will likely get involved. Al-Qaeda has proven that it thrives on U.S. interventions. This is just one reason to demand the U.S. stay out of Syria.

GARY LEUPP is Professor of History at Tufts University, and holds a secondary appointment in the Department of Religion. He is the author of Servants, Shophands and Laborers in in the Cities of Tokugawa Japan; Male Colors: The Construction of Homosexuality in Tokugawa Japan; and Interracial Intimacy in Japan: Western Men and Japanese Women, 1543-1900. He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion, (AK Press). He can be reached at: gleupp@granite.tufts.edu

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Abe vows painful reforms in Japan

0

Japanese Prime Minister and ruling Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) leader Shinzo Abe speaks during a press conference at the LDP headquarters in Tokyo on July 22, 2013.

Japanâ„¢s Prime Minister Shinzo Abe says his administration will fix the countryâ„¢s economic woes by carrying out painful reforms.

Abe made the remarks on Monday after his Liberal Democratic Party (LDP) and its coalition partner New Komeito won a solid majority in the election for the upper house of parliament.

Abe said that the result of the vote is an endorsement of his conservative economic and political reforms.

Å“We appealed to voters in this election that we will press forward with economic policies. They back our position after we said this is the way to go and nothing else,” he told reporters in the Japanese capital, Tokyo.

Å“Without a strong economy, we cannot solidify the fiscal foundation to support social security, and it is the same for diplomacy and national security. We will focus on this for now.”

Abe added that the government will Å“make the final decision this autumn on whether to raise the sales tax based on the economic indices from this April to June.”

The LDP and Komeito won 135 seats of the 242-member house of councilors.

That means that the government will control both legislative chambers until at least 2016.

Since Abeâ„¢s administration came to power, the economy has grown by four percent and the stock market by over 40 percent. Abe is facing difficult tasks of making structural changes to Japanâ„¢s economy, and of increasing taxes.

DB/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Police to remain in Paris suburbs

0

French security forces patrol in Trappes near Paris on July 20, 2013.

Franceâ„¢s interior minister says security forces would remain Ëœas long as necessaryâ„¢ in Paris suburbs after a second night of unrest, sparked when police stopped a face-veiled woman.

Manuel Valls said Sunday that the French government would keep in place a Å“significant police presence until a lasting calm is restored” in and around Trappes, located southwest of the capital.

During the early hours of Sunday, police arrested four people in the region after some 250 youths gathered in Trappes and clashed with officers.

A 14-year-old boy suffered a serious eye injury in the conflict and about 20 vehicles were put ablaze in the town and surrounding areas.

The unrest was triggered by an incident on July 18, when a police officer stopped a woman wearing a face veil.

Officials accuse the womanâ„¢s husband of trying to strangle the officer who was checking the woman.

However, according to the French group Collective Against Islamophobia, the officer yanked the woman by her veil and shoved her mother.

A similar incident occurred on June 20, when French police stopped a 25-year-old woman in another Paris suburb, Argenteuil, which sparked anger among residents.

On June 13, a Muslim woman in the same suburb suffered miscarriage after she was severely beaten by two men, who tried to pull off her commonplace head covering, which was not the banned face veil.

Meanwhile, many who are against the attacks on Muslims say it is difficult to imagine that French politicians could not have predicted that the imposed anti-burqa law in 2011 would cause such unrest.

Since the law was imposed, attacks targeting Muslim women in France have been on the rise.

CAH/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

EU to rule on blacklisting Hezbollah

0

Supporters of Hezbollah Secretary General Seyyed Hassan Nasrallah watch him giving a televised speech in Beirut on June 14, 2013.

The foreign ministers of the European Union are due to decide whether to blacklist the Lebanese resistance movement Hezbollah.

Diplomats of the 28-member bloc are expected to make a ruling on Monday.

On July 18, Lebanese President Michel Suleiman called on Brussels not to move against Hezbollah, describing the resistance movement as an Å“essential component of Lebanese society”.

Any blacklisting of Hezbollah as a Ëœterrorist organizationâ„¢ requires the agreement of all 28 EU member states.

So far, the EU has resisted intense pressure from the United States, Britain and the Israeli regime to blacklist Hezbollah, arguing that the move could add to tensions in the region and fuel instability in Lebanon.

Earlier this month, Britain renewed its efforts to put Hezbollah on the EU terror list, but France, Italy and Germany are still reluctant to back the move.

On June 4, EU counter-terrorism specialists met on the issue but failed to reach an agreement.

Last year, the EU flatly rejected an Israeli call to blacklist Hezbollah.

Some EU countries are angered by Hezbollahâ„¢s intervention in neighboring Syria against foreign-backed Takfiri militants.

Moreover, a number of European governments accuse Hezbollah of involvement in a deadly bomb attack in Bulgaria last year. The Lebanese resistance movement strongly rejects the allegation.

YH/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Insomniac Capitalism

0

Most of us are familiar with the fact that the global financial markets run twenty-four hours a day and seven days a week with just a few exceptions.  This is due in part to the incredible improvements in technology which have enabled trading to occur at rocket speed and across national borders.  Also important in this scenario is the loosening of laws restricting financial trading to domestic markets. The combination of these phenomena has helped create a world where the machinations of capital never stop, with the consequence that the insecurity natural to capitalism is enhanced exponentially. Economies are more fragile, jobs more temporary, and working people’s lives with even less meaning. The only members of the capitalist economy and society that benefits in both the short and long term are those at the top: the executives at financial houses, corporations and media outlets and those entities’ owners.9781781680933_24-7

A new book simply titled 24/7: Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, addresses this latest modification of the capitalist world. The author, Jonathan Crary, begins his essay with a description of some ongoing attempt by scientists and military services to create a medication that eliminates the need for sleep from the human body. Unlike amphetamine type drugs, which wear one’s body out by keeping it going beyond its natural ability, these drugs would just eliminate the need for the body to rest. Not only would this create an ideal soldier (hence the military’s participation in the research) it would also create the ideal worker, whether that worker is a well-paid trader at the NYSE or an assembler on a factory floor in China. Crary moves past his anecdote to examine the relationship between regulated time and capitalism. He explains how once time was mechanized capitalism was also bound to come along. Or was it the other way around?  Chicken and egg questions aside, it can be safely stated that capitalism has certainly decided how we spend our time since it began to dominate our lives and how we perceive them. Given this fact, Crary continues his discussion of sleep, stating that it may be the only bodily function that modern capital cannot colonize. Indeed, it may be the only aspect left in modern society’s daily routine that can truly be considered part of what philosopher Hannah Arendt called the private sphere.

Arendt is but one of the twentieth century philosophers Crary refers to in this intelligent and intriguing discussion of how modern monopoly capitalism insinuates itself into the most intimate aspects of our lives. Another is the Frankfurt School essayist and New Left thinker Herbert Marcuse, who wrote extensively on the nature of freedom in modern society and was among the first to conclude that the modern capitalist economy had taken away our freedom and replaced it with a freedom of choice between different consumer goods that were in reality essentially the same product. Besides philosophers, Crary introduces the reader to filmmakers and artists and his particular perception of their works in relation to the ever increasing commodification of our time and the subsequent loss of independence the modern citizen has experienced. He also examines the increasing use of medicinal sleeping aids and their relation to the 24/7 capitalist express. Tangentially, he discusses the current pharmaceutical determination to designate every human psychology that differs from what is good for that express as outside the norm and therefore requiring some kind of pharmaceutical solution.

24/7 is a masterful exploration of the place of the human individual, their dreams and the future of the species in today’s age of nonstop neoliberal capitalism and its multitude of manifestations. The text provides a historical survey of capitalism’s growing encroachment on individual human life and the reasons this occurs, yet emphasizes the current scenario where that encroachment has increased in a manner previously impossible, but now matter of course thanks to today’s technological advances. Although this book is a philosophical treatise, it rarely wanders into a verbal density that would render it unreadable. In other words, it definitely will not put the reader to sleep.

Ron Jacobs is the author of the just released novel All the Sinners, Saints. He is also the author of  The Way the Wind Blew: a History of the Weather Underground and Short Order Frame Up and The Co-Conspirator’s Tale. Jacobs’ essay on Big Bill Broonzy is featured in CounterPunch’s collection on music, art and sex, Serpents in the Garden. His third novel All the Sinners Saints is a companion to the previous two and is due out in April 2013.  He is a contributor to Hopeless: Barack Obama and the Politics of Illusion, published by AK Press. He can be reached at: ronj1955@gmail.com.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

As Many as 27 Death Penalty Convictions Based on Forensic Errors? There Could Be More to Come

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

In what is considered to be an unprecedented federal review of old cases and whether or not authorities royally messed up with anything related to them, U.S. officials have said that they have uncovered as many as 27 potentially faulty death penalty convictions, mostly due to FBI forensic experts mistakenly linking defendants to crimes they did not commit. The Washington Post reports that it does not yet know how many of the cases involve errors, how many led to wrongful convictions or how many mistakes may now jeopardize valid convictions, but what is undeniable is that this discovery could, and should, become a major tipping point in the eon-long debate over the ethics of the death penalty.

FBI officials are preparing to disclose the first results of their inquiry later this summer, as the death row cases are merely the first 120 in what is said to be 21,700 potentially problematic convictions. Much of this comes after The Washington Post reported in 2012 that authorities had in fact known for years that flawed forensic work by the FBI may have led to some wrongful convictions,  but officials didn’t find it pressing enough to aggressively investigate, let alone inform those convicted of the crimes.

In an effort to minimize the sheer amount of work that awaits them were they to actually begin making up for their seemingly endless stream of blunders, the review is focused almost exclusively on cases in which convictions may have secured from using FBI hair expert testimony, making “Maybe she’s born with it” suddenly a reasonable legal claim.

Furthermore, the Post reports:

Under terms finalized with the groups last month, the Justice Department will notify prosecutors and convicted defendants or defense attorneys if an internal review panel or the two external groups find that FBI examiners “exceeded the limits of science” when they claimed to link crime scene hair to defendants in reports or testimony.

If so, the department will assist the class of prisoners in unprecedented ways, including waiving statutes of limitations and other federal rules that since 1996 have restricted post-conviction appeals. The FBI also will test DNA evidence if sought by a judge or prosecutor.

“One of the things good scientists do is question their assumptions. No matter what the field, what the discipline, those questions should be up for debate,” said FBI Laboratory director David Christian Hassell. Discipline will be a worthy trait when it comes to this undertaking, as Hassell and his team have a lot of explaining to do–and a lot of years to make up for. Here’s to that.

Rod Bastanmehr is a freelance writer in New York City, with a passion for music, film, culture and cheez-its. Follow him on Twitter @rodb.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Bill Moyers: Weapons of Mass Distraction–Why the Media Most Americans Consume Is Harmful to the Public Health

0

July 16, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following content originally appeared on BillMoyers.com: 

Across the world – Greece, Spain, Brazil, Egypt – citizens are turning angrily to their governments to demand economic fair play and equality. But here in America, with few exceptions, the streets and airwaves remain relatively silent. In a country as rich and powerful as America, why is there so little outcry about the ever-increasing, deliberate divide between the very wealthy and everyone else?

Media scholar Marty Kaplan points to a number of forces keeping these issues and affected citizens in the dark – especially our well-fed appetite for media distraction.

“We have unemployment and hunger and crumbling infrastructure and a tax system out of whack and a corrupt political system – why are we not taking to the streets?” Kaplan asks Bill. “I suspect among your viewers, there are people who are outraged and want to be at the barricades. The problem is that we have been taught to be helpless and jaded rather than to feel that we are empowered and can make a difference.”

An award-winning columnist and head of the Norman Lear Center at the University of Southern California, Kaplan also talks about the appropriate role of journalists as advocates for truth.

The following is a transcript of the interview, which originally appeared on BillMoyers.com: 

BILL MOYERS: Time again to talk with Marty Kaplan. Loyal members of Moyers and Company know him as one of the keenest and most sensible observers of politics, the press, and culture. He runs the Norman Lear Center at the University of Southern California, an independent promontory from which he lets his mind range wherever his insatiable curiosity takes him. Most recently, Brazil.

For several weeks, the largest country in Latin America has been shaken by a massive citizen uprising protesting political corruption, economic injustice, poor health care, inadequate schools, lousy mass transit, a crumbling infrastructure, and, get this, billions blown on sports. That’s right, vast numbers of citizens in this soccer crazy nation are outraged that their government is spending billions of dollars to host the 2014 World Cup and the 2016 Summer Olympics. This, in the land of Pelé.

They’re even up in arms over the $74 million deal signed by the young soccer star Neymar da Silva. Crowds have been shouting, “Brazil, wake up. A teacher is worth more than Neymar!” Being no one’s fool, Neymar has sided with the protesters and written on Facebook that their mobilization inspires him on the playing field.

Surveying this tumult, Marty Kaplan recently expressed wonder at this people’s uprising and challenged us, his fellow Americans, “Let’s Be Brazil.” That’s when I called and ask him to join me on the show. By the way, his work has just won two awards from the Los Angeles Press Club, including best columnist.

… You recently confessed to “outrage envy.” What’s that about?

MARTY KAPLAN: It’s my feeling that what happened in Brazil, which is so encouraging about citizens taking their destiny in their own hands, is not happening here. We have unemployment and hunger and crumbling infrastructure and a tax system out of whack and a corrupt political system. Why are we not also taking to the streets is the question. And I want us to.

BILL MOYERS: You wrote “If you’re not outraged…you’re not paying attention.” So are we not paying attention?

MARTY KAPLAN: We are paying attention to the wrong things. We are paying attention to infotainment, which is being spoon-fed to us and sadly, frankly, we are enabling because we love the stuff.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

A Challenge to Teach For America's Corporate Orientation, From Those on the Inside

0

Photo Credit: Shutterstock.com/michaeljung

July 16, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

Twenty-four years running, the rap on Teach for America (TFA) is a sampled, re-sampled, burned-out record: The organization’s five-week training program is too short to prepare its recruits to teach, especially in chronically under-served urban and rural districts; corps members only have to commit to teach for two years, which destabilizes schools, undermines the teaching profession, and undercuts teachers unions; and TFA, with the help of its 501(c)4 spin-off, Leadership for Educational Equity, is a leading force in the movement to close “failing” schools, expand charter schools, and tie teachers’ job security to their students’ standardized test scores. Critics burn TFA in internet-effigy across the universe of teacher listservs and labor-friendly blogs. Last July, it earned Onion fame: an op-ed entitled “My Year Volunteering As A Teacher Helped Educate A New Generation Of Underprivileged Kids,” followed by a student’s take, “Can We Please, Just Once, Have A Real Teacher?”

Despite the endless outcry, no one has ever staged a coordinated, national effort to overhaul, or put the brakes on, TFA–let alone anyone from within the TFA rank-and-file. On July 14, in a summit at the annual Free Minds/Free People education conference in Chicago, a group of alumni and corps members will be the first to do so.

The summit, billed as “Organizing Resistance Against Teach for America and its Role in Privatization,” is being organized by a committee of scholars, parents, activists, and current corps members. Its mission is to challenge the organization’s centrality in the corporate-backed, market-driven, testing-oriented movement in urban education.

“The goal is to help attendees identify the resources they have as activists and educators to advocate for real, just reform in their communities,” says co-coordinator Beth Sondel, a 2004 TFA alum who is now a PhD student in the Department of Curriculum and Instruction at the University of Wisconsin. Though the organizers don’t have pre-set goals, possible outcomes range from a push for school districts not to contract with TFA to counter-recruitment of potential corps members away from the program.

TFA’s resources are enormous. The organization’s total assets for the 2011 fiscal year topped $350 million. That includes eight-figure support from the Broad, Walton, and Gates Foundations, leading bankrollers of campaigns to privatize school districts and ramp up standardized testing. The TFA orbit is also growing. It now has more than 10,000 corps members in 48 regions, as well as more than 32,000 alumni. Districts pay thousands in fees to TFA for each corps member in addition to their salaries–at the expense of the existing teacher workforce. Chicago, for example, is closing 48 schools and laying off 850 teachers and staff while welcoming 350 corps members. After Hurricane Katrina, New Orleans cut 7,500 school staff, converted the majority of its schools to charters, and, between 2005 and 2010, saw its share of black teachers drop from 73 percent to 56 percent. Over the past five years, TFA expanded its Greater New Orleans corps from 85 teachers to 375.

For districts, charter schools and fast-tracked teachers are attractive alternatives to public schools staffed with unionized labor–especially under the well-financed push that TFA supports. As the organization grows, it cultivates leaders who align themselves with its pro-charter slant. Leadership for Educational Equity’s alumni resources, as well as its biggest names, trend toward a particular politics. The 11,000 alumni who attended TFA’s 20-year anniversary summit in 2011 got to hear from charter boosters ranging from Harlem Children’s Zone CEO Geoffrey Canada and StudentsFirst CEO Michelle Rhee to U.S. Secretary of Education Arne Duncan and Colorado State Senator Michael Johnston. TFA alums are principals at half of KIPP charter schools–which two alumni founded–and the majority of Achievement First schools. Of the corps members TFA claims remain in education after their two-year stint (a hotly contested figure), administrators and extracurricular leaders are included.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

School Districts, Charter Schools Save Money By Impoverishing Support Staff

0

Photo Credit: Official U.S. Marine Corps photo by Lance Cpl. Brandon R. Holgersen

July 17, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

At the end of the 2012-2013 school year, two of America’s largest school districts, Chicago and Philadelphia, closed a total of 73 public schools between the two cities. Thousands of employees were laid off, including many food service, janitorial and security workers. In Philadelphia alone, 1,202 safety staffers who prevent violence when students aren’t in class, were laid off.

These cutbacks are only the latest instances of a sustained effort to cut costs by eliminating unionized positions in public schools either by hiring support staff through private entities–like Aramark or Sodhexo–or by replacing traditional schools with charters, which are usually aren’t covered by a school district’s union contracts. There’s a vast difference between working in an unionized public school district and working in an unorganized school of any kind. For employees, non-teacher positions at non-union schools usually means little job or retirement security, limited (if any) health insurance, sick leave, vacations, and much lower pay.

“The last day of work was absolutely the hardest day of my life,” says Takeeva Thompson, who was just laid off from her job in the cafeteria of Kohn Elementary, an overwhelmingly African-American school in deep Southside Chicago. “I know we are looked at as being the unimportant staff in the school, but I took pride in what I did and I appreciated the relationship I had with those kids. I helped buy uniforms, I helped with homework, I helped with funerals because we lost children to gun violence. We are like second and third mothers to a lot of those children.”

Thompson’s job included helping the cooks prepare hot meals and doing other work around the kitchen, cleaning meat, chopping up fruits and vegetables, and keeping everything organized, but she often ended up assuming duties well outside of her official job. Thompson was part-time, usually working about five hours a day for about $12 or $13 an hour.  But as a member of UNITE HERE Local 1 she received comprehensive healthcare and paid holidays, sick days and vacation.

“District-operated employment in these areas [custodial, food service, and transportation] provides good, stable jobs for community people looking for part-time work, for those with less formal education, for single parents,” according to a 2008 report from the Great Lakes Center for Education Research & Practice. “Mistreatment of local employees…harms the social well being of the community. …Prior to outsourcing, many custodians, bus drivers and cafeteria workers have extensive employment history in their districts. Most live in the local community.” The authors go on to cite a 2004 Oregon study about contracting out non-teacher services, which found that for every 25 privatized jobs in public schools there is “a loss of $233,000 in earnings that would have been spent in the local economy.”

Thompson knows people who have ended up working in support position in charter schools, where they were paid between $9.22 and $10.80 an hour with healthcare benefits too expensive to afford.

“All of them complained about the respect issue, being written up or fired for really small things,” says Thompson. “You can go from 40 hours a week, and then if you speak up or say the wrong thing, you may go down from 40 to 16. It’s a big difference in the way that they are treated and the way that we are treated.”

Charter school proponents often cite flexibility in hiring and firing as one of the essential attributes of these private-public institutions, which have expanding enrollment steadily since the turn of the century. (During the 2009-2010 school year 1,627,403 students were enrolled in charters nationally, by 2012-2013 the number grew to 2,278,388.) The great majority of America’s 5,997 charter schools (that’s over 1,000 more than in 2009-2010) do not belong to a large network like KIPP, California’s Green Dot, or Philadelphia’s Mastery. Instead they are single site organizations, which usually lack the internal capacity to directly hire support staff. Positions are often outsourced either to international corporations, such as Sodhexo, or local companies like Los Angeles’ Royal Dining Foods which advertises “FOOD SERVERS AT NO EXTRA COST.” (They also offer janitorial services.) Phone calls inquiring about the meaning of “food servers free of charge” were not returned. Without knowing the details, it stands to reason that services can only be provided at a vanishingly low rate if the workers aren’t getting paid much and don’t get many benefits.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Bank of America's Recipe for Getting Away with Massive Fraud, Racketeering and Money Laundering

0

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

This July, Bank of America was expecting to report an earnings increase of 32% from last year. The Washington Business Journal declared the bank among the top 10 “most improved brands” of the year. Bank of America is the second-largest bank in the United States following JPMorgan Chase.

So why does this bank deserve such an “improved” reputation? Perhaps it’s worth looking at a little of the bank’s record for some clarity.

During the first year of the global financial crisis, which the big banks helped to create and which they profited enormously from, the government stepped in to bail out Bank of America. They rewarded the bank $20 billion for its massive financial crimes, as well as a special guarantee for nearly $100 billion of potential losses on the balance sheets of Merrill Lynch, which Bank of America acquired during the crisis.

As it turns out, Bank of America and other big banks continue to get “backdoor bailouts” through the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, which acts as a legal guarantor and protector of the Wall Street chain gang of criminal conglomerates. The bank was recently added to a list, compiled by a corporate watchdog group, of the “dirty dozen” criminal financial institutions for its role deceiving investors, committing mortgage and foreclosure abuses and engaging in municipal bond rigging and illegal payments.

When Matt Taibbi wrote in Rolling Stone that Bank of America was “a hypergluttonous ward of the state whose limitless fraud and criminal conspiracies we’ll all be paying for until the end of time,” he wasn’t exaggerating. The bank foreclosed on tens of thousands of Americans through a “mass perjury” scheme and pushed worthless mortgages on pension funds and unions. As several big banks — including BofA, JPMorgan, Wells Fargo and Citigroup — agreed to pay a $25 billion settlement with the government over “abusive mortgage practices,” the Department of Justice granted the banks what amounted to legal immunity “from civil government claims over faulty foreclosures.” In January, Bank of America settled to pay $11.6 billion to the government-controlled mortgage company Fannie Mae in response to a legal battle over “bad loans.”

In June of 2013, six former BofA employees and one contractor issued sworn statements in which they accused the bank of lying to homeowners, fraudulently denying loan modifications and paying bonuses to staff who pushed people into foreclosure. One of the whistleblowers commented, “we were told to lie to customers.” Employees that pushed ten or more homeowners per month into foreclosure would receive a $500 bonus, and the Bank also “gave employees gift cards to retail stores like Target or Bed Bath and Beyond as rewards for placing accounts into foreclosure.”

Further, anyone who “questioned the ethics” of the bank’s practices was summarily fired – a policy that led to a lawsuit in which homeowners accused the bank of racketeering “to defraud homeowners who sought modifications and then acted as the kingpin of that [racketeering] enterprise.”

Of course, it doesn’t end there. Bank of America, along with multiple other big banks, has been accused of laundering money for Mexican drug cartels. The FBI confirmed that BofA was involved in laundering drug money for the Los Zetas drug cartel in Mexico. However, in a twist of fine news for the bank, U.S. government regulators indicated they would not hold the bank responsible for its actions.

Banking on Influence

So how does a massive criminal enterprise engaging in large-scale fraud, racketeering and money laundering get a free pass from the U.S. government? The bank’s financial clout in the economy certainly plays a part. But so too do its affiliations with dominant national and international organizations, institutionalizing the bank within the larger global power structures and the elites who run them.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Rhode Island Has Paid Family Leave, 47 States Still Don't

0

Photo Credit: iandeth: http://www.flickr.com/photos/iandeth/2062570710/

July 18, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

On [July 2], the Rhode Island state House voted 53-18 to pass a bill that would allow workers to take paid time off to care for a new child or a sick or injured family member. The Senate had previously passed the bill, but due to a technical change in the House version it headed back for a final vote in the Senate. That vote will send it to Gov. Lincoln Chafee’s (D) desk, who activists expect will sign it into law. [The bill was signed into law on July 11.]

The bill expands the state’s current Temporary Disability Insurance (TDI) program, which currently only covers those who need time off for a work-related illness or injury, to cover those who need family leave. Temporary Caregiver Insurance (TCI) will allow workers to pay into the program through a payroll deduction and then, starting January 2014, take up to four weeks of paid leave, which would rise to six weeks the year after and eight weeks by 2016. Paying into the program would cost someone making $43,000 a year 83 cents a week. The minimum weekly payment for the TDI program is currently $72 and the maximum is $752. It would cover nearly 80 percent of the state’s workforce.

California and New Jersey are the only other two states that have programs similar to this one, which allow employees to pay into paid leave insurance. Connecticut also took a step toward creating such a program recently by setting up a task force to study the feasibility.

Opponents of Rhode Island’s bill argued that it would hurt businesses. Yet small business owners had joined the coalition pushing for its passage. Research into California and New Jersey’s laws have also found a positive impact on businesses. One study of California’s program predicted that businesses could save $89 million thanks to better employee retention. After its passage, the majority of employers reported either a neutral or positive impact, and a study of New Jersey’s law found similar business savings. California is also expected to save $25 million a year thanks to decreased spending on public assistance programs.

Given that 47 states still don’t have paid leave programs, many American workers don’t have access to paid time off to care for a new child or sick loved one. Only 11 percent of private sector workers and 17 of public sector workers get paid maternity leave through their employers. The U.S. is a real outlier in this regard: it is just one of three countries around the world that doesn’t guarantee all workers paid maternity leave. The Center for American Progress has therefore proposed Social Security Cares, which would create a nationwide program to allow workers to pay into paid family leave.

Byrce Covert is the Economic Policy Editor for ThinkProgress. She was previously editor of the Roosevelt Institute’s Next New Deal blog and a senior communications officer. She is also a contributor for The Nation and was previously a contributor for ForbesWoman.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Here Come the Drone Wars in America — The Public vs. Overzealous Police

0

Recently, outgoing director of the FBI Robert Mueller revealed that his agency has used drones to conduct surveillance in the United States. Mueller’s casual admission serves as an opportune moment for drone enthusiasts: introducing the FBI’s domestic drone programme with nonchalance, he swung wide the door on which drooling police departments have long been banging.

For the past year, law enforcement agencies have tried with varying success to convince their wary constituents that drones are necessary for such innocuous, even beneficent, endeavors as conducting search and rescue operations, detecting forest fires and tracking down wandering Alzheimer patients.

Senator Dianne Feinstein pressed Mueller on the privacy risks drones pose to US citizens, but the FBI director needed only to reassure her that his agency had used drones in a “narrowly focused” way in order to quell any qualms the California Senator and Head of the Senate Intelligence Committee might have had. Hardly a champion of the public’s right to privacy, however, Feinstein distinguishes herself as one of the most vocal opponents of transparency as well as a leader of the government’s war on whistleblowers.

However, others are not so easily appeased.

“The FBI is in its own ball park in terms of rules and techniques. They really have their own rulebook… But local law enforcement has been secretive and very un-transparent about their desires to use drones so this will give them further ammunition that they don’t need guidelines to adopt drones,” said Nadia Kayyali, a legal fellow with the Bill of Rights Defense Committee, in an interview with me.

“Troubling that Feinstein notes Americans’ privacy concerns regarding drones, but the[n] has never seen – or apparently requested – the FBI’s privacy limitations that exist to address those concerns,” Micah Zenko of the Council of Foreign Relations noted on his blog on June 21.

But the notion that simply writing up and codifying a set of regulations for the domestic use of drones would be a silver bullet that adequately addresses privacy and Fourth Amendment concerns is a dubious one: police departments operate with near total impunity and very little transparency. With no accountability, rules have little meaning – as any grieving family member of someone extra-judicially shot and killed by the police will attest.

To shed further light on the deeply flawed mechanics of holding police accountable even to their own regulations, I spoke with Andrea Pritchett. Andrea has been overseeing police conduct in Berkeley, California for 23 years. She helped found Berkeley CopWatch, a grassroots group that monitors the conduct of the police on Berkeley’s streets. Every week, the group’s members and volunteers of all ages ride through the streets of Berkeley, listening to the police scanner and shadowing the path of the police so they can document their conduct. Sometimes, Andrea and other CopWatch workers traverse the city on foot, getting to know people on the streets, hearing their stories and learning about their interactions with the police.

Speaking at a public forum held last month in Berkeley to discuss the plans of Alameda County Sheriff’s Department to acquire a drone, Pritchett said: “It’s hard enough watching what police do on the ground, so if it all goes up in the air I don’t know what we’re going to do”.

Pritchett’s words bring what has been a largely theoretical conversation about domestic drone oversight into sharp and concrete focus. She has committed much of her life to the hard task of documenting police activities in an effort to hold them to account, and is intimate with the environment of impunity in which Berkeley police operate, their disregard for community concerns and the reticence with which they share information with the public.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Christian Policies Saturate the U.S.–What Can We do About It?

0

July 19, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The following are excerpts from the new book Living in the Shadow of the Cross: Understanding and Resisting the Power and Privilege of Christian Hegemony by Paul Kivel ( New Society Publishers, 2013): 

What is Christian Hegemony? 

I define Christian hegemony as the everyday, systematic set of Christian values, individuals and institutions that dominate all aspects of US society. Nothing is unaffected.

Christian dominance is a complex and shifting system that benefits all Christians, those raised Christian and those passing as Christian. However, the concentration of power and wealth accumulates to a predominantly Christian power elite. All others experience exploitation and constant vulnerability to violence.

This dominance operates on several levels. First is the subtle internalization of Christian beliefs by individuals. The behavior and voting patterns of millions of people in the United States are influenced by concepts such as original sin, manifest destiny, the existence of “the one truth” contained within Christianity and the notion that humans were given dominion over the earth.

The social, political and economic (as opposed to spiritual) power that individual clergy exert on people’s lives is another level of impact. Many clergy condone US expansionism, missionary activity towards non-Christians and exclusion of groups deemed sinful or dangerous.

Some denominations wield very significant power in the US. For example, the Mormon, Catholic and other churches, along with many individual religious leaders, raised millions of dollars and mobilized constituents to vote for Proposition 8 on the California ballot – a 2008 measure that made same-sex marriage illegal.

There is also a vast network of parachurch organizations – general tax-supported nonprofits such as hospitals, broadcasting networks, publishing houses, lobbying groups and organizations like Focus on the Family, Prison Fellowship, The Family, World Vision, International Association of Character Cities- and thousands of others which wield influence in particular spheres of the US and internationally. As just one example, the Child Evangelism Fellowship runs Good News Clubs in public schools across the US, teaching hundreds of thousands of children to find Jesus and proselytize other children.

Another evel of Christian dominance comes from the power elite, those who control the largest and most powerful institutions in the US. The Koch brothers (combined net worth $43 billion), Rupert Murdock (over $8 billion), the Walton Family (combined net worth over $90 billion) and the Council for National Policy exert this kind of power.

And finally there is the level that provides the foundation for all the others: the deep legacy of ideas, values and practices produced within dominant western Christianity over the centuries. That legacy continues to shape our culture and frame public policies.

All these levels of Christian dominance have significant impacts. The personal shows up in the way many Christians internalize feelings of superiority, entitlement and judgment – as well as guilt – while those who are not Christian may primarily internalize low self-worth.

Interpersonal effects include specific acts of aggression directed at those who are not Christian or Christian of the wrong sort e.g. people who are LGBTTQ.

The institutional effects show up in the ways the health care, educational and criminal legal systems favor Christians and Christian values and treat others as outside society’s circle of caring. For example, most institutional policies privilege Christian holidays and cultural norms, treating other religions’ practices as unusual and therefore easily dismissed. The levels of this institutionalized system of dominance are interconnected, so the cumulative impact creates a structure that is all-encompassing.

Christian dominance has become so invisible that its manifestations even appear to be secular. In this context, the oxymoronic phrase secular Christian dominance might be most appropriate. Of course, there are many forms of Christian fundamentalism which are anything but secular. But the more mainstream, everyday way these seemingly subtle values influence our lives is less evident, although no less significant. This less visible Christian hegemony is the focus of In the Shadow of the Cross.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Atheism Has a Women Problem

0

Photo Credit: Roberto Bobrow (cc)

July 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

“Let your women keep silence in the churches: for it is not permitted unto them to speak; but they are commanded to be under obedience, as also saith the law. And if they will learn any thing, let them ask their husbands at home: for it is a shame for women to speak in the church.”
—I Corinthians xiv. 34-5

“New Atheism” is old news. Enter “New, New Atheism”: the next generation, with its more spiritual brand of non-belief, and its ambition to build an atheist church. It is an important moment for the faithless. Will it include women?

Several years ago, there was discussion of a “woman problem” within the Atheist movement. New high priests of non-faith announced themselves–Richard Dawkins, Christopher Hitchens, Sam Harris, Peter Singer, A.C. Grayling, Daniel Dennett, etc.–and they were men. And they were angry. Their best-selling works were important and essential. These authors helped reinvigorate the secular cause; they cast off the fog of political correctness to unapologetically lay siege to piety. But before long, these New Atheists were depicted as an old boys’ club–a clique of (white) men, bound by a particularly unyielding brand of disbelief.

Where were the women?

Why, they were right there: stolidly leading people away from the fold. They were irreverent bloggers and institution founders. And scholars. Around the time that the Dawkins–Hitchens–Harris tripartite published its big wave of Atheist critique, historian Jennifer Michael Hecht published “ Doubt” and journalist Susan Jacoby published “ Freethinkers“–both critically acclaimed. And yet, these women, and many others, failed to emerge as public figures, household names. “Nobody talked about [Doubt] as a ‘phenomenon,’” Hecht has noted. “They just talked about the book.” What gives?

*

The lady Atheist has a troubled history–its European chapter rooted in the French Revolution, which otherwise cleared ground for a bolder irreligion.

In the 1770s, the French philosopher Baron d’Holbach observed a dearth of “incredulous women or female atheists,” reasoning that women were biologically more “disposed to credulity.”

Where they were found, female atheists were considered especially noxious. In his 1738 poem “London,” the famed British writer Samuel Johnson cast women as urban leeches:

Her falling Houses thunder on your Head,
And here a female Atheist talks you dead.

English poet Edward Young took note, satirically using a ‘she-atheist’ to herald earthly apocalypse:

Atheists have been rare, since nature’s birth;
Till now, she-atheists ne’er appear’d on earth.

In some cases, men simply could not conceive of a female Atheist (just as, for centuries, they rejected the possibility of a female homosexual). In 1806, an issue of London’s La Belle Assemblée magazine revealed such suspicion, in an essay entitled “Character of the Atheist Woman”:

How is it possible, for example to conceive that a female can be an Atheist? What shall sustain this reed if religion does not support her frailty? For the sake of her beauty alone, women ought to be pious. (The author goes on to imagine, in great detail, the death of an Atheist wretch, whom nobody would mourn.)

In a private letter written in the 1760s, the English essayist Bonnell Thornton was overwhelmed by disgust brought on by the “female atheist:”

Good God! A Female Atheist! … One is not half so shocked at the idea of a Female Murderer; A Female Murderer, in the worse of senses, of her own children, of herself.

In 1813, the famed doctor Thomas Cogan (founder of the Royal Humane Society) observed:

Men contemplate a female atheist with more disgust and horror than if she possessed the hardest features embossed with carbuncles.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Blacks Who "Stand Their Ground" Are Often Imprisoned

0

July 21, 2013
 |

Like this article?

Join our email list:

Stay up to date with the latest headlines via email.

The recent acquittal of neighborhood watchman George Zimmerman in the shooting death of 17-year-old unarmed Trayvon Martin has led to intense scrutiny of Florida’s ‘Stand Your Ground’ law, which hung over the Zimmerman trial along with similar “no retreat” self-defense laws, and their impact on people of color.

“I think the Trayvon Martin case highlighted the racial inequalities that exist in American society,” said Brendan Fischer, general counsel of the Center for Media and Democracy. “It is a symbol of how the American justice system devalues the lives of people of color. [And], ‘Stand Your Ground’ has embedded a lot of these injustices into the system. Statistics have shown its application has been anything but equitable.”

Supported by the National Rifle Association, “Stand Your Ground” was passed by the Florida legislature in 2005. The measure turned age-old self-defense principle on its head by allowing persons to use deadly force to defend themselves, without first trying to retreat, if they have a reasonable belief that they face a threat.

The law’s template was then adopted by the American Legislative Exchange Council, a nonprofit organization made up of corporations, foundations and legislators that advance federalist and conservative public policies, authorities said. Since Florida passed the law, similar measures have been introduced in one form or another in about 30 states, usually those with state legislatures dominated by Republicans.

“That law gives law-and-order activists, right-wingers and vigilantes an arguable basis for defense and opens up a pathway for unjust dispositions of justice because it allows civilians to shoot first and make certain determinations later,” said Dwight Pettit, 67, a renowned Black attorney in Baltimore.

Pettit drew comparisons to police-involved shootings of African Americans when the officers make claims such as “I was in fear for my life,” or “I thought he was reaching for his gun,” and are exonerated. He said he discusses the phenomenon in his soon-to-be-released book Under Color of Law.

“Blacks don’t fare well with these laws at all,” Pettit said. “It’s another lessening of protection for African Americans.”

An analysis conducted by the Tampa Bay Times last year showed that defendants in Florida who employ the “Stand Your Ground” defense are more successful when the victim is Black. In its examination of 200 applicable cases, the Times found that 73 percent of those who killed a Black person were acquitted, compared to 59 percent of those who killed a White.

Similarly, an analysis of Supplemental Homicide Reports submitted by local law enforcement to the FBI between 2005 and 2010 demonstrates that in cases with a Black shooter and a White victim, the rate of justifiable homicide rulings is about 1 percent. However, if the shooter is White and the victim is Black, it is ruled justified in 9.5 percent of cases in non-Stand Your Ground (SYG) states.

In SYG states, the rate is even higher–almost 17 percent, according to John Roman of the Urban Institute.

The trends could partly explain Zimmerman’s verdict, some legal experts said. While his defense team did not invoke the law, Circuit Court Judge Debra Nelson introduced the principle in her instructions to the jury.

“If George Zimmerman was not engaged in an unlawful activity and was attacked in any place where he had a right to be, he had no duty to retreat and had the right to stand his ground and meet force with force, including deadly force, if he reasonably believed that it was necessary to do so to prevent death or great bodily harm to himself or another or to prevent the commission of a forcible felony,” she said in her instructions to the jury of one Hispanic and five White women.

To police officers and prosecutors in Sanford, Fla.–who had initially decided not to charge Zimmerman–and to jurors in the case, Zimmerman’s “fear” of Trayvon Martin, a hoodie-wearing Black teenager, likely appeared to be justified, Fischer said.

“If you have a case like George Zimmerman, who is part White, alleging that a young Black male is a threat to him, a lot of times law enforcement would agree that such as person did [constitute] a threat because of the biases and presumptions about Black males, in particular, which exist in society,” he said.

Conversely, Stand Your Ground laws are less accommodating of Black defendants. Such was the case of successful African-American businessman John McNeil who was found guilty of aggravated assault and felony murder in Georgia in 2006 in connection with the fatal shooting of White contractor Brian Epp. McNeil said Epp threatened him and his son during a hostile encounter after going onto McNeil’s property to confront him. He was released earlier this year on time served.

Similarly, in July 2012, Marissa Alexander, 31, the mother of three, was given a 20-year mandatory sentence for an aggravated assault conviction for firing a warning shot into the air in the garage of her home at her abusive husband. Alexander said the man was moving toward her as she attempted to retreat from him when she fired the shot. He was not injured.

Florida Sen. Gary Siplin (D) said the Alexander case was his motivation to attempt to get the Stand Your Ground law overturned. He was unsuccessful, however, because “there are more Democrats in Florida, but more Republicans [are] in charge and they don’t want to change the law,” he told the AFRO.

Working toward a repeal of the laws would be a positive outcome or response to the verdict in the George Zimmerman case, Fischer said.

“People have to vote and elect legislators that would support more just laws that protect the rights of all people instead of just a few,” he said.

In the meantime, many officials are vowing to examine the laws and work toward their repeal, if necessary.

“It’s time to question laws that senselessly expand the concept of self-defense and sow dangerous conflict in our neighborhoods,” U.S. Attorney General Eric Holder said in a speech to the NAACP on July 16. “By allowing, and perhaps encouraging, violent situations to escalate in public, such laws undermine public safety.”

The Trayvon Martin case “opened up a nationwide inquiry into the appropriateness and efficacy of Stand Your Ground laws,” said Commissioner Michael Yaki, of the U.S. Commission on Civil Rights, who initiated the body’s investigation into racial bias in the application of such laws. He said the commission is committed to investigating the laws.

“To honor Trayvon and his family, we will continue this inquiry with resolve and renewed purpose,” Yaki said.

Republished with permission from: AlterNet

Aafia Siddiqui: Victim of US Injustice

0

Aafia Siddiqui: Victim of US Injustice
by Stephen Lendman
She’s one of thousands of US political prisoners. She’s well known. She committed no crimes. She’s been brutalized in captivity. Mercy isn’t in America’s vocabulary. Rogue states operate that way.
Washington’s by far the worst. It reportedly agreed to Pakistan’s extradition terms. Both sides will swap prisoners. 
Previous articles discussed her 2003 abduction, detention, torture, false charges, prosecution, and conviction. More on that below.
On July 20, the Pakistan Observer headlined “US agrees on Aafia’s Siddiqui’s extradition,” saying:
“In a major breakthrough, the US has offered Pakistan to sign prisoner swap agreement for the extradition of Dr Aafia Siddiqi, after which the Pakistani scientist will be allowed to serve the remaining part of her imprisonment in homeland.”
Pakistan foreign office spokesman Uman Hameed said terms include other prisoner swaps.
Washington offered Pakistan two deals. They include the European Convention on the Transfer of Sentenced Persons and Inter-American Convention on Serving Criminal Sentences Abroad.
On July 20, Justice for Aafia Coalition (JAC) headlined “The Family of Aafia Siddiqui and the Aafia Movement welcomes development on Aafia issue,” saying:
“(I)t appears some steps are finally being taken towards” repatriating her. She’s called “the daughter of our Nation.” 
Previous steps forward ended up two back. “We are hopeful” what’s announced is genuine.
America can’t be trusted. It’s duplicitous. It’s uncertain what’s next. Promises made are broken. Aafia’s been in limbo for years. 
It remains to be seen what follows. Will she or won’t she be extradited? Nothing’s guaranteed. Not in deals with America. Promises made are broken. It’s standard rogue state practice.
Both prisoner exchange conventions are similar. The Inter-American one is simpler. If both sides agree, Aafia can be returned in weeks.
The European one takes longer. It’s more tedious. It could take months. Neither convention involves freedom. Terms require Aafia to complete her sentence at home.
According to Pakistan’s 2002 transfer of offenders ordinance, its Interior Ministry must initiate efforts to do so. It must direct its foreign office to proceed.
According to JAC:
“What the Interior Minister’s ‘Free Aafia task force committee’ has recommended is a list of 10 points, according to media reports.” 
“The committee has refused to share those with Aafia’s family or lawyer, which makes one wonder if this hype is a bit premature or a smokescreen to dampen the growing support for Aafia and cool the sentiments of people during Ramadan.”  
“Dr. Aafia’s sister, Dr. Fowzia, will go to Islamabad in the hope that the points are shared and a positive way forward can be achieved.” 
She “appreciates the committee’s rapid action and the Interior Minister’s resolve in this matter.” 
“She thanks the (foreign) Media for its vigilance in this matter and hopes the media will clarify common myths and misunderstandings and continue to monitor practical follow through on the positive verbal statements.”
Aafia’s family won’t believe announced efforts unless/or until they’re achieved.
“Years of rhetoric and broken promises at the highest levels have confirmed that words in the absence of results are either outright lies to sooth sentiments or demonstrate incompetence of the worst kind.”
“We, like all people of Pakistan, hope that this government will demonstrate results on all the challenges facing Pakistan. Aafia’s repatriation is an easy early result that will validate their sincerity about all issues.”
Post-9/11, Washington declared war on Islam. It rages out-of-control. It goes on at home and abroad. Many others are victims like Aafia. They’re guilty of being Muslims in America at the wrong time.
Her ordeal’s been one of the worst. Previous articles discussed it in detail. Charges against her were falsified. It’s standard rogue state practice.
No evidence against her exists. It was fabricated to claim otherwise. She’s been denied due process and judicial fairness. She was declared guilty by accusation.
Media scoundrels called her “Al Qaeda woman.” Reports falsely claimed she had detailed radiological, chemical and biological information.
She planned a mass casualty attack, they said. Perhaps using a dirty bomb. 
Potential targets, they claimed, included the Statue of Liberty, Brooklyn Bridge, Empire State Building, Wall Street, and the animal disease center on Plum Island.
FBI sources called her “very dangerous.” She had a “treasure trove” of documents when captured, they claimed.
They lied. So did media scoundrels. They convicted her in the court of public opinion. They did so disgracefully. It wasn’t the first time. It won’t be the last.
Aafia’s indictment excluded all the above charges. Doing so proved their fabrication.
On September 2, 2008, the Justice Department headlined “Aafia Siddiqui Indicted for Attempting to Kill United States Nationals in Afghanistan and Six Additional Charges.”
No Brooklyn Bridge. No Statue of Liberty. No Empire State Building. No Wall Street. No Al Qaeda links. No dirty bomb. These lies exposed others that followed.
Charges falsely alleged “a team of United States servicemen and law enforcement officers, and others assisting them, attempted to interview Aafia Siddiqui in Ghazni, Afghanistan, where she had been detained by local police the day before.”
“Unbeknownst to the United States interview team, unsecured, behind a curtain, Siddiqui obtained one of the United States Army officer’s M-4 rifles and attempted to fire it, and did fire it, at another United States Army officer and other members of the United States interview team….”
Charges were ludicrous on their face. You can’t make this stuff up. It reads like a bad film plot. 
Authorities said she assaulted an army interpreter, an army officer, and FBI agent. They claimed she did so while they tried to subdue her.
She endured years of brutalizing torture and abuse. She was frail and weak. She weighed 110 pounds at most. Perhaps less after what she’d been through.
Yet according to charges, she inexplicably managed to assault three US operatives, get one of their rifles, open fire at close range, hit no one, and end up severely wounded.
Elaine Whitfield Sharp represented Aafia. 
“Picture this woman who is very tiny and frail, and ask yourself how she engaged in armed conflict with six (armed/well-trained) military men,” she said.
“How did this happen? And how did she get shot? I think you can answer that, can’t you?”
During proceedings, defense attorney Linda Moreno said no forensic evidence proved the rifle Siddiqui allegedly used was fired. 
No bullets, shell casings, or bullet debris were recovered. No bullet holes were detected. None existed. Prosecutorial charges were fabricated.
It didn’t matter. In September 2010, Aafia was wrongly sentenced. She got 86 years in prison. Doing so constituted gross injustice. It compounded years of horrific treatment. 
It continued during post-conviction incarceration. She’s imprisoned at Federal Medical Center (FMC) Carswell. It’s in Fort Worth, TX. It’s where Lynne Stewart’s wrongfully held.
Obama wants her dead. She’s suffering Stage Four cancer. It metasticized. She’s dying. She needs proper treatment. In late June, she was denied compassionate release. 
She’s getting deplorable medical care. Prison authorities lied. They claim otherwise. Longterm Carswell imprisonment assures pain, suffering and death. Lynne’s vulnerable. So is Aafia.
In late May, guards brutally assaulted her. They did so in her cell. She was left bleeding and unconscious. Attorney Tina Foster intervened on her behalf. 
Two days elapsed before sub-standard medical care was provided. It was too little too late. Prison authorities don’t care. They claimed an “internal investigation into the incident” was conducted. 
Findings remain secret. Whitewash is standard policy. Gulag rules apply. Justice is a four-letter word. Returning Aafia to Pakistan is urgent. 
Otherwise she’ll die in America. Perhaps guards will kill her next time. Denied medical care for sure will. She’s a war on terrorism victim. 
She’s guilty of being Muslim in America at the wrong time. Years of torture and abuse affected her greatly. It shortened her life.
She’s an MIT graduate. She’s a Brandeis University PhD. She’s an honorable woman. She raised money for charities. She did volunteer work. She’s deeply religious.
She did nothing out of the ordinary. She committed no crimes. She was a normal woman living a normal life. She’s been treated unconscionably. 
She endured it for 10 years. She’s victimized by US brutality. Rogue states operate that way. Innocence is no defense. Aafia never had a chance. What’s next remains to be seen.
Pakistan’s no paradise. It’s a US imperial partner. It doesn’t give a damn about Aafia. It claims otherwise. Pretense doesn’t wash. 
If extradited, horrific treatment may continue. It won’t surprise. In March 2003, she disappeared en route to Rawalpindi. She was traveling to visit family. Pakistani authorities abducted her. They did so for Washington.
They denied involvement. They claimed no knowledge of her whereabouts. They lied. They gave her to US authorities. They did so knowing what she’d face.
She became Bagram’s ghost prisoner. She was Prisoner 650. Other inmates called her the Gray Lady of Bagram. 
She was brutally tortured and abused. For years, they heard her screams. She was forced to admit things she didn’t do. Her children’s lives were threatened.
Her justice struggle continues. Thousands of others endure US gulag harshness. Their pain and suffering is ours.  
We’re all victims of gross US injustice. It’s a crime too great to ignore. It’s a cancer. It’s malignant. It targets humanity. It’s destroying it. It’s doing so maliciously. It’ll succeed if not stopped.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/aafia-siddiqui-victim-of-us-injustice/

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

Israeli/Palestinian Peace Talks: Dead on Arrival

0

Israeli/Palestinian Peace Talks: Dead on Arrival
by Stephen Lendman
So-called peace talks are fake. They’re a sham. They’ve always been this way. Decades of talks were stillborn from inception. This time’s no different. 
Chances for a just peace are ZERO. Palestinians have no say. Believing otherwise defies reality.
Israel deplores peace. So does Washington. They’re jointly running things. Both nations are longstanding imperial partners. They prioritize violence and instability. Peace defeats their agenda.
They don’t negotiate. They demand. It bears repeating. Palestinians have no say whatever. They never did. They don’t now.
Abbas is a longstanding Israeli collaborator. He sold out long ago. He betrayed his own people. He’s well compensated for doing so. 
He surrendered at Oslo. So did other Palestinian co-collaborators. They did so in subsequent agreements. They included Oslo II, Wye River, Camp David, Taba, Bush’s Road Map, Annapolis, and other one-sided deals.
Israel’s all take and no give. So is Washington. They’re allied against Palestine. High-sounding rhetoric is cover. It reflects doublespeak duplicity. 
Israeli/US policies won’t change. They’re hardline. They’re hard-wired. They’re fixed. They won’t change. They never have. They won’t now. Long suffering Palestinians are on their own. It’s always been this way. It’s no different now.
Palestine’s legitimate government is excluded from talks. It’s the one Palestinians elected. Imagine proceeding on this basis. Doing so puts a lie serious peace efforts. 
Imagine declaring a democratically elected government a terrorist organization. It’s because it wants Palestinians to live free, on their own land, in their own country. 
Israel calls it a crime. So does Washington. Imagine holding talks on this basis. Doing so puts a lie to legitimacy. It mocks the very notion. 
It shames anyone believing otherwise. Media scoundrels lined up in lockstep. They support the Big Lie. They endorse it. It doesn’t surprise. The New York Times was typical. 
On July 19, it headlined “Kerry Achieves Deal to Revive Mideast Talks,” saying:
“Israeli and Palestinian leaders have ‘established a basis’ to resume direct peace negotiations for the first time in three years, Secretary of State John Kerry announced Friday, after an intense round of shuttle diplomacy aimed at reviving the dormant Middle East peace process.”
It’s not “dormant.” It’s dead. It’s nonexistent. Don’t expect Times contributors to explain. They pretended John Kerry’s rhetoric was sincere. They quoted him saying:
“The representatives of two proud peoples today have decided that the difficult road ahead is worth traveling and that the daunting challenges that we face are worth tackling.”
“They have courageously recognized that in order for Israelis and Palestinians to live together side by side in peace and security, they must begin by sitting at the table together in direct talks.”
On September 30, 1938, British Prime Minister Neville Chamberlain declared “peace for our time.”
Only fools believed it. Wise men knew otherwise.
Chamberlain returned from Munich. He waved Hitler’s agreement. It wasn’t worth the paper it was written on. 
Hitler knew it. Chamberlain pretended otherwise. So did others. They did so foolishly. Hard reality awaited. WW II followed. Tens of millions perished. So much for “peace for our time.”
“We, the German Fuhrer and Chancellor, and the British Prime Minister, have had a further meeting today and are agreed in recognizing that the question of Anglo-German relations is of the first importance for our two countries and for Europe,” said Chamberlain. 
“We regard the agreement signed last night and the Anglo-German Naval Agreement as symbolic of the desire of our two peoples never to go to war with one another again.” 
“We are resolved that the method of consultation shall be the method adopted to deal with any other questions that may concern our two countries, and we are determined to continue our efforts to remove possible sources of difference, and thus to contribute to assure the peace of Europe.”
A follow-up statement added:
“My good friends, for the second time in our history, a British Prime Minister has returned from Germany bringing peace with honour.” 
“I believe it is peace for our time…Go home and get a nice quiet sleep.”
According to TimesSpeak, resuming Israeli/Palestinian talks suggests “progress.”
Israeli negotiator Tzipi Livni was quoted saying “four years of political stagnation are coming to an end.”
Times contributors stopped short of declaring “peace for our time.” Despite daunting obstacles, perhaps they believe it. 
Fools go where angels fear to tread. Peace is a convenient illusion. It’s always been this way. It’s no different now. Big Lies don’t wash. High-sounding rhetoric rings hollow.
In 1993, Edward Said minced no words denouncing the Oslo Accords and Declaration of Principles. 
He explained “the fashion-show vulgarities of the White House ceremony, the degrading spectacle of Yasser Arafat thanking everyone for the suspension of most of his people’s rights, and the fatuous solemnity of Bill Clinton’s performance, like a 20th century Roman emperor shepherding two vassal kings through rituals of reconciliation and obeisance, (and) the truly astonishing proportions of the Palestinian capitulation.”
It was unilateral surrender. It was a Palestinian Versailles. It affirmed a vaguely defined negotiating process. No fixed timeline or outcome were specified. 
Israeli officials obstructed and delayed. They refused to make concessions. They continued stealing Palestinian land. They never stopped.
Colonization is official Israeli policy. It wants all valued Judea and Samaria areas. It wants Jerusalem as its exclusive capital. It prefers Palestinians cast into the sea. 
At most, they’ll get worthless cantonized scrubland. They’ll continue being persecuted ruthlessly. Resisters will be brutally treated. Thousands of Palestinian political prisoners fill Israel’s gulag. It’s one of the world’s worse.
In 1993, Palestinians got nothing for renouncing armed struggle, recognizing Israel’s right to exist, and agreeing to leave major unresolved issues for later final status talks. They’re still waiting.
Major unresolved issues include an independent sovereign Palestine, ending Israel’s occupation, the right of return, settlements, borders, water, air and resource rights, and East Jerusalem as Palestine’s exclusive capital.
Mazin Qumsiyeh’s a distinguished Palestinian academic. He serves on multiple boards. 
They include Peace Action, the US Campaign to End the Occupation, the Palestinian American Congress, Association for One Democratic State in Israel/Palestine, AcademicsForJustice.org, and BoycottIsraeliGoods.org.
He’s unequivocal saying:
“Mr. Abbas agreed to go back to public negotiations with a pathological liar.”
“Private negotiations have been ongoing behind the
scenes.” 
“Public and private negotiations for the past 20 years produced nothing tangible except increasing the number of colonial Jewish settlers in the West Bank from 200,000 in 1992 to 650,000 today and subcontracting Israeli security to Palestinian security officials.”  
“Israel will release some prisoners (and replace them with others) and the US will give more money to corrupt officials on all sides.”  
“The question is whether the only two choices available to us are sitting around not doing anything or going to fruitless unbalanced negotiations intended to liquidate Palestinian rights?” 
“Do we really give up on resistance, on democratizing the PLO or on freedom or on human rights?”
BDS efforts are working, said Qumsiyeh. Mahmoud Abbas and complicit Palestinian officials spurn them. They’re working on normalizing Israeli/Palestinian relations. 
They’re doing so deceitfully. They’re in it for self-serving reasons. They don’t give a damn about Palestinian rights. They never did. They don’t now. 
It shows in their overt betrayal. They say one thing. They do another. Why Palestinians put up with them, they’ll have to explain.
Robert Danin’s a Council on Foreign Relations Eni Enrico Mattei Senior Fellow for Middle East and African Studies. From 2008 – 2010, he conspired with Tony Blair. 
He’s a reinvented war criminal. He’s the Quartet’s Middle East envoy. He’s an imperial tool. Danin worked closely with him.
On July 20, he headlined “Secretary Kerry’s Creative Ambiguity and Israeli-Palestinian Peace Talks,” saying:
His announcement about talks resuming “was short on details and ambiguous, even by diplomatic standards.”
“Such imprecision at first blush suggests that the parties still have a ways to go before America’s chief diplomat can declare negotiations fully back on track.” 
“But it also reflects a highly creative use of diplomatic ambiguity as a means towards allowing each side to find a way back to the negotiating table.”
“Getting the two sides to agree to an enduring peace agreement will require clarity and transparency – two elements lacking to date.” 
“Substantive progress will require Secretary Kerry’s constant engagement and a tremendous expenditure of diplomatic capital. That alone, however, is unlikely to be sufficient.”
To his credit, Danin suggested something’s rotten in Denmark. He didn’t explain what’s most important. Talks are more pretense than real. Peace is a convenient illusion. He knows. He didn’t say.
On July 19, Mossad-connected DEBKAfile (DF) headlined “Kerry obtains Israeli, Palestinian consent to negotiate interim accord, without borders issue.”
DF claims it knows details Kerry didn’t reveal. Netanyahu agreed. 
“(F)orthcoming negotiations (will) focus on attaining an interim peace accord – without determining final borders – for establishing a Palestinian state in broad areas of the West Bank from which Israel would withdraw,” it said.
Fact check:
Israel withdraws nowhere. Gaza’s August 2005 disengagement achieved nothing. Less than two years later, siege followed. It remains virtually unchanged. So did war, intermittent bombings, and regular incursions.
Israel maintains de facto control over all West Bank and East Jerusalem territory. Peace talks won’t change things. They never did before. They won’t now.
Two states once were possible. No longer. Israel controls over half the West Bank and much of East Jerusalem. More is added daily. 
When completed, Israel’s apartheid wall will control over 10% of Palestine. Maybe 12% or more. Isolated ghettoized bantustans on worthless scrubland won’t work. 
Sovereign viability’s a convenient illusion. It’s impossible. One state for all its people alone makes sense. Nothing else.
According to DF, Palestine, as negotiators define it, will be “subject to trilateral US-Israeli-Palestinian consensus on security arrangements, and require some Jewish settlements to be removed.”
None will be removed. New ones may be built. They’ll all expand. Some may be consolidated by combining them. More stolen land will facilitate doing so.
“Initial negotiations will start next week in Washington behind closed doors.” Secrecy alone belies credibility. Transparency is vital. 
Palestinians have a right to know what’s being negotiated in their name. They have no say whatever. Israel and Washington control things. Take it or else is policy.
Talks will last “no less than nine months,” said DF. Israel duplicitously agreed to a “partial” construction “standstill” – “except for building to accommodate natural growth.”
In other words, it’ll continue unabated. Hundreds of new units will be built. Perhaps thousands. Many others will be planned. 
Israel wants all valued Judea and Samaria areas Judaized. It wants Jerusalem as its exclusive capital. It’s longstanding policy. It won’t change now. Abbas knows it. He pretends otherwise.
He “dropped his stipulation for a total construction freeze.” He never had one. He only claimed to. He lied. He’s a serial liar. He repeatedly broke major promises made. He serves Israeli interests. He’s disdainful of Palestinian rights.
He pledged “not to carry out his threat to push anti-Israeli measures through UN and other international institutions during the talks.”
He won’t do so under any conditions. His talk is cheap. It’s meaningless. Rogue leaders operate that way.
Kerry “persuaded (him) to waive his ultimatum for peace talks based on 1967 borders.” He settled for Obama’s duplicitous promise.
He’ll “send him a letter affirming US recognition that the object of the negotiations is to establish a Palestinian state as the national home of the Palestinian people whose borders will be based on 1967 lines.”
Weasel wording will disguise his intent. Palestine won’t choose borders. Israel and Washington alone have final say. They control the agenda. They’ll decide terms.
Israel’s the only country without fixed borders. It’s because land theft is planned. It won’t stop until Israel gets all it wants.
“Obama will send another letter to Netanyahu, affirming that the negotiations must lead to the recognition of the state of Israel as the national home of the Jewish people, whose future borders will be based on the 1967 lines while also accommodating Israel’s security needs and its realistic demographic circumstances.”
In other words, he’ll assure Netanyahu what he already knows. Whatever he wants, he’ll get. A bus awaits Palestinians to be thrown under. They know the drill. It happened so often before.
It bears repeating. This time’s no different. Betrayal’s baked in the cake. It’s longstanding reality. Liberation’s a distant dream. Maybe some day. Not now.
A Final Comment
On Sunday, Netanyahu held his weekly cabinet meeting. Negotiations won’t be easy, he said. He disingenuously said he’s “entering them with integrity, honesty and hope.”
He lacks honor, morality, and ethical honesty. He’s unscrupulous. He spurns rule of law principles. He mocks democratic values. He reflects the worst of rogue leadership. He’s all take and no give.
“Our negotiating partners will have to make concessions that enable us to preserve our security and crucial national interests,” he said.
In other words, what Israel says goes. Palestinians have no say. It’s always been that way. Expect nothing different now.
Netanyahu called new talks “an essential strategic interest for Israel.” He stopped short of explaining what he means.
Peace for our time won’t happen. It remains a convenient illusion. Settlement construction will continue unabated. It’s on stolen Palestinian land.
Abbas won’t stop it. He’ll pretend otherwise. “We must continue the peace process that we started a few years ago and finish it,” he claimed.
Senior Hamas official Fawzi Barhoum calls talks a “disaster.” He said so for good reason. Abbas’ notion of peace is sellout. 
It’s cover for Israel’s Judaization project. It’s unconditional surrender. It’s baked in the cake. It’s coming. Expect it next year or sooner.
Stephen Lendman lives in Chicago. He can be reached at lendmanstephen@sbcglobal.net. 
His new book is titled “Banker Occupation: Waging Financial War on Humanity.”
http://www.claritypress.com/LendmanII.html
Visit his blog site at sjlendman.blogspot.com. 
Listen to cutting-edge discussions with distinguished guests on the Progressive Radio News Hour on the Progressive Radio Network.
It airs Fridays at 10AM US Central time and Saturdays and Sundays at noon. All programs are archived for easy listening.
http://www.progressiveradionetwork.com/the-progressive-news-hour 
http://www.dailycensored.com/israelipalestinian-peace-talks-dead-on-arrival/

Republished with permission from: Stephen Lendman

The Terrible Plutocratic Plan

0

Thanks to Michael Feikema and Doug Hendren for inviting me. Like most of you I do not spend my life studying trade agreements, but the Trans-Pacific Partnership (TPP) is disturbing enough to make me devote a little time to it, and I hope you will do the same and get your neighbors to do the same and get them to get their friends to do the same – as soon as possible.

I spend most of my time reading and writing about war and peace. I’m in the middle of writing a book about the possibility and need to abolish war and militarism. I hate to take a break from that. But if we think trade and militarism are separate topics we’re fooling ourselves.

New York Timescolumnist Thomas Friedman, a big fan of the supposed wonders of the hidden hand of the market economy says, “The hidden hand of the market will never work without a hidden fist. McDonald’s cannot flourish without McDonnell Douglas, the designer of the U.S. Air Force F-15. And the hidden fist that keeps the world safe for Silicon Valley’s technologies to flourish is called the U.S. Army, Air Force, Navy and Marine Corps.”

Of course, there’s nothing hidden about that fist. The TPP is planned to include the United States, Canada, Mexico, Peru, Chile, Australia, New Zealand, Singapore, Brunei, Malaysia, and Vietnam, with Japan expected to be added this month, and with the ability to expand to any other Pacific nation even after the treaty is created – if it is created. The U.S. military works closely with the militaries of all of those nations, encourages their militarization, and keeps its own troops in most of them. The U.S. military is currently building up its presence in the Pacific – including even in Vietnam, where McDonald’s also opened its first store this week. In a presidential debate last year President Obama described the TPP as part of a strategy to counter China and exert U.S. influence in Asia, the same rationale behind the naval base on Jeju Island and all the rest of the military build up around China’s borders. In this year’s State of the Union, Obama said the TPP and an agreement with the European Union were priorities for him this year.

There is also, of course, nothing hidden about the hand of corporate trade agreements. These are not agreements aimed at maximizing competition by preventing monopolies. These are very lengthy and detailed agreements that include protection and expansion of monopolies. Rather than relying on the magic of the marketplace, a corporate trade agreement relies on the influence of lobbyists. Just as the corruption of the military industrial complex helps explain a global military buildup in the absence of a national enemy – I mean an enemy that is a nation, not a handful of criminals who ought to be indicted and prosecuted rather than blown up along with whoever’s nearby – so, too, the corporate ownership of our government explains our government’s trade policies.

What is hidden, in another sense, is the detailed negotiated text of the proposed TPP treaty. Some 600 corporate advisors are helping the U.S. government write the text. Some of these advisors come from those benevolent, public-interest firms known as Monsanto, the Bank of America, Chevron, and ExxonMobil. The rest of us are shut out. The government gathers up our every communication, but we aren’t allowed to see what it’s doing in our name. We don’t influence the text and we don’t get to see it. Some courageous person or persons willing to risk charges of aiding the enemy (even if there is no enemy) has made parts of what is in the TPP known.

I dealt with corporate trade agreements a little when I worked as press secretary for Dennis Kucinich for President in 2004. Basically my job was to tell any media outlet that would listen that we were going to end wars, create single-payer healthcare, and abolish NAFTA. But mostly we were going to end wars. I remember in the 2008 campaign, a whole bunch of Democratic primary candidates lined up on a stage for a huge labor-organized debate in a football stadium. Kucinich said he would abolish NAFTA, get out of the WTO, and create bilateral trade agreements with nations, agreements that left in place protections for workers, consumers, and the environment. The applause suggested most people there agreed. But every other one of the candidates refused to say they would end NAFTA. Instead, every one of them, including Barack Obama, said they would re-negotiate NAFTA to fix it by adding in the protections it was missing. Most of them, of course, didn’t get elected. The one who did seems to have had a change of plans. The TPP has been under negotiation for 5 years.

A year and a half ago, some of us were living in Freedom Plaza in Washington, D.C., and there was another camp just over in McPhearson Square, and the Occupy Movement had gone national through corporate television and newspapers. A Senate committee was holding a hearing on new corporate trade agreements with Colombia, Panama, and Korea. After the lobbyists got their seats, there were a few left for the public, and I took one. The senators were discussing how they would mitigate the damage of what they were about to support. They planned to try to help find jobs for some of the people they would throw out of work. I thought I should point out to them that they could just leave everybody in their current jobs. I was hoping they would realize that on their own. I didn’t want to be rude and interrupt. But it seemed an important enough point. So I spoke up. And they arrested me.

Then the senators discussed Korean and U.S. tariffs on beef. A woman in the audience spoke up and asked why we couldn’t just leave the Korean beef in Korea and the U.S. beef in the United States instead of shipping beef both ways across the ocean. They arrested her. They arrested everybody who said anything. In the first year of the previous agreement made with Korea, U.S. exports to Korea fell 10% and the U.S. trade deficit with Korea rose 37%.  The same sort of results are likely with a new one.

On the plus side, Congress was kept safe from interruptions. The charges carried some months in jail, as I recall. Four of us made deals in court that kept us out of jail but banned us from Capitol Hill for 6 months. In the next courtroom over, some friends were convicted of speaking out against torture when some committee chairman hadn’t asked them to. And straight across the hall, that same day, another friend was told she’d completed her probation for having interrupted Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu in the Capitol, a punishment imposed even though Netanyahu had thanked her for speaking and bragged about how she’d have been treated worse in Iran – although the assault she suffered in the U.S. Capitol put her in a neck brace.

The First Amendment is not doing much better than the Fourth Amendment these days. I know that some of you will say nobody should interrupt anyone. How would I like to be interrupted myself? Et cetera. But how much has the corporate media that dominates our communications system, and does so with our subsidies, told us about the Trans-Pacific Partnership? Unless we can organize enough of these meetings, someone is going to have to interrupt someone to get the word out.

Maybe the first thing I would interrupt a super bowl or a state of the union to tell people about the TPP is that it creates corporate nationhood. This is something I started to focus on after interviewing Lacey Kohlmoos of Public Citizen on my radio show. Public Citizen has a website set up at ExposeTheTPP.org. Another coalition has created FlushTheTPP.org. Another is at CitizensTrade.org. And then there’s a cross-border effort to organize against the TPP at TPPxborder.org. You can find pretty much everything I have to say, and much more, at those websites. You can sign up and get involved with ongoing campaigns as things develop at those websites.

Many of us have heard of corporate personhood. Corporations have been given the Constitutional rights of persons by U.S. courts over the past 40 years, including the right to spend money on elections. By corporate nationhood I mean the bestowing of the rights of nations on corporations. The TPP, drafts of which have been leaked to Public Citizen, has 29 chapters, only five of which – according to Public Citizen’s thinking – deal with trade. The others deal with things like food safety, internet freedom, medicine costs, job off-shoring, and financial regulation. Treaties, according to Article VI of the U.S. Constitution, are – together with the Constitution itself – the supreme law of the land. So U.S. laws would have to be made to comply with the TPP’s rules.

The United States is party to treaties banning war and torture. Some treaties are treated more like helpful suggestions than the supreme law of the land. That would not be the case with the TPP. Our federal and state and local governments would have to obey the TPP. And if they didn’t, corporations could force them to. A corporation could take the U.S. government or other nations’ governments to court (or rather, a special tribunal) and overturn their laws. That’s corporate nationhood. A bunch of corporate lawyers would make their case to a tribunal made up of three corporate lawyers taking a break from themselves arguing such cases in order to rule on some of them. These three lawyers would answer to no electorate and be bound by no precedents. There would be no appeals process. They would be empowered to order any amount of compensation whatsoever, to be paid to corporations by tax payers.

So, if the United States has a healthcare policy or an environmental or workplace policy or a banking or internet or other public policy that a few corporate lawyers can convince three other corporate lawyers fails to comply with the TPP, the policy will be overturned, the law rewritten, and compensation ordered to be paid by the public treasury to the corporations that suffered from having to provide healthcare or from having to refrain from poisoning a river, or whatever. We don’t know all of the details – I’ll get to some of them shortly. But this framework is an outrage no matter what they turn out to be. And it’s an expansion of something already being tried under existing corporate trade agreements.

ExposeTheTPP.org says: “Tribunals have already ordered governments to pay over $3.5 billion in investor-state cases under existing U.S. agreements.  This includes payments over toxic bans, land-use policies, forestry rules and more.  More than $14.7 billion remain in pending claims under U.S. agreements alone.  Even when governments win, they often must pay for the tribunals’ costs and legal fees, which average $8 million per case.  The TPP would expand the scope of policies that could be attacked.

“The proposed TPP foreign investor privileges would provide foreign firms greater ‘rights’ than those afforded to domestic firms. This includes a ‘right’ to not have expectations frustrated by a change in government policy. Claiming such radical privileges, foreign corporations have launched investor-state cases against a broad array of environmental, energy, consumer health, toxics, water, mining and other non-trade domestic policies that they allege undermine their ‘expected future profits.’

“Some of the investor-state attacks now underway are:

Chevron trying to evade liability for its Ecuadorian Amazon toxic contamination;

Phillip Morris attacking Australia’s cigarette labeling policy;

Eli Lilly attacking Canada’s drug patent policy; and

European firms attacking Egypt’s post-revolution minimum wage increase and South Africa’s post-Apartheid affirmative action law.”

Corporate trade agreements like the TPP don’t impose something as dangerous as corporate nationhood as part of the cost of some other benefit. These agreements have no clear upside, unless it’s inexpensive, poorly made products that poorly paid people can afford to buy. Most destructive public policies are justified by jobs. We’ll chop down that forest for jobs. We’ll build a bigger military for jobs. We’ll mine coal for jobs. We’ll concentrate wealth beyond medieval levels for jobs. But corporate trade agreements eliminate, or at least export, jobs.

The United States had about 20 million manufacturing jobs before NAFTA, and lost about 5 million of them, including the closure of more than 60,000 facilities. Imports have soared while the growth of exports has slowed. Millions of service jobs have been offshored too, of course. The TPP is referred to by those who have seen drafts of it (and you can read some draft chapters online) as NAFTA on steroids. It expands on NAFTA’s policies. The TPP would provide special benefits to, and eliminate risks for, companies that offshore jobs. Vietnam’s wages are even lower than China’s. An average day’s wage in China is $4.11. In Vietnam it’s $2.75.

The TPP will push U.S. wages downward. And if NAFTA’s impact on Mexico is any guide, the TPP won’t end up being seen as beneficial to Vietnam either, especially when some other country decides that it can pay workers even less than Vietnam does.

The TPP will also move U.S. government contracting jobs to foreign companies by banning buy-American procurement policies. The ability of U.S. firms to bid on government contracts in the other participating countries will not begin to balance this out. And in every country involved, the foreign companies will be less accountable to the people whose money is being spent. Also banned will be preferential treatment for sweat-free businesses, minority-owned businesses, women-owned, or environmentally-friendly businesses. Not only does the TPP make corporations into governments, but it also makes governments into corporations, requiring that they work purely to maximize profits – although the profits are for the corporations.

The TPP doesn’t end there. When it comes to food safety and workplace safety and other consumer or environmental protections, an agreement like this could require that all nations enforce a high standard, even the highest standard of any of the nations, or a higher standard than any nation now meets – after all, the agreement would create an even playing field for all and ought to be seen as an opportunity to collectively raise the standards. The TPP, as drafted, does just the opposite. It would require the United States to import meat and poultry that doesn’t meet U.S. safety standards. Any U.S. food safety rule on pesticides, labeling, or additives that is higher than international standards could be challenged as an “illegal trade barrier.” Malaysia and Vietnam are big seafood exporters. High levels of contaminants have been found in Vietnam’s seafood. (I can’t imagine why!) The FDA only inspects 1% of imported seafood now. Local seafood producers struggle as it is. The pollution involved in shipping seafood around the globe probably won’t work wonders for future seafood either. And don’t imagine we’ll all just buy local and “vote with our wallets.” The TPP will impose limits on labeling where food comes from, labeling GMO foods, labeling foods dolphin-safe, etc. You won’t know where your food comes from or how it was produced unless you grow it or buy it from a neighbor who grew it. But the odds will be stacked even more heavily against the small farmer if the TPP is enacted.

Once everyone’s gotten good and sick by eating TPP food, just wait to see what the TPP does to healthcare. Corporations with national rights will be able to overturn domestic patent and drug-pricing laws. The big drug companies will be able to raise prices with extended monopolies over drugs and over surgical procedures. People in need of inexpensive generic drugs will be denied them, and many of those people will die. The TPP, in the end, may turn out to be more deadly than any war. The TPP would threaten provisions included in Medicare, Medicaid, and veterans’ health programs to make medicines more affordable. Foreign corporations will also be able to challenge laws on toxics, zoning, cigarettes, alcohol, public health, and the environment – anything that they could claim might cost them profits. NAFTA doesn’t go as far as the TPP, but these things are already happening under it. ExposeTheTPP.org says: “Canada lifted a ban on a gasoline additive already banned in the U.S. as a suspected carcinogen after an investor attack by Ethyl Corporation under NAFTA. It also paid the firm $13 million and published a formal statement that the chemical was not hazardous.”

Under the TPP, the United States could increase its exports of so-called natural gas, and that will mean more fracking. And laws to protect the environment, including the human beings, where the fracking is done could be challenged by corporations as limiting their future profits. The same problems arise with tar sands. Even under existing corporate trade agreements, governments have already paid over $3 billion to foreign corporations, and over 85% of that has been the result of challenges to oil, mining, gas, and other environmental and natural resource policies.  This includes payments by the governments of Mexico and Canada to U.S. fossil fuel corporations.

The United States has been growing accustomed to secret laws. The PATRIOT Act, for example, according to numerous members of Congress, has been secretly “reinterpreted” to mean things radically at odds with and worse than what the words of the bill – horrible as they were – meant. The TPP could become public, and bits of it keep leaking out, but it outdoes the PATRIOT Act in size and breadth. It would rewrite laws. It would even put in place laws very intentionally rejected by Congress following a very public process.

Last year there was a big struggle over SOPA, a bill that was marketed as copyright protection but ultimately rejected as internet censorship – following a great deal of public, and even some corporate, pressure. According to the Electronic Frontier Foundation and the ACLU, the TPP would largely recreate SOPA while no one’s watching. Unless, of course, we start watching. Under the TPP, internet service providers will be able to monitor user activity, remove internet content, and prevent certain people from accessing certain content. Downloading a song could be treated the same as a large-scale for-profit copyright violation. The TPP would impose copyright protections for 120 years for corporate-created content. Breaking digital locks (and no, I don’t really know what those are) for legitimate purposes, such as using Linux or accessing closed captioning for the deaf or audio-supported content for the blind could result in fines.

Then there are the laws that we dream our government might enact that the TPP would prevent, such as reasonable regulation of Wall Street. Under the TPP a government could not ban the toxic derivatives and other risky financial “products” that helped crash the economy. A firewall could not be put back in place between different types of financial institutions. Senator Elizabeth Warren wants to reinstate the Glass-Steagall Act, arguing that it prevented economic crashes for a half century from the 30s through the 80s. The TPP would forbid it. A huge movement that I’ve been working with wants to impose a Robin Hood tax, a tax on financial transactions. Some nations’ governments have begun to agree. The TPP would forbid it. If our government creates and then abides by the TPP it will be asked for more bankster bailouts. If it creates and does not abide by the TPP, corporate tribunals will make it pay the bailouts as punishment for imposing regulations. Our government is doing this to itself because it is broken. Elections are broken. Communications are broken. Secrecy is out of control. Whistleblowers are persecuted. Bribery is institutionalized. Parties have replaced branches. And a culture of shortsighted greed and subservience has supplanted anything resembling statesmanship.

The TPP will, as the flyer for this event stated:

§ Prevent effective regulation of Wall Street

§ Trade good-paying careers for sweatshop labor

§ Destroy family farms

§ Accelerate global warming in the name of profits

§ Keep the public in the dark

§ Place corporate rights above our national sovereignty

§ Crush our ability to support local economies

§ Weaken and undermine democracy at home and abroad

President Obama wants to fast-track the TPP. Industry groups this week have been demanding that Congress approve fast-tracking. Corporate trade agreements are not treated as treaties requiring a two-thirds vote in the Senate. Rather, they are treated as requiring a simple majority in both houses. If Congress allows fast-tracking, that means the thing can’t be amended. And it can’t be filibustered. It must be simply voted on as is, with the most horrible bits included along with the only moderately horrible parts.  Most Congress Members had no time to read the PATRIOT Act before they voted on it, and of course the public had not seen it. Congress has not seen the TPP yet either. There are three chapters in the draft text that no one has leaked even the titles of.

Fast-track authority expired in 2007 and Congress refused to renew it. Urging Congress to continue rejecting fast-track could be part of a comprehensive campaign aimed at getting Congress to take itself seriously, a campaign that might include repeal of the 2001 Authorization for the Use of Military Force which essentially handed war powers over to the president. Regardless, stopping fast track would help stop the TPP. And it wouldn’t stop decent trade agreements that can withstand the light of day. There have been over 500 trade agreements created since 1974, and fast track has been used for only 16 of the worst ones.

As a candidate, Obama said he would replace fast track and make sure that Congress played a strong and informed role in trade agreements. Now he’s seeking fast track. If he gets it, the TPP will become likely in every gory detail.

The TPP can be stopped. Others have been since NAFTA passed, including the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA), which failed following huge public protests. In the case of the FTAA, the negotiation documents were made public. Not this time. But FlushTheTPP.org offers these words of encouragement:

“Since the ‘Battle in Seattle,’ the World Trade Organization has had an impossible time moving forward, as was seen in the failure of the Millennial and Doha Rounds of the WTO. We also stopped the Free Trade Area of the Americas and the Multilateral Agreement on Investment. And at least 14 other corporate trade agreements have not been completedbecause of widespread public opposition. This is hopeful news, and together we can stop the TPP also, which will be a tremendous victory for the people against transnational corporate power!”

FlushTheTPP.org has a map where you can find or create actions around the country. Groups are encouraged to hold TPP Tuesdays, dedicating Tuesdays to educational or nonviolent resistance events. In August, when Congress Members are expected to be in their districts and senators in their states. We should bird-dog them, lobby them, meet with them, interview them, pressure them, protest them, until they agree to make the TPP public and to stop fast track. Former US Trade Representative Ron Kirk has said that if the contents of this agreement were known it could not be signed because it would be so unpopular.

The Backbone Campaign, online at BackboneCampaign.org, has great ideas for props and banners and puppets. They’ve even been holding training camps, teaching things like action planning, light projection, song and dance flash mobs, guerilla theatre, fundraising, giant banner construction and deployment – including with helium balloons, blockades, rappelling, etc. I recommend contacting them or organizing a similar effort.

Maybe TPP opposition can be a catalyst for a resurgence of Occupy Harrisonburg and Occupy Everywhere. We are going to have to get organized and we are going to have to occupy. We need to keep moving the money out of the big banks. We need to advance worker ownership and community power. We need to become independent of the outrageously corrupt political party that we’re supposed to hate and the outrageously corrupt political party that we’re supposed to like. We need to stop cheering when President Obama gives speeches opposing his own policies. I can’t recall once demanding that President Bush give a speech. We always wanted something more substantive than that.

There are places to get involved:

http://ExposeTheTPP.org

http://FlushTheTPP.org

http://CitizensTrade.org

http://TPPxborder.org

Also, at RootsAction.org, where I work, there is a page at which 20,000 people have already emailed Congress and the president against the TPP, and you should too.  Make your voice heard here.

This free trade agreement is not free and not about trade, and we’re definitely not in agreement!

David Swanson is author of War is a Lie. He lives in Virginia.

Republished with permission from: Counterpunch

Panama: MiG jets on North Korea ship

0

A man works in a container with the MiG-21 jets found on board North Koreaâ„¢s Chong Chon Gang ship in Colon, near Panama City, July 21, 2013.

Panama says it has uncovered two Russian-made MiG-21 fighter jets on board a North Korean cargo ship that it seized along with the crew at the Panama Canal.

President Ricardo Martinelli told reporters in the Atlantic port of Colon on Sunday that Panamanian authorities also found two missile radar systems on board Chong Chon Gang, which had set sail from Cuba.

Å“(We found) planes and surface-to-air missiles,” Martinelli said.

Prosecutors say officials are pushing charges against the crew of the North Korean vessel.

On July 15, Panama said it had discovered arms shipment on board the ship after seizing it and carrying out a drugs search. The country said the arms had been concealed under a sugar cargo.

Cuba said on July 16 that the stash of weapons found on board Chong Chon Gang were Å“obsolete” Soviet-era missiles and parts, which were being sent to North Korea for refurbishment.

Panamanian government officials said a five-member team of UN experts will arrive in Panama on August 5 to inspect the ship and determine the legality of the cargo.

DB/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

‘German intelligence tied to NSA’

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]A report has revealed that German intelligence services themselves used one of US National Security Agency’s most valuable spying programs.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

'Syria will attend Rohani’s swearing-in'

0

Syriaâ„¢s Prime Minister Wael Nader Al-Halqi says his country will attend the swearing-in ceremony of Iranâ„¢s President-elect Hassan Rohani.

In a meeting with Iran’s Ambassador to Syria Mohammad Reza Raouf-Sheibani on Sunday, Al-Halqi said a high-ranking Syrian delegation will travel to Iran to take part in the event.

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi said on Sunday that the heads and the officials of all world states had been invited to attend Rohaniâ„¢s inauguration.

Rohaniâ„¢s swearing-in is scheduled to be held on August 4, one day after he is endorsed by Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Seyyed Ali Khamenei.

Iranâ„¢s president-elect secured an outright victory in the June 14 presidential election with 50.7 percent of the votes. The poll was marked by a high 72.7-percent voter turnout.

Referring to Iran-Syria cooperation in various fields, Al-Halqi hailed the Islamic Republicâ„¢s economic aid and political support for Syria in the international circles.

Also in the meeting, Al-Halqi and Raouf-Sheibani both condemned the recent terrorist mortar attack against the shrine of Hazrat Zaynab (AS) in Syria and cited the sacrilegious move as an indication of Takfiri groupsâ„¢ failure in instigating religious strife.

On Friday, several mortar shells fired by foreign-backed terrorist groups hit the holy shrine, killing the custodian of the facility.

In May, foreign-sponsored militants also desecrated the shrine of Hujr ibn Adi — a close companion (sahaba) of Prophet Muhammad (PBUH) and a staunch supporter of Imam Ali (PBUH) — in a northeastern suburb of Damascus, exhumed his body, and took it to an unknown location.

Syria has been gripped by deadly unrest since 2011. According to the United Nations, more than 90,000 people have been killed and millions of others displaced in the violence.

MYA/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Grenade attack kills two in Karachi

0

People gather at the site of a bombing in Pakistanâ„¢s port city of Karachi on July 20, 2013.

Two people have been killed and six others wounded in a hand grenade attack on the office of a political party in Pakistanâ„¢s southern port city of Karachi.

The attack was carried out during the late hours of Sunday in the eastern impoverished neighborhood of Buner Town.

Å“It was a grenade attack that targeted office of Awami National Party (ANP), killing two people and wounding six others,” said senior local police official Tahir Naveed.

Another senior police official, Najeeb Khan, said that two attackers riding a motorbike threw the grenade and fled the scene.

No group or individual has claimed responsibility for the attack.

A city of 18 million people, Karachi has experienced a wave of violence and targeted killings over the past few months.

On July 20, two separate bomb explosions claimed the lives of four people and wounded seven others in the city.

Sectarian, political, and ethnic violence has killed hundreds of people in Pakistanâ„¢s main commercial hub so far in 2013.

Karachi is home to numerous ethnic groups. Rivalry between ethnic and political factions has led to clashes in the city over the past two decades.

Since 2001, thousands of people have died in bombings and other militant attacks in Pakistan.

Militant attacks in the country have increased since late 2009.

Thousands of people have also been displaced by the wave of violence sweeping across Pakistan.

DB/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Iraq foils attempted attacks on prisons

0

An Iraqi soldier closes the door of a cell in Abu Ghraib prison near Baghdad.

Iraq says its security forces foiled attempts by armed men to attack two prisons near the capital Baghdad.

The attacks on Sunday had been planned to target prisons in the city of Taji, north of Baghdad, and Abu Ghraib, which is to the west of the capital.

Iraqâ„¢s Interior Ministry said in a statement, Å“The security forces in the Baghdad Operations Command, with the assistance of military aircraft, managed to foil an armed attack launched by unknown gunmen against the… two prisons of Taji and Abu Ghraib.”

Å“The security forces forced the attackers to flee, and these forces are still pursuing the terrorist forces and exerting full control over the two regions,” the statement further said.

Iraqi security forces are under intense scrutiny for failure to contain a recent wave of violence across the country.

Prisons in Iraq are periodically hit by escape attempts, uprisings and other forms of unrest.

Last year, a prison riot in the northern city of Tikrit led to the jailbreak of more than 200 detainees. A number of policemen were also killed during the incident.

YH/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Mind Rape and the Christian Right

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/mind_rape_and_the_christian_right_20130721/

Posted on Jul 21, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

'Yemen pursuing fate of abducted Iranian'

0

Iran’s deputy foreign minister for Arab and African Affairs says Yemen is pursuing the fate of the Iranian diplomat recently kidnapped in the Arab countryâ„¢s capital, Sanaâ„¢a.

Hossein Amir-Abdullahian said on Sunday that the Yemeni Foreign Ministry is following up on the abduction of Nour Ahmad Nikbakht, an administrative staff member of Iranâ„¢s Embassy in Sanaâ„¢a.

Following a phone conversation between Iranâ„¢s Foreign Minister Ali Akbar Salehi and his Yemeni counterpart Abu Bakr al-Qirbi on Sunday, Yemenâ„¢s Foreign Ministry has set up a task group to pursue the case, Amir-Abdullahian added.

During his phone conversation, Salehi reminded his opposite number that under international treaties and conventions, the host country is responsible for the safety of diplomats.

Iranâ„¢s Foreign Ministry on Sunday summoned the Yemeni charge dâ„¢affaires to Tehran to convey the Islamic Republic’s serious concern over the fate of the kidnapped diplomat and to remind him of the Yemeni governmentâ„¢s responsibility in that regard.

Police sources said on Sunday that unknown gunmen had kidnapped Nikbakht.

The Iranian diplomat was travelling in the diplomatic quarter in southern Sanaâ„¢a when armed men blocked the road, forced him to get out of his vehicle and took him to an unknown location.

Iranian Foreign Ministry Spokesman Abbas Araqchi later confirmed the abduction of Nikbakht by an unknown group.

MYA/NN/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Portugal president says no to snap poll

0

Portuguese President Anibal Cavaco Silva has rejected calls for snap elections to resolve a political crisis eroding Lisbonâ„¢s credibility with lenders and investors.

The three main parties of Portugal have failed to agree on a national salvation pact on pursuing radical reforms to avoid a second international bailout.

Å“I think in the current context of national emergency, calling elections is not a solution for the problems Portugal is facing,” Cavaco Silva stated on Sunday.

Å“I think the best solution is to keep the current government in power.”

Cavaco Silva urged the parties in the ruling coalition, Prime Minister Pedro Passos Coelhoâ„¢s center-right Social Democratic Party and the conservative Peopleâ„¢s Party, to work together to conclude the measures agreed under the countryâ„¢s bailout deal from 2011 in order for the country to return to the international financial markets.

The measures include planned spending cuts of 4.7 billion euros as well as laying off thousands of state workers.

The crisis in Portugal was triggered by the resignations of Finance Minister Vitor Gaspar on July 1, and Foreign Minister Paulo Portas a day later.

The resignations cast fears that Portugal would not be able to follow through with the terms of its international bailout of 78 billion euros (about $102 billion).

Meanwhile, Portugalâ„¢s international lenders – the International Monetary Fund, the European Commission and the European Central Bank – postponed a review to late August from the scheduled date of July 15 due to the crisis.

Portugal is experiencing its third year of recession, which was worsened by the governmentâ„¢s harsh austerity measures and has resulted in a record unemployment of more than 18 percent.

CAH/HSN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

US Congressmen, complicit in NSA spying, posture as critics

0

 

By
Thomas Gaist

22 July 2013

During a hearing of the House Judiciary Committee last week, several lawmakers, including Representative James Sensenbrenner, Republican of Wisconsin, made a show of opposition to the National Security Agency surveillance programs.

Sensenbrenner, who sponsored the USA Patriot Act of October 2001, argued that should top officials fail to “rein in” their surveillance activities, they will lose Congressional approval for their programs. “You’re going to lose it entirely,” he said, referring to Section 215 of the Patriot Act, which grants sweeping surveillance powers to the state. “Unless you realize you’ve got a problem, that is not going to be renewed.”

“I think very clearly this program has gone off the tracks legally and needs to be reined in,” said Representative Zoe Lofgren, Democrat of California.

“The government is stockpiling sensitive personal data on a grand scale,” said Representative Ted Deutch, Democrat of Florida. “Intelligence officers, contractors and personnel only need a rubber-stamp warrant from the FISA court to then learn virtually everything there is to know about an American citizen,” he said, referring to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA).

The treatment of Edward Snowden by the American government and its leading representatives, of both major parties, illustrates the utter hypocrisy of these criticisms, which come after the police-state surveillance architecture has been fully deployed. After leaking information about the mass spying to the press, Edward Snowden has faced a tidal wave of bitter denunciations from the political establishment. He was branded a “traitor” and is now hunted to the ends of the earth.

Sensenbrenner himself said of Snowden at the time of the leaks, “Well, he’s definitely a criminal for violating his oath and disgorging classified material. If he is giving this material to either the Chinese or the Russians, then he is a traitor. But we don’t know that yet. I think we will soon.”

Since the world first learned of Snowden five and a half weeks ago, the revelations of illegal and unconstitutional government activities have come one after the next. The courageous actions of the former NSA employee turned whistleblower have set off a crisis that has ripped what remains of the democratic veneer off the military-intelligence apparatus that runs the United States.

The lawmakers’ comments suggest that they were somehow kept in the dark as the vast surveillance infrastructure was erected. In fact, Congress was well-informed about these programs as they were developed.

Speaking to reporters on June 7, President Barack Obama affirmed as much when he said, “When it comes to telephone calls, every member of Congress has been briefed on this program. With respect to all these programs, the relevant intelligence committees are fully briefed on these programs.”

Faced with mounting anger against the spying, the political establishment is seeking to legitimize the surveillance architecture and render it more palatable to the public. The legislators supposed “shock” at the extent of the programs is aimed toward this end, as well as providing legal cover for themselves.

In truth, the Republicans and Democrats are both implicated in a bipartisan conspiracy, spanning at least the past decade, to establish the machinery of a police state in the US.

Whatever their nominal criticisms, no section of the political establishment has expressed any intent at action stopping the surveillance.

Senator Al Franken, Democrat of Minnesota, has similarly called for band-aid reforms of the surveillance system, saying in an interview, “I think that if there were greater transparency, Americans would have a better understanding of these programs.”

Along similar lines, major US corporations and NGOs including Apple, Google, Facebook, and Twitter have issued a letter calling for the government to publish information about the surveillance and enact new laws providing for “greater openness in the surveillance process.”

These same corporations have been fully integrated, over the past decade, into the military-intelligence apparatus. They are rightly concerned about the possibility of mass resistance against the emerging police state and are seeking a new legislative framework which will apply a facade of democracy and legality to the surveillance architecture.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Riots hit Trappes, France after police arrest family of veiled Muslim woman

0

 

By
Alex Lantier

22 July 2013

Friday and Saturday night saw rioting in the southwestern Paris suburb of Trappes, after police brutally arrested a Muslim family, including a woman wearing a full-body veil.

The reactionary 2011 law banning the public wearing of full-body veils–such as burqas, niqabs, or balaclavas–has intensified racial and religious prejudices in France, leading to many confrontations between police and Muslims. This Thursday, police in Trappes demanded that a veiled woman remove her veil, subsequently detaining her husband and claiming that he had tried to strangle a police officer during the arrest.

Several hundred protesters attacked a Trappes police station Friday night, trying to free him, burning bus shelters and cars. Six people were detained and several wounded, including four policemen and one 14-year-old boy shot in the face with a rubber bullet, who may lose an eye.

The man was released from police custody on Saturday, as his wife’s testimony about the arrest was published and directly contradicted the police’s story. He still faces trial in September, however.

Speaking to the Collective against Islamophobia in France (CCIF), she said, “They wanted to stop us because of my full-face veil. As usual, I cooperated. I was going to raise my veil when I saw one of the policemen violently push my mother.”

Police threatened her husband when he asked them to stop. Then, she continued, “Once the policeman was finished with my mother, he came towards me making big gestures in my face and speaking aggressively. Frightened, I asked him to be quiet. He then grabbed me by the veil at the level of my head and dragged me with monstrous force before slamming me onto the hood of the car, shouting, ‘Are you talking to me? Are you talking to me?’

“I turned around, and I saw two policemen holding my husband on the ground and handcuffing him. Once we were in the car, they shouted at us as if we were dogs. They threatened my husband with clenched fists, saying, ‘What are you going to do now, you little fag,’ and hitting him in the car. At the police station, the policemen insulted me, calling me a ghost.”

Rioting continued on the night of Saturday to Sunday, spreading to nearby towns including Guyancourt, Maurepas, and Elancourt, where a police car burned after being hit with a Molotov cocktail. Several riot police vehicles parked outside police headquarters in Trappes, where police clashed again with several dozen inhabitants of the town who allegedly shot fireworks at police.

Four youths were arrested and charged with participating in the Friday riots yesterday, as over 150 riot police were still stationed in Trappes.

Interior Minister Manuel Valls said, “A substantial security presence will be maintained until a lasting calm returns to the area.” He also dismissed the testimony of the veiled woman from Trappes, saying that he was sure police had treated her respectfully.

The Trappes riots make clear the reactionary and racist character of the 2011 ban on full-face or full-body veils. Proposed by right-wing President Nicolas Sarkozy and André Gerin of the Stalinist French Communist Party (PCF), it enjoyed the support of the entire French political establishment.

Passed in blatant violation of secularist principles of the French constitution–which calls for state neutrality in religion, thus precluding the banning of practices of a particular religion–the law has become a pretext for terrorizing working class Muslim communities.

Now, as anger mounts with Socialist Party (PS) President François Hollande’s moves to cut pensions and carry out further attacks on workers’ social rights, the police are launching further strong-armed operations, inciting a law-and-order climate. The broader purpose of such operations is to divide the working class along ethnic and religious lines, while creating the conditions to impose further social cuts.

This underscores the reactionary role of pseudo-left groups like Workers Struggle (LO) or the New Anti-capitalist Party (NPA), which both accepted the burqa ban and promoted Hollande’s candidacy as a more left-wing alternative to Sarkozy in last year’s presidential elections. They have created a political climate in which the only visible source of opposition to Hollande comes from racist forces on the far right. Such forces then benefit from the racist climate stoked by the PS and its law-and-order measures.

The main political beneficiary in the current situation is Marine Le Pen, the leader of the neo-fascist National Front (FN). Her favorability ratings have increased to 31 percent. She reacted to the Trappes riots by denouncing the inhabitants as “out of control scum,” saying, “It is time to thump our fists on the table to organize the reconquering by law and order of every square meter of our national territory.”

Earlier last week, two suspects had been arrested for threatening a veiled woman in Trappes with a knife on Bastille Day, allegedly while drunk. Some reports indicated that they were members of far-right groups.

Inhabitants of Trappes who spoke to the media made clear the deep social anger that has developed over social conditions and police brutality under both Sarkozy and Hollande, and which finds no reflection inside the political establishment. One said, “We are sick and tired of police bandits who compete at the ‘who arrests veiled women the best’ game.”

An inhabitant of Trappes whose car had been damaged during the rioting. told Le Monde, “It will certainly start up again. But it’s 50-50, the police are looking for trouble, too. When you are searched 100 times, the 101st time things explode.”

Another said, “The entire city is angry. Do you think people are revolting just because a police search went badly? It is the entire atmosphere in Trappes that makes us want a revolution.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Prosecutors attack Bradley Manning for being “anti-patriotic”

0

 

By
Matthew MacEgan

22 July 2013

Private Bradley Manning, who is being tried by a military court for allegedly leaking classified documents concerning the criminal nature of the United States military apparatus in Iraq and Afghanistan over the last 12 years, came under scrutiny in court last Friday as being anti-patriotic and anti-American. The nature of this scrutiny is of the most reactionary character.

The US military judge presiding over Manning’s court martial, Army Colonel Denise Lind, decided the previous day against dropping the most draconian charge sought by the prosecution, that of “aiding the enemy.”

Retired Specialist Jihrleah Showman, who was Manning’s team leader prior to his deployment in Iraq, testified Friday that when she initially asked Manning why he joined the military, he responded, “To get an education.” She purportedly then tapped the American flag sewn onto her shoulder, and asked, “What does this mean to you?” According to her testimony, Manning replied, “Nothing.”

Showman explained that she had previously come to think that Manning was a “spy” after he had told her that before joining the military he had tried to remove personal information from the Internet in order to obtain a top-secret security clearance.

However, the credibility of Showman was called into question by defense attorney David Coombs upon cross examination, when he asked why she did not simply write Manning up for his disloyal comments. He also queried why no mention of this suspicion of Manning as a “spy” was ever documented. Her response was that she had verbally mentioned these facts to her superiors and that they had assured her that they would deal with his alleged comments.

Coombs also asked Showman if Manning had ever told her that “you can’t have blind loyalty to a flag,” or that “we have duty to all people from every country.” Showman answered that she did not recall either statement.

Next, Coombs moved on to two sworn statements made by Showman during the period after Manning’s arrest, demonstrating that no mention of these alleged comments appeared in either of them. A later written statement did mention the comments, but only as an afterthought of little consequence to the main points of her report.

Coombs then called retired 1st Sergeant Paul Adkins, another supervisor of Manning’s at that time and the person to whom Showman insisted she made the verbal report, to ask whether Showman had indeed made any such mention of Manning’s nature as a spy. Adkins said that due to a memory loss following an injury he sustained in Iraq he could not remember if this report had been made. Adkins did suggest, however, that if Showman had reported this incident, it would necessarily have been documented. There is no such record in any report.

In fact, Showman went so far as to state that she had approached Adkins several times about Manning’s statements, yet Adkins does not recall speaking to Showman about Manning even one time prior to deployment in Iraq. Adkins also reported that he had never at any time heard Manning make any disloyal statements such as those described by Showman.

A document written in 2011 by Adkins was brought during cross-examination, which stated that he had informed Major Clausen, the officer in charge, about Manning’s comments, but that no disciplinary report was made due to the need for bodies on the deployment. According to this contradictory statement, Adkins felt that sufficient systems were in place in relation to Manning’s conduct.

Coombs then produced a conflicting statement sworn earlier by Adkins concerning the investigation of Bradley Manning post-arrest, asking if he had included anything about anti-patriotic statements. His answer was “no,” and he reported that he would have included such allegations in his statements had he known of them.

Another of Showman’s superiors, Chief Warrant Officer 1 Balanek, was also brought into the rebuttal and testified that he had never heard any report of Manning’s alleged disloyal comments. He expressed the notion that such statements should have been taken very seriously and should have been reported in writing.

When cross-examining Showman, Coombs pointed to the personal animosity held against Manning by Showman due to his sexual preferences. Showman admitted to using antigay slurs to describe Manning prior to deployment.

Closing arguments in the court-martial will be heard this Thursday. Manning elected not to be tried in front of a military jury, so Judge Lind will decide his verdict, which carries a potential death penalty or life in prison. The judge will take several days to reach a verdict and the sentencing phase is scheduled to begin on July 31.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Organizers of Trayvon Martin rallies promote Democratic Party

0

 

By
Our reporters

22 July 2013

Demonstrations were held in cities throughout the United States over the weekend in response to the acquittal of George Zimmerman, who killed Trayvon Martin in Sanford, Florida, last year.

There is popular anger over the acquittal, seen as a travesty of justice that also sets a dangerous precedent. Sections of the Democratic Party, however, have sought to exploit the tragic case for their own ends.

The demonstrations were relatively small, with the largest in New York attracting more than a thousand people. Several hundred gathered in other cities, including Los Angeles, Washington, D.C., Miami, Detroit, and Pittsburgh.

The protests were organized by National Action Network (NAN), founded by Al Sharpton. Sharpton and the NAN are an integral component of the Democratic Party establishment, seeking to use racial politics to divert opposition over disastrous social and economic conditions back into the Democratic Party.

A primary demand promoted by the organizers, who cast the issues entirely in racial terms, was for Obama’s Justice Department to bring charges against Zimmerman on civil rights grounds. Sharpton, who spoke at the New York event, praised Obama for his remarks at a press conference Friday, when the president equated himself with Trayvon Martin.

The lineup of Democratic politicians was so deep at the New York rally that the person introducing speakers felt compelled to state that it was not an election rally. In Detroit, mayoral candidate Krystal Crittendon took to the megaphone, saying, “One thing we can all do for Trayvon is show up at the ballot box and vote. We need to let them know that we will not stand for this. We can take control by voting.”

While participants in the demonstrations included those who supported the politics of Sharpton, others spoke of broader economic and social issues. Michael Williams, a filmmaker who joined the New York rally, explained, “I think this is a travesty. It is a travesty for African Americans to be told to have faith in this jury system. President Obama’s comments were cookie cutter comments when he said we are a nation of laws and we must go along with them. Who do these laws apply to? Do they apply to Wall Street? No. Absolutely not.

“I am very dissatisfied with President Obama,” Michael continued. “When he ran for president he was against the imprisonments at Guantanamo, and he was against the Patriot Act. Since he has been in office he has essentially duplicated George Bush’s policies.

Cecelia Colman came to the Pittsburgh demonstration along with her friend Tiffany Pitts. “I am here for justice and equality for all people,” she said. “This is not just about race, I think that poor people, whatever their race, get treated differently in this country. We have our soldiers going to fight in other countries, but we don’t have democracy here.

“It is really sad when the rich put profits ahead of people. There is so much that needs to be done in this country to help the people and especially the children, and those programs are getting cut, like education and health care, instead being expanded.

“I really did think that the US was at a better place than this. But it looks like the government is trying to turn the clock back. Racism is used to keep the people divided. If we are fighting each other, we are not fighting for equality and our rights.”

A man attending the Detroit demonstration, who asked to remain anonymous, said of the rally, “It’s good that they’re out here doing something, but really this kind of thing happens every day in Detroit.” He took note of the number of reverends who addressed the crowd, and said he thought the emphasis on faith and race was “a way to control the argument. The education system is crumbling, and that’s what they want, to keep us in the dark.”

A WSWS reporter drew connections between the bankruptcy of Detroit and the murder of Trayvon Martin, describing the relationship between the rise of social inequality and vigilantism. The man replied, “I like the way you talk, we need to talk more like this–’ruling class’ and ‘working class’–because that’s the way it really is.”

Kristina added, “It’s not just race, it’s a power issue. If you have money you have power. If not, then you have nothing.” Nadia added, “I voted for Obama the first time, but I didn’t vote for anybody the second time around. We’re so focused on labels, but we all bleed the same.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Obama, race and class

0

 

22 July 2013

The statement Friday by President Obama, during a carefully staged “surprise” appearance in the White House briefing room, was a calculated effort to exploit, for definite political ends, popular anger over last week’s acquittal of Trayvon Martin’s killer. Martin, a 17-year-old African American, was shot and killed by neighborhood watch volunteer George Zimmerman in February of 2012.

Obama sought to accomplish a number of related goals. His remarks were coordinated with nationwide protests over the verdict, with the aim of associating himself with the victim’s family. At the same time, he attempted to shore up dwindling public faith in a criminal justice system that virtually guaranteed a not-guilty verdict. He vouched for the trial and verdict, while signaling there would be no further federal action on the case.

Above all, Obama sought to divert public attention away from any consideration of the underlying social and class issues–rising poverty and social inequality, the systematic promotion of individual violence and right-wing vigilantism–in favor of an exclusive focus on the racial aspects of the tragedy.

The commander in chief of the most powerful and aggressive military in the world began by dressing himself in the garb of the victim. “Trayvon Martin could have been me 35 years ago,” he said.

He made repeated references to the “African American community” in the course of his 18-minute-long remarks. The presentation of America as an aggregate of “communities” based on ethnicity is fundamentally reactionary. Its main purpose is to cover over the deep class divisions that cut across all ethnic and racial lines in America.

It lumps together privileged multimillionaires such as Al Sharpton, Jesse Jackson and Obama himself with the masses of African American workers and youth who have been the hardest hit by the crisis of American capitalism and the policies of the Obama administration.

Obama does not speak for Trayvon Martin. He speaks for a different social class, one whose interests are deeply antagonistic to those of the Martin family and the broad mass of working people and youth of all races and ethnicities.

The same day that Obama gave his remarks, the White House flatly rebuffed suggestions that the federal government should come to the assistance of the city of Detroit, forced into bankruptcy last week. Hundreds of thousands of working people in the city, most of them African Americans, face further punitive cuts in public services, jobs and living standards. The Obama administration, which supplied trillions to the Wall Street banks and tens of billions for the auto bosses, offers nothing at all to the people of Detroit.

There is another reactionary dimension to Obama’s harping on race. He cited the dismay of “the African American community” over the acquittal of Zimmerman, as though only African Americans would be outraged at the prospect of a black youth, guilty of nothing, being stalked and killed, and the perpetrator going scot-free. The truth is that the outcome of the trial was deeply unsettling to wide layers of the population.

Obama’s intervention in the Trayvon Martin case was hailed by the corporate-controlled media as an event of transcendent political importance. The president supposedly gave a glimpse of his innermost feelings, demonstrating political “courage” and “moral leadership,” according to the pundits on the Sunday morning television talk shows.

What cynicism! This is a government that has repeatedly asserted the “right” to kill its political antagonists overseas, including American citizens, using drone-fired missiles. It is engaged in systematic spying on the communications of the population of the entire world. The American government is, as Martin Luther King Jr. once observed, the greatest purveyor of violence on the planet.

In its domestic policies, the Obama administration has systematically defended the interests of the super-rich against the working class and middle class population of all races and ethnic origins. Black, white, Hispanic, Asian, immigrant–all sections of the working class have borne the brunt of the economic crisis that followed the 2008 financial crash. While Wall Street profits and CEO bonuses have been fully restored, the jobs and living standards of working people have never recovered.

The Obama administration and the corporate-controlled media are pushing for a “national discussion on race.” This is nothing more than an effort to prevent any discussion of the class issues, in a country where the socioeconomic divisions are more acute than at any time in a century.

In his remarks, Obama made no mention of unemployment or the social crisis in America. Nor did he offer any policies. There were no proposals to mitigate poverty and social misery, to provide jobs for the unemployed, or to remedy the disproportionate impact of the economic crisis on the most oppressed sections of the working class, including African American workers.

There is a tremendous amount of cynicism, self-interest and hypocrisy in the official reaction to the killing of Trayvon Martin, including from groups like the National Action Network, the pro-Democratic Party organization run by Sharpton that organized the demonstrations over the weekend. A whole layer of fake “progressives” whose stock-in-trade is identity politics, including well-off African American politicians, pundits and professionals, is using the tragic killing of Martin to promote the politics of race–upon which their salaries and sinecures depend.

The aim is to advance the interests of more privileged layers of the upper-middle class. Under conditions where millions of people are coming to an understanding that there is something deeply rotten and dysfunctional about the existing economic and political system, and the class chasm separating the financial aristocracy from the broad masses of the people is emerging ever more clearly, these forces harp on the issue of race in order to sow divisions within the working class and channel social opposition back behind the Democratic Party.

The central task of the working class is to free itself from the political influence of these pro-capitalist elements and build an independent mass political movement that will unite working people of all races and ethnic backgrounds in a common struggle against the profit system.

Patrick Martin



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Detroit workers speak on city’s bankruptcy

0

 

By
Zac Corrigan

22 July 2013

On July 18, Detroit’s state-appointed Emergency Manager Kevyn Orr and Michigan Governor Rick Snyder sent the city of Detroit into the largest municipal bankruptcy in US history. The bankruptcy filing is the prelude to an intensified assault on the working class, including slashing pensions and health benefits, privatizing services and selling off city assets.

D’Artagnan Collier, the Socialist Equality Party’s candidate for mayor of Detroit, and an SEP campaign team spoke to workers at the Rosa Parks Bus Terminal and at a labor picnic hosted by the American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees union on Belle Isle.

John, a local welder, told the campaign team at Rosa Parks bus terminal that instead of bankruptcy, “they should open up all the books and show us where all the money has been going all this time. The governor brought his hatchet man [Orr] to sell the city’s assets, and he gets paid hundreds of thousands of dollars to do it.”

John was incensed at the attack on retirees, saying, “My mother draws my [deceased] father’s pension; Orr wants to get his hands on those pensions.”

John’s wife Regina said she was concerned about the implications of bankruptcy for Detroit’s public transportation. “The bus service is already terrible. And it’s gotten worse since Orr was appointed. Buses are always late, and sometimes they don’t come at all. The killing part is that you’ve got working people who depend on them.

“I had to change my work schedule to be able to catch the bus,” Regina added. “I get up at 4 a.m. to be at work by 8 a.m. I could drive from home to work in a car in 13 minutes.”

Daryl, who works for Clean Downtown maintaining Detroit’s sidewalks and bus stations, at first said of the bankruptcy, “I try not to get mixed up in that because it doesn’t concern me. I just take care of myself and do what I got to do. I’ll get by.” When the campaign team explained that the bankruptcy threatened cuts in city services like public lighting and public transportation, as well as the continued sell-off of city departments and properties to wealthy investors, Daryl spoke out sharply against the capitalist system.

“You know what, the rich have a way of controlling everything. They have the power to make people get some low-paying job or else go to jail. They cut everything and then lock us up. We may not be physically in chains, but it still feels like slavery.”

Daryl added, “I used to work for Mike Ilitch [the owner of Little Caesars Pizza, the Detroit Red Wings and the Detroit Tigers sports teams], at Comerica Park, as a volunteer for $15 a day. I had to take that job because I had been in jail, and my house was burned down by arsonists. But then he actually shorted me! They would pay less than $15 each day. Ilitch makes a killing and can’t even pay his workers. I made him a thousand hot dogs in a day, and he got $4 for each one of them.”

Daryl agreed that D’Artagnan Collier’s demand to throw out the emergency manager and create a government of workers was “a really good campaign. But will the people stand up and do it? That’s the question.”

James, a restaurant worker, said that Orr’s move to throw the city into bankruptcy was “a bunch of bull,” adding, “You’re supposed to help the people, not tear up the city.”

The SEP campaigners explained that Kevyn Orr was a representative of the rich, even though he is portrayed by the media as an impartial arbiter of the city’s finances. James said, “If all the working people in the city could get over their differences, and come together, all colors, they could take care of this place” in their own interest. He asked what it would take to “get people moving.”

James was interested to learn about the evicted tenants of nearby Griswold apartments, who have drafted an open letter calling on the workers of Detroit to defend them, and which the WSWS team was helping distribute. James took several copies of the letter to hand out to others.

Kim Fulton, who works at the Marriott hotel, said she was saddened by the announcement of bankruptcy. She expressed sympathy for the 20,000 retired city workers who stand to lose their pensions and health care, saying, “A lot of people who worked their whole lives, the retirees, they already did their part, and now it looks like this [bankruptcy] is going to affect them the most.”

Kim said she wants to do something to help them, but “our contract [at Marriott] is so messed up. We actually have a strike ban clause in it.” She said she would attend the next Collier campaign meeting.

Carlos, a market butcher, expressed indignation at the ongoing eviction of retirees from downtown, and the sell-off of Detroit’s assets. “I watch the news like crazy–CNN, all of those news reports–and I keep hearing how there’s no money. That’s what they’re telling us here in Detroit, too, no money. But then I hear that they’re giving these rich guys like [Quicken Loans CEO] Dan Gilbert hundreds of millions in tax breaks, letting them buy everything up, and kicking these folks [the Griswold residents] down the street.”

Carlos said he wanted to come to the SEP meeting on August 4th at Wayne State University. “I want to learn how I can help to fight for these people, because this is happening everywhere. People need to have meetings and figure out how to stop this. I have to take 3 buses just to get to work. And they are cutting routes all the time. I don’t know how they expect people to live, to do anything.”

At Belle Isle, Collier asked Ken Atkins, a municipal worker, what he thought about the emergency manager and the bankruptcy. “The government doesn’t give a damn about us,” Ken said. “They work for who? The fat cats. They think only about who’s kicking them money to the side.”

When campaigners said that the working class needed its own political party, separate from both the Democrats and the Republicans, Ken said “Well, we are the majority of the population. We’ve got to find out how to do it, how to come together as a force. Right now we are being dictated to, to a point that is really sad. When you’ve got a huge police presence and a public curfew on the Fourth of July [as Detroit had], that’s martial law. They can tell you when you can and cannot be out of your house. It used to be a government of the people, by the people, for the people. But not anymore.”



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Detroit bankruptcy sets stage for national assault on public-sector pensions

0

 

By
Jerry White

22 July 2013

Last week’s bankruptcy filing by the city of Detroit is being used as a test case for a much wider assault on the pensions and health benefits of millions of state and municipal employees around the country.

The city’s emergency manager, Kevyn Orr, Michigan’s Republican governor, Rick Snyder, and Detroit’s Democratic mayor, David Bing, made this clear during appearances on nationally televised news talk shows Sunday.

On Fox News, Orr acknowledged that the city’s 31,000 current and retired city workers would see “some adjustments” to their benefits, declaring that federal bankruptcy laws would supersede Michigan’s constitutional protections against pension reductions.

Orr is pushing for brutal cuts in pensions and benefits. He wants to pay as little as 10 cents on every dollar of the $3.5 billion in unfunded pension obligations. He also wants to freeze all future payments into the pension fund and dump retirees onto Medicare or private medical insurance exchanges under the Obama administration’s health care scheme.

Orr–whose former bankruptcy law firm, Jones Day, represents many of the Wall Street banks holding the city’s debt–insisted Detroit’s 700,000 residents had to pay for the financial crisis, which he cynically blamed on an “addiction to debt.”

Asked what lessons other cities should take from Detroit’s experience, the financial czar said, “Delay doesn’t produce positive outcomes. Whatever the problems are, deal with them. Have the wherewithal and political will to deal with them–that’s exactly what we are doing.”

Mayor Bing, who has cut 20 percent of the municipal workforce since taking office in 2009, appeared on ABC’s “This Week” program. “We are not the only city that is going through the struggle we are going through,” he said. “There are over 100 major urban cities having the same problems we are having. We may be one of the first, we are the largest, but we will absolutely not be the last. So we have to set a benchmark on how to fix our cities and come back from this tragedy.”

The Detroit Free Press reported that Chicago recently had its credit rating downgraded because of a $19 billion unfunded pension liability, which the ratings service Moody’s puts closer to $36 billion. Los Angeles could, by some estimates, face a liability of more than $30 billion. Moody’s also recently downgraded Cincinnati, largely because of its unfunded pension liability.

The newspaper wrote: “It’s no surprise–given the pressure public pensions are putting on municipal budgets–that any move to ease those liabilities, especially through a bankruptcy court order like what’s happening in Detroit, is being watched carefully nationwide by state and municipal officials, union leaders, bond traders and retirees.

“’We’re just at the front of the line here,’ Michigan Treasurer Andy Dillon said Friday. ‘It could be a landmark case.’”

Appearing on CBS’s “Face the Nation” program, Governor Snyder made it clear there would be no state bailout of the city. Feigning concern over the “tragic situation” facing “retirees who had worked hard,” Snyder asserted that bankruptcy would allow the city to reduce benefits in “a more thoughtful, better way.”

The Obama administration, which has overseen a record number of public-sector job losses, has rejected any federal bailout. Top administration officials have been in close contact with Michigan and Detroit officials.

The Free Press reported that Orr had “lobbied hard with Obama and senior adviser Valerie Jarrret (a longtime friend) for federal help and has been frustrated by the White House’s lack of engagement.”

While the administration rushed to bail out Wall Street, Vice President Joseph Biden said White House officials “don’t know at this point” what they can do to help Detroit.

Obama, who allowed the auto companies to dump their retiree health care obligations during the 2009 auto industry bailout, clearly sees the attack on Detroit workers as paving the way to slash benefits owed to state and municipal workers throughout the country. The Pew Center for the States has estimated that states’ public pension plans across the US were underfunded by $1.4 trillion in 2010.

After decades in which the bankruptcy courts were used to gut the pensions and health care benefits of private-sector retirees in steel, airlines, auto, mining and other industries, public-sector workers are now being targeted for having supposedly unsustainable “legacy costs.”

The federal judge chosen to preside over the bankruptcy proceedings for Detroit has been involved in several cases where the wages, pensions and other benefits of workers were slashed in order to satisfy the demands of big investors.

US Bankruptcy Judge Steven W. Rhodes, 64, was assigned the case by Alice Batchelder, the chief judge for the US Court of Appeals in Cincinnati, Ohio. Batchelder is the wife of the speaker of the House of Representatives in Ohio, who spearheaded anti-worker laws stripping workers of collective bargaining rights and attacking their pensions and other benefits.

Rhodes oversaw Detroit-area bankruptcy cases in which workers were forced to accept devastating cuts. Awrey Bakeries used his bankruptcy court in 2005 to impose severe wage reductions.

In 2007, Rhodes approved a liquidation plan for Southfield, Michigan-based auto parts maker Collins & Aikman, which decimated the jobs and benefits of 21,000 employees and retirees. Former Reagan budget director and Wall Street asset-stripper David Stockman threw the company into Chapter 11 bankruptcy after the exposure of false accounting by the firm. Rhodes approved a plan to shut factories in Georgia, Ontario and elsewhere and dump the company’s underfunded pensions into the government’s Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC).

Rhodes also oversaw the bankruptcy of Simplified Employment Services, one of the nation’s largest payroll outsourcing firms, which went out of business in 2001. Two former top executives later pled guilty to charges of conspiring to defraud the IRS and several banks.

The web site Center for a Changing Workforce noted that after the company filed for bankruptcy, “it left thousands of employees unpaid and without health insurance.”

The web site reported, “After the company was allowed to reorganize and be sold, employees were told not worry because all medical bills would be paid.” However, only a few health care providers were paid, at pennies on the dollar, leaving workers with thousands of dollars of debt.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Court of Appeals rules Obama administration can force journalist to testify against alleged leaker

0

 

By
Eric London

22 July 2013

The US Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit ruled Friday that New York Times reporter James Risen can be forced to testify against former CIA officer and alleged leaker Jeffrey Sterling in a case brought against Sterling by the Obama administration.

In a blow to the First Amendment’s protection of freedom of the press, two of the three presiding appellate judges–both Democratic appointees–reversed a lower court ruling and agreed that the government can jail journalists who refuse to reveal their sources.

The ruling reinforces the US government’s assault on democratic rights. It is part of a wider campaign to intimidate or imprison anyone–journalists included–who attempts to make public information about the secret and illegal actions of the US government.

The Obama administration appealed a federal court ruling in favor of Risen to the Fourth Circuit appeals court, which is based in Virginia, underscoring the ruthlessness of its drive to silence all would-be leakers and whistle-blowers. Friday’s ruling comes in the midst of Washington’s international campaign to capture former National Security Agency contractor Edward Snowden, who has exposed details of the US government’s illegal spying operations against the entire US population and much of the rest of the world, and try him for espionage.

It also coincides with the final stages of the frame-up court martial of Private Bradley Manning, who is charged with espionage and “aiding and abetting the enemy” because he leaked, via WikiLeaks, material exposing US war crimes in Iraq and Afghanistan. Julian Assange, the founder of WikiLeaks, has been holed up in the Ecuadorian embassy in London for more than a year in an attempt to avoid extradition to face prosecution under espionage laws in the US.

Chief Judge William Traxler Jr. wrote in the majority opinion: “There is no First Amendment testimonial privilege, absolute or qualified, that protects a reporter from being compelled to testify by the prosecution or the defense in criminal proceedings about criminal conduct that the reporter personally witnessed or participated in, absent a showing of bad faith, harassment, or other such non-legitimate motive, even though the reporter promised confidentiality to his source.”

The opinion further stated: “The reporter must appear and give testimony just as every other citizen must. We are not at liberty to conclude otherwise.”

The federal district court ruling quashing the subpoena of Risen, which the Obama administration appealed, stated: “A criminal trial subpoena is not a free pass for the government to rifle through a reporter’s notebook.”

Now that the appeals court has granted such a free pass, the administration has declared its approval. “We agree with the decision,” said Justice Department spokesman Peter Carr. “We are examining the next steps in the prosecution of this case.”

The Obama White House has carried out an unprecedented campaign against alleged leakers and whistle-blowers, prosecuting seven people for violating the Espionage Act of 1917–more than double the number of individuals prosecuted by all previous administrations combined.

Sterling–one of the seven–is under criminal investigation for allegedly providing Risen with information about CIA spying operations against Iran, which Risen subsequently published in his book, State of War: The Secret History of the CIA and the Bush Administration .

The Fourth Circuit ruling was met with heavy condemnation by First Amendment groups. Trevor Trimm, the founder of the Freedom of the Press Foundation, said, “[T]his is the worst reporter’s privilege decision in recent memory, and if it stands, will have significant consequences for press freedom in the United States.”

Trimm’s comments were echoed by Lucy Dalglish, the co-chair of the First Amendment Committee of the American Society of News Editors. “It has really gotten bad, and not just in national security reporting,” Dalglish said. “Every official now knows that if they talk to a reporter they are potentially in a world of hurt.”

The subpoena of Risen comes as part of a wider attack waged by the Obama administration against press freedom. The administration has obtained the telephone records of dozens of reporters in a program the Associated Press called a “massive and unprecedented intrusion.” It has also seized the email of Fox News reporter James Rosen.

The New York Times on Saturday noted the degree to which the Obama administration has escalated the attack on leakers and whistle-blowers. Its article cited former Director of National Intelligence (DNI) Dennis Blair as working closely with Attorney General Eric Holder and other high-ranking Obama officials to “fashion a more aggressive strategy to punish anyone who leaked national security information that endangered intelligence-gathering methods and sources.”

The Times cited officials who emphasized that the changes that took place after the inauguration of Obama.

“A tipping point was reached in 2009,” an anonymous Senate aide told the Times. “There was an official change of policy” after Obama took office.

The article noted that added pressure was placed on the Department of Justice by Democratic Senator Dianne Feinstein, who chairs the Senate Intelligence Committee. She complained that the national security apparatus “had not adequately protected national security secrets.”

It is notable that the 2009 “tipping point” occurred before WikiLeaks began to publish material leaked by Bradley Manning in 2010.

The Obama administration’s continuing legal assault on journalists such as Risen underscores the reactionary nature of the Department of Justice’s recent announcement of new guidelines for the subpoenaing of reporters’ phone records and issuance of warrants for reporters’ email records.

A memorandum detailing the new proposals was published by Attorney General Eric Holder earlier this month. Far from limiting government surveillance of journalists, the memorandum affirms the supposed right of the state to spy on the press, in blatant contravention of the First Amendment, without any serious safeguards or limits.

Risen has declared he will not testify against Sterling, even if it means going to jail. “I am going to fight this subpoena,” he said in 2011. “I will always protect my sources, and I think this is a fight about the First Amendment and the freedom of the press.”

Risen reiterated this position on Saturday. It is likely the Fourth Circuit ruling will be appealed to the US Supreme Court.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Canada’s Communications Security Establishment part of a secret state-within-the-state

0

 

By
Ed Patrick and Keith Jones

22 July 2013

Most Canadians had never heard of the Communications Security Establishment (CSEC), the Canadian counterpart of the US National Security Agency (NSA), prior to last month’s Globe and Mail report that CSEC has been metadata mining Canadians’ electronic communications since 2005.

And Canada’s elite is determined to keep it that way–to ensure that the public knows as little as possible about the activities of CSEC.

The Conservative government and CSEC have responded with a series of lies, half-truths and disingenuous statements to the revelation that Canada’s signal intelligence agency has been collecting Canadians’ metadata. Peter MacKay, who until last week’s cabinet shuffle was the minister in charge of CSEC, lied repeatedly and brazenly in the days following the exposure of CSEC’s metadata mining, declaring that CSEC is only involved with “foreign threats.” A former CSEC deputy director, meanwhile, termed the exposure a “manufactured” story. Yet, the Supreme Court Justice who served as the government-appointed “watchdog” on CSEC’s activities from August 2006 until his death in July 2009 repeatedly raised concerns that the program violated the agency’s mandate and Canadians’ rights.

The government’s aim is to cover up the fact that the CSEC is systematically spying on Canadians and collecting information that can be–and undoubtedly is being–used by Canada’s national security apparatus to identify and develop intimate portraits of the views, habits and connections of individuals and groups that it deems hostile to the interests of Canadian big business and its state.

The press and opposition parties, for their part, quickly dropped discussion of CSEC’s activities.

The reality is that CSEC functions as part of a burgeoning state-within-the-state: a network of national intelligence, military and police agencies that are armed with draconian powers, subject to little and ever-shrinking judicial and parliamentary oversight, and shielded from public scrutiny.

CSEC is, as far as we know, the most secretive part of this network. It functions under secret ministerial directives issued by the Defence Minister. Not only are the directives’ contents shrouded in secrecy, even their topics are kept secret from the public, opposition and government parliamentarians, and almost all ministers.

CSEC does not report directly to parliament and its activities are not subject to the oversight of a parliamentary committee. Until 2011 it released annual reports through the Ministry of Defence that were tailored to obfuscate its activities. Since then, it is no longer obliged to publicly issue any annual report or document outlining its plans, priorities and performance.

Hugh Segal–the Conservative Senator who heads the Senate’s Special Committee on Anti-Terrorism–admitted that he first learned that CSEC is metadata mining Canadians’ electronic communication through the Globe and Mail ’s June 10 report.

The government has sought to calm public concern about CSEC by claiming that it is legally barred from spying on Canadians and that there is a “legal wall” between its activities and those of the Canadian Security Intelligence Service (CSIS) and the Royal Canadian Mounted Police (RCMP).

This is quite simply an untruth.

One of CSEC’s main functions is to assist CSIS and RCMP in upholding national security.

Also, it can investigate Canadians’ communications if it deems that they are relevant to any investigation it is carrying out of “foreign threats.”

Third, we now know that since 2005, and under Liberal and Conservative governments alike, CSEC has been mining the metadata of Canadians’ electronic communications. The government has refused to provide any details of this program, but the US NSA–with which it has closely collaborated for more than six decades–is known to systematically collect and analyze the metadata of all Internet, telephone and cellphone communications.

In 2007, CSEC’s then head, John Adams, declared that his agency’s ambition was to “master the Internet.” “Our vision,” Adams told the Standing Senate Committee on National Security and Defence, “is security through information superiority. We want to master the Internet. That is a challenge that no one institution–be it ours or the National Security Agency, NSA, for that matter–can manage on their own. We try to do that in conjunction with our allies.”

To square their claim that CSEC is not spying on Canadians with CSEC’s mining of the metadata of Canadians’ electronic communications, CSEC and the government have advanced the spurious claim that metadata is “not communication” and therefore can be accessed without having to seek approval from the courts.

Significantly, the ministerial directive MacKay issued in 2011 authorizing the continuation of CSEC’s metadata mining program invokes this subterfuge. According to the Globe and Mail, which has seen a heavily redacted version of the directive, it declares, “Metadata is information associated with a telecommunication…and not a communication.”

Fourth and finally, although CSEC is legally barred from requesting its partners to spy on Canadians, nothing prohibits it and other Canadian intelligence agencies from accepting intelligence offered it by the NSA and other allied agencies. In a revealing interview with the Toronto Star, Wayne Easter–the minister responsible for CSIS in 2002-3–said that it was de rigueur for the NSA to pass on intelligence about Canadians and for CSIS to accept it. Further confirmation of this practice comes from Britain. David Blunkett, British Home Secretary from 2001-4, told that country’s parliament last month that the NSA routinely “offers intelligence” to Britain’s signal intelligence agency, GCHQ, so as to enable it to circumvent the restrictions on its spying on Britons without ministerial authorization.

The government and CSEC have denied that anything comparable to the NSA’s PRISM program, under which the US agency has had unfettered access to the servers of major computer and Internet corporations like Apple, Google and Facebook, exists in Canada. But both the NSA and the corporations involved denied they were collaborators in any such scheme until they were unmasked thanks to the efforts of whistleblower Edward Snowden.

According to Tamir Israel, a staff lawyer with the Canadian Internet Policy and Public Interest Clinic, were Internet and phone providers being ordered by the Canadian government to provide information, the order would invariably include nondisclosure conditions.

The big corporations that control the country’s telecommunications have, it should be added, a clear record of collaborating with the state. 95 percent of all requests by local police, the RCMP and CSIS for subscriber information are offered voluntarily without recourse to a warrant.

The little we do know of CSEC’s activities indicates that its operations are closely integrated with those of the NSA and that the NSA views it as one its most trusted partners. CSEC, for instance, assisted the United States and Britain in spying on participants at the London G20 summit in 2009–a highly sensitive operation.

Documents leaked by Edward Snowden and published by The Guardian detail how CSEC, the NSA and GCHQ monitored the phone calls and computer usage of foreign politicians and officials, including those of NATO allies such as France and Germany.

CSEC is also deeply involved in the Canadian elite’s predatory wars. In 2010, the then CSEC chief, retired CAF General John Adams, boasted, “If you were to ask the Canadian Forces if there is anyone that has saved Canadian lives in Afghanistan, they would point to us.” He claimed that over half of the “actionable intelligence” that Canadian soldiers use in prosecuting the Afghan War came from CSEC.

As around the world, the Canadian elite has used the bogus “war on terror” to justify an assault on democratic rights and to develop the veritable infrastructure for a police state. CSEC has been front and center in these developments. First Liberal and now Conservative governments have lavished resources on it. CSEC’s staff has doubled in the past decade and now numbers more than 2,000, while its annual budget has mushroomed to about $400 million.

Currently under construction is a new nearly $1 billion headquarters. The enormous new CSEC complex will be located next to CSIS’s headquarters. That a bridge is being built between the two headquarters further underlines the close working relationship between the two spying agencies and puts the lie to the government’s claim that “legal” walls separate their operations and confine them to distinct domains.



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

Australian spy base “critical” to Obama’s drone assassinations

0

 

By
Patrick O’Connor

22 July 2013

New revelations have detailed the key role played by the Australian Pine Gap intelligence facility in the illegal US drone assassination program in Central Asia and the Middle East.

According to reports published in the Fairfax Press yesterday, Washington is “critically dependent” on Joint Defence Facility Pine Gap for locating the targets marked for extrajudicial execution by President Barack Obama and his officials. A “primary function” of the facility, located in an isolated area of central Australia near Alice Springs, is to identify the “geolocation” of radio signals, including hand-held radios and mobile phones, throughout the “eastern hemisphere, from the Middle East across Asia to China, North Korea and the Russian far east”. This information then “feeds into the United States drone strike program and other military operations”, with “personnel sitting in airconditioned offices in central Australia directly linked, on a minute-by-minute basis, to US and allied military operations in Afghanistan and, indeed, anywhere else across the eastern hemisphere.”

US drone strikes, according to recent estimates by the Bureau of Investigative Journalism, have killed more than 3,500 people, including at least 890 civilians. Countless more have died in US “counter-insurgency” and other covert operations. Drone strike casualties include American citizens, personally selected for assassination by President Obama, in blatant violation of the US Constitution as well as international law.

It is now clear that the Australian Labor government, under both prime ministers Kevin Rudd and Julia Gillard, has been an active accomplice in these criminal activities, as part of its unconditional backing for the Obama administration’s wars in Iraq and Afghanistan, drone attacks in Pakistan, Yemen, and other countries, and violent interventions in Libya and Syria.

Pine Gap is one of the world’s largest satellite ground stations. Established in 1970, it nominally functions as a joint US-Australian facility, but is operated under American command. Winning the post of Pine Gap chief, the Fairfax Press explained, “is a step towards promotion into the most senior ranks of the US intelligence community”.

Earlier this month, National Security Advisor (NSA) whistleblower Edward Snowden confirmed that Pine Gap forms part of Washington’s vast and illegal electronic and signals intelligence global network. One of its functions comprises an NSA program codenamed X-Keyscore, which collects electronic data, separates it into streams of permanently storable phone numbers, email addresses, log-ins and user activity. (See “Snowden confirms Australian agencies involved in NSA global spying”)

Last month, Defence Minister Stephen Smith issued a statement on Pine Gap to parliament, declaring that the centre operated with the “full knowledge and concurrence” of the Australian government, but that this “does not mean that Australia approves every activity or tasking undertaken”. He went on to claim that the base “delivers information on intelligence priorities such as terrorism, the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, and military and weapons developments”.

In fact, as the Fairfax Press noted, “the Australian-American base’s direct support for US military operations is much greater than admitted by Defence Minister Stephen Smith and previous Australian governments … Pine Gap’s capabilities are now deeply and inextricably entwined with US military operations, down to the tactical level, across half the world”.

The latest revelations by journalist Phillip Dorling are based on unnamed sources, including former Pine Gap personnel. According to his account, the facility has the capacity to pinpoint radio signals anywhere on the planet to an accuracy of 10 metres. It then processes the data and provides targeting information to the US military “within minutes”. Other intelligence is relayed to assist with “combat and non-combat search and rescue missions”. Vast amounts of data are intercepted, with one former US Army intelligence analyst describing “manually sifting through hundreds of hours of collection”.

There are about 800 officials working at Pine Gap, Dorling reported, twice the number that were there 30 years ago. Personnel are drawn from across the Australian and American intelligence and military apparatus, including the NSA and CIA, as well as aerospace and defence contractors.

The facility has seen “a massive quantitative and qualitative transformation” over the past decade, and “especially the past three years”.

This transformation has been driven by the Obama administration’s “pivot” to the Asia-Pacific–its desperate attempt to maintain the dominance of US imperialism in the Pacific region through the encirclement of China. Under the auspices of the Labor government, Australia has been fully integrated into Washington’s aggressive diplomatic and military operations. Former Prime Minister Julia Gillard agreed in 2011 to open up a new US Marine base in northern Australia and to prepare for a stepped up US military presence in other facilities, including a drone aircraft station in the Cocos Islands in the Indian Ocean. Undoubtedly, the revamped US-Australia alliance also involved secret agreements to step up US intelligence operations on Australian territory, at Pine Gap and other facilities.

As a result, the Labor government has placed the entire Australian population on the frontline of any US conflict with China. In the event of a US attack on Beijing, nominally Australian and joint intelligence facilities will immediately play a crucial combat role. One Australian defence intelligence source told Fairfax: “The US will never fight another war in the eastern hemisphere without the direct involvement of Pine Gap.”

It appears that the latest Pine Gap leaks reflect deepening alarm, within a section of the Australian ruling elite, at the implications of being corralled behind a US military assault on China. Fissures have been generated within ruling circles by the strategic dilemma: whether to align Canberra with Washington, its long standing diplomatic and military ally, or Beijing, now its most important trading partner, as tensions escalate.

The Fairfax Press opined: “The bigger question, however, is whether Pine Gap’s deep and growing engagement with US military operations is something that has foreclosed Australia’s diplomatic and military options in relation to future crises and conflicts. Arguably, technological change has now given full expression to the desire of Harold Holt, the Australian prime minister who originally approved the Pine Gap project, to go ‘all the way’ with the USA.”

The response of the working class must be to fight for the shutdown of Pine Gap and every other military and intelligence base in Australia. This can only be carried out as part of the development of a new antiwar movement, based on the international unification of workers and young people in the US, China, throughout the Asia-Pacific and the world, in the struggle against the capitalist profit system itself, that is the source of militarism and war.

The author recommends:

US military bases in Australia: The role of Pine Gap
[29 May 2013]



‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
var pCount = $(‘#content’).children(‘p’).length;
var position = Math.floor(pCount*0.1);
$(‘#content’).children(‘p’).eq(position).before(html);
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}

function appendBottomAppeal() {
if (!$(‘#content’).is(‘.width72,.category’)) {
var htmlArray = [
‘

‘
];
var html = htmlArray.join(”);
if ($(‘#article-tools’).length > 0) {
$(‘#article-tools’).before(html);
} else {
$(‘#content’).append(html);
}
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘form’).children(‘.more-options’).children(‘a’).click(function() {
$(‘#inline-appeal’).children(‘.initially-hidden’).show();
$(this).parent().hide();
return false;
});
}
}
$(document).ready(function(){
appendInlineAppeal();
appendBottomAppeal();
});

Republished with permission from: World Socialist Web Site

China twin quakes kill 22, injure 200

0

[unable to retrieve full-text content]At least 22 people have been killed and more than 200 injured in twin earthquakes that struck China’s western Gansu Province.

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Protestors hold fresh demo in Istanbul

0

Riot police use a water cannon to disperse demonstrators during a protest against Turkeyâ„¢s prime minister and his ruling Justice and Development Party in Ankara, May 31, 2013.

Thousands of Turkish shop owners and staffers have demonstrated in Istanbul to denounce the municipality’s two-year ban on outdoor seats.

In a symbolic move on Sunday, about 2,000 protesters carried tables and chairs, calling for the removal of the ban and the compensation to their economic loss.

Å“Shop owners are the victims of the ban for two years,” reads one banner.

Å“After five months of the ban, there was a decrease of 80 percent of our income; and it is now about 40 percent and we still don’t have any tables,” Burcak Unver, owner of a cafe, said.

Reports say other groups including members of Peace and Democracy Party also joined the demonstrators in Istanbulâ„¢s Beyoglu district.

Turkey has been rocked by nationwide protests and strikes against the policies of Prime Minister Recep Tayyip Erdogan.

The unrest began on May 31 after police broke up a sit-in held at Taksim Square to protest against the demolition of Gezi Park.

Over the past couple of weeks, tens of thousands of anti-government protesters held demonstrations in tens of cities across the country.

The protesters say Gezi Park, which is a traditional gathering point for rallies and demonstrations as well as a popular tourist destination, is one of Istanbul’s last green public spaces.

The government has arrested many activists, among them high school students, on allegations of inciting unrest.

Erdogan has described the protesters as vandals, looters or terrorists, and claims the demonstrations are part of a plot to topple his government.

YH/HMV

Republished with permission from: Press TV

The Painful Paradoxes of Race

0

http://www.truthdig.com/report/item/the_painful_paradoxes_of_race_20130721/

Posted on Jul 21, 2013

Republished with permission from: TruthDig

Share This Chart With Anyone That Believes The U.S. Economy Is Not Going To Crash

0

Total Debt Growth vs. GDP GrowthAnyone that thinks that the U.S. economy can keep going along like this is absolutely crazy. We are in the terminal phase of an unprecedented debt spiral which has allowed us to live far, far beyond our means for the last several decades. Unfortunately, all debt spirals eventually end, and they usually do so in a very disorderly manner. The chart that you are about to see is one of my favorite economic charts. It compares the growth of U.S. GDP to the growth of total debt in the United States. Yes, U.S. GDP has certainly grown at a decent pace over the years, but our total debt has absolutely exploded. 40 years ago, the total amount of debt in our system (government debt + corporate debt + consumer debt, etc.) was about 2 trillion dollars. Today it has grown to more than 56 trillion dollars. Our debt has grown at a much, much faster rate than our economy has, and there is no way in the world that we will be able to continue to do that for long.

Posted below is the chart that I was talking about. The blue line is our total debt, and the red line is our GDP. As you can see, this chart kind of speaks for itself…

Total Debt Growth vs. GDP Growth

So how did we get here?

Well, of course the federal government has been the biggest offender. It would be a tremendous understatement to say that the politicians in Washington D.C. have been reckless. Since the year 2000, the size of the U.S. national debt has grown by more than 11 trillion dollars.

Posted below is a chart that demonstrates the dramatic growth of the national debt as a percentage of GDP. In particular, our debt has absolutely exploded as a percentage of GDP since the financial crisis of 2008…

National Debt As A Percentage Of GDP

Does that look sustainable to you?

Of course it isn’t.

Right now, the mainstream media is very excited that the federal budget deficit for this year might be less than a trillion dollars, but they are really missing the point. The debt of the U.S. government is still growing much, much faster than the economy is, and the United States already has more government debt per capita than Greece, Portugal, Italy, Ireland or Spain.

What we are doing to future generations is absolutely criminal. We are piling up mountains of debt that will haunt them for the rest of their lives just so that we can make the present a little bit more pleasant for ourselves.

As I noted in another article, during Obama’s first term the federal government accumulated more debt than it did under the first 42 U.S presidents combined. And now we are entering a time period when demographic forces are going to put a tremendous amount of pressure on the finances of the federal government.

The Baby Boomers have started to retire, and they are going to want to start collecting on all of the financial promises that we have made to them.

As I have written about previously, the number of Americans on Medicare is projected to grow from a little bit more than 50 million today to 73.2 million in 2025.

The number of Americans collecting Social Security benefits is projected to grow from about 56 million today to 91 million in 2035.

Where are we going to get the money to pay for all of that?

Boston University economist Laurence Kotlikoff has calculated that the U.S. government is facing unfunded liabilities of 222 trillion dollars in the years ahead.

There is no simply no way that the U.S. government is going to be able to meet those obligations without wildly printing up money.

And of course the federal government is not the only one with massive debt problems. We just saw the city of Detroit go bankrupt, and there are lots of other communities all over the nation that could soon follow.

Posted below is a chart that shows the growth of state and local government debt over the years. In particular, please take note that the total amount of state and local government debt has grown from about 1.2 trillion dollars in the year 2000 to about 3 trillion dollars today…

State And Local Government Debt

But the chart posted above does not even take into account the massive unfunded pension obligations that state and local governments are facing. According to the Detroit Free Press, state governments are facing unfunded pension obligations of nearly a trillion and a half dollars…

From Baltimore to Los Angeles, and many points in between, municipalities are increasingly confronted with how to pay for these massive promises. The Pew Center for the States, in Washington, estimated states’ public pension plans across the U.S. were underfunded by a whopping $1.4 trillion in 2010.

And many large cities are dealing with similar situations. Detroit was the first to go down, but could Chicago or Los Angeles eventually be forced to declare bankruptcy too?…

Chicago recently saw its credit rating downgraded because of a $19-billion unfunded pension liability that the ratings service Moody’s puts closer to $36 billion. And Los Angeles could be facing a liability of more than $30 billion, by some estimates.

According to a report that was released earlier this year, the largest U.S. cities are facing hundreds of billions of dollars in unfunded pension liabilities at this point…

Early this year, the Pew Center released a survey showing that 61 of the nation’s largest cities – limiting the survey to the largest city in each state and all other cities with more than 500,000 people – had a gap of more than $217 billion in unfunded pension and health care liabilities. While cities had long promised health care, life insurance and other benefits to retirees, “few … started saving to cover the long-term costs,” the report said.

So where will all of that money come from?

That is a good question, and nobody has an easy answer at this point.

Meanwhile, U.S. consumers have been racking up staggering amounts of debt over the past several decades. Just consider the following numbers…

-Total home mortgage debt in the United States is now about 5 times larger than it was just 20 years ago.

-Car loans just keep getting longer and longer, and approximately 70 percent of all car purchases in the United States now involve an auto loan.

-The total amount of student loan debt in America recently surpassed the one trillion dollar mark.

-One study discovered that approximately 41 percent of all working age Americans either have medical bill problems or are currently paying off medical debt, and according to a report published in The American Journal of Medicine medical bills are a major factor in more than 60 percent of the personal bankruptcies in the United States.

-Consumer debt in the United States has risen by a whopping 1700% since 1971, and 46% of all Americans carry a credit card balance from month to month.

Sadly, most people don’t realize how damaging credit card debt can be. If you just carry an “average balance” on your credit cards each month, and those credit cards have just an “average” interest rate, you could end up paying millions of dollars to the credit card companies by the end of your life…

Let’s say you are an average American household, and you carry an average balance of $15,956 in credit card debt.

Also, as an average American household, let’s assume you pay an average current rate of 12.83%.

Finally, let’s assume you carry this average balance for 40 years, between ages 25 and 65. How much did your credit card company make off of you and your extreme averageness?

Answer: $2,629,618.64

Incredibly, a large percentage of the population does not seem to understand these things. An astounding 43 percent of all American families spend more than they earn each year.

Are you starting to understand why approximately half of all Americans die broke?

We are a nation that is completely and addicted to debt.

If you do not believe that it will ever catch up with us you are being delusional.

We have piled up the biggest mountain of debt in the history of the planet, and a day of reckoning is fast approaching.

Republished with permission from: The Economic Collapse

Israel reacts positively to Egypt coup

0

Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has reacted positively to the military coup in Egypt that toppled the country’s first freely-elected President Mohamed Morsi.

Netanyahu, in rare remarks, said the fall of Morsi shows the weakness of political Islamic movements, Reuters reported on Sunday.

In an interview with the German weekly Welt am Sonntag, Netanyahu also called Morsiâ„¢s government Å“radical” in nature and incapable of steering the country Å“economically, politically and culturally.”

Israel had previously reacted more cautiously to the removal of Morsi by the Egyptian military nearly three weeks ago and Netanyahu did not comment on the issue at that time. However, a confidant expressed hope that new Egyptian leaders may restore mainly frozen contacts with Israel.

The army overthrew Morsi, suspended the constitution, and dissolved the parliament on July 3 and declared the chief justice of Egyptâ„¢s Supreme Constitutional Court, Adly Mansour, as interim president the following day.

Dozens of people have since been killed in the wave of violent clashes between supporters of Morsi, his opponents and security forces.

On July 6, Israeli Internal Security Minister Yitzhak Aharonovich urged maintaining friendly relations with Egypt following the ouster of Morsi, saying, Å“It is really important for Israel to keep Egypt as its friend and to maintain a peaceful border.”

MR/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

6.6-magnitude quake hits NW China

0

An earthquake measuring 6.6 on the Richter scale has struck the northwestern Chinese province of Gansu, but there have been no immediate reports of casualties or damage.

According to the China Earthquake Networks Center (CENC), the quake occurred 7:45 a.m. on Monday local time at the junction of the Minxian County and Zhangxian County.

The CENC measured the quake at a depth of 20 kilometers.

The epicenter was monitored at 34.5 degrees north latitude and 104.2 degrees east longitude, it added.

The worst of China’s earthquakes in recent years happened on May 12, 2008 in Sichuan province, where about 70,000 people lost their lives and at least 4.8 million people were displaced.

The 8-magnitude earthquake in Sichuan was the deadliest to strike China since the 1976 quake in Tangshan, known as the Great Tangshan Earthquake, which claimed the lives of 240,000 people.

GJH/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

UN envoy condemns deadly Iraq attacks

0

Martin Kobler, the Special Representative of the United Nations Secretary General for Iraq

The United Nations envoy to Iraq has condemned a series of deadly attacks, which have killed and injured hundreds of people across the country.

Å“The Special Representative of the United Nations Secretary General for Iraq (SRSG), Mr. Martin Kobler, condemns in the strongest terms the series of suicide attacks, car bombings and other violent acts that have killed and injured hundreds of innocent people,” the UN mission in Baghdad said in a statement published on its website on Sunday.

Kobler, who heads the United Nations Assistance Mission for Iraq (UNAMI), called on Iraqis “not to let violence prevail and to work together toward peace and dialogue, the only sustainable solution,” according to the statement.

He described the attacks targeting Muslims praying in mosques or gathering after breaking their fast during the holy month of Ramadan as senseless.

“The holy month of Ramadan should be a time for spirituality and forgiveness instead of increasing violence and division,” Kobler said in the statement.

“I am deeply saddened that my last words as the SRSG for Iraq have to be linked to violence and criminal acts,” Kobler said.

At least 18 people were killed and several others injured in separate attacks across Iraq on Sunday, a day after 12 car bombs exploded in Baghdadâ„¢s predominantly Shia districts, killing dozens of people breaking their Ramadan fast.

The incidents are the latest in a string of attacks across Iraq that have left more than 2,800 people dead since the beginning of April.

In the first 12 days of Ramadan, about 340 people have lost their lives in violence across Iraq.

GJH/HN

Republished with permission from: Press TV

Cost of Surveillance: What the IRS Scandal Means for NSA Snooping

0

Revelations that the IRS has thoroughly politicized its use of taxpayer information has ominous implications for the National Security Agency’s attempts to collect a broader spectrum of data on American citizens. 

The IRS scandal has expanded from its original focus upon the non-profit office in Cincinnati to presidentially appointed officials in Washington, and from the delay of Tea Party-related non-profit applications for 501(c)4 status to the release of tax information on political candidates.

Obama Appointee Supervised Tea Party Non-Profit Applications

The House Committee on Oversight and Reform reported July 17 that “testimony from career IRS officials in Washington, D.C. that Director of the IRS Exempt Organizations division Lois Lerner overruled the judgment of a career Washington, D.C. IRS lawyer and ordered Tea Party cases to go through a multi-layer review that included her senior advisor and the IRS Chief Counsel’s office. The IRS Chief Counsel’s office is led by William Wilkins, one of two Obama Administration political appointees at the IRS.”

Lerner had pleaded her Fifth Amendment privilege against self-incrimination when she refused to testify before Congress on the IRS scandal May 22. The senior tax attorney the committee referred to is Carter Hull, who has 47 years of experience on the IRS staff. Hull testified that he had never known 501(c)4 tax-exempt applications to be taken from the field offices to be reviewed in Washington, and that the Tea Party tax-exempt applications cases would be reviewed by the IRS Chief Counsel’s office.

Hull’s testimony contradicts Obama administration talking points for the past two months that the IRS scandal was limited to a few rogue agents in the Cincinnati office. White House Press spokesman Jay Carney had stressed in a May 20 briefing that the Obama administration had “found no evidence that anyone outside of the IRS had any involvement in the inappropriate scrutinizing of conservative groups who were applying for tax exempt status” and that IRS bias against conservative Tea Party groups was limited to “line IRS employees improperly scrutinizing what are known as 501(c)(4) organizations by using words such as ‘tea party’ and ‘patriot.’” In the face of the scandal in which conservative Tea Party groups were targeted by the tax collection arm of the Federal government, the IRS continued to claim that “the IRS has found no indication of political bias.”

The delay in approving applications for non-profit status – a delay of years, and in some cases still unresolved after three years – is a way of starving the infant organizations for funds before the elections. Many foundations and corporations will not donate to organizations without a tax-exempt approval from the IRS. 

With the revelations that the IRS Chief Counsel’s office was the cause of the Tea Party applications hold-up, Carney’s statement has proven to be false. 

The next likely line of defense by the Obama White House in stonewalling the congressional investigation will be that Hull’s testimony only linked the Tea Party targeting to the Chief Counsel’s office, not necessarily Chief Counsel William Wilkins himself. Indeed, IRS Chief Counsel William Wilkins had denied back in May that he had knowledge of the targeting of conservative non-profit groups, in both IRS documents and a Wall Street Journal story. The Journal reported back on May 15 that “The IRS said the Aug. 4, 2011 discussion of tax exempt social welfare groups ‘involved staff attorneys several layers below Wilkins.’”

This claim may be a tough sell, since the trail of IRS targeting has led to an unlikely end at Wilkins’ office, and the president himself has made a very public and political issue of the then-growing Tea Party movement. For example, Obama said of the wave of Tea Party applications for 501(c)4 tax exempt status in the wake of the Supreme Court’s Citizens United v. FEC decision that “this ruling opens the floodgates for an unlimited amount of special interest money into our democracy. It gives the special interest lobbyists new leverage to spend millions on advertising to persuade elected officials to vote their way – or to punish those who don’t…. I can’t think of anything more devastating to the public interest.” Does the White House really believe that the most “devastating” influence on the American public would go unexamined by his appointees, especially in the extraordinarily unusual cases where they were taken to the IRS Chief Counsel’s office?

Political Candidates Also Targeted by IRS

But the IRS political persecution of Tea Party and 9/12 groups was almost certainly not limited to the non-profit office of the IRS. Political candidates targeted as well, according to a letter from the IRS Inspector General to Senator Charles Grassley (R-Iowa). The IRS Inspector General J. Russell George reported in a July 3 letter that there were at least three suspicious uses of IRS information of political candidates. One had been referred to the attorney general’s office for prosecution (and the attorney general declined to prosecute), and the other two instances are still under investigation by the IRS. 

One of those candidates may have been the 2010 Tea Party-favorite U.S. Senate candidate Christine O’Donnell, who, according to a report in the Washington Times, had been informed that the IRS had leaked her personal information to political opponents. According to the July 17 Times, O’Donnell received the following voice mail from the IRS in January of this year: “Ms. O’Donnell, this is Dennis Martel, special agent with the U.S. Department of Treasury in Baltimore, Md…. We received information that your personal federal tax info may have been compromised and may have been misused by an individual.” The Times added: “On March 9, 2010, the day she revealed her plan to run for the Senate in a press release, a tax lien was placed on a house purported to be hers and publicized. The problem was she no longer owned the house. The IRS eventually blamed the lien on a computer glitch and withdrew it.” In O’Donnell’s case, the Times reported two days later, it may have been state officials who improperly accessed IRS information and released the candidate’s financial records. 

Implications for Wider Information NSA Surveillance

The IRS scandal is instructive about how the federal government could – and likely eventually would – use the broader spectrum of information being collected by the NSA. The IRS scandal involves only tax records, but the NSA collects the full spectrum of electronic information. And officials in charge of the NSA programs already have the same pattern of administration lying and stonewalling that have been revealed in the IRS scandal. The claims by Obama administration officials with regard to warrantless surveillance have a history of dubious reliability at best. Director of National Intelligence James Clapper denied in a March 12, 2013 Senate Select Intelligence Committee hearing that the NSA was collecting data on millions of Americans, perjuring himself on the issue of government surveillance of Americans. Clapper’s office, the Office of National Intelligence, issued a press release July 19 noting that a secret FISA court renewed the NSA’s warrantless wiretapping program – the same program he flatly denied had existed five months earlier. 

Although the Obama officials currently claim that it is not collecting the audio of telephone calls, and only call “metadata” unrelated to the audio transcript, there is virtually no limitation on the Internet traffic being seized by the NSA – e-mails, web traffic, video conferencing, chats, etc. – are all snared. 

Even assuming it’s true that the NSA’s PRISM program is not collecting the contents of telephone calls, and the Obama administration is no longer lying to Congress and the public about its surveillance, the NSA may still be collecting the content of telephone calls. Edward Snowden’s revelations to the London Guardian revealed that the NSA had other warrantless surveillance programs besides PRISM. The Snowden Powerpoint describes an NSA effort called “Upstream” in addition to PRISM, the former including several wiretapping programs that were named: Fairview, Stormbrew, Blarney, and Oakstar. Any one of those could also involve the collection of the kind of audio and/or transcript of telephone conversations that PRISM does not officially collect. In other words, because these other programs – and not PRISM – may be the programs collecting telephone audio, it’s technically true to claim publicly that PRISM doesn’t collect the audio or transcripts of telephone calls.

The NSA’s obfuscation of both the public and congressional oversight on surveillance may have created a backlash in Congress. Congressman Justin Amash – chairman of the House Liberty Caucus – has introduced legislation to cut off funds for NSA surveillance. And even Wisconsin’s Jim Sensenbrenner, the author of the USA Patriot Act in 2001, got testy with Deputy Attorney General James Cole in a House Judiciary Committee hearing over the extending of NSA surveillance authority. After Cole said that unlimited surveillance was necessary for national security, Sensenbrenner threatened the Obama lawyer. “Unless you realize you’ve got a problem,” Sensenbrenner said, cutting off Cole’s statement to the House Judiciary Committee, “that is not going to be renewed.”

Republished with permission from: The New American